mandatory disclosure by institutions running pgdbm/pgdm/mba

-

ANNEXURE - II

A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.a-pdf.com

-

HUM-101-E ESSENTIALS OF COMMUNICATION B.E. Semester-I (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs The course aims at inculcating a minimum level of language proficiency among students of Engineering and Technology. The purpose is to sensitise them to the nuances of English and its applications for various communication needs. COURSE CONTENT: Unit-I Semantics: Synonyms, Antonyms, Homophones, Homonyms, Form and function of words Unit-II Syntax: Sentence structures, Verb patterns and their usage

Unit-III Phonetics: Basic Concepts – Vowels, Consonants, Phonemes, Syllables; Articulation of Speech Sounds – Place and Manner of Articulation; Transcription of words and simple sentences, using International Phonetic Alphabet.

Unit-IV Comprehension: Listening and Reading comprehension – Note taking, Reviewing, Summarising, Interpreting, Paraphrasing and Précis Writing.

Unit-V Composition: Descriptive, Explanatory, Analytical and Argumentative Writing - description of simple objects like instruments, appliances, places, persons, principles; description and explanation of processes and operations; analysis and arguments in the form of debate and group discussion Unit-VI Text: English for Students of Science by A.Roy and P.L. Sharma (Orient Longman) Chapters for Study: i) "The year 2050" by Theodore J. Gordon. ii) "The Mushroom of Death" by A. Bandhopadhyay. iii) "The Discovery" by Herman Ould. The prescribed text will be used as a case study for various components of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Unit-VII (For Internal Evaluation Only): Book Review – Herein the students will be required to read and submit a review of a book (Literary or non-literary) of their own choice. This will be followed by a presentation of the same in the class. TEXT BOOKS:

1. English for Students of Science edited by A. Roy and P.L. Sharma, Orient Longman.

2. Spoken English for India by R.K. Bansal and J.B. Harrison, Orient Longman. 3. Intermediate Grammar, Usage and Composition by M.L. Tickoo and A.E.

Subramanian, Orient Longman. SUGGESTED READING:

1. English Grammar, Composition and Correspondence by M.A. Pink and S.E. Thomas, S. Chand and Sons Pvt. Ltd.,Delhi.

2. A Practical English Grammar by Thomson and Martinet, OUP, Delhi. 3. Guide to Patterns and Usage in English by A.S. Hornby, OUP, Delhi. 4. A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students by T. Balasubramanian,

MacMillan, Chennai. 5. Better English Pronunciation by J.D.O’Connor, Cambridge Univ. Press, London. 6. English Vocabulary in Use by McCarthy, Foundation Books (Cambridge University

Press), Delhi. 7. Assessing Listening by Buck, Foundation Books (Cambridge University Press),

Delhi. 8. Reading Between the Lines by McRae, Foundation Books (Cambridge university Press), Delhi. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: There will be seven questions in all covering all the units, except Unit VII which (besides other modes of internal evaluation) is for internal assessment only. All questions will be compulsory and will have sufficient internal choice. Unit-I: 15 Marks The question will be set so as to evaluate the following: Usage of the words given, Changing the grammatical quality and function of the words, One word Substitutes, synonyms, antonyms, homophones, homonyms. Unit-II: 20 Marks There will be one question having different parts. The question should test students’ knowledge of sentence structures and verb patterns. The question can be in the nature of ‘Do as directed’, ‘Tracing and rectifying structural Errors’, ‘Elucidating patterns through sentences and vice-versa’, ‘Changing the word-order’, ‘Synthesizing the sentences’ and ‘Completing the sentences’, etc.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Unit-III: 15 Marks There will be two questions from this Unit. Question one will be in the nature of short notes testing the basic concepts and articulation of speech sounds. The second question would require transcription of individual words and simple sentences. Unit-IV: 15 Marks Comprehension and Interpretation of a passage given (Literary or non-literary, newspaper article, story, extract from a speech etc.), will be judged for its vocabulary, general understanding and interpretation of the content in the form of question answer exercise, culling out important points, suggesting a suitable topic/title, summarising and précis writing etc. Unit-V: 15 Marks The question will require the definition, description, analysis, explanation of various objects and processes. Bedsides, a topic of contemporary relevance may be given for writing a paragraph in any one of the writing forms prescribed in the unit. Unit-VI: 20 Marks There will be two questions from the text prescribed. The first question will evaluate the comprehension of the text through short answer questions or a long answer question. The second question will judge the linguistic aspect of the text such as using a particular word in its various syntactic forms like noun, adjective, verb etc.; matching the lists of words and their explanation; providing opposite/similar meanings, adding suffixes and prefixes etc.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-101-E MATHEMATICS-I ---------- -------------

(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 2 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours

Part-A

Infinite series : Convergence and divergence, Comparison, D' Alembert's ratio, Integral, Raobes, Logrithmic and Cauchy root tests, Alternating series, Absolute and conditional convergence. Applications of Differentiation : Taylor's and Maclaurin's series, Asymptotes, Curvature Asymptotes. Partial Differentiation & its Applications : Functions of two or more variables; partial derivatives, Total differential and differentiability, Derivatives of composite and implicit functions, Jacobians, Higher order partial derivatives. Homogeneous functions, Euler's theorem, Taylor's series for functions of two variables (without proof), maxima-minima of function of two variables, Lagrange's method of undetermined multipliers, Differentiation under integral sign.

Part-B Applications of Single & Multiple Integration : Applications of single integration to find volume of solids and surface area of solids of revolution. Double integral, change of order of integration, Double integral in polar coordinates, Applications of double integral to find area enclosed by plane curves and volume of solids of revolution. Triple integral, volume of solids, change of variables, Beta and gamma functions and relationship between them. Vector Calculus : Differentiation of vectors, scalar and vector point functions Gradient of a scalar field and directional derivative, divergence and curl of a vector field and their physical interpretations.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Integration of vectors, line integral, surface integral, volume integral, Green, Stoke's and Gauss theorems (without proof) and their simple applications. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : F. Kreyszig. 2. Higher Engineering Mathematics : B.S. Grewal. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Engineering Mathematics Part-I : S.S. Sastry. 2. Differential and Integral Calculus : Piskunov. 3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : R.K. Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar 4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg Note: Examiner will set eight questions, taking four from Part-A and

four from Part-B. Students will be required to attempt five questions taking at least two from each part.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

PHY-101-E : PHYSICS-I (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) --------- ----------------------------------- L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hrs.

PART-A PHYSICAL OPTICS Interference : Division of wave front-Fresnel's biprism, Division of amplitude – Newton's rings, Michelson interferometer, applications. Diffraction : Difference between Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction. Fraunhofer diffraction through a slit. Plane transmission diffraction grating, its dispersive and resolving powers. Polarization : Polarised and unpolarized light, double refraction; Nicol prism, quarter and half wave plates, Polarimetry; Biquartz and Laurent's half-shade polarimeters, Simple concepts of photoelasticity. LASER Spontaneous and stimulated emissions, Laser action, characteristics of laser beam-concepts of coherence, He-Ne and semiconductor lasers (simple ideas), applications. FIBRE OPTICS Propagation of light in fibres, numerical aperture, single mode and multi mode fibres, applications.

PART-B WAVE AND OSCILLATIONS Simple concepts of Harmonic Oscillator, resonance, quality factor. E.M. wave theory-review of basic ideas, Maxwell's equations, simple plane wave equations, simple concepts of wave guides and co-axial cables, Poynting vector. DIELECTRICS Molecular theory, polarization, displacement,susceptibility, dielectric coefficient, permitivity & various relations between these, Gauss's law in the presence of a dielectric, Energy stored in an electric field. Behaviour of dielectrics in a.c. field-simple concepts, dielectric losses.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

SPECIAL THEORY OF RELATIVITY Michelson-Moreley experiment, Lorentz transformations, variation of mass with velocity, mass energy equivalence. NUCLEAR PHYSICS Neutron Cross-section, Nuclear fission, Moderators, Nuclear reactors, Reactor criticality, Nuclear fusion. Interaction of radiation with matter-basic concepts, radiation detectors-ionisation chamber, G.M. Counter, Scintillation and solid state detectors, cloud chamber and bubble chamber. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Physics of the Atom - Wehr, Richards & Adair (Narosa) 2. Perspectives of Modern Physics - Arthur Beiser (TMH) 3. Modern Engineering Physics – A.S. Vasudeva (S. Chand) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Electricity and Magnetism – F.W. Sears (Narosa) 2. Physics Vol-I & II – Resnick & Halliday (Wiley Eastern) 3. A Text Book of Optics – Brij Lal & Subramanyam Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking four from each

part. The students will be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least two from each part. All questions will carry equal marks.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

ME- 103 E MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Examination : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction: Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification. Industrial

Safety; Introduction, Types of Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of Accidents, Methods of Safety, First Aid.

Unit II Engineering Materials: General Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials,

Mild Steel, Medium Carbon Steel, High Carbon Steel, High Speed Steel and Cast Iron. Unit III Foundry: Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern,

Types of Patterns, Pattern Allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Moulding Sand and its composition, Sand Preparation, Molding Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold Assembly, Melting ( Cupola) and Pouring, Fettling, Casting Defects and Remedies.

Unit IV Cold Working ( Sheet Metal Work ): Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout

Marking, Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming, Bending and Joining Advantages and Limitations. Hot Working Processes: Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working Processes, Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire Drawing..

Unit V Introduction to Machine Tools: Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine

Tools in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper, Planer, Milling, Drilling, Slotter, Introduction to Metal Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points Cutting Tool and Tool Wear. Mechanics of Chips Formations, Type of Chips , Use of Coolants in machining.

Unit VI Welding: Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding:

Oxy-Acetylene Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal Arc, TIG & MIG Welding, Welding Defects and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing.

Unit VII Plant Layout, Objectives of Layout, Types of Plant Layout and their Advantages. Text Books :

1. Workshop Technology Volt.I & II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New Delhi. 2. Process and Materials of Manufacture -- Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi. 3. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes - Campbell, J.S.- McGraw- Hill.

Reference Books:

1. Manufacturing Science - Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press. 2. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley. 3. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.

Note : Eight questions will be set by the examiner, taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

B.E. I/II Semester CH-101-E : CHEMISTRY (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) -------- ----------------------------------- L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hrs. Unit-1 : Thermodynamics - Second law, concept of Entropy, Entropy change for an ideal gas, free energy and work functions, Free energy change, Chemical Potential, Gibb's Helmholtz equation, Clausius - Clapeyron equation, Related numerical problems with above topics. Unit-2 : Phase-Rule - Terminology, Derivation of Gibb's Phase Rule Equation, One Component System (H2O System), Two Components systems, Eutectic system (Pb-Ag), system with congruent m.pt. (Zn-Mg), systems with incongruent m.pt. (Na-K), Applications of above Systems. Unit-3 : Water & its treatment : Part I – Sources of water, impurities in water, hardness of water and its determination, units of hardness, alkalinity of water and its determination, Related numerical problems, scale and sludge formation (composition properties and methods of prevention). Unit-4 : Water and its treatment : Part II – Treatment of water for domestic use, coagulation, sedimentation, filtration and dis-infection, water softening, Ion-exchange process, mixed bed demineralisation, Desalination (reverse osmosis) (electrodialysis). Unit-5 : Corrosion and its prevention - Galvanic & concentration cell, Dry and wet corrosion, Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, pitting corrosion, water-line corrosion, differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, factors affecting corrosion, Preventive measures (proper design, Cathodic protection, protective coatings). Unit-6 : Lubrication and Lubricants - Friction, mechanism of lubrication, classification and properties of lubricants, Additives for lubricants, synthetic lubricants, Greases – Preparation & properties (consistency, drop point) and uses.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Unit-7 : Polymers and Polymerization - Organic polymers, polymerisation, various types of polymerisation, effect of structure on properties of polymers, preparation properties and technical applications of thermo-plastics (PVC,PVA), thermosets (PF,UF), and elastomers (SBR,GR-N), Silicones, Introduction to polymeric compsites. Unit-8 : Analytical Methods - Thermal methods, Principle, method and application of Thermogravimetric analysis, Differential thermal analysis and Differential scanning calorimetry , (Experimental details are excluded),Spectroscopic methods, Spectrophotometry, interaction of E.M. radiations with a molecule and origin of spectrum, spectroscopic, techniques-vibrational and electronic spectroscopy (Experimental details are excluded), conductometric titration, elementary discussion on Flame-photometry. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set with a fair weightage of all the units. The candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Engineering Chemistry, P.C. Jain, Monica Jain (Dhanpat Rai & Co.). 2. Chemistry in Engineering & Tech., Vol.I & II, Rajaram, Kuriacose (TMH). REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Instrumental methods of Chemical Analysis, MERITT & WILLARD (East-West Press). 2. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkin (ELBS, Oxford Press). 3. Physical Chemistry, W.J. Moore (Orient-Longman).

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

CSE -101 E Fundamentals of Computers & Programming in C

L T P Class Work: 50 3 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1: An Overview of Computer System: Anatomy of a digital Computer, Memory Units, Main and Auxiliary Storage Devices, Input Devices, Output Devices, Classification of Computers. Radix number system: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal numbers and their inter-conversions; Representation of information inside the computers.

Unit-2: Operating System Basics: The user Interface, Running Programmes, Managing files, Introduction to PC operating Systems: Unix/Linux , DOS, Windows 2000. Unit-3: Internet basics: : Introduction to the basic concepts of Networks and Data Communications, How Internet works, Major features of internet, Emails, FTP, Using the internet. Unit-4: Programming Languages: Machine-, Assembly-, High Level- Language, Assembler, Compiler, Interpreter, debuggers, Programming fundamentals: problem definition, algorithms, flow charts and their symbols, introduction to compiler, interpreter, assembler, linker and loader and their inter relationship.

Unit-5: C Programming language: C fundamentals, formatted input/ output, expressions, selection statements, loops and their applications; Basic types, arrays, functions, including recursive functions, program organization: local and external variables and scope; pointers & arrays.

Unit-6: Strings: strings literals, string variables, I/O of strings, arrays of strings; applications. Preprocessor: preprocessor directives, macro definition, conditional compilation; Structures, Unions and Enumerations: Structure variables and operations on structures; Structured types, nested array structures; unions; enumeration as integers, tags and types. Declaration: Declaration syntax, storage classes, types qualifiers, declarators, initializers. Program Design: modules, information hiding, abstract data types, difference between C & C++, Low level programming: Bitwise operators, Bit fields in structures, other low level techniques.

Unit-7: Standard library: Input / output; streams, file operations, formatted I/O, character I/O, line I/O, block, string I/O, Library support for numbers and character data, error handling: Text Books:

• Using Information Technology, 5th Edi, Brian K Williams & Stacey C. Sawyer, 2003, TMH • The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 1988, PHI. • C Programming – A modern approach by K.N. King, 1996, WW Norton & Co.

Reference Books: • Information technology, Dennis P. Curtin, Kim Foley, Kunal Sen, Cathleen Morin, 1998, TMH • Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron C Gottfried, TMH • Teach yourself all about computers by Barry Press and Marcia Press, 2000, IDG Books India. • Using Computers and Information by Jack B. Rochester, 1996, Que Education & Training.

Note: 8 questions will be set by the examiner (at least 2 questions from unit-1 to 4, 2 each from unit –5& 6, and one from unit-7). The students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-101-E ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. D.C. CIRCUITS : Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Laws, D.C. Circuits, Nodal and Loop methods of analysis. UNIT2. a) A.C. CIRCUITS : Sinusoidal signal, instantaneous and peak values, RMS and average values, phase angle, polar & rectangular, exponential and trigonometric representations; R,L and C components, behaviors of these components in A.C. circuits. Concept of complex power, power factor. b) TRANSIENT RESPONSE : Transient response of RL, RC and RLC Circuits with step input. UNIT3. NETWORK THEOREMS : Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, superposition theorem, maximum power transfer theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Tellegen’s theorem, Milman's theorem. Star to Delta & Delta to Star transformation. UNIT4. SERIES AND PARALLEL A.C. CIRCUITS : Series and parallel A.C. circuits, series and parallel resonance, Q factor, cut-off frequencies and bandwidth. UNIT5. THREE PHASE CIRCUITS : Phase and line voltages and currents, balanced star and delta circuits, power equation, measurement of power by two wattmeter method, Importance of earthing. UNIT6. TRANSFORMERS : Principle, construction & working of transformer, Efficiency and regulation. UNIT7. ELECTRICAL MACHINES : Introduction to D.C. Machines, Induction motor, Synchronous machines. UNIT8. MEASURING INSTRUMENTS : Voltmeter, Ammeter, Watt meter, Energy meter. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Basic Electrical Engg (2nd Edition) : Kothari & Nagarath, TMH 2. Electrical Technology (Vol-I) : B.L Theraja & A K Theraja, S.Chand REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals : Deltoro, PHI

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

2. Network Analysis :Valkenburg, PHI NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

ME- 101 E ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks

Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

Unit I Properties of Steam & Boilers: Formation of steam at constant pressure, Thermodynamics properties of steam, Condition of

steam, Steam tables, Measurement of dryness fraction by throttling calorimeter, Classification of boilers, Comparison of water and fire tube boilers mounting and accessories with their functions, Constructional and operational details of Cochran and Babcock and Wilcox boilers, Problems.

Unit II Steam Turbines and Condensers: Classification of turbines, Working principle of impulse and reaction turbine, Compounding of

impulse turbine, Comparison of impulse and reaction turbines, Types of condensers, Cooling ponds and cooling towers, Condenser and vacuum efficiencies.

Unit III I.C. Engines and Gas Turbines: Introduction, Classification, Constructional details and working of two-stroke and four-stroke

diesel and petrol engines, Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, Working principle of gas turbine, Constant pressure gas turbine cycle.

Unit IV Water Turbines, Pumps and Hydraulic Devices: Introduction, Classification, Construction details and working of Pelton, Francis and Kaplan

turbines, Specific speed and selection of turbines, Classification of water pumps and their working, Hydraulic jack and lift.

Unit V Simple Lifting Machines: Definition of machine, Velocity ratio, Mechanical advantage, Efficiency, Laws of machines,

Reversibility of machine, Wheel and axle, Differential pulley block, Single, double and triple start worm and worm wheel, Single and double purchase winch crabs, Simple and compound screw jacks. Problems.

Unit VI Power Transmission Methods and Devices: Introduction to Power transmission, Belt drive, Rope drive, Chain drive, Pulley, Gear drive, Types

of gears, Gear train, Clutches, Types and function of clutches, Types and function of brakes, Power measurement by dynamometer, Types of dynamometers. Unit VII Stresses and Strains:

Introduction, Concept & types of Stresses and strains, Poison’s ratio, stresses and strains in simple and compound bars under axial loading, Stress-strain diagrams, Hooks law, Elastic constants & their relationships, Principle stresses & strains and principal- planes, Mohr’s circle of stresses. Numerical problems.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Unit VIII Bending Moment & Shear Force: Definitions, SF and BM diagrams for cantilever and simply supported beam. Calculation of

maximum SF, BM and point of contra-flexure under the loads of (i) concentrated load (ii) uniformly distributed load (iii) combination of concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. Problems.

Text Books: 1. Strength of Materials - G.H. Ryder, Pub.- ELBS. 2. Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanics – Modi and Seth, Pub. – Standard Book House, New Delhi 3. Engineering Thermodynamics – C.P. Arora, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi 4. Thermal Engineering – A.S. Sarad, Pub. - Satya Prakashan, New Delhi. 5. Engineering Mechanics – K.L. Kumar, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi. 6. Theory of Machines – S.S. Rattan, Pub. – TMH, New Delhi.

Reference Books: 1. Strength of Materials – Popov, Pub. - PHI, New Delhi. 2. Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal, Pub.- Metropolitan, Allahbad. 3. Thermal Science and Engineering – D.S. Kumar, Pub. – Kateria & Sons, New Delhi.

NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attend only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

ME-105 E ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DRAWING

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks - - 4 Practical : 100 Marks

Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. Unit I Various types of projections, First and Third angle systems of orthographic projections.

Projection of Points in different quadrants. Unit II Projections of Straight Lines – parallel to one or both reference planes, contained by

one or both planes, perpendicular to one of the planes, inclined to one plane but parallel to the other planes, inclined to both the planes, true length of a line and its inclination with reference planes, traces of a line.

Unit III Projections of Planes – parallel to one reference plane, inclined to one plane but perpendicular to the other, inclined to both reference planes. Unit IV Projections of Polyhedra Solids and Solids of Revolution - in simple positions with

axis perpendicular to a plane, with axis parallel to both planes, with axis parallel to one plane and inclined to the other, Projections of sections of Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones. True shape of section. Development of surfaces of various solids.

Unit V Isometric projections - introduction, isometric scale, Isometric views of plane figures,

prisms, pyramids and cylinders. Unit VI Orthographic drawings of Bolts and Nuts, Bolted Joints, Screw threads, Screwed

Joints. Unit VII Free Hand Sketching - Orthographic Views from Isometric, Views of Simple Machine Components such as Brackets, Bearing Blocks , Guiding Blocks and Simple Couplings. Note : Some simple exercises may be attempted with AUTOCAD. Text Book

1. Engineering Drawing Plane and Solid Geometry : N.D. Bhatt and V.M.Panchal, Forty-Fourth Edition 2002, Charotar Publishing House.

Reference Books

1. Engineering Graphics and Drafting : P.S. Gill, Millennium Edition, S.K. Kataria and Sons.

2. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing : S.B. Mathur, Second Revised and Enlarged Edition 2000, Vikas Publishing House.

3. Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD 2000 : T. Jeyapoovan, First Edition 2002, Vikas Publishing House.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

PHY-103-E : PHYSICS LAB.-I --------- ------------


L T P Class Work : 25 Marks - - 2 Practical : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours LIST OF EXPERIMENTS ------------------- The experiments in Ist semester will be based mainly upon optics, electrostatics, wave and oscillations which are the parts of the theory syllabus of Ist semester. 1. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Newton's rings

experiment. 2. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Fresnel's biprism experiment. 3. To find the wavelength of various colours of white light with the help of a plane transmission diffraction grating. 4. To find the refractive index and cauchy's constants of a prism by using spectrometer. 5. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Michelson interferometer. 6. To find the resolving power of a telescope. 7. To find the pitch of a screw using He-Ne laser. 8. To find the specific rotation of sugar solution by using a polarimeter. 9. To compare the capacitances of two capacitors by De'sauty bridge and hence to find the dielectric constant of a medium. 10. To find the flashing and quenching potentials of Argon and also to find the capacitance of unknown capacitor. 11. To study the photoconducting cell and hence to verify the inverse square law. 12. To find the temperature co-efficient of resistance by using platinum resistance thermometer and Callender and Griffith bridge. 13. To find the frequency of A.C. mains by using sonometer. 14. To find the velocity of ultrasonic waves in non-conducting medium by piezo-electric method. RECOMMENDED BOOKS : 1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH) 2. Practical Physics – S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar (Pragati Prakashan). 3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol.I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan). Note : Students will be required to perform atleast 10 experiments out of the list in a semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

8. ME- 107 E WORKSHOP PRACTICE L T P Class Work : 25 Marks - - 4 Examination : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. List of Experiments / Jobs

1. To study different types of measuring tools used in metrology and determine least counts of vernier calipers, micrometers and vernier height gauges.

2. To study different types of machine tools ( lathe, shape or planer or slotter, milling, drilling

machines )

3. To prepare a job on a lathe involving facing, outside turning, taper turning, step turning, radius making and parting-off.

4. To study different types of fitting tools and marking tools used in fitting practice.

5. To prepare lay out on a metal sheet by making and prepare rectangular tray, pipe shaped

components e.g. funnel.

6. To prepare joints for welding suitable fo r butt welding and lap welding.

7. To perform pipe welding.

8. To study various types of carpentry tools and prepare simple types of at least two wooden joints.

9. To prepare simple engineering components/ shapes by forging.

10. To prepare mold and core assembly, to put metal in the mold and fettle the casting.

11. To prepare horizontal surface/ vertical surface/ curved surface/ slots or V-grooves on a

shaper/ planner.

12. To prepare a job involving side and face milling on a milling machine. NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments/ jobs are to be performed/ prepared by students in the

semester.

2. At least 8 experiments/ jobs should be performed / prepared from the above list, remaining two may either be performed/ prepared from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of Manufacturing Processes and facilities available in the Institute.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

B.E. I/II Semester CH-103-E : CHEMISTRY LAB. (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) -------- -------------- ----------------------- L T P Class Work : 25 Marks - - 2 Practical : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours LIST OF EXPERIMENTS ------------------- 1. Determination of Ca++ and Mg++ hardness of water using EDTA solution. 2. Determination of alkalinity of water sample. 3. Determination of dissolved oxygen (DO) in the given water sample. 4. To find the melting & eutectic point for a two component system by using method of cooling curve. 5. Determination of viscosity of lubricant by Red Wood viscometer (No. 1 & No. 2). 6. To determine flash point & fire point of an oil by Pensky - Marten's flash point apparatus. 7. To prepare Phenol-formaldehyde and Urea formaldehyde resin. 8. To find out saponification No. of an oil. 9. Estimation of calcium in lime stone and dolomite. 10. Determination of concentration of KMnO4 solution spectrophotomet-erically. 11. Determination of strength of HCl solution by titrating it against NaOH solution conductometerically. 12. To determine amount of sodium and potassium in a, given water sample by flame photometer. 13. Estimation of total iron in an iron alloy. Note : At least ten experiments are to be performed by the students. SUGGESTED BOOKS : 1. A Text Book on Experimental and Calculation - Engineering Chemistry, S.S. Dara, S. Chand & Company (Ltd.) 2. Essential of Experimental Engineering Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company. 3. Theory & Practice Applied Chemistry – O.P. Virmani, A.K.

Narula (New Age)

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-103-E ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To verify KCL and KVL.

2. To verify Thevenin’s & Norton's Theorems.

3. To Verify maximum power transfer theorem in D.C. Circuit & A.C circuit.

4. To verify reciprocity & Superposition theorems.

5. To study frequency response of a series R-L-C circuit and determine resonant frequency& Q- factor for

various Values of R,L,C.

6. To study frequency response of a parallel R-L-C circuit and determine resonant frequency & Q -Factor

for various values of R,L,C.

7. To perform direct load test of a transformer and plot efficiency Vs load characteristic.

8.To perform direct load test of a D.C. shunt generator and plot load voltage Vs load current curve.

9.To plot V-curve of a synchronous motor.

10.To perform O.C. and S.C. tests of a three phase induction motor.

11.To study various type of meters.

12.Measurement of power by 3 voltmeter / 3 ammeter method.

13.Measurement of power in a 3 phase system by two watt meter method.

NOTE: 1. At least 10 experiments are to be performed by students in the semester. 2. At least 7 experiments should be performed from the above list, remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed and set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-101-E.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

CSE -103 E C Programming Lab. L T P Class Work: 25

- - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Representative programming problems:-

1. Write a program to find the largest of three numbers. (if-then-else) 2. Write a program to find the largest number out of ten numbers (for-statement) 3. Write a program to find the average mail height & average female heights in the class (input is in form of sex code, height). 4. Write a program to find roots of quadratic equation using functions and switch statements. 5. Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no. out of given 50 nos. 6. Write a program to multiply two matrices 7. Write a program to read a string and write it in reverse order 8. Write a program to concatenate two strings 9. Write a program to sort numbers using the Quicksort Algorithm. 10. Represent a deck of playing cards using arrays. 11. Write a program to check that the input string is a palindrome or not.

Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

ME- 109 E ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional : 50Marks - - 2 Practical : 100 Marks


9. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. To study Cochran & Babcock & Wilcox boilers.

2. To study the working & function of mountings & accessories in boilers.

3. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke diesel engines.

4. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke petrol engines.

5. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single, double & triple start worm & worm wheel.

6. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single & double purchase winch crabs.

7. To find the percentage error between observed and calculated values of stresses in the members of a Jib crane.

8. To draw the SF & BM diagrams of a simply supported beam with concentrated loads.

9. To study the simple & compound screw jacks and find their MA, VR & efficiency.

10. To study the various types of dynamometers.

11. To the constructional features & working of Pelton/Kaplan/Francis.

12. To prepare stress-strain diagram for mild steel & cast iron specimens under tension and compression respectively on a Universal testing machine.

13. To determine the Rockwell / Brinell /Vickers hardness no. of a given specimen on the respective

machines. Note: 1. Total ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.

2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments should be performed as designed & set by the concerned Institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

HUM-102-E COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH B.E. Semester-II

(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs This course is designed for the students of Engineering and Technology who need English for specific purposes in specific situations. It aims at imparting the communication skills that are needed in their academic and professional pursuits. This is achieved through an amalgamation of traditional lecture-oriented approach of teaching with the task based skill oriented methodology of learning. COURSE CONTENT: Unit-I Communicative Grammar: Spotting the errors pertaining to nouns, pronouns, adjective and adverbs; Concord - grammatical concord, notional concord and the principle of proximity between subject and verb. Unit-II Lexis: Idioms and phrases; Words often confused; One-Word Substitutes; Formation of words (suffixes, prefixes and derivatives); Foreign Words (A selected list) Unit-III Oral Communication: Part-A: Introduction to principal components of spoken English – Word-stress patterns, Intonation, Weak forms in English Part-B: Developing listening and speaking skills through various activities, such as (a) role play activities, (b) Practising short dialogues (c) Group discussion (d) Debates (e) Speeches (f) Listening to news bulletins (g) Viewing and reviewing T.V. programmes etc. Unit-IV Written Communication: Developing reading and writing skills through such tasks/activities as developing outlines, key expressions, situations, slogan writing and theme building exercises Reading verbal and non-verbal texts-like cartoons, Graphs and tabulated data etc. Unit-V (For Internal Evaluation Only): Book Review – Herein the students will be required to read and submit a review of a book (Literary or non-literary) of their own choice. This will be followed by a presentation of the same in the class Unit-VI Technical Writing: (a) Business Letters, Format of Business letters and Business letter writing (b) E-mail writing (c) Reports, Types of Reports and Format of Formal Reports (d) Press Report Writing SUGGESTED READING:

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

1. Language in Use (Upper intermediate Level, Adrian Doff Christopher Jones, Cambridge University Press

2. Common Errors in English, Abul Hashem, Ramesh Publishing House, new Delhi. 3. Objective English, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Spoken English for India, R.K. Bansal & J.B. Harrison, Orient Longman, Delhi. 5. The sounds of English, Veena Kumar, Makaav Educational Software, New Delhi. 6. English Phonetics & Phonology, P. Roach, Cambridge University Press, London. 7. English for Engineers and Technologists: A Skill Approach, Vol. 2, Orient

Longman,Delhi. 8. Business Communication, M.S. Ramesh and C.C. Pattanshetti, R.Chand and

Company, Delhi 9. Group Discussion, Sudha Publications/Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: All questions will be compulsory and will cover all the aspects of the syllabus except unit V. There will be sufficient internal choice. Unit-I: 20 Marks Questions No. 1 will require the students to carefully read the sentences given and trace the errors, if any, and then supply the correct alternatives/answers. Unit-II: 20 Marks Question No. 2 may have four or five parts testing knowledge of different items of vocabulary. Unit-III: 20 Marks Question No. 3 will have two parts of 10 marks each from part A and B of the unit. Part A will have content words, form words and sentences for stress marking, transcription and intonation marking respectively. Part B will test students’ speaking skills through various oral tasks and activities - debate, group discussion and speech - in written form only. Note: Speaking and listening skills will primarily be tested orally through

internal assessment. Unit-IV: 20 Marks Question No. 4 may have many parts. The questions will be framed to test students' composition skills on the elements prescribed in the unit. For example, the students may be required to develop a hypothetical situation in a dialogue form, or to develop an outline, key expression, graph etc. Unit-V is for internal assessment only. Unit-VI: 20 Marks Question No. 5 may have two parts. While the one part may require the students to frame either a press/news report for the print media or write the given business letter, or e-mail a message, the second part will have a theory question on the format of formal report and business letter.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

BTT-102-E BASICS OF BIOTECHNOLOGY (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P/D Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Sessional : 50 Marks Total : 150 Marks Time : 3 Hrs. Unit-I 1. Cell Structure and Function : Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes: Cell Wall, Membrances, Nucleus,

Mitochondria, Chloroplast, Ribosome, Vacuoles, Bacteria and viruses : a brief descriptions. 2. Biomolecules : A brief account of sturucture of Carbohydrates, Lipids, Proteins. 3. Cell Division : Mitosis and Meiosis. 4. Genes : Classical- brief idea about Mendel’s laws and chromosomes, Nature of Genetic material,

DNA and RNA, DNA replication.

UNIT-II 5. Gene Expression : Central dogma, genetic code, molecular mechanism on mutations, regulation

of gene expression, housekeeping genes, differentiation and development mutations and their molecular basis.

6. Genetic Engineering : an introduction to genetic engineering : Cloning (vectors, enzymes); DNA and genomic libraries, Transgenics, DNA fingerprinting, Genomics.

UNIT-III

7. Development of Biotechnology : Nature and Scope of Biotechnology. 8. Applications of Biotechnology : Bioprocess and fermentation technology, Cell Culture, Enzyme

technology, Biological fuel generation, Single cell protein, Sewage Treatment, Environmental Biotechnology, Biotechnology and medicine, Biotechnology in agriculture & forestry industry, Food and Beverage Technology Production of Biological inventions, Safety in Biotechnology.

Text/Reference Books : 1. Biotechnology, Smith, Cambridge Press. 2. Modern Concepts of Biotechnology, H.D.Kumar, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd. 3. Elements of Biotechnology, P.K.Gupta, Rastogi Publications.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-102-E MATHEMATICS-II ---------- --------------

(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours

Part-A

Matrices & its Applications : Rank of a matrix, elementary transformations, elementary matrices, inverse using elementary transformations, normal form of a matrix, linear dependence and in dependence of vactors, consistency of linear system of equations, linear and orthogonal transformations, eigen values and eigen vectors, properties of eigen values, Cayley - Hamilton theorem and its applications.

Part-B Ordinary Differential Equations & its Applications : Exact differential equations. Equations reducible to exact differential equations. Applications of Differential equations of first order & first degree to simple electric circuits, Newton's law of cooling, heat flow and orthogonal trajectories. Linear differential equations of second and higher order. Complete solution, complementary function and particular integral, method of variation of parameters to find particular Integral, Cauchy's and Legender's linear equations, simultaneous linear equations with constant co-efficients. Applications of linear differential equations to simple pendulum, oscillatory electric circuits.

Part-C Laplace Transforms and its Applications : Laplace transforms of elementary functions, properties of Laplace transforms, existence conditions, transforms of derivaties, transforms of integrals, multiplication by tn, division by t. Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms. Laplace transform of Unit step function, unit impulse function and periodic function. Inverse transforms, convolution theorem, application to linear differential equations and simultaneous linear differential equations with constant coefficients.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Partial Differential Equations and Its Applications : Formation of partial differential equations, Lagrange’s linear partial differential equation, First order non-linear partial differential equation, Charpit’s method. Method of separation of variables and its applications to wave equation and one dimensional heat equation, two dimensional heat flow, steady state solutions only. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics F Kreyszig 2. Higher Engg. Mathematics B.S. Grewal REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Differential Equations – H.T.H. Piaggio. 2. Elements of Partial Differential Equations – I.N. Sneddon. 3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar. 4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics – Michael D. Greenberg. Note: Examiner will set eight questions, taking two from Part-A, three

from Part-B and three from Part-C. Students will be required to attempt five question taking atleast one from each part.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

PHY-102-E : PHYSICS-II (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) --------- ------------------------------------ L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hrs.

PART-A CRYSTAL STRUCTURE Space Lattice, unit cell and translation vectors, Miller indices, simple crystal structure, Bonding in solids, Experimental x-ray diffraction method, Laue method, powder Method, Point defects in solids, Elementary idea of quarks and gluons. QUANTUM PHYSICS Difficulties with Classical physics, Introduction to quantum mechanics-simple concepts, discovery of Planck's constant, Group velocity and phase velocity, Schrodinger wave equations - time dependant and time independent Schrodinger equations, Elementary ideas of quantum statistics. FREE ELECTION THEORY Elements of classical free electron theory and its limitations, Drude’s Theory of Conduction, quantum theory of free electrons, Fermi level, Density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribution function, Thermionic emission, Richardson's equation.

PART-B BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS Origin of energy bands, Kronig, Penney Model (qualitative), E-K diagrams, Brillouin Zones, Concept of effective mass and holes, Classification of solids into metals, Semiconductors and insulators, Fermi energy and its variation with temperature. Hall effect and its Applications. PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY AND PHOTOVOLTAICS Photoconductivity in insulating crystals, variation with illumination, effect of traps, applications of photoconductivity, photovoltaic cells and their characteristics. MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS Atomic magnetic moments, orbital diamagnetism, Classical theory of paramagnetism, ferro magnetism - molecular fields and domains.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

SUPER CONDUCTIVITY Introduction (experimental survey), Meissner effect, London equation. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Introduction to Solid State Physics (VII Ed.) - Charles Kittel (John Wiley). 2. Quantum Mechanics – Powell and Crasemann (Oxford & IBH) 3. Fundamentals of Solid State Physics – B.S.Saxena, R.C.Gupta and P.N.Saxena (Pragati Prakashan). REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Sold State Physics – Pillai (New Age). 2. A text book of Engg. Physics – Avadhanulu and Kshirsagar (S.Chand) 3. Quantum Mechanics – Ghatak & Loknathan. Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking four from each

part. The students will be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least two from each part. All questions will carry equal marks.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

PHY-104-E : PHYSICS LAB.-II --------- ---------------


L T P Class Work : 25 Marks - - 2 Practical : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours LIST OF EXPERIMENTS ------------------- The experiments in Second semester will be based upon electricity, Magnetism, Modern Physics and Solid State Physics which are the parts of theory syllabus. 1. To find the low resistance by carey - Foster's bridge. 2. To find the resistance of a galvanometer by Thomson’s constant diffelction method using a post office box. 3. To find the value of high resistances by Substitution method. 4. To find the value of high resistances by Leakage method. 5. To study the characteristics of a solar cell and to find the fill factor. 6. To find the value of e/m for electrons by Helical method. 7. To find the ionisation potential of Argon/Mercury using a thyratron tube. 8. To study the variation of magnetic field with distance and to find the radius of coil by Stewart and Gee's apparatus. 9. To study the characteristics of (Cu-Fe, Cu-Constantan) thermo couple. 10. To find the value of Planck's constant by using a photo electric cell. 11. To find the value of co-efficient of self-inductance by using a Rayleigh bridge. 12. To find the value of Hall Co-efficient of semi-conductor. 13. To study the V-I characteristics of a p-n diode. 14. To find the band gap of intrinsic semi-conductor using four probe method. 15. To calculate the hysteresis loss by tracing a B-H curve. RECOMMENDED BOOKS : 1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH) 2. Practical Physics – S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar (Pragati Prakashan). 3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol.I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan). Note : Students will be required to perform atleast 10 experiments out of the list in a semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

GES-102-E ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

L T P Class Work : 25 Marks 3 - - Exam. : 75 Marks Total : 100 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours UNIT – I The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies, Definition, scope and importance. Need for Public awareness UNIT – II Natural Resources:

Renewable and non-renewable resources: Natural resources and associated problems.

a) Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation: deforestation, case studies, Timber exploitation, mining, dams and their effects and forests tribal people.

b) Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.

c) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies.

d) Food resources: World food problems, changes, caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies.

e) Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources; case studies.

f) Land resources: Land as a resource, loand degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. • Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. • Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

UNIT- III Ecosystems” • Concept of an ecosystem. • Structure and function of an ecosystem. • Producers, consumers and decomposers. • Energy flow in the ecosystem. • Ecological succession. • Food chains, food wbs and ecological pyramids. • Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following

eco-system: a) Forest ecosystem. b) Grassland ecosystem. c) Desert ecosystem. d) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).

UNIT- IV Biodiversity and its conservations • Introduction – Definition: Genetic, species and ecosystem diversity. • Biogeographically classification of India. • Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic

and option values. • Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. • India as a mega-diversity nation. • Hot-spots of biodiversity. • Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

• Endangered and endemic species of India. UNIT – V Environmental Pollution: Definition, causes, effects and control, measures of:

a) Air pollution. b) Water pollution. c) Soil pollution. d) Marine pollution. e) Noise pollution. f) Thermal Pollution. g) Nuclear hazards • Solid waster management: Causes effects and control measures of urban and

industrial waster. • Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. • Pollution case studies. • Disaster management: Floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

UNIT – VI Social issues and the Environment: • From unsustainable to sustainable development. • Urban problems related to energy. • Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management. • Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns, case studies. • Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. • Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear

accidents and holocaust, Case studies. • Wasteland reclamation. • Consumerism and waste products. • Environment Protection Act. • Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. • Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. • Wildlife Protection Act. • Forest Conservation Act. • Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation. • Public awareness.

UNIT – VII Human population and the Environment. Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion – Famility Welfare Programme. Environment and human health. Human Rights. Value Education. HIV/ AIDS. Woman and Child Welfare. Role of Information Technology in Environment and human health. Case Studies.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

UNIT –VIII Field Work:

• Visit to a local area to document environmental assets – river/ forest/ grassland/ hill/ mountain.

• Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/ Rural/ Industrial/ Agricultural. • Study of common plants, insects, birds. • Study of simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc. (Field work equal to 5

lectures hours). References: 1. Agarwal, K.C. 2001, Environmental Biology, Nidi Pub. Ltd. Bikaner. 2. Bharucha, Franch, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad – 380013,

India . 3. Brunner R.C. 1989, Hazardous Waste Incineration, Mc. Graw Hill Inc. 480p. 4. Clark R.S., Marine Pllution, Slanderson Press Oxford (TB). 5. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, E & Hepworth, M.T. 2001, Environmental

Encyclopedia, Jaico Pub. House, Mumbai. 1195p. 6. De A.K., Environmenal Chemistry, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 7. Down to Earth, Centre for Science and Environment ®. 8. Gleick, H.P., 1993. Water in Crisis, Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev., Environment & Security,

Stockholm Env. Institute, Oxford Univ., Press 473p. 9. Hawkins R.E. Encyclopedia of Indian Natural History, Bomaby Natural History Scociety,

Bombay (R). 10. Heywood, V.H. & Watson, R.T. 1995. Global Biodiversity Assessment. Cambridge Univ. Press

1140p. 11. Jadhav, H & Bhosale, V.M. 1995, Environmental Protection and Laws, Himalaya Pub. House,

Helhi 284p. 12. Mckinney, M.L. & Schoch, RM 1996, Environmental Sciences Systems & Solutions, Web

enhanced Edition 639p. 13. Mhaskar A.K., Mater Hazardous, Tekchno-Sciences Publications (TB). 14. Miller T.G. Jr. Environmental Science, Wadsoworth Publishing Co. (TB). 15. Odum, E.P. 1971, Fundamentals of Ecology, W.B. Saunders Co. USA, 574p. 16. Rao M.N. & Dutta, A.K. 1987, Waste Water Treatment. Oxford & IBH Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., 345p 17. Sharma, B.K., 2001, Environmental Chemistry, Goel Publ. House, Meerut. 18. Survey of the Environment, The Hindu (M). 19. Townsend C., Harper J, and Michael Begon, Essentials of Ecology, Blackwell Sciences (TB). 20. Trivedi, R.K., Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards,

Vol. I and II Enviro Mdiea (R). 21. Trividi R.K., Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards,

Vol I and II Enviro Media (R). 22. Trividi R.K. and P.K. Goel, Introduction to air pollution, Techno Sciences Pub. (TB). 23. Wagner K.D., 1998, Environmental Management, W.B. Saunders Co. Philadelophia, USA 499p. 24. A text bok environmental education G.V.S. Publishers by Dr. J.P. Yadav.

(M) Magazine (R) Reference (TB) Textbook

Note: Examiner will set eight questions. Students will be required to attempt five question.

M.D UNIVERSITY SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION

BE. II YEAR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SEMESTER – III 2004 -2005

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


BE. II YEAR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SEMESTER – III 2004 -2005

Course No. Course Title Teaching

Schedule Marks of Class

Work Examination

L T P Total Theory Practic HUM-201-E ECONOMICS (Common for all branches)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

MATH-201-E MATHEMATICS - III (Common for all branches)

3 2 - 5 50 100 -

EE-201-E ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS & SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES (EL,EI,IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-203-E NETWORK THEORY (EL,EI, IC,EE )

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-207-E ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-209-E ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-223-E NETWORK LAB. (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-211-E ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & MEASURING INSTRUMENTS LAB.

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-231-E ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP (EL,EI, IC,EE, CHE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-215-E ELECTRIC MACHINES-I LAB.

- - 3 3 50 - 50

TOTAL 18

7 9 34 425 600 125

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

HUM-201-E ECONOMICS (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks


COURSE OBJECTIVE : The purpose of this course is to : 1. Acquaint the student in the basic economic concepts and their operational significance and 2 .Stimulate him to think systematically and objectively about contemporary economic problems. UNIT-I

Definition of Economics - various definitions, Nature of Economic problem, Production possibility curve Economic laws and their nature. Relation between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economics. UNIT-II

Concepts and measurement of utility, Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Law of equi-marginal utility - its practical application and importance. UNIT-III

Meaning of Demand, Individual and Market demand schedule, Law of demand, shape of demand curve, Elasticity of demand, measurement of elasticity of demand, factors effecting elasticity of demand, practical importance & applications of the concept of elasticity of demand. UNIT-IV

Meaning of production and factors of production; Law of variable proportions, Returns to scale, Internal and External economics and diseconomies of scale.

Various concepts of cost - Fixed cost, variable cost, average cost, marginal cost, money cost, real cost opportunity cost. Shape of average cost, marginal cost, total cost etc. in short run and long run. UNIT-V

Meaning of Market, Types of Market - Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligoply, Monoplistic Competition (Main features of these markets)

Supply and Law of Supply, Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determinition and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices. UNIT-VI

Nature and characteristics of Indian economy (brief and elementary introduction), Privatization - meaning, merits and demerits. Globalisation of Indian economy - merits and demerits. Elementary Concepts of VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement. Books Recommended : TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles of Economics : P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers). 2. Modern Economic Theory – K.K. Dewett (S.Chand) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. A Text Book of Economic Theory Stonier and Hague (Longman’s Landon) 2. Micro Economic Theory – M.L. Jhingan (S.Chand) 3. Micro Economic Theory - H.L. Ahuja (S.Chand) 4. Modern Micro Economics : S.K. Mishra (Pragati Publications) 5. Economic Theory - A.B.N. Kulkarni & A.B. Kalkundrikar (R.Chand & Co.) 6. Indian Economy : Rudar Dutt & K.P.M. Sundhram NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-201-E MATHEMATICS-III ---------- ---------------



Part-A

Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms : Euler’s formulae, conditions for a Fourier expansion, change of interval, Fourier expansion of odd and even functions, Fourier expansion of square wave, rectangular wave, saw-toothed wave, half and full rectified wave, half range sine and consine series.

Fourier integrals, Fourier transforms, Shifting theorem (both on

time and frequency axes), Fourier transforms of derivatives, Fourier transforms of integrals, Convolution theorem, Fourier transform of Dirac-delta function.

Part-B

Functions of Complex Variable : Definition, Exponential function, Trignometric and Hyperbolic functions, Logrithmic functions. Limit and Continuity of a function, Differnetiability and Analyticity. Cauchy-Riemann equations, necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, polar form of the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Harmonic functions, application to flow problems. Integration of complex functions. Cauchy-Integral theorem and formula. Power series, radius and circle of convergence, Taylor's Maclaurin's and Laurent's series. Zeroes and singularities of complex functions, Residues. Evaluation of real integrals using residues (around unit and semi circle only).

Part-C Probability Distributions and Hypothesis Testing : Conditional probability, Bayes theorem and its applications, expected value of a random variable. Properties and application of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions. Testing of a hypothesis, tests of significance for large samples, Student’s t-distribution (applications only), Chi-square test of goodness of fit.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solving linear programming problems using (i) Graphical method (ii) Simplex method (iii) Dual simplex method. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : F Kreyszig. 2. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Advance Engg. Mathematics : R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyenger. 2. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg. 3. Operation Research : H.A. Taha. 4. Probability and statistics for Engineers : Johnson. PHI. Note: Examiner will set eight questions, taking two from Part-A, three


A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-201-E ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 CONDUCTING MATERIALS: Review of energy bands, description of materials, drift velocity, collision time, Mean free path, mobility, conductivity, relaxation time, factors affecting conductivity of materials, types of thermal conductivity, Wiedmann-Franz law, super conductivity, effect of magnetic field, conducting materials, applications. UNIT 2 DIELECTRIC MATERIALS: Behaviour of dielectric materials in static electric field, Dipole moments, Polarization, Dielectric constant, Polarizability, Susceptibility, mechanisms of polarization, behaviour in alternating field, dielectric loss, loss tangent, types of dielectric & insulating materials, electrostriction, Piezo-electricity, Applications. UNIT 3 MAGNETIC MATERIALS: Permeability, Magnetic susceptibility, magnetic moment, Magnetization, Dipole moment, types of magnetic materials, Magnetostriction, eddy current & hysteresis losses, applications. UNIT 4 SEMICONDUCTORS: Review of Si and Ge as semiconducting materials, Continuity Equation, P-N junction, Drift & Diffusion, Diffusion & Transition capacitances of P-N junction. UNIT 5 CONSTRUCTION AND CHARACTERISTICS OF DEVICES: Brief introduction to Planar Technology for device fabrication., metal -semiconductor junctions (ohmic and non-ohmic), breakdown mechanisms in p-n junction, zener diode, electrical and optical excitation in diodes, LED, solar cells and photo-detectors. UNIT 6 BIPOLAR AND MOS DEVICES : BJT, UJT, JFET, MOSFETS UNIT 7 POWER DEVICES : Thyristor, Diac, Triac, GTO, IGBT, VMOS TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Engineering Materials: A.J. Dekker; PHI. 2. Solid State Electronic Devices : StreetMan & Banerjee; Pearson. 3. Electronic Devices & Circuits: Millman & Halkias; MGH. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electrical Engineering Materials: S.P Seth & P.V Gupta; Dhanpat Rai. 2. Text Book of Power Electronics : H.C.Rai; Galgoitia Publications.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

3 Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory : Boylestad & Nashelsky; Pearson. 4. Semiconductor devices : Jaspreet Singh; John Wiley. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-203-E NETWORK THEORY L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT I TRANSIENT RESPONSE : Transient Response of RC, RL, RLC Circuits to various excitation signals such as step, ramp, impulse and sinusoidal excitations using laplace transform. UNIT 2 NETWORK FUNCTIONS : Terminal pairs or Ports, Network functions for one-port and two-port networks, poles and zeros of Network functions, Restrictions on pole and zero Locations for driving point functions and transfer functions, Time domain behavior from the pole-zero plot. UNIT 3 CHARACTERISTICS AND PARAMETERS OF TWO PORT NETWORKS : Relationship of two-port variables, short-circuit Admittance parameters, open circuit impedance, parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, relationships between parameter sets, Inter-connection of two port networks. UNIT 4 TOPOLOGY : Principles of network topology , graph matrices, network analysis using graph theory. UNIT 5 TYPES OF FILTERS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS : Filter fundamentals, high-pass, low-pass, band-pass, and band-reject Filters. UNIT 6 NETWORK SYNTHESIS : Positive real functions, synthesis of one port and two port networks, elementary ideas of Active networks. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Network Analysis & Synthesis : Umesh Sinha; Satya Prakash Pub. 2. Network Analysis & Synthesis : F.F.Kuo; John Wiley & Sons Inc. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Introduction to modern Network Synthesis : Van Valkenburg; John Wiley 2. Network Analysis: Van Valkenburg; PHI 3. Basic circuit theory:Dasoer Kuh; McGraw Hill. 4. A Course in Electrical Circuit Analysis by Soni & Gupta; Dhanpat Rai Publication. 5. Circuit Analysis : G.K. Mithal; Khanna Publication. 6. Networks and Systems : D.Roy Choudhury; New Age International. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-207-E ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I L T P Theory :100 Marks 3 1 - Class work : 50 Marks Total :150 Marks Duration of Exam :3 Hrs. TRANSFORMERS: Principle, construction of core, winding & tank, operation, testing of single phase transformer, equivalent circuit, phasor diagram, parameters determination, P.U. representation of parameters, regulation, losses & efficiency, separation of iron losses.

Various types of connection of three phase transformer, their comparative features, Zig-Zag connection.

Parallel operation of single phase & three phase transformers.

Auto-transformer: Principle, construction, comparison with two winding transformers, application.

Nature of magnetizing current, plotting of magnetising current from B-H curve, Inrush current, harmonics, effect of construction on input current, connection of three phase transformer.

Phase-Conversion: Three to two phase, three to six phase and three to twelve phase conversions.

Introduction to three winding, tap-changing & phase-shifting transformers. D.C. MACHINES: Elementary DC machine, principle & construction of D.C. generator, simplex lap and wave windings, E.M.F. equation, armature reaction, compensating winding, commutation, methods of excitation, load characteristics, parallel operation. Principle of DC Motors, torque and output power equations, load characteristics, starting, speed control, braking, testing, efficiency & applications. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric Machines: I.J.Nagrath and D.P.Kothari, TMH, New Delhi. 2. Performance & Design of D.C. Machines: A.E. Clayton & N.N. Hancock; ELBS) REF. BOOKS: 1. Electric Machinery, Fitzgerald & Kingsley, MGH. 2. Theory of alternating current machinery, A.S. Langsdorf , TMH. 3. Electrical Machines, P.S.Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers Delhi NOTE: 4 questions are to be set from part A & 4 questions from part B. Students have to attempt five questions with at-least two from each part.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-209-E ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & MEASURING INSTRUMENTS L T P Class Work :50 3 1 0 Exam :100 Total :150 Duration of Exam :3hrs UNIT-I: UNITS STANDARDS & ERRORS: S.I. units, Absolute standards (International, Primary, Secondary & Working Standards), True Value, Errors (Gross, Systematic, Random); Static Characteristic of Instruments (Accuracy, Precision, Sensitivity, Resolution & threshold). UNIT-II: MEASURING SYSTEM FUNDAMENTALS: Classification of Instruments (Absolute & Secondary Instruments; Indicating, Recording & Integrating instruments; Based upon Principle of operation), Generalized Instrument (Block diagram, description of blocks), three forces in Electromechanical indicating instrument (Deflecting, controlling & damping forces), Comparison between gravity & spring controls; Comparison of damping methods & their suitability, bearing supports, pivot-less supports (Simple & taut-band), Scale information, Instrument cases (Covers). UNIT-III: MEASURING INSTRUMENTS: Construction, operating principle, Torque equation, Shape of scale, use as Ammeter or as Voltmeter (Extension of Range), Use on AC/DC or both, Advantages & disadvantages, Errors (Both on AC/DC) of PMMC types, Electrodynamic Type, Moving iron type (attraction, repulsion & combined types), Hot wire type & Induction type, Electrostatic type Instruments. UNIT-IV: WATTMETERS & ENEGRY METERS: Construction, operating principle, Torque equation, Shape of scale, Errors, Advantages & Disadvantages of Electrodynamic & Induction type Wattmeters; & single phase induction type Energy meter, Compensation & creep in energy meter. UNIT-V: POWER FACTOR & FREQUENCY METERS: Construction, operation, principle, Torque equation, Advantages & disadvantages of Single phase power factor meters (Electrodynamic & Moving Iron types) & Frequency meters (Electrical Resonance Type, Ferrodynamic & Electrodynamic types). UNIT-VI: LOW & HIGH RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS: Limitations of Wheatstone bridge; Kelvin’s double bridge method, Difficulties in high resistance measurements, Measurement of high resistance by direct deflection, loss of charge method, Megohm bridge & Meggar. UNIT-VII: A.C. BRIDGES: General balance =n, Ckt. diagram, Phasor diagram, Advantages, disadvantages, applications of Maxwell’s inductance, inducance-capacitance, Hays, Anderson, Owens, De-Sauty’s, Schering & Weins bridges, Shielding & earthing. TEXT BOOK: 1. A Course in Elect. & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation by A. K. Sawhney; Khanna Pub. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electrical Measurments by E.W. Golding 2. Electronic & Elect. Measurment & Instrumention by J.B.Gupta; Kataria & Sons. 3. Electronic Instrumentation & Measurment Technique, W.D.Cooper & A.D. Helfrick. 4. Measuring Systems by E.O. Doeblin; TMH. NOTE: 5 out of 8 questions be attempted; at least 1 question be set from each unit.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-223-E NETWORK THEORY LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. Transient response of RC circuit. 2. Transient response of RL circuit. 3. To find the resonance frequency, Band width of RLC series circuit. 4. To calculate and verify "Z" parameters of a two port network. 5. To calculate and verify "Y" parameters of a two port network. 6. To determine equivalent parameter of parallel connections of two port network. 7. To plot the frequency response of low pass filter and determine half-power frequency. 8. To plot the frequency response of high pass filter and determine the half-power frequency. 9. To plot the frequency response of band-pass filter and determine the band-width. 10. To calculate and verify "ABCD" parameters of a two port network. 11. To synthesize a network of a given network function and verify its response. 12. Introduction of P-Spice NOTE : Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-211-E ELECTRICAL MEASURMENTS & MEASURING INSTRUMENTS LAB

L T P Class Work : 25 0 0 2 Exam : 25

Total : 50 Duration of Exam : 3hrs

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :

1. To identify the meters from the given lot.

2. To convert & calibrate a D’Arsonnal type galvanometer into a voltmeter & an ammeter.

3. To calibrate an energy meter with the help of a standard wattmeter & a stop watch.

4. To measure power & p.f. by 3-ammeter method.

5. To measure power & p.f by 3-voltmeter method.

6. To measure power & p.f in 3-phase circuit by 2-wattmeter method.

7. To measure capacitance by De Sauty's bridge.

8. To measure inductance by maxwell's bridge.

9. To measure frequency by Wien's bridge.

10. To measure the power with the help of C.T & P.T.

11. To measure magnitude & phase angle of a voltage by rectangular type potentiometer.

12. To measure magnitude & phase angle of a voltage by polar type potentiometer.

13. To measure low resistance by Kelvin's double bridge.

14. To measure high resistence by loss of charge method.

Note: At least 7 experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining 3 experiments may either be performed from above list or designed & set by concerned institution as per scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-231-E ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Introduction of tools, electrical materials, symbols and abbreviations. 2. To study stair case wiring. 3. To study house wiring i.e., batten, cleat, casing-caping and conduit wirings. 4. To study fluorescent tube light. 5. To study high pressure mercury vapour lamp (H.P.M.V). 6. To study Sodium lamp. 7. To study repairing of home appliances such as heater, electric iron, fans etc. 8. To study construction of moving iron, moving coil, electrodynamic & induction type meters. 9. To design & fabricate single phase transformer. 10. To study fuses, relays, contactors, MCBs and circuit breakers. 11. Insulation testing of electrical equipments. 12. To design, fabricate a PCB for a circuit, wire-up and test. NOTE: Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-215-E Electrical Machine Lab-I L T P Practical :50 Marks - - 3 Class work :50 Marks Total :100 Marks Duration of Exam :3 Hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. To find turns ratio & polarity of a 1-phase transformer.

2. To perform open & short circuit tests on a 1-phase transformer.

3. To perform Sumpner's Back to back test on 1-phase transformers.

4. Parallel operation of two 1-phase transformers.

5. To convert three phase to 2-phase By Scott-connection.

6. To perform load test on DC shunt generator.

7. Speed control of DC shunt motor.

8. Swinburne’s test of DC shunt motor.

9. Hopkinson’s test of DC shunt M/Cs.

10. Ward Leonard method of speed control.

NOTE: At least 10 experiments be performed in the semester. At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining 3 experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by concerned institution as per scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


BE. II YEAR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SEMESTER – IV 2004 -2005

Course No. Course Title Teaching Schedule Marks of Class Work

Examination

L T P Total Theory Practic HUM-202-E FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT

(EE,EL,ME,CHE,EI,IC) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

MATH-202-E NUMERICAL METHODS (EE,EL,EI, IC,CHE)

3 2 - 5 50 100 -

EE-202-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-204-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-206-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (EL,EE and common with 6th Sem. – EI)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-212-E FIELDS AND WAVES

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-222-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-224-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-226-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB (EL,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

MATH-204-E NUMERICAL METHODS LAB (EE,EL,EI,IC,CHE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

GPEE-204-E GENERAL PROFICIENCY

- - - - 50 - -

TOTAL 18 7 8 33 450 600 100 Note : 1. Practical training of 4 weeks duration during summer vacations and its

evaluation in 5th Semester. 2. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator. However,

Sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

HUM-202-E FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks


10. UNIT-I Meaning of management, Definitions of Management, Characteristics of management, Management Vs. Administration.

Management-Art, Science and Profession. Importance of Management. Development of Management thoughts. Principles of Management. The Management Functions, Inter-relationship of Managerial functions. UNIT-II

Nature and Significance of staffing, Personnel management, Functions of personnel management, Manpower planning, Process of manpower planning, Recruitment, Selection; Promotion - Seniority Vs. Merit. Training - objectives and types of training. UNIT-III Production Management : Definition, Objectives, Functions and Scope, Production Planning and Control; its significance, stages in production planning and control. Brief introduction to the concepts of material management, inventory control; its importance and various methods. UNIT-IV Marketing Management - Definition of marketing, Marketing concept, objectives & Functions of marketing. Marketing Research - Meaning; Definition; objectives; Importance; Limitations; Process. Advertising - meaning of advertising, objectives, functions, criticism. UNIT-V Introduction of Financial Management, Objectives of Financial Management, Functions and Importance of Financial Management. Brief Introduction to the concept of capital structure and various sources of finance. BOOKS RECOMMENDED : TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles and Practice of Management - R.S. Gupta, B.D.Sharma, N.S. Bhalla. (Kalyani Publishers) 2. Organisation and Management - R.D. Aggarwal (Tata Mc Graw Hill) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Principles & Practices of Management – L.M. Prasad (Sultan Chand & Sons) 2. Management – Harold, Koontz and Cyrilo Donell (Mc.Graw Hill). 3. Marketing Management – S.A. Sherlikar (Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay). 4. Financial Management - I.M. Pandey (Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi) 5. Management - James A.F. Stoner & R.Edward Freeman, PHI. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-202-E NUMERICAL METHODS ---------- -----------------

(COMMON FOR EE,EL,CHE,EI,IC & ELECTIVE FOR CSE,IT IN 8th SEM.) L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours

Part-A Interpolation and curve fitting : Interpolation problem, Lagrangian polynomials, Divided differences, Interpolating with a cubic spline, Bezier curves and B-spline curves, Least square approximations. Non-Linear Equations : Bisection method, Linear Interpolation methods, Newton's method, Muller's method, fixed-point method. Simultaneous Linear Equations : Elimination method, Gauss and Gauss-Jordan method, Jacobi's method, Gauss-Seidal method, Relaxation method. Numerical Differentiation and Integration : Derivatives from differences tables, Higher order derivatives, Extrapolation techniques, Newton-cotes integration formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson's rules, Boole's rule and Weddle's rule, Romberg's Integration.

Part-B Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations : Taylor series method, Euler and modified Euler method, Runge-Kutta methods, Milne's method, Adams-Moulton method, Power method for Eigen values by iteration. Numerial Solution of Partial Differential Equations : Finite difference approximations of partial derivatives, solution of Laplace equation (Standard 5-point formula only), one-dimensional heat equation (Schmidt method, Crank-Nicolson method, Dufort and Frankel method) and wave equation. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Applied Numerical Analysis : Curtis F. Gerald and Patrick G. Wheatley-Pearson, Education Ltd. 2. Numerical Method : E. Balagurusamy T.M.H. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engg. Computations : M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyenger and R.K. Jain-Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis S.S. Sastry, P.H.I. 3. Numerical Methods in Engg. & Science : B.S. Grewal. Note: Examiner will set eight questions, taking four from Part-A and

four from Part-B. Students will be required to attempt five questions taking atleast two from each part.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-202-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 SEMICONDUCTOR DIODE : P-N junction and its V-I Characteristics, P-N junction as a rectifier, Switching characteristics of Diode. UNIT 2 DIODE CIRCUITS : Diode as a circuit element, the load-line concept, half-wave and full wave rectifiers, clipping circuits, clamping circuits, filter circuits, peak to peak detector and voltage multiplier circuits. UNIT 3 TRANSISTOR AT LOW FREQUENCIES: Bipolar junction transistor : operation, characteristics, Ebers-moll model of transistor, hybrid model, h-parameters (CE, CB, CC configurations), analysis of a transistor amplifier circuits using h-parameters, emitter follower, Miller's Theorem , frequency response of R-C coupled amplifier. UNIT 4 TRANSISTOR BIASING : Operating point, bias stability, collector to base bias, self-bias, emitter bias, bias compensation, thermistor & sensistor compensation. UNIT 5 TRANSISTOR AT HIGH FREQUENCIES: Hybrid P model, CE short circuit current gain, frequency response, alpha, cutoff frequency, gain bandwidth product, emitter follower at high frequencies. UNIT 6 FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS : Junction field effect transistor, pinch off voltage, volt-ampere characteristics, small signal model, MOSFET Enhancement & Depletion mode, V-MOSFET.Common source amplifier, source follower, biasing of FET, applications of FET as a voltage variable resistor (V V R). UNIT 7 REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES : Series and shunt voltage regulators, power supply parameters, three terminal IC regulators, SMPS. TEXT BOOK : 1 .Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias ; McGrawHill 2. Electronic circuit analysis and design (Second edition): D.A.Neamen; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electronics Principles: Malvino ; McGrawHill 2. Electronics Circuits: Donald L. Schilling & Charles Belove ; McGrawHill 3. Electronics Devices & Circuits: Boylestad & Nashelsky ; Pearson.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE: Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-204-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL TECHNIQUES : Digital signal, logic gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR, Boolean algebra. Review of Number systems. Binary codes: BCD, Excess-3, Gray, EBCDIC, ASCII, Error detection and correction codes. UNIT 2 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING GATES: Design using gates, Karnaugh map and Quine Mcluskey methods of simplification. UNIT 3 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING MSI DEVICES Multiplexers and Demultiplexers and their use as logic elements, Decoders, Adders / Subtractors, BCD arithmetic circuits, Encoders, Decoders / Drivers for display devices. UNIT 4 SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS: Flip Flops : S-R, J-K, T, D, master-slave, edge triggered, shift registers, sequence generators, Counters, Asynchronous and Synchronous Ring counters and Johnson Counter, Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential circuits. UNIT 5 DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES: Switching mode operation of p-n junction, bipolar and MOS. devices. Bipolar logic families:RTL, DTL, DCTL, HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families. Tristate logic, Interfacing of CMOS and TTL families. UNIT 6 A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS: Sample and hold circuit, weighted resistor and R -2 R ladder D/A Converters, specifications for D/A converters. A/D converters : Quantization, parallel -comparator, successive approximation, counting type, dual-slope ADC, specifications of ADCs. UNIT 7 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES: ROM, PLA, PAL, FPGA and CPLDs. TEXT BOOK : 1. Modern Digital Electronics(Edition III) : R. P. Jain; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Digital Integrated Electronics : Taub & Schilling; MGH 2. Digital Principles and Applications : Malvino & Leach; McGraw Hill. 3. Digital Design : Morris Mano; PHI.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-206-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (EE,EL,EI) L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS : The essentials of a Communication system, modes and media’s of Communication, Classification of signals and systems , Fourier Analysis of signals. UNIT 2. AMPLITUDE MODULATION : Amplitude modulation, Generation of AM waves, Demodulation of AM waves, DSBSC, Generation of DSBSC waves, Coherent detection of DSBSC waves, single side band modulation, generation of SSB waves, demodulation of SSB waves, vestigial sideband modulation (VSB). UNIT 3. ANGLE MODULATION : Basic definitions: Phase modulation (PM) & frequency modulation(FM), narrow band frequency modulation, wideband frequency modulation, generation of FM waves, Demodulation of FM waves. UNIT 4. PULSE ANALOG MODULATION : Sampling theory, time division (TDM) and frequency division (FDM) multiplexing, pulse amplitude modulation (PAM), pulse time modulation. UNIT 5. PULSE DIGITAL MODULATION : Elements of pulse code modulation, noise in PCM systems, Measure of information, channel capacity, channel capacity of a PCM system, differential pulse code modulation (DPCM). Delta modulation (DM) UNIT 6. DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: ASK, FSK, BPSK, QPSK, M-ary PSK. UNIT 7. INTRODUCTION TO NOISE: External noise, Internal noise, S/N ratio, noise figure. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Communication systems (4th edn.) : Simon Haykins; John wiley & sons. 2. Communication systems: Singh & Sapre; TMH. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Electronic Communication systems : Kennedy; TMH. 2. Communication Electronics : Frenzel; TMH. 3. Communication system : Taub & Schilling; TMH. 4. Communication systems : Bruce Carlson.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-212-E FIELDS AND WAVES L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT-1: STATIC ELECTRIC FIELDS: Coulomb’s Law, Gauss’s Law, potential function, field due to a continuous distribution of charge, equi-potential surfaces, Gauss’s Theorem, Poison’s equation, Laplace’s equation, method of electrical images, capacitance, electro-static energy, boundary conditions, the electro-static uniqueness theorem for field of a charge distribution, Dirac-Delta representation for a point charge and an infinitesimal dipole. UNIT-2: STEADY MAGNETIC FIELDS: Faraday Induction law, Ampere’s Work law in the differential vector form, Ampere's law for a current element, magnetic field due to volume distribution of current and the Dirac-delta function, Ampere’s Force Law, magnetic vector potential, vector potential (Alternative derivation), far field of a current distribution, equation of continuity. UNIT-3: TIME VARYING FIELDS: Equation of continuity for time varying fields, inconsistency of Ampere’s law, Maxwell’s field equations and their interpretation, solution for free space conditions, electromagnetic waves in a homogeneous medium, propagation of uniform plane-wave, relation between E & H in a uniform plane-wave, wave equations for conducting medium, Maxwell’s equations using phasor notation, wave propagation in a conducting medium, conductors, dielectrics, wave propagation in good conductor and good dielectric, depth of penetration, polarization, linear, circular and elliptical, UNIT-4: REFLECTION AND REFRACTION OF E M WAVES: Reflection and refraction of plane waves at the surface of a perfect conductor & perfect dielectric (both normal incidence as well as oblique incidence), Brewester's angle and total internal reflection, reflection at the surfaces of a conductive medium, surface impedance, transmission-line analogy, poynting theorem, interpretation of E x H, power loss in a plane conductor. UNIT-5: TRASMISSION LINE THEORY: Transmission line as a distributed circuit, transmission line equation, travelling ,standing waves , characteristic impedance, input impedance of terminated line, reflection coefficient, VSWR, Smith's chart and its applications. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electro-magnetic Waves and Radiating System: Jordan & Balmain, PHI. REFRENCE BOOKS: 1. Engineering Electromagnetics: Hayt; TMH 2. Electro-Magnetics : Krauss J.DF; Mc Graw Hill. NOTE: 8 questions are to be set, atleast one from each unit. Students have to attempt any 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-222-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS-LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

11. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of Half wave & full wave rectifiers. 2. Study of power supply filters. 3. Study of Diode as clipper & clamper. 4. Study of Zener diode as a voltage regulator. 5. Study of CE amplifier for voltage, current & Power gains and input, output impedances.. 6. Study of CC amplifier as a buffer. 7. To study the frequency response of RC coupled amplifier. 8. Study of 3-terminal IC regulator. 9. Study of transistor as a constant current source in CE configuration. 10. Study of FET common source amplifier. 11. Study of FET common Drain amplifier. 12. Graphical determination of small signal hybrid parameters of bipolar junction transistor. 13. Study & design of a d.c. voltage doubler. NOTE : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-224-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of TTL gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR. 2. Design & realize a given function using K-maps and verify its performance. 3. To verify the operation of multiplexer & Demultiplexer. 4. To verify the operation of comparator. 5. To verify the truth tables of S-R, J-K, T & D type flip flops. 6. To verify the operation of bi-directional shift register. 7. To design & verify the operation of 3-bit synchronous counter. 8. To design and verify the operation of synchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same. 9. To design and verify the operation of asynchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same. 10. To design & realize a sequence generator for a given sequence using J-K flip-flops. 11. Study of CMOS NAND & NOR gates and interfacing between TTL and CMOS gates. 12. Design a 4-bit shift-register and verify its operation . Verify the operation of a ring counter and a Johnson counter. NOTE : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-226-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of Amplitude Modulation and determination of Modulation index. 2. Study of Frequency Modulation and determination of Modulation index. 3. Study of Phase Modulation. 4. Study of Pulse Amplitude Modulation. 5. Study of Pulse Width Modulation. 6. Study of Pulse Frequency Modulation. 7. Study of Pulse Code Modulation. 8. Study of frequency Shift Keying. 9. Study of ASK and QASK. 10. Study of PSK and QPSK. 11. Project related to the scope of the course. NOTE: Atleast ten experiments are to be performed , atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-204-E NUMERICAL METHODS LAB. ---------- ----------------------

(COMMON FOR EE,EL,CHE,EI) L T P Class Work : 25 Marks - - 2 Exam. : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of exam. : 2 Hours WRITE DOWN AND EXECUTE THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS USING C/C++/MATLAB 1. To find the roots of non-linear equation using Bisection method. 2. To find the roots of non-linear equation using Newton's method. 3. Curve fitting by least - square approximations. 4. To solve the system of linear equations using Gauss- Elimination method. 5. To solve the system of linear equations using Gauss-Seidal iteration method. 6. To solve the system of linear equations using Gauss-Jorden method. 7. To Integrate numerically using Trapezoidal rule. 8. To Integrate numerically using Simpson's rules. 9. To find the largest eigen value of a matrix by power-method. 10. To find numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Euler's method. 11. To find numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Runge-Kutta method. 12. To find numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Milne's method. 13. To find the numerical solution of Laplace equation. 14. To find numerical solution of wave equation. 15. To find numerical solution of heat equation. BOOKS SUGGESTED : 1. Applied Numerical Analysis by Curtis F. Gerald and Patrick G. Wheatley-Pearson, Education Ltd. 2. Numerical Methods : E. Balagurusamy T.M.H. Note: Ten experiments are to be performed out of which at least

seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

M.D. UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK Scheme of studies & Examination

Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical Engg.) Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER V EFFECTIVE FROM 2005-06 SESSION

Course No. Course Title Teaching Schedule Marks of

Class Work Examination

L T P Total Theory PracticEE-311-E ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-303-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-305-E ANALONG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS (EL, EE, EI, IC)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-315-E POWER SYSTEMS-I

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-317-E POWER ELECTRONICS (Common with VI-sem EI, IC) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - EE-313-E MICROPROCESSOR (8085), INTERFACING &

APPLICATIONS (EE ONLY) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-323-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT & INSTRUMENTATION LAB (EL, EI, IC, EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-321-E POWER ELECTRONICS LAB. (Common with VI sem EI, IC)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-319-E MICROPROCESSOR (8085), INTERFACING & APPLICATIONS LAB. (EE ONLY)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-327-E ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LAB. - - 3 3 25 - 25

EE-333-E PRACTICAL TRAINING-I

- - 2 2 - -

TOTAL 18 6 11 35 400 600 100Note: 1. Assessment of Practical Training-I will be based on seminar, viva-voce, report

and certificate of practical Training at the end of IV Semester. According to performance Letter Grades A, B, C, F are to be awarded. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade is required to repeat Practical Training.

2. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator. However, Sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-311-E ELECTRICAL MACHINES - II L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Class work : 50 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hours

12. INDUCTION MACHINES

Poly-phase Induction Machine: Constructional features, production of rotating field, induction motor action, torque production, testing, development of equivalent circuit, performance characteristics, circle diagram, starting methods, methods of speed control - stator voltage control, stator resistance control, frequency control, rotor resistance control, slip power recovery control. double cage and deep bar motors. grid excited and self excited induction generators. Single phase Motors: Double revolving field theory, cross field theory, different types of single phase induction motors, circuit model of single phase induction motor.

SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES

Principle, construction of cylindrical rotor and salient pole machines, winding, EMF equation, Armature reaction, testing, model of the machine, regulation -- synchronous reactance method, Rothert’s mmf method, Potier triangle method. Output power equation, power angle curve, two reactance theory, slip test, transient and sub-transient reactances, synchronization, parallel operation. Principles of synchronous motor, power angle curve, V-curve, starting, damper winding, synchronous condenser, applications.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric Machines: I.J.Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, TMH, New Delhi. 2. Electric Machinery, Fitzgerald and Kingsley, MGH. 3. Electrical Machines, P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers Delhi

REF. BOOKS: 1. Theory of alternating current machinery: A.S. Langsdorf (TMH) 2. Generalized theory of Electrical Machines: P.S. Bhimbra(Khanna Pub.) NOTE: 8 questions are to be set; 4 from each part. Students are to attempt 5 questions with at least 2 from each

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-303-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. OSCILLOSCOPE: Block diagram, study of various stages in brief, high frequency CRO considerations. Sampling and storage oscilloscope. UNIT 2. ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS: Instruments for measurement of voltage, current & other circuit parameters, Q-meters, R.F. power measurements, introduction to digital meters. UNIT 3. GENERATION & ANALYSIS OF WAVEFORMS: Block diagram of pulse generators, signal generators, function generators wave analysers, distortion analysers, spectrum analyser, Harmonic analyser, introduction to power analyser. UNIT 4. FREQUENCY & TIME MEASUREMENT: Study of decade counting Assembly(DCA), frequency measurements, period measurements, universal counter, introduction to digital meters. UNIT 5. DISPLAY DEVICES: Nixie tubes, LED’s LCD’s, discharge devices. UNIT 6 TRANSDUCERS: Classification, Transducers of types: RLC photocell, thermocouples etc. basic schemes of measurement of displacement, velocity, acceleration, strain, pressure, liquid level & temperature. UNIT 7 INTRODUCTION TO SIGNAL CONDITIONING: DC signal conditioning system, AC signal conditioning system, data acquisition and conversion system TEXT BOOK: 1. A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation : A.K.Sawhney; Dhanpat Rai

& Sons. REFERENCE BOOKS. 1. Electronics Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques : Cooper; PHI. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set – at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-305-E ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. SINGLE AND MULTISTAGE AMPLIFIERS: Classification of amplifiers, distortion in amplifiers, frequency response of an amplifier, step response of an amplifier, pass-band of cascaded stages, RC-coupled amplifier, low frequency response of RC coupled stage, effect of an emitter bypass capacitor on low Frequency response, multistage CE amplifier . UNIT2. FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS : Feedback concept, transfer gain with feedback, general characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, input resistance, output resistance, voltage series feedback, current series feedback, current shunt feedback, voltage shunt feedback. UNIT3. OSCILLATORS: Sinusoidal oscillators, Barkhausen criteria, R-C phase shift oscillator, generalform of oscillator circuit, wien-bridge oscillator, crystal oscillator. UNIT4. POWER AMPLIFIERS: Class A, B, and C operations; Class A large signal amplifiers, higher order harmonic distortion, efficiency, transformer coupled power amplifier, class B amplifier : efficiency & distortion; class A and class B push-pull amplifiers; class C power amplifier. UNIT5. OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS : Ideal and practical operational amplifiers, inverting and non-inverting amplifier, differential amplifier, emitter coupled differential amplifier, transfer characteristics of a differential amplifier, offset error : voltage and current, common mode rejection ratio (CMRR) . UNIT6. LINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS : Scale changer, phase shifter, adder, voltage to current converter, current to voltage converter, DC voltage follower, Bridge amplifier, AC coupled amplifier, AC voltage follower, Integrator, differentiator. UNIT7. NON-LINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS : Comparators, sample & hold circuits, Logarithmic amplifier, anti-log amplifier, logarithmic multiplier, waveform generators , Miller & Bootstrap sweep generators, regenerative comparator (Schmitt Trigger), multivibrators, ADC. TEXT BOOK: 1. Integrated Electronics: Milman Halkias, TMH. 2. Microelectronic Circuits : Sedra & Smith. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Operational Amplifiers:Gaikwad

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

2. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design ( Second edition) : D.A.Neamen; TMH NOTE: Eight questions are to be set – at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-315-E POWER SYSTEMS-I L T P Theory :100 Marks 3 1 - Class work :50 Marks Total :150 Marks Duration of Exam :3 Hrs. 1. INTRODUCTION: Structure of a power system, indoor and outdoor substations, equipment for

substations, layout, auxiliary supply. 2. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: Radial, ring mains and network distribution system, comparison of

various types of ac and dc systems. 3. TRANSMISSION LINES: Calculation of line parameters, Ferranti effect, proximity effect. 4. PERFORMANCE OF LINES: models of short, medium and long transmission lines, performance of

transmission lines, circle diagram, capacity of synchronous condenser, tuned lines, voltage control. 5. MECHANICAL DESIGN: Sag and stress calculations, effect of ice and wind, dampers. 6. INSULATORS: Types, insulating materials, voltage distribution over insulator string, equalizer ring. 7. CABLES: Types of LV and HV cables, grading of cables, capacitance, ratings. 8. CORONA: Phenomenon, critical voltage, power loss, reduction in losses, radio-interference, HVDC

transmission – types of links, advantages and limitations.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power System Engg: I.J.Nagrath and D.P.Kothari (TMH) 2. A Course in Electrical Power: Gupta, Soni & Bhatnagar (Dhanpat Rai & Sons).

REF. BOOKS: 1. Elements of power system analysis: W.D.Stevenson (MGH) 2. Electric Power: S.L.Uppal (Khanna Pub.) 3. Electrical power: J.B.Gupta ( S.K.Kataria & Sons). 4. Power System Engineering: B. R. Gupta. 5. Electric Power System: B.M.Weedy, John Wiley & Sons. 6. Transmission & Distribution of Electrical Engineering: H.Cotton. 7. Transmission & Distribution of Electrical Engineering: Westing House & Oxford Univ. Press, New Delhi. NOTE: 8 questions are to be set –one from each unit. Students have to attempt any 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-317-E POWER ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. INTRODUCTION : Role of power electronics, review of construction and characteristics of power diode, Shottky diode, power transistor, power MOSFET, SCR, DIAC, Triac, GTO, IGBT & SIT. UNIT2. SCR: Ratings and protections, series and parallel connections, R, RC and UJT firing circuit and other firing circuits based on ICs and microprocessors; pulse transformer and opto-coupler, commutation techniques. UNIT3. AC REGULATORS: Types of regulator, equation of load current, calculation of extinction angle, output voltage equation, harmonics in load voltage and synchronous tap changer, three phase regulator. UNIT4. CONVERTERS : One, two, three, six and twelve pulse converters, fully and half controlled converters, load voltage waveforms, output voltage equation, continuous and discontinuous modes of operation, input power factor of converter, reactive power demand, effect of source inductance, introduction to four quadrant / dual converter, power factor improvement techniques, forced commutated converter, MOSFET and transistor based converters. UNIT5. INVERTERS : Basic circuit, 120 degree mode and 180 degree mode conduction schemes, modified McMurray half bridge and full bridge inverters, McMurray -Bedford half bridge and bridge inverters, brief description of parallel and series inverters, current source inverter (CSI), transistor and MOSFET based inverters. UNIT6. CHOPPERS : Basic scheme, output voltage control techniques, one, two, and four quadrant choppers, step up chopper, voltage commutated chopper, current commutated chopper, MOSFET and transistor based choppers. UNIT7. CYCLOCONVERTERS : Basic principle of frequency conversion, types of cycloconverter, non-circulating and circulating types of cycloconverters. UNIT8. DRIVES: Introduction to electric drives: DC drives – converter and chopper fed dc drives, ac drives - stator voltage control, V/f control, rotor resistance control, static Scherbius system and static Kramer systems. TEXT BOOK: 1. Power Electronics : MH Rashid; PHI

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Power Electronics : PC Sen; TMH 2. Power Electronics : HC Rai; Galgotia 3. Thyristorised Power Controllers : GK Dubey, PHI 4. Power Electronics and Introduction to Drives : A.K.Gupta and L.P.Singh;Dhanpat Rai 5. Power Electronics: P.S Bhimra. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set –one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-313-E MICROPROCESSOR (8085), INTERFACING & APPLICATIONS L T P Theory : 100 marks 3 1 - Class Work : 50 marks Total : 150 marks Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. 1. Introduction: Overview; History of microprocessors. 2. The 8085 Processor: Architecture, Addressing modes, instruction set, Timing diagrams & simple

examples, including loops & nested loops, interrupts. 3. The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, control words, modes & simple examples. 4. Introduction to other chips: Introduction to DMA process & its controller chip 8257, & a few

other chip such as programmable interrupt controller, programmable interval timer. 5. Interfacing & application of 8085 Microprocessor: Interfacing issues, Interfacing ADC & DAC,

Interfacing memory, Microprocessor-based voltage, current, frequency, power measurement schemes.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085/8086

A”, Wiley Eastern Ltd. REF. BOOKS: 1. B.Ram, “Fundamentals of Microprocessors & Microcomputers”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi. 2. Michael Andrews, “Programming Microprocessor Interfaces for control & instrumentation”,

Prentice Hall Inc., Engle Wood Clifs, New Jersey. 3. S.I. Ahson, “Microprocessors with Application in Process Control”, TMH, New Delhi. Note: 8 question are to be set, at least one question from each unit. Students have to attempt any 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-323-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION-LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Measurement of displacement using LVDT.

2. Measurement of distance using LDR.

3. Measurement of temperature using R.T.D.

4. Measurement of temperature using Thermocouple.

5. Measurement of pressure using Strain Guage.

6. Measurement of pressure using Piezo-Electric Pick up.

7. Measurement of distance using Capacitive Pick up.

8. Measurement of distance using Inductive Pick up.

9. Measurement of speed of DC Motor using Magnetic Pick up.

10. Measurement of speed of DC Motor using Photo Electric Pick up.

NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester. 2. At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-303-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-321-E POWER ELECTRONICS-LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Study of characteristics of diode, thyristor and triac.

2. Study of characteristics of transistor and MOSFET.

3. Study of R and R-C firing circuits.

4. Study of UJT firing circuit.

5. Study of complementary voltage commutation using a lamp flasher.

6. Study of complementary voltage commutation using ring counter.

7. Study of thyristorised d-c circuit breaker.

8. Study of a.c. phase control.

9. Study of full wave converter.

10. Study of dc chopper.

11. Study of series inverter.

12. Study of bridge inverter.

13. Study of single phase cycloconverter.

NOTE : At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester. At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-308-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-319-E MICROPROCESSOR (8085), INTERFACING & APPLICATIONS LAB. L T P Practical : 25 marks - - 2 Class Work : 25 marks Total : 50 marks Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. 1. Study architecture of 8085 & familiarization with its hardware, commands & operation of

Microprocessor kit. 2. Write a well-documented program for: a. addition of two 8-bit numbers (provision for carry) b. addition of two 8-bit numbers. 3. Write a well-documented program for: a. subtraction of two 8-bit numbers (display of borrow) b. subtraction of two 16-bit numbers (display of borrow) 4. Write a well documented program for: Multiplication of two 8-bit numbers by repeated addition method. Check for minimum number of

addition and also test for typical data. 5. Write a well-documented program for: Multiplication of two 8-bit numbers by bit rotation method. 6. Write a well-documented program for: Division of two 8-bit numbers by repeated subtraction

method. Test for typical data. 7. Write a well-documented program for Dividing two 8-bit numbers by bit rotation method. Test for

typical data. 8. Write a well-documented program for: a. Finding a largest number from an array. b. Finding a smallest number from an array. 9. Write a well-documented program for arranging an array of numbers in descending order. 10. Write a well-documented program for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order. 11. Write a well-documented program for finding square of a number using Look-up table. 12. Identification of input & output pins of port 8255, for various control words. 13. To measure an electrical quantity using microprocessor & 8255. 14. Write a program to interface a 2-digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8085

microprocessor and 8255 PPI chip. 15. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8085 microprocessor & 8255 PPI

chip. Note: At least 10 experiments are to be performed with at least 7 from above list, remaining 3 may either

be performed from the above list or designed and set by concerned institution as per the scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

13. EE-327-E ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LAB L T P Practical : 25 Marks - - 3 Class work : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hours List of Experiments: 1. To perform the open circuit test and block rotor test on 3 phase induction motor and draw the circle diagram. 2. Speed control of induction motor by rotor resistance control. 3. To conduct the load test to determine the performance characteristics of the I.M.. 4. To compute the torque v/s speed characteristics for various stator voltages. 5. To perform the open circuit test and block rotor test on single-phase induction motor and determine equivalent

circuit parameters. 6. To perform load test on a universal motor and determine the performance with dc/ac supply voltage. 7. Voltage Vs load Characteristics of 3 phase synchronous generator. And draw input vs. Output power. 8. To perform O.C. test on synchronous generator. And determine the full load regulation of a three phase

synchronous generator by synchronous impedance method 9. Determination of direct axis and quadrature axis reactances of synchronous machines. 10. To plot V- Curve of synchronous motor. 11. To study the parallel operation of synchronous generators. 12. Determination of sequence impedances of synchronous machine for various stator voltages. NOTE: At least 10 experiments are to be performed, with at least 7 from above list, remaining three may either be performed from above list or designed & set by concerned institution as per scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-333-E PRACTICAL TRAINING – I L T P - - 2 At the end of fourth semester each student would undergo six weeks practical training in an industry/Professional organization/research laboratory with the prior approval of the Director Principal/Principal of the concerned college and submit a written typed report along with a certificate from the organization. The record will be evaluated by a board of examiners to be appointed by the Director- Principal/Principal of the concerned college during V Sem. who will award one of the following grades: Excellent : A Good : B Satisfactory : C Non – Satisfactory : F A student who has been awarded ‘F’ grade will be required to repeat practical training even after eighth semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

M.D. UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK scheme of studies & Examination

Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical Engg.) Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VI EFFECTIVE FROM 2005-06 SESSION



L T P Total Theory PracticEE-312-E POWER SYSTEMS –II

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-314-E Conventional & CAD of Electric Machines 3 1 - 4 50 10 0 - EE-316-E ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR AND MICRO-

CONTROLLER 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-304-E CONTROL SYSTEMS ENGG. (EL,EE) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - EE-318-E ELECTRIC POWER GENERATION 3 1 - 4 50 100 - EE-310-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

(EL,EI, IC,EE,CSE) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-324-E CONTROL SYSTEM ENGG. LAB (EL,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-320-E ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR AND MICRO-CONTROLLER LAB

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-326-E Conventional & CAD of Electric Machines Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-328-E POWER SYSTEMS LAB - - 2 2 25 - 25GPEE-304-E GENERAL PROFICIENCY - - - - 50 - - TOTAL 18 6 8 32 450 600 100 Note: 1. Practical training of 6- weeks duration during summer vacations and its

evaluation in the VIIth Semester. 2. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator.

However, Sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-312-E POWER SYTEMS - II L T P Theory :100 Marks 3 1 - Class work :50 Marks Total :150 Marks Duration of Exam :3 Hours

1. SYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS: Transients on a transmission line, short circuit of synchronous machine at no load and on full load. 2. SYMMETRICAL COMPONENTS: Symmetrical component transformation, phase shift in star-delta

transformation, sequence impedances. 3. UNSYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS: Single line to ground fault, line to line fault, double line

to ground fault, open conductor fault. 4. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Theory of arc interruption, circuit breaker, circuit breaker ratings, restriking

voltage transients, current chopping, duties of switch gear, automatic switch, air circuit breaker, bulk oil, minimum oil, air blast, SF6 CB, vacuum and DC circuit breakers.

5. PROTECTIVE RELAYS: Nature and causes of faults, consequences, zone of protection, essential qualities, primary and backup protections, relay classification, principal types of electromagnetic relays, i.e. attracted armature, induction disc, induction cup types.

6. RELAY APPLICATION AND CHARACTERISTICS: Over -current, instantaneous over current, IDMT, directional and differential relays, distance relays, plain impedance, mho, reactance, offset mho type, transmission line & feeder protection, introduction, over current, distance, pilot wire and carrier current protection, neutral grounding.

7. APPARATUS PROTECTION: Transformer, generator, motor and bus zone protection. 8. STATIC & DIGITAL RELAYS: Classification of static relays, amplitude and phase comparators,

block-spike and block-average comparators , rectifier type relays. Introduction to digital relay: basic principles. Application of microprocessors and computers - recent Trends. Travelling wave relay, relaying schemes based on microwave and optical fiber link.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power System protection and switchgear –B.Ram, D.N.Vishvakarma : TMH. 2. Switchgear and protection - S.S.Rao : Khanna Pub. REF. BOOKS: 1. Protective Relays -Their Theory and Practice Vol.I & II: W.Van Warrington. 2. Advanced power system analysis and dynamics: L.P.Singh, Wiley Eastern N.Delhi. 3. Digital Protection : Protective relay from Electro Mechanical to Microprocessor-L.P.Singh,Wiley Eastern. 4. Power System Protection and Switchgear -B.Ravinder Nath and M.Chander, Wiley Eastern,N.Delhi. 5. A course in Electrical Power - Soni, Gupta and Bhatnagar - Dhanpat Rai & Sons. 6. Power System Engg: I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari(TMH). 7. Power System Engineering: V. K. Mehta. Note: 8 questions are to be set –one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-314-E CONVENTIONAL AND CAD OF ELECTRIC MACHINES L T P Theory : 100 marks 4 - - Class Work : 50 marks Total : 150 marks Duration of exam. : 3 hours

1. GENERAL: General features and limitations of electrical machine design. Types of enclosures, heat dissipation, temperature rise heating and cooling cycles and ratings of machine machines. Cooling media used.

2. BASIC DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Output equation and output coefficient, Specific electric and

magnetic loading. Effect of size and ventilation.

3. MAGNETIC CIRCUITS: MMF calculation for airgun and iron parts of electrical machines, gap contraction coefficient. Real and apparent flux densities. Estimation of magnet current of transformers and rotating machines, no load current of transformers and induction motors. Leakage flux and reactance calculations for transformers and rotating machines, Design of field magnet.

4. DETAILED DESIGN: Design of transformer, D.C. machines induction motor and synchronous machine and their performance calculations.

5. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN: Computerization of design Procedures. Development of Computer

program and performance prediction. Optimization techniques and their applications to design Problems.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. A course in Electrical Machine Design by A.K. Sawhney, Khanna Pub. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Theory, performance and Design of alternating current machines by MG Say, ELBS, 15th Ed. 1986. 2. Theory, Performance and Design of Direct Current machines by A.E. Clayton, 3rd Ed. 1967. 3. Optimization Techniques, S.S. Rao

NOTE: 8 questions are to be set –at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt any 5 Questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-316-E ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER L T P CLASS WORK :50 3 1 0 EXAM :100 TOTAL :150 DURATION OF EXAM :3 HRS 1. THE 8086 ARCHITECTURE: Pin diagram of 8086 and description of various signals.

Architecture block diagram of 8086 & description of sub-blocks such as EU & BIU & of various registers ; Description of address computations & memory segmentation; Program relocation; Addressing models; Instruction formats.

2. INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086: Instruction execution timing, Assembler instruction format; Data transfer instructions, Arithmetic instructions, Branch instructions, Looping instructions, NOP & HLT instructions, Flag manipulation instructions, Logical instructions, Shift & Rotate instructions, Directives & operators, simple example such as copying a block of data, finding maximum from an array of numbers, using look up table technique etc.

3. MICROCONTROLLERS: comparison between Microcontrollers & Microprocessors. Block

diagram of 8051, Pin diagram & details, I/O structure, Memory organization. Special function registers. External memory, 8032/8052 Enhancements, Reset operation. Instruction Set: Addressing modes, arithmetic, Logical. Data transfer. Boolean variable, program branching instructions. Timer Operation: Timer Mode register, Timer Control register. Timer modes & Overflow flag., clocking sources, Start, Stopping & controlling the timers. Programs for generating various frequecy. Square waves. Serial Port Operation: Serial port control register, Modes & operation. Serial port band rate. Multoprocessor communication. Initialization & programming of serial port. Interrupt: Organization, processing interrupts, program design using interrupts. Serial port interrupts, External interrupts.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. The 8051 Microcontroller; 1. Scott Mackenizie, Prentice Hall, Eagle wood Cliff 2. Yu-Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family:

architecture,Programming & Design. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Brey, “Intel Microprocessors, 8086,8088,80186,80286/Pentium 2. Triekel & Singh,”The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors -Programming, interfacing, 3. Bhupinder singh Chabra, “The Intel 8086/8088 Microprocessors architecture programming,

design & interfacing,” Dhanpat Rai & Sons. 4. Kenneth J. Ayala, “8051 Microcontroller Architecture, programming & Applications”, 2nd edition

1996, Penram International Publishers, India. 5. Website: W W W at mel. Com.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-304-E CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. INTRODUCTORY CONCEPTS : System/Plant model, types of models, illustrative examples of plants and their inputs and outputs, controller, servomechanism, regulating system, linear time-invariant (LTI) system, time-varying system, causal system, open loop control system, closed loop control system, illustrative examples of open-loop and feedback control systems, continuous time and sampled data control systems. Effects of feedback on sensitivity (to parameter variations), stability, external disturbance (noise), overall gain etc. Introductory remarks about non-linear control systems. UNIT2. MATHEMATICAL MODELLING : Concept of transfer function, relationship between transfer function and impulse response, order of a system, block diagram algebra, signal flow graphs : Mason’s gain formula & its application, characteristic equation, derivation of transfer functions of electrical and electromechanical systems. Transfer functions of cascaded and non-loading cascaded elements. Introduction to state variable analysis and design. UNIT3. TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS : Typical test signals, time response of first order systems to various standard inputs, time response of 2nd order system to step input, relationship between location of roots of characteristics equation, w and wn, time domain specifications of a general and an under-damped 2nd order system, steady state error and error constants, dominant closed loop poles, concept of stability, pole zero configuration and stability, necessary and sufficient conditions for stability, Hurwitz stability criterion, Routh stability criterion and relative stability. UNIT4. ROOT LOCUS TECHNIQUE : Root locus concept, development of root loci for various systems, stability considerations. UNIT5. FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS : Relationship between frequency response and time-response for 2nd order system, polar, Nyquist, Bode plots, stability, Gain-margin and Phase Margin, relative stability, frequency response specifications. UNIT6. COMPENSATION : Necessity of compensation, compensation networks, application of lag and lead compensation, basic modes of feedback control, proportional, integral and derivative controllers, illustrative examples. UNIT7. CONTROL COMPONENTS : Synchros, AC and DC techo-generators, servomotors, stepper motors, & their applications, magnetic amplifier. TEXT BOOK :

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

1. Control System Engineering : I.J.Nagrath & M.Gopal; New Age REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Automatic Control Systems : B.C.Kuo, PHI. 2. Modern Control Engg : K.Ogata; PHI. 3. Control Systems - Principles & Design : Madan Gopal; Tata Mc Graw Hill. 4. Modern Control Engineering.R.C.Dorl & Bishop; Addison-Wesley NOTE: Eight questions are to be set - at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions. EE-318-E ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION L T P Theory : 100 3 1 - Class work : 50 Total : 150 Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. 1. INTRODUCTION: Energy sources, their availability, Recent trends in Power Generation,

Interconnected Generation of Power Plants. 2. POWER GENERATION PLANNING: Load forecasting, load curves, load duration curve, Base load

and Peak load Power Plants, connected Load, maximum demand, demand factor, Group diversity factor, load factor, significance of load factor, plant factor, capacity factor, selection of unit size, No. of Units, reserves, cost of power generation, Depreciation, tariff.

3. CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES: Selection of site, capacity calculations, classification, Schematic diagram and working of Thermal Power Stations, Hydro Electric Plant, Nuclear Power Plant and Diesel Power Stations.

4. NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES: Wind, Solar, Tidal, Ocean, and Geothermal sources of Energy, fuel cell, Magneto Hydro Dynamic (MHD) system.

5. ELECTRIC ENERGY CONSERVATION & MANAGEMENT: Energy management, Energy Audit, Energy Efficient Motors, Co-generation.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric Power Generation, B.R.Gupta 2. Power Generation, Operation and Control, Wood and Wollenberg, John Wiley & Sons,1984. REF. BOOKS: 1. A Course in Electric Power System, Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Dhanpat Rai & Sons 2. Power System Engineering, Nagrath & Kothari, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi 3. Power Plant Engg: G.D. Rai 4. Electric Power: S.L. Uppal (Khanna Publishing) NOTE: 8 questions are to be set at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-310-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Computer-aided design tools for digital systems. Hardware description languages; introduction to VHDL, data objects, classes and data types, Operators, Overloading, logical operators.Types of delays Entity and Architecture declaration. Introduction to behavioural, dataflow and structural models. UNIT 2. VHDL STATEMENTS : Assignment statements, sequential statements and process, conditional statements, case statement Array and loops, resolution functions, Packages and Libraries, concurrent statements. Subprograms: Application of Functions and Procedures, Structural Modelling, component declaration, structural layout and generics. UNIT 3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT DESIGN: VHDL Models and Simulation of combinational circuits such as Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, encoders, decoders, code converters, comparators, implementation of Boolean functions etc. UNIT 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS DESIGN : VHDL Models and Simulation of Sequential Circuits Shift Registers, Counters etc. UNIT 5. DESIGN OF MICROCOMPUTER : Basic components of a computer, specifications, architecture of a simple microcomputer system, implementation of a simple microcomputer system using VHDL UNIT 6. DESIGN WITH CPLDs AND FPGAs : Progr ammable logic devices : ROM, PLAs, PALs, GAL, PEEL, CPLDs and FPGA. Design implementation using CPLDs and FPGAs REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual (1993). 2. Digital Design and Modelling with VHDL and Synthesis : KC Chang; IEEE Computer Society Press. 3. "A VHDL Primmer” : Bhasker; Prentice Hall 1995. 4. “Digital System Design using VHDL” : Charles. H.Roth ; PWS (1998). 5. "VHDL-Analysis & Modelling of Digital Systems” : Navabi Z; McGraw Hill. 6. VHDL-IV Edition :Perry; TMH (2002) 7. ”Introduction to Digital Systems” : Ercegovac. Lang & Moreno; John Wiley (1999). 8. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design : Brown and Vranesic; TMH (2000) 9. Modern Digital Electronics- III Edition: R.P Jain; TMH (2003).

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE : Eight questions are to be set - at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-324-E CONTROL SYSTEM LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. To study A.C. servo motor and to plot its torque speed characteristics. 2. To study D.C. servo motor and to plot its torque speed characteristics. 3. To study the magnetic amplifier and to plot its load current v/s control current characteristics for :

(a) series connected mode (b) parallel connected mode. 4. To plot the load current v/s control current characteristics for self exited mode of the magnetic amplifier. 5. To study the synchro & to:

(a) Use the synchro pair (synchro transmitter & control transformer) as an error detector.

(b)Plot stator voltage v/s rotor angle for synchro transmitter i.e. to use the synchro transmitter as position transducer.

6. To use the synchro pair (synchro transmitter & synchro motor) as a torque trans mitter. 7. (a) To demonstrate simple motor driven closed loop position control system. (b) To study and demonstrate simple closed loop speed control system. 8. To study the lead, lag, lead-lag compensators and to draw their magnitude and phase plots . 9. To study a stepper motor & to execute microprocessor or computer-based control of the same by

changing number of steps, direction of rotation & speed. 10. To implement a PID controller for level control of a pilot plant. 11. To implement a PID controller for temperature control of a pilot plant. 12. To study the MATLAB package for simulation of control system design. NOTE : At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester, at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-304-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-320-E ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB L T P Practical : 25 Marks - - 2 Class work : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hours

14. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of 8086 microprocessor kit, its operation & commands. 2. Write a well-documented program for copying 12 bytes from source to destination, on 8086

microprocessor kit. 3. Write a program for 8086 for division of a defined double word (stored in a data segment) by

another double word and verify. 4. Write a well-documented program for finding the square root of a given number, on 8086,

microprocessor kit. 5. Write a program using 8086 for finding the square of a given number and verify. 6. Write a program using 8086 and verify for: a. Finding the largest number from an array. b. Finding the smallest number from an array. 7. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in descending order and verify. 8. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order and verify. 9. Write a program for 8086 for finding square of a number using look-up table and verify. . 10. Write a program to interface a two digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8086

microprocessor and 8255 PPI. 11. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8086 microprocessor and 8255

PPI. NOTE: At least 10 experiments are to be performed with atleast 7 from above list, remaining 3 may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by concerned institution as per the scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-326-E CONVENTIONAL AND CAD OF ELECTRIC MACHINES -LAB L T P 2 Class Work : 25 marks Exam : 25 marks Total : 50 marks Duration of exam. : 3 hours

This will pertain the syllabus of theory Paper CONVENTIONAL AND CAD OF ELECTRIC MACHINES.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

15. EE-328-E POWER SYSTEMS LAB L T P Practical : 25 marks - - 2 Class work : 25 marks Total : 50 marks

Duration of exam. : 3 hours

1. To draw the operating characteristcs of IDMT relay. 2. To draw the operating characteristcs of differential relay. 3. To study Bucholtz relay. 4. Testing of transformer oil. 5. To find ABCD parameters of a model of transmission line. 6. To observe the Ferranti effect in a model of transmission line. 7. To study the plain impedance relay and plot its tripping characteristics. 8. To study the MHO relay and plot its tripping characteristics 9. To study the power control by phase shifting transformer. 10. To plot annual/monthly/daily load demand of nearby area. 11. To draw single line diagram of distribution system of HVPNL of near by area of the college

concerned. 12. To design 11 KV substation. NOTE : At least 10 experiments have to be performed, with at least 7 from above list, remaining 3 may either be performed from above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per latest developments/ advancements in Electrical Engg.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

M.D. UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK Scheme of studies & Examination

Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical Engg.) 16. Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VII

EFFECTIVE FROM 2006-07 SESSION Course No. Course Title Teaching Schedule Marks of


L T P Total Theory PracticEE-401-E DATA COMMUNICATION (EL,EE) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - EE-409-E ELECTRIC DRIVES 3 1 - 4 50 100 - EE-411-E POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL 3 1 - 4 50 100 - EE-407-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (EL,EI, IC,EE &

Elective –I in CSE and Common with 6th semester- IT) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

ELECTIVE – I 4 - - 4 50 100 - EE-421-E DATA COMMUNICATION LAB (EL, EE) - - 2 2 25 - 25EE-413-E ELECTRIC DRIVES LAB. 2 2 25 - 25EE-427-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB

(EL,EI, IC,EE & Common with 6th Sem.- IT) - - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-415-E EE-417-E

PROJECT OR INDUSTRIAL PROJECT

- - 4 4 50 - -

EE-419-E PRACTICAL TRAINING – II - - 2 2 - - - TOTAL 16 4 12 32 375 500 75 NOTE : 1. Project load will be treated as 2 hours for project co-ordinator and 1 hour for each participating teacher.

2. Project Course will commence in seventh semester where the students will identify the project problems, complete the design/ procure the materials /start the fabrication/complete the survey etc. depending upon the nature of the problem. The project will be completed in VIIIth sem..and its examination will be held in VIII semester.

3. Students will be allowed to use the scientific calculator only, however sharing of calculator will not be permitted. 4. Assessment of Practical Training-II, which will be based on seminar, Viva-Voce, report and certificate for the

practical training taken at the end of VIth semester. According to performance Letter Grades A, B, C, F are to be awarded. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade is required to repeat Practical Training.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Electrical Engineering

Elective-I of 7th Semester 1. PHY-451-E Non-Conventional Energy & Conversion Technology 2. CSE-307-E Web Development 3. Maths-453-E Statistical Modeling 4. HUM-451-E Language Skills for Engineers 5. HUM-457-E Organisational Behaviour & Human Resource Management 6. EE-403-E Multimedia Systems 7. Math-451-E Combinatorics and Graph Theory 8. EE-455-E Electrical Machine Design 9. IC-451-E Intelligent Instrumentation 10. EE-453-E High Voltage Engineering 11. CH-451-E Environmental Sciences & Engg. 12. IT-471-E Management Information System 13. CSE-303-E Computer Graphics 14. HUM-455-E Entrepreneurship

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-401-E DATA COMMUNICATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

UNIT 1 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION : Introduction, digital communication, Shannon limit for information capacity, digital radio, digital amplitude modulation, frequency shift keying (FSK), phase shift keying (PSK), quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), band width efficiency, carrier recovery, differential phase shift keying,(DPSK), clock recovery, probability of error & bit error rate, trellis encoding. UNIT 2 DATA COMMUNICATIONS: Introduction, history of data communication, standard organization for data communication, data communication circuits, data communication codes, error control, synchronization, data communications hardware, serial interfaces: RS-232, RS-449 & RS-530, CCITT X.21, parallel interfaces: centronics parallel interfaces. the telephone network: DDD network, private- line service, the telephone circuit, data modems: synchronous modems, asynchronous modems, modem synchronization. UNIT 3 DATA COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS AND NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS : Introduction, open system interconnection (OSI), data transmission mode, asynchronous protocols, synchronous protocols, public data network, integrated services digital network (ISDN), local area networks, token pass ring, Ethernet. UNIT 4 MULTIPLEXING : Introduction, time division multiplexing, T1 digital carrier system, CCITT time division multiplexed carrier systems, CODECS, COMBO chips, line encoding, T-CARRIERS, frame synchronization, bit interleaving VS word interleaving, frequency division multiplexing, AT&T’s FDM hierarchy, composite base band signal, formation of a master group. UNIT 5 INTERNET AND TCP/IP: Introduction, history, use of Internet, accessing the Internet, Internet addresses, security on the internet, authentication, firewalls, intranet and extranet, TCP/IP reference model, domain name service, world wide web. TEXT BOOK: 1. Electronic Communications Systems (4th Ed.) : Wayne Tomasi; Pearson 2. Data Communication and Networking (2nd -edition): Forauzan; NOTE Eight questions are to be set at-least one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-409-E ELECTRIC DRIVES L T P Theory : 100 marks 3 1 - Class work : 50 Total : 150 Duration of exam. : 3 hours

1. ELECTRICAL DRIVES: Introduction, Classification, advantages, Characteristics of Electric Motors, choice of electrical drive machines, status of ac and dc drives. 2. CONTROL OF ELECTRICAL DRIVES: Modes of operation, closed loop control of drives, sensing

of current and speed, Microprocessor based control of electric drives 3. DYNAMICS OF ELECTRICAL DRIVES: Fundamental torque equations, multi-quadrant operation,

equivalent values of drive parameters, load torque components, types of loads. 4. SELECTION OF MOTOR POWER RATING: Heating and cooling, determination of motor rating,

continuous, short time and intermittent duty rating, load equalization and determination of moment of inertia of the flywheel.

5. DC MOTOR DRIVES: Starting, Acceleration control, braking, transient analysis, Converter fed dc drive & chopper fed dc drive.

6. INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES: Starting, Acceleration control, braking, transient analysis, Static control techniques- stator frequency control, stator voltage control, rotor resistance control. Static Scherbius system & static Kramer system, vector control.

7. PMBLDC & PMSAC DRIVES: Permanent Magnet Brushless D C drive, Permanent Magnet Sine-fed drives, Switched Reluctance Machine Drives.

TEXT BOOKS:. 1. Fundamentals of Electrical Drives:- by G.K.Dubey, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995 2. Electric drives: Concepts and applications, V.Subrahmaniyam, TMH, New Delhi. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Power Semiconductor controlled drives; by G.K.Dubey, Prentice Hall. 2. Kusko, A., Solid State DC Motor Drives, MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.USA,1969 3. Pillai S.K., A First course in elecric drives, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi. 4. Chillikan, M., Electric Drives, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1970. 5. Bose B.K., Power Electronics & AC Drives, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,1991. NOTE: 8 questions are to be set –atleast one from each unit. Students have to attempt any 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-411-E POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL Theory :100 marks

L T P Class work :50 marks 3 1 - Total marks :150 marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hours 1. AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL: Load frequency control (single area case), load

frequency control and economic dispatch, optimal load frequency control, Load Management. 2. ECONOMIC LOAD DESPATCH: Introduction, Optimal Operation of Generators of Bus bar, Unit

Commitment, Reliability Considerations, Optimal Generation Schedule Hydro thermal optimal scheduling.

3. POWER SYSTEM STABILITY: Steady state, transient & dynamic stabilities, equal area criteria, effect of fault clearing time on transient stability, dynamics of synchronous machine, factors affecting transient stability.

4. AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE CONTROL & EXCITATION SYSTEMS: AVRs, role of AVR on transient stability of system, type 0 & 1 excitation system, power system stabilizers.

5. VOLTAGE STABILITY: Basic concept, Voltage collapse, Modelling & prevention. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power System Engineering, : I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari :TMH

2 . Power System Stability Volume-I : E.W. Kimbark, John Wiley & Sons. REF. BOOKS: 1. Voltage stability by Taylor 2. Power System Control and Stability: P.Kundur : Mc Graw Hill 3. Electric Energy System Theory: O.I.Elgerd : TMH 4. Computer Aided Power System Analysis : S.I. Ahson,D.P.Kothari & A.K. Mahalanabis, TMH. 5. Power System Analysis & Design : B.R.Gupta, Wheelers Publication, 6. EHV-AC/DC Transmission System ; S.Rao : Khanna Pub. 7. PGO & C: Wood & Wallenberg, John Wiley & Sons. NOTE: 8 questions are to be set – atleast one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-407-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. DISCRETE-TIME SIGNALS: Signal classifications, frequency domain representation, time domain representation, representation of sequences by Fourier transform, properties of Fourier transform, discrete time random signals, energy and power theorems. UNIT2. DISCRETE-TIME SYSTEMS : Classification, properties, time invariant system, finite impulse Response (FIR) system, infinite impulse response (IIR) system. UNIT3. SAMPLING OF TIME SIGNALS: Sampling theorem, application, frequency domain representation of sampling, reconstruction of band limited signal from its samples. discrete time processing of continuous time signals, changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing. UNIT4. Z-TRANSFORM : Introduction, properties of the region of convergence, properties of the Z-transform, inversion of the Z-transform, applications of Z-transform. UNIT5. BASICS OF DIGITAL FILTERS : Fundamentals of digital filtering, various types of digital filters, design techniques of digital filters : window technique for FIR, bi-linear transformation and backward difference methods for IIR filter design, analysis of finite word length effects in DSP, DSP algorithm implementation consideration. Applications of DSP. UNIT6. MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Introduction to multirate digital signal processing, sampling rate conversion, filter structures, multistage decimator and interpolators, digital filter banks. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Digital Signal Processing : Proakis and Manolakis; PHI 2. Digital Signal Processing: Salivahanan, Vallavaraj and Gnanapriya;TMH REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Digital Signal Processing: Alon V. Oppenhelm;PHI 2. Digital Signal processing(II-Edition): Mitra, TMH NOTE: Eight questions are to be set - at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-421-E DATA COMMUNICATION LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1) To study different types of transmission media 2) To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation. 3) To study Quadrature Amplitude Modulation. 4) To Study !6 Quadrature Amplitude Multiplexing. 5) To Study Serial Interface RS-232 and its applications. 6) To study the Parallel Interface Centronics and its applications. 7) To configure the modem of a computer. 8) To make inter-connections in cables for data communication in LAN. 9) To install LAN using Tree topology. 10) To install LAN using STAR topology. 11) To install LAN using Bus topology. 12) To install LAN using Token-Ring topology 13) To install WIN NT 14) To cofigure a HUB/Switch. NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester; At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus .

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-413-E ELECTRIC DRIVES LAB L T P Practical : 25 marks - - 2 Class work : 25 marks Total : 50 marks

Duration of exam. : 3 hours 1. Speed control of dc motor using dc chopper. 2. Speed control of dc motor using single- phase converter. 3. Speed control of dc motor using 3- phase converter. 4. Speed control of dc motor using single- phase dual converter. 5. Inverter fed single-phase induction motor drive. 6. CSI fed induction motor drive. 7. Speed control of single- phase induction motor using ac regulator. 8. Regenerative braking of dc motor using single- phase converter. 9. Speed control of single-phase induction motor using cycloconverter. 10. Static rotor resistance control method. NOTE : 1. At least 10 experiments have to be performed with atleast 7 from above list, remaining 3 may either be performed from above list or designed & set by concerned institution as per scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-427-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: Perform the experiments using MATLAB: 1. To represent basic signals (Unit step, unit impulse, ramp, exponential, sine and cosine). 2. To develop program for discrete convolution.

3. To develop program for discrete correlation.

4. To understand stability test.

5. To understand sampling theorem.

6. To design analog filter(low-pass, high pass, band-pass, band-stop).

7. To design digital IIR filters(low-pass, high pass, band-pass, band-stop).

8. To design FIR filters using windows technique.

9. To design a program to compare direct realization values of IIR digital filter

10. To develop a program for computing parallel realization values of IIR digital filter.

11. To develop a program for computing cascade realization values of IIR digital filter

12. To develop a program for computing inverse Z-transform of a rational transfer function.]

NOTE: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester; out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

M.D. UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATION

B.E IV YEAR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SEMESTER – VIII Effective From the Session 2006-07


Examination

L T P Total Theory PracticEE-406-E ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-408-E COMPUTER APPLICATIONS TO POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

ELECTIVE – II 4 - - 4 50 100 - ELECTIVE- III 4 - - 4 50 100 - EE-410-E COMPUTER APPLICATIONS TO POWER SYSTEM

ANALYSIS LAB. - - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-415-E EE-417-E


- - 6 6 100 - 100

EE-412-E SEMINAR - - 4 4 50 - - GFEE-404-E GENERAL FITNESS FOR THE PROFESSION - - - - 50 - 100 TOTAL 14 2 12 28 425 400 225NOTES: 1. Project load will be treated as2 hours for project coordinator and 1 hour for each participating teacher.

2. Students will be allowed to use the scientific calculator only, however sharing of calculator will not be permitted. Electrical Engineering

Elective-I of 8th Semester 1. MATH-452-E Statistical Quality Control 2. HUM-452-E Business Communication 3. IC-404-E Fuzzy Control Systems 4. CSE-202-E Data Base Management System 5. EE-466-E Utiliation of Electrical Power & Traction 6. PHY-452-E Laser Technology

17. Electrical Engineering 18. Elective-IIIof 8th Semester

1. HUM-456-E Marketing Management 2. EE-458-E ANN Based Control 3. EE-462-E Genetic Algorithms & Applications 4. EE-456-E Power System Stability & FACTS 5. EE-452-E Installation, testing & Maintenance of Electrical Apparatus 6. HUM-454-E Indian English Writing 7. MATHS-454-E Advanced Mathematics

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-406-E ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS L T P Theory : 100 marks 3 1 - Class work : 50 marks Total : 150 marks

Duration of exam. : 3 hours UNIT 1. STATE VARIABLE TECHNIQUES: State variable representation of systems by various methods. Solution of state equations-state transition matrix. Transfer function from state variable model. Controllability & observability of state variable model. UNIT 2. SECOND ORDER SYSTEMS & STATE PLANE: Phase portrait of linear second systems. Method of isoclines, phase portrait of second order system with non-linearities, limit cycle, singular points. UNIT 3. DESCRIBING FUNCTION ANALYSIS: Definition, limitations, use of describing function for stability analysis , describing function of ideal relay, relay with hysteresis & dead zone, saturation/coulomb friction & backlash, UNIT 4. LINEAR APPROXIMATION OF NONLINEAR SYSTEMS: Taylor series, Liapunov’s 2nd method. UNIT 5. SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS: Sampling process, impulse modulation, mathematical analysis of sampling process, application of Laplace transform, Shannon’s theorem, reconstruction of sampled signal zero order & first order hold, Z-transform, definition, evaluation of Z-transform, Inverse Z-transform, pulse transfer function, limitations of Z-transform, state variable formulation of discrete time systems. Solution of discrete time state equations, stability, definition, the Schur-Cohn stability criterion, Jury’s test of stability of extension of Routh-Hurwitz criterion to discrete time systems. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Digital Control & State Variable Methods : M.Gopal ; TMH. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Modern Control Theory : M.Gopal ; Wiley International. 2. Discrete time control system : K.Ogate ; PHI 3. Digital Control Systems : B.C.Kuo 4. Applied non-linear control : J.E.Slotine & W.P.Li; Prentice Hall, USA, 5. Nonlinear Control Systems: Isidari ; Springer-Verlag. NOTE : 8 questions are to be set –one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-408-E COMPUTER APPLICATION TO POWER SYSTEM L T P Theory :100 marks 3 1 - Class work :50 marks Total :150 marks Duration of exam. :3 hours PART-A: LOAD FLOW STUDIES: Introduction, Bus Admittance Matrix, Formation of Y Bus, Tree graph, Cotree, Primitive network, Bus Incidence matrix, Formulation of Y Bus using singular transformation, Load flow equations Approximate Load flow study, Cious-Seidel method for Load flow Study, Algorithm and flow, Chart for Computer application to Load flow studies, using G-I method, Newton-Rophson method for Load flow studies, Algerthm and flow chart for Computer Application to Load flow studies using N.R. Method. Decenpted Load flow Studies, Fast Decenpted Load flow. Comparison between G-S & N.R. Methods. Load flow Study of Distribution System. PART-B: DIGITAL TECHNIQUES IN FAULT CALCULATIONS: Review of symmetrical components, Sequence networks for synchronous machines, transforms and transmission Lines. Bus Impedene matrix, Altorithn for formulation of Bus. All types of modifications Short circuit Studies : Single line to ground fault, Line to Line fault, Double line to Ground fault and symmetrical fault. Consideration of Prefault currents. PART-C: COMPUTER CONTROL & AUTOMATION: Introduction to energy control centres, various states of a power system, SCADA Systems and RTU. Introduction to the MATLAB Power System block Set. Introduction of the features of EMTP. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power System Engg.: B.R.Gupta. 2. Computer methods in power system: G. W. Stagg and A. H. El-Abiad, M.G.H. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Advance power system analysis and dynamics: L.P. Singh, Wiley Eastern ltd. 2. Electrical Energy system theory: An introduction by O.I.Elgerd, TMH. 3. Elements of power system analysis: W. D. Stevenson, M.G.H. 4. Power System Engineering, : I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari(TMH). 5. Power System Analysis : Hadi Saadat, TMH, New Delhi. NOTE: 8 questions are to be set –atleast 3 questions from Part -A & Part-B each and 2 questions from Part-C. Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-410-E COMPUTER APPLICATIONS TO POWER SYSTEMS LAB L T P Practical :25 marks - - 2 Class work :25 marks Total :50 marks

Duration of exam. : 3 hours

1. Draw the flow chart and develop the computer program for the formation of the Y Bus of a generalized network. 2. Draw the flow chart and develop the computer program for the formation of the Z Bus of a generalized network. 3. To plot the swing curve and observe the stability. 4. To perform load flow study using Gaus Shiedel method. 5. Perform short circuit study for any type of fault. 6. To observe transmission losses and efficiency with variations in power for the given example. 7. Design of distribution system 8. To study the features of EMTP 9. To study the MATLAB Power System block set features. NOTE: At least 10 experiments have to be performed with at least 7 from above list, remaining 3 may either be performed from above list or designed & set by concerned institution as per the scope of syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


BE. II YEAR (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING) SEMESTER – III Effective from the Session 2004-05



L T P Total Theory Practic HUM-201-E ECONOMICS

(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

MATH-201-E MATHEMATICS - III (COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

3 2 - 5 50 100 -

EE-201-E ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS & SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-203-E NETWORK THEORY (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-205-E ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION (EL,EI, IC)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

CSE-201-E DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS (CSE,EL,IT,EI)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-221-E ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS & SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES LAB (EL,EI, IC)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-223-E NETWORK LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-225-E ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION LAB (EL,EI, IC)

- - 3 3 50 - 50

EE-231-E ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP (EL,EI, IC,EE,CHE)

- 2 2 25 - 25

TOTAL

18 7 9 34 425 600 125

Note: Students will be allowed to use the scientific calculator only, however sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-











Supply and Law of Supply, Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determinition and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices. UNIT-VI

Nature and characteristics of Indian economy (brief and elementary introduction), Privatization - meaning, merits and demerits. Globalisation of Indian economy - merits and demerits. Elementary Concepts of VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement. Books Recommended : TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles of Economics : P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers). 2. Modern Economic Theory – K.K. Dewett (S.Chand) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. A Text Book of Economic Theory Stonier and Hague (Longman’s Landon) 2. Micro Economic Theory – M.L. Jhingan (S.Chand) 3. Micro Economic Theory - H.L. Ahuja (S.Chand) 4. Modern Micro Economics : S.K. Mishra (Pragati Publications) 5. Economic Theory - A.B.N. Kulkarni & A.B. Kalkundrikar (R.Chand & Co.) 6. Indian Economy : Rudar Dutt & K.P.M. Sundhram NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-




Part-A




Part-B



A-PDF Split DEMO


-



A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-201-E ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 CONDUCTING MATERIALS: Review of energy bands, description of materials, drift velocity, collision time, Mean free path, mobility, conductivity, relaxation time, factors affecting conductivity of materials, types of thermal conductivity, Wiedmann-Franz law, super conductivity, effect of magnetic field, conducting materials, applications. UNIT 2 DIELECTRIC MATERIALS: Behaviour of dielectric materials in static electric field, Dipole moments, Polarization, Dielectric constant, Polarizability, Susceptibility, mechanisms of polarization, behaviour in alternating field, dielectric loss, loss tangent, types of dielectric & insulating materials, electrostriction, Piezo-electricity, Applications. UNIT 3 MAGNETIC MATERIALS: Permeability, Magnetic susceptibility, magnetic moment, Magnetization, Dipole moment, types of magnetic materials, Magnetostriction, eddy current & hysteresis losses, applications. UNIT 4 SEMICONDUCTORS: Review of Si and Ge as semiconducting materials, Continuity Equation, P-N junction, Drift & Diffusion, Diffusion & Transition capacitances of P-N junction. UNIT 5 CONSTRUCTION AND CHARACTERISTICS OF DEVICES: Brief introduction to Planar Technology for device fabrication., metal -semiconductor junctions (ohmic and non-ohmic), breakdown mechanisms in p-n junction, zener diode, electrical and optical excitation in diodes, LED, solar cells and photo-detectors. UNIT 6 BIPOLAR AND MOS DEVICES : BJT, UJT, JFET, MOSFETS UNIT 7 POWER DEVICES : Thyristor, Diac, Triac, GTO, IGBT, VMOS TEXT BOOKS: 3. Electrical Engineering Materials: A.J. Dekker; PHI. 4. Solid State Electronic Devices : StreetMan & Banerjee; Pearson. 3. Electronic Devices & Circuits: Millman & Halkias; MGH. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electrical Engineering Materials: S.P Seth & P.V Gupta; Dhanpat Rai. 2. Text Book of Power Electronics : H.C.Rai; Galgoitia Publications.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

3 Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory : Boylestad & Nashelsky; Pearson. 4. Semiconductor devices : Jaspreet Singh; John Wiley. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-203-E NETWORK THEORY L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT I TRANSIENT RESPONSE : Transient Response of RC, RL, RLC Circuits to various excitation signals such as step, ramp, impulse and sinusoidal excitations using laplace transform. UNIT 2 NETWORK FUNCTIONS : Terminal pairs or Ports, Network functions for one-port and two-port networks, poles and zeros of Network functions, Restrictions on pole and zero Locations for driving point functions and transfer functions, Time domain behavior from the pole-zero plot. UNIT 3 CHARACTERISTICS AND PARAMETERS OF TWO PORT NETWORKS : Relationship of two-port variables, short-circuit Admittance parameters, open circuit impedance, parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, relationships between parameter sets, Inter-connection of two port networks. UNIT 4 TOPOLOGY : Principles of network topology , graph matrices, network analysis using graph theory. UNIT 5 TYPES OF FILTERS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS : Filter fundamentals, high-pass, low-pass, band-pass, and band-reject Filters. UNIT 6 NETWORK SYNTHESIS : Positive real functions, synthesis of one port and two port networks, elementary ideas of Active networks. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Network Analysis & Synthesis : Umesh Sinha; Satya Prakash Pub. 2. Network Analysis & Synthesis : F.F.Kuo; John Wiley & Sons Inc. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Introduction to modern Network Synthesis : Van Valkenburg; John Wiley 2. Network Analysis: Van Valkenburg; PHI 3. Basic circuit theory:Dasoer Kuh; McGraw Hill. 4. A Course in Electrical Circuit Analysis by Soni & Gupta; Dhanpat Rai Publication. 5. Circuit Analysis : G.K. Mithal; Khanna Publication. 6. Networks and Systems : D.Roy Choudhury; New Age International. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-205-E ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 MAGNETIC CIRCUITS AND INDUCTION: Magnetic Circuits, Magnetic Materials and their properties, static and dynamic emfs and force on current carrying conductor, AC operation of Magnetic Circuits, Hysteresis and Eddy current losses. UNIT 2 PRINCIPLES OF ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION: Force and torque in magnetic field system, energy balance, energy and force in singly excited magnetic field system, concept of co-energy, forces and torques in system with permanent magnets, dynamic equation. UNIT 3 TRANSFORMERS : Basic theory, construction , operation at no-load and full-load, equivalent circuit, phasor diagram, O.C. and S.C. tests for parameters determination, efficiency and regulation, auto-transformer, introduction to three-phase transformer ; Current and Potential Transformers : Principle, construction, analysis and applications. UNIT 4 DC MACHINES : Basic theory of DC generator, brief idea of construction, emf equation, load characteristics, basic theory of DC motor, concept of back emf, torque and power equations, load characteristics, starting and speed control of DC motors, applications. UNIT 5 INDUCTION MOTOR: Basic theory, construction, Phasor diagram, Equivalent circuit, Torque equation, Load characteristics, starting and speed control of induction motor, Introduction to single phase Induction motor and its applications, Fractional H.P. Motors, Introduction to stepper, servo reluctance and universal motors. UNIT 6 SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES: Construction and basic theory of synchronous generator, emf equation, model of generator, Phasor diagram, Regulation, Basic theory of synchronous motor, v-curves, synchronous condenser, applications. TEXT BOOK: 1. Electrical Machines: Nagarath and Kothari; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electrical Machines :P.S. Bimbhra; Khanna 2. Electrical Machines: Mukherjee and Chakravorti; Dhanpat Rai & Sons 3. Electrical Technology (Vol-II) : B.L Theraja; S. Chand. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

CSE-201 E Data Structures & Algorithms L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit-1: Introduction to Data Structures: Definition of data structures and abstract data types, Static and Dynamic implementations, Examples and real life applications; The Stacks : Definition, Array based implementation of stacks, Linked List based implementation of stacks, Examples : Infix, postfix, prefix representation, Conversions, Applications.

Unit-2: Queues and Lists: Definition, Array based implementation of Queues / Lists, Linked List implementation of Queues / Lists, Circular implementation of Queues and Singly linked Lists, Straight / circular implementation of doubly linked Queues / Lists, Priority Queues, Applications.

Unit-3: Trees: Definition of trees and Binary trees, Properties of Binary trees and Implementation, Binary Traversal pre-order, post order, In- order traversal, Binary Search Trees, Implementations, Threaded trees, Balanced multi way search trees, AVL Trees, Implementations

Unit-4: Graphs: Definition of Undirected and Directed Graphs and Networks, The Array based implementation of graphs, Adjacency matrix, path matrix implementation, The Linked List representation of graphs, Shortest path Algorithm, Graph Traversal – Breadth first Traversal, Depth first Traversal, Tables : Definition, Hash function, Implementations and Applications.

Unit-5: Running time: Time Complexity, Big – Oh - notation, Running Times, Best Case, Worst Case, Average Case, Factors depends on running time, Introduction to Recursion, Divide and Conquer Algorithm, Evaluating time Complexity.

Unit-6: Sorting Algorithms : Introduction, Sorting by exchange, selection, insertions : Bubble sort, Straight selection sort, Efficiency of above algorithms,; Shell sort, Performance of shell sort, Merge sort, Merging of sorted arrays& Algorithms; Quick sort Algorithm analysis,

Heap sort: Heap Construction, Heap sort, bottom – up, Top – down Heap sort approach;

Searching Algorithms: Straight Sequential Search, Binary Search (recursive & non–recursive Algorithms)

Text Book:

Data Structures using C by A. M. Tenenbaum, Langsam, Moshe J. Augentem, PHI Pub.

Reference Books: • Data Structures and Algorithms by A.V. Aho, J.E. Hopcroft and T.D. Ullman, Original edition, Addison-Wesley, 1999, Low Priced Edition. • Fundamentals of Data structures by Ellis Horowitz & Sartaj Sahni, Pub, 1983,AW • Fundamentals of computer algorithms by Horowitz Sahni and Rajasekaran. • Data Structures and Program Design in C By Robert Kruse, PHI, • Theory & Problems of Data Structures by Jr. Symour Lipschetz, Schaum’s outline by TMH • Introduction to Computers Science -An algorithms approach , Jean Paul Tremblay, Richard B. Bunt, 2002, T.M.H. • Data Structure and the Standard Template library – Willam J. Collins, 2003, T.M.H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-221-E ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. To study V-I characteristics of diode, and its use as a capacitance. 2. Study of the characteristics of transistor in Common Base configuration. 3. Study of the characteristics of transistor in Common Emitter configuration. 4. Study of V-I characteristics of a photo-voltaic cell. 5. Study of characteristics of MOSFET/JFET is CS configuration. 6. To plot characteristics of thyristor. 7. To plot characteristics of UJT . 8. To plot characteristics of diac & Triac. 9. Study of loss factor in a dielectric by an impedance bridge. 10. Study of photo-resist in metal pattern for planar technology/PCB technology. NOTE : Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-223-E NETWORK THEORY LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. Transient response of RC circuit. 2. Transient response of RL circuit. 3. To find the resonance frequency, Band width of RLC series circuit. 4. To calculate and verify "Z" parameters of a two port network. 5. To calculate and verify "Y" parameters of a two port network. 6. To determine equivalent parameter of parallel connections of two port network. 7. To plot the frequency response of low pass filter and determine half-power frequency. 8. To plot the frequency response of high pass filter and determine the half-power frequency. 9. To plot the frequency response of band-pass filter and determine the band-width. 10. To calculate and verify "ABCD" parameters of a two port network. 11. To synthesize a network of a given network function and verify its response. 12. Introduction of P-Spice NOTE : Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-225-E ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 3 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. To find turns ratio and polarity of a single phase transformer. 2. To perform open and short circuit tests on a single phase transformer. 3. To perform Sumpner's back to back test on single phase transformers. 4. Parallel operation of two single phase transformers. 5. Study of construction of a DC machine. 6. To plot O.C.C of a DC shunt generator and find its Critical Resistance. 6. To perform direct load test of a DC motor. 8. Speed control of a DC motor by armature control and field control methods. 9. To perform open circuit and block rotor tests of an induction motor. 10. Star-delta starting of a three phase induction motor. 11. Plot O.C.C of a synchronous generator. 12. To plot V-curve of a synchronous motor. NOTE: Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-231-E ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Introduction of tools, electrical materials, symbols and abbreviations. 2. To study stair case wiring. 3. To study house wiring i.e., batten, cleat, casing-caping and conduit wirings. 4. To study fluorescent tube light. 5. To study high pressure mercury vapour lamp (H.P.M.V). 6. To study Sodium lamp. 7. To study repairing of home appliances such as heater, electric iron, fans etc. 8. To study construction of moving iron, moving coil, electrodynamic & induction type meters. 9. To design & fabricate single phase transformer. 10. To study fuses, relays, contactors, MCBs and circuit breakers. 12. Insulation testing of electrical equipments. 12. To design, fabricate a PCB for a circuit, wire-up and test. NOTE: Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


BE. II YEAR (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING) SEMESTER – IV Effective from the Session 2004-05



L T P Total Theory Practic HUM-202-E FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT

(EE,EL,EI,IC,CHE,ME) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

MATH-202-E NUMERICAL METHODS (EE,EL,EI, IC,CHE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-202-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-204-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-206-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (EL,EE and Common with 6th Sem. - EI)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-208-E ELECTRO MAGNETIC THEORY (EL,EI, IC)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-222-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-224-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-226-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB (EL,EE) (common with VIIth Semester EI)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

MATH-204 -E NUMERICAL METHODS LAB (EE,EL,EI,IC,CHE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25


- - - - 50 - -

TOTAL 18 6 8 32 450 600 100

Note: 1. Practical training of 6 weeks duration during summer vacations and its evaluation in 5th Semester.


A-PDF Split DEMO


-






A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-202-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 SEMICONDUCTOR DIODE : P-N junction and its V-I Characteristics, P-N junction as a rectifier, Switching characteristics of Diode. UNIT 2 DIODE CIRCUITS : Diode as a circuit element, the load-line concept, half-wave and full wave rectifiers, clipping circuits, clamping circuits, filter circuits, peak to peak detector and voltage multiplier circuits. UNIT 3 TRANSISTOR AT LOW FREQUENCIES: Bipolar junction transistor : operation, characteristics, Ebers-moll model of transistor, hybrid model, h-parameters (CE, CB, CC configurations), analysis of a transistor amplifier circuits using h-parameters, emitter follower, Miller's Theorem , frequency response of R-C coupled amplifier. UNIT 4 TRANSISTOR BIASING : Operating point, bias stability, collector to base bias, self-bias, emitter bias, bias compensation, thermistor & sensistor compensation. UNIT 5 TRANSISTOR AT HIGH FREQUENCIES: Hybrid P model, CE short circuit current gain, frequency response, alpha, cutoff frequency, gain bandwidth product, emitter follower at high frequencies. UNIT 6 FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS : Junction field effect transistor, pinch off voltage, volt-ampere characteristics, small signal model, MOSFET Enhancement & Depletion mode, V-MOSFET.Common source amplifier, source follower, biasing of FET, applications of FET as a voltage variable resistor (V V R). UNIT 7 REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES : Series and shunt voltage regulators, power supply parameters, three terminal IC regulators, SMPS. TEXT BOOK : 1 .Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias ; McGrawHill 2. Electronic circuit analysis and design (Second edition): D.A.Neamen; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electronics Principles: Malvino ; McGrawHill 2. Electronics Circuits: Donald L. Schilling & Charles Belove ; McGrawHill 3. Electronics Devices & Circuits: Boylestad & Nashelsky ; Pearson.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-204-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL TECHNIQUES : Digital signal, logic gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR, Boolean algebra. Review of Number systems. Binary codes: BCD, Excess-3, Gray, EBCDIC, ASCII, Error detection and correction codes. UNIT 2 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING GATES: Design using gates, Karnaugh map and Quine Mcluskey methods of simplification. UNIT 3 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING MSI DEVICES Multiplexers and Demultiplexers and their use as logic elements, Decoders, Adders / Subtractors, BCD arithmetic circuits, Encoders, Decoders / Drivers for display devices. UNIT 4 SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS: Flip Flops : S-R, J-K, T, D, master-slave, edge triggered, shift registers, sequence generators, Counters, Asynchronous and Synchronous Ring counters and Johnson Counter, Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential circuits. UNIT 5 DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES: Switching mode operation of p-n junction, bipolar and MOS. devices. Bipolar logic families:RTL, DTL, DCTL, HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families. Tristate logic, Interfacing of CMOS and TTL families. UNIT 6 A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS: Sample and hold circuit, weighted resistor and R -2 R ladder D/A Converters, specifications for D/A converters. A/D converters : Quantization, parallel -comparator, successive approximation, counting type, dual-slope ADC, specifications of ADCs. UNIT 7 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES: ROM, PLA, PAL, FPGA and CPLDs. TEXT BOOK : 1. Modern Digital Electronics(Edition III) : R. P. Jain; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Digital Integrated Electronics : Taub & Schilling; MGH 2. Digital Principles and Applications : Malvino & Leach; McGraw Hill. 3. Digital Design : Morris Mano; PHI.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-206-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS : The essentials of a Communication system, modes and media’s of Communication, Classification of signals and systems , Fourier Analysis of signals. UNIT 2. AMPLITUDE MODULATION : Amplitude modulation, Generation of AM waves, Demodulation of AM waves, DSBSC, Generation of DSBSC waves, Coherent detection of DSBSC waves, single side band modulation, generation of SSB waves, demodulation of SSB waves, vestigial sideband modulation (VSB). UNIT 3. ANGLE MODULATION : Basic definitions: Phase modulation (PM) & frequency modulation(FM), narrow band frequency modulation, wideband frequency modulation, generation of FM waves, Demodulation of FM waves. UNIT 4. PULSE ANALOG MODULATION : Sampling theory, time division (TDM) and frequency division (FDM) multiplexing, pulse amplitude modulation (PAM), pulse time modulation. UNIT 5. PULSE DIGITAL MODULATION : Elements of pulse code modulation, noise in PCM systems, Measure of information, channel capacity, channel capacity of a PCM system, differential pulse code modulation (DPCM). Delta modulation (DM) UNIT 6. DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: ASK, FSK, BPSK, QPSK, M-ary PSK. UNIT 7. INTRODUCTION TO NOISE: External noise, Internal noise, S/N ratio, noise figure. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Communication systems (4th edn.) : Simon Haykins; John wiley & sons. 2. Communication systems: Singh & Sapre; TMH. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Electronic Communication systems : Kennedy; TMH. 2. Communication Electronics : Frenzel; TMH. 3. Communication system : Taub & Schilling; TMH. 4. Communication systems : Bruce Carlson.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-208-E ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1.STATIC ELECTRIC FIE0LDS: Coulomb’s Law, Gauss’s Law, potential function, field due to a continuous distribution of charge, equi-potential surfaces, Gauss’s Theorem, Poison’s equation, Laplace’s equation, method of electrical images, capacitance, electro-static energy, boundary conditions, the electro-static uniqueness theorem for field of a charge distribution, Dirac-Delta representation for a point charge and an infinitesimal dipole. UNIT2. STEADY MAGNETIC FIELDS : Faraday Induction law, Ampere’s Work law in the differential vector form, Ampere's law for a current element, magnetic field due to volume distribution of current and the Dirac-delta function, Ampere’s Force Law, magnetic vector potential, vector potential (Alternative derivation), far field of a current distribution, equation of continuity. UNIT3. TIME VARYING FIELDS : Equation of continuity for time varying fields, inconsistency of Ampere’s law, Maxwell’s field equations and their interpretation, solution for free space conditions, electromagnetic waves in a homogeneous medium, propagation of uniform plane-wave, relation between E & H in a uniform plane-wave, wave equations for conducting medium, Maxwell’s equations using phasor notation, wave propagation in a conducting medium, conductors, dielectrics, wave propagation in good conductor and good dielectric, depth of penetration, polarization, linear, circular and elliptical, UNIT4. REFLECTION AND REFRACTION OF E M WAVES: Reflection and refraction of plane waves at the surface of a perfect conductor & perfect dielectric (both normal incidence as well as oblique incidence), Brewester's angle and total internal reflection, reflection at the surfaces of a conductive medium, surface impedance, transmission-line analogy, poynting theorem, interpretation of E x H, power loss in a plane conductor. UNIT5.TRASMISSION LINE THEORY : Transmission line as a distributed circuit, transmission line equation, travelling ,standing waves , characteristic impedance, input impedance of terminated line, reflection coefficient, VSWR, Smith's chart and its applications. TEXT BOOK : 1. Electro-magnetic Waves and Radiating System : Jordan & Balmain, PHI. Refrence Books: 1. Engineering Electromagnetics : Hayt; TMH 2. Electro-Magnetics : Krauss J.DF; Mc Graw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE: 8 questions are to be set –atleast one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-222-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS-LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

20. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of Half wave & full wave rectifiers. 2. Study of power supply filters. 3. Study of Diode as clipper & clamper. 4. Study of Zener diode as a voltage regulator. 5. Study of CE amplifier for voltage, current & Power gains and input, output impedances.. 6. Study of CC amplifier as a buffer. 7. To study the frequency response of RC coupled amplifier. 8. Study of 3-terminal IC regulator. 9. Study of transistor as a constant current source in CE configuration. 10. Study of FET common source amplifier. 11. Study of FET common Drain amplifier. 12. Graphical determination of small signal hybrid parameters of bipolar junction transistor. 13. Study & design of a d.c. voltage doubler. NOTE : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-224-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of TTL gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR. 2. Design & realize a given function using K-maps and verify its performance. 3. To verify the operation of multiplexer & Demultiplexer. 4. To verify the operation of comparator. 5. To verify the truth tables of S-R, J-K, T & D type flip flops. 6. To verify the operation of bi-directional shift register. 7. To design & verify the operation of 3-bit synchronous counter. 8. To design and verify the operation of synchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same. 9. To design and verify the operation of asynchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same. 10. To design & realize a sequence generator for a given sequence using J-K flip-flops. 11. Study of CMOS NAND & NOR gates and interfacing between TTL and CMOS gates. 12. Design a 4-bit shift-register and verify its operation . Verify the operation of a ring counter and a Johnson counter. NOTE : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-226-E COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of Amplitude Modulation and determination of Modulation index. 2. Study of Frequency Modulation and determination of Modulation index. 3. Study of Phase Modulation. 4. Study of Pulse Amplitude Modulation. 5. Study of Pulse Width Modulation. 6. Study of Pulse Frequency Modulation. 7. Study of Pulse Code Modulation. 8. Study of frequency Shift Keying. 9. Study of ASK and QASK. 10. Study of PSK and QPSK. 11. Project related to the scope of the course. NOTE: Atleast ten experiments are to be performed , atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-204-E NUMERICAL METHODS LAB. ---------- ----------------------

(COMMON FOR EE,EL,CHE,EI) L T P Class Work : 25 Marks - - 2 Exam. : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of exam. : 2 Hours WRITE DOWN AND EXECUTE THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS USING C/C++/MATLAB 1. To find the roots of non-linear equation using Bisection method. 2. To find the roots of non-linear equation using Newton's method. 3. Curve fitting by least - square approximations. 4. To solve the system of linear equations using Gauss- Elimination method. 5. To solve the system of linear equations using Gauss-Seidal iteration method. 6. To solve the system of linear equations using Gauss-Jorden method. 7. To Integrate numerically using Trapezoidal rule. 8. To Integrate numerically using Simpson's rules. 9. To find the largest eigen value of a matrix by power-method. 10. To find numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Euler's method. 11. To find numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Runge-Kutta method. 12. To find numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Milne's method. 13. To find the numerical solution of Laplace equation. 14. To find numerical solution of wave equation. 15. To find numerical solution of heat equation. BOOKS SUGGESTED : 1. Applied Numerical Analysis by Curtis F. Gerald and Patrick G. Wheatley-Pearson, Education Ltd. 2. Numerical Methods : E. Balagurusamy T.M.H. Note: Ten experiments are to be performed out of which at least

seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


B.E III YEAR (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING) SEMESTER – V Effective from the Session 2005-06



L T P Total Theory Practic

EE-301-E COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-303-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-305-E ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS (EL,EI, IC,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-307-E ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPAGATION

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

CSE-210-E COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANISATION (COMMON WITH IV-SEM CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-309-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING (EL,EI, IC,CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-323-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-325-E ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB (EL,EI, IC)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-329-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING LAB (EL,EI, IC,CSE,IT)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-331-E ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT SIMULATION LAB (COMMON WITH VI SEM. – EI, IC)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-335-E PRACTICAL TRAINING-I

- - 2 2 - -

TOTAL 18 6 10 34 400 600 100Note: 1. Assessment of Practical Training-I will be based on seminar, viva-voce, report and certificate of

practical Training at the end of IV Semester. According to performance Letter Grades A, B, C and F are to be awarded. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade is required to repeat Practical Training.

3. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator. However, Sharing of

calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-301-E COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 SPECTRAL ANALYSIS : Fourier Series, Fourier tranforms, Convolution Theorem, Correlation, Cross-Correlation and autocorrelation. UNIT 2 INFORMATION THEORY : Introduction to information and entropy, channel capacity for discrete and continuous channels, Shannon’s Theorem, Shannon-Hartley Theorem, Noisy channels, coding theory : Shannon-Fano coding, minimum redundance coding, maximization of entropy of a continuous message transmission rate, effect of medium on the information, selection of channels ,effect of noise and its minimization. UNIT 3 RANDOM SIGNAL THEORY : Representation of random signals, concept of probability, probability of joint occurrence, conditional probability, discrete probability theory, continuous random variables, probability distribution function, probability density function, joint probability density functions. Statistical average and moments, Ergodic processes, correlation function, power spectral density, central limit theory, response of linear system to random signals. Error function, regularity, covariance relation among the spectral densities of the two input-output random processes. Cross spectral densities, optimum filters. TEXT BOOK : 1. Principles of Communication Systems : Taub Schiling; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS. 1. Communication Systems : Singh and Sapre ; TMH 2. Communication Systems : A Bruce Carlson; TMH NOTE: Eight questions are to be set, at least two from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-303-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. OSCILLOSCOPE: Block diagram, study of various stages in brief, high frequency CRO considerations. Sampling and storage oscilloscope. UNIT 2. ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS: Instruments for measurement of voltage, current & other circuit parameters, Q-meters, R.F. power measurements, introduction to digital meters. UNIT 3. GENERATION & ANALYSIS OF WAVEFORMS: Block diagram of pulse generators, signal generators, function generators wave analysers, distortion analysers, spectrum analyser, Harmonic analyser, introduction to power analyser. UNIT 4. FREQUENCY & TIME MEASUREMENT: Study of decade counting Assembly(DCA), frequency measurements, period measurements, universal counter, introduction to digital meters. UNIT 5. DISPLAY DEVICES: Nixie tubes, LED’s LCD’s, discharge devices. UNIT 6 TRANSDUCERS: Classification, Transducers of types: RLC photocell, thermocouples etc. basic schemes of measurement of displacement, velocity, acceleration, strain, pressure, liquid level & temperature. UNIT 7 INTRODUCTION TO SIGNAL CONDITIONING: DC signal conditioning system, AC signal conditioning system, data acquisition and conversion system TEXT BOOK:

1. A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation : A.K.Sawhney; Dhanpat Rai & Sons.

REFERENCE BOOKS. 2. Electronics Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques : Cooper; PHI. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set – at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-305-E ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. SINGLE AND MULTISTAGE AMPLIFIERS: Classification of amplifiers, distortion in amplifiers, frequency response of an amplifier, step response of an amplifier, pass-band of cascaded stages, RC-coupled amplifier, low frequency response of RC coupled stage, effect of an emitter bypass capacitor on low Frequency response, multistage CE amplifier . UNIT2. FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS : Feedback concept, transfer gain with feedback, general characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, input resistance, output resistance, voltage series feedback, current series feedback, current shunt feedback, voltage shunt feedback. UNIT3. OSCILLATORS: Sinusoidal oscillators, Barkhausen criteria, R-C phase shift oscillator, generalform of oscillator circuit, wien-bridge oscillator, crystal oscillator. UNIT4. POWER AMPLIFIERS: Class A, B, and C operations; Class A large signal amplifiers, higher order harmonic distortion, efficiency, transformer coupled power amplifier, class B amplifier : efficiency & distortion; class A and class B push-pull amplifiers; class C power amplifier. UNIT5. OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS : Ideal and practical operational amplifiers, inverting and non-inverting amplifier, differential amplifier, emitter coupled differential amplifier, transfer characteristics of a differential amplifier, offset error : voltage and current, common mode rejection ratio (CMRR) . UNIT6. LINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS : Scale changer, phase shifter, adder, voltage to current converter, current to voltage converter, DC voltage follower, Bridge amplifier, AC coupled amplifier, AC voltage follower, Integrator, differentiator. UNIT7. NON-LINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS : Comparators, sample & hold circuits, Logarithmic amplifier, anti-log amplifier, logarithmic multiplier, waveform generators , Miller & Bootstrap sweep generators, regenerative comparator (Schmitt Trigger), multivibrators, ADC. TEXT BOOK: 3. Integrated Electronics: Milman Halkias, TMH. 4. Microelectronic Circuits : Sedra & Smith. REFERENCE BOOKS: 3. Operational Amplifiers:Gaikwad 4. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design ( Second edition) : D.A.Neamen; TMH

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE: Eight questions are to be set – at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-307-E ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPOGATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. RADIATION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES : Retarded potential, field of short dipole, Antenna pattern & antenna parameters. UNIT 2. ANTENNA PARAMETERS : Antenna pattern, Gain, Directivity, Radiation resistance, Aperture, Beam-width etc, Reciprocity theorem for antenna. UNIT 3. ELEMENTAL ANTENNA: Wave equation for radiated fields from current and voltage sources in terms of electric scalar potential and magnetic vector potential .Fields and pattern of an infinitesimal dipole. Definition of various potentials used in antenna theory . UNIT 4. PRACTICAL LINEAR ANTENNAS: Relation between current distribution and field pattern of an antenna, linear antenna, half wave dipole, Antenna impedance, Directivity, Radiation resistance, Directional properties, Effect of ground on antenna pattern, Input impedance Broad band matching. Mutual impedance . UNIT 5. ANTENNA ARRAYS : Two element array, broad side, End fired pattern, Beam width pattern multiplication, multi element array and their properties, Synthesis of an array. UNIT 6. VARIOUS TYPES OF ANTENNA : parabolic feeds, conical, helix, log periodic, horn, Microwave antenna . UNIT 7. PROPAGATION : Ground waves, Space waves, Effect of Earth, Duct formation, Ionosphere, and sky waves. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Antennas by J.D.Kraus, TMH. 2. Antenna & Wave Propagation by K.D Prasad. REF. BOOKS : 1.Antenna & Radiowave Propogation by Collin,TMH 2.Electromagnetic Waves & Radiating Systems by Jordan & Balman, PHI. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set - at least one question from each unit. Students have to attempt five question in all. CSE- 210 E Computer Architecture & Organization L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Basic Principles: Boolean algebra and Logic gates, Combinational logic blocks(Adders, Multiplexers, Encoders, de-coder), Sequential logic blocks(Latches, Flip-Flops, Registers, Counters) Unit-2: General System Architecture: Store program control concept, Flynn’s classification of computers (SISD, MISD, MIMD); Multilevel viewpoint of a machine: digital logic, micro architecture, ISA, operating systems, high level language; structured organization; CPU, caches, main memory, secondary memory units & I/O; Performance metrics; MIPS, MFLOPS. Unit-3: Instruction Set Architecture: Instruction set based classification of processors (RISC, CISC, and their comparison); addressing modes: register, immediate, direct, indirect, indexed; Operations in the instruction set; Arithmetic and Logical, Data Transfer, Control Flow; Instruction set formats (fixed, variable, hybrid); Language of the machine: 8086 ; simulation using MSAM. Unit-4: Basic non pipelined CPU Architecture: CPU Architecture types (accumulator, register, stack, memory/ register) detailed data path of a typical register based CPU, Fetch-Decode-Execute cycle (typically 3 to 5 stage); microinstruction sequencing, implementation of control unit, Enhancing performance with pipelining. Unit-5: Memory Hierarchy & I/O Techniques: The need for a memory hierarchy (Locality of reference principle, Memory hierarchy in practice: Cache, main memory and secondary memory, Memory parameters: access/ cycle time, cost per bit); Main memory (Semiconductor RAM & ROM organization, memory expansion, Static & dynamic memory types); Cache memory (Associative & direct mapped cache organizations. Unit-6: Introduction to Parallelism: Goals of parallelism (Exploitation of concurrency, throughput enhancement); Amdahl’s law; Instruction level parallelism (pipelining, super scaling –basic features); Processor level parallelism (Multiprocessor systems overview). Unit-7: Computer Organization [80x86]: Instruction codes, computer register, computer instructions, timing and control, instruction cycle, type of instructions, memory reference, register reference. I/O reference, Basics of Logic Design, accumulator logic, Control memory, address sequencing, micro-instruction formats, micro-program sequencer, Stack Organization, Instruction Formats, Types of interrupts; Memory Hierarchy. Text Books:

• Computer Organization and Design, 2nd Ed., by David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, Morgan 1997, Kauffmann.

• Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd Edi, by John P. Hayes, 1998, TMH. Reference Books:

• Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings,4th edition, 2001, Prentice-Hall Upper Saddle River, New Jersey

• Computer Organization, 5th Edi, by Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic,2002, Safwat Zaky. • Structured Computer Organisation by A.S. Tanenbaum, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 1999, Eastern

Economic Edition. • Computer Organisation & Architecture: Designing for performance by W. Stallings, 4th edition, 1996,

Prentice-Hall International edition. • Computer System Architecture by M. Mano, 2001, Prentice-Hall. • Computer Architecture- Nicholas Carter, 2002, T.M.H. Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-309-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

PART A

UNIT1. THE 8085 PROCESSOR : Introduction to microprocessor, 8085 microprocessor : Architecture, instruction set, interrupt structure, and assembly language programming. UNIT2. THE 8086 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE : Architecture, block diagram of 8086, details of sub-blocks such as EU, BIU; memory segmentation and physical address computations, program relocation, addressing modes, instruction formats, pin diagram and description of various signals. UNIT3. INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086 : Instruction execution timing, assembler instruction format, data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, branch instructions, looping instructions, NOP and HLT instructions, flag manipulation instructions, logical instructions, shift and rotate instructions, directives and operators, programming examples.

PART B UNIT4. INTERFACING DEVICE : The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, control words, modes and examples. UNIT 5. DMA : Introduction to DMA process, 8237 DMA controller, UNIT6. INTERRUPT AND TIMER : 8259 Programmable interrupt controller, Programmable interval timer chips. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085 : Ramesh S Gaonkar; Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. The Intel Microprocessors 8086- Pentium processor : Brey; PHI REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Microprocessors and interfacing : Hall; TMH 2. The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors-Programming, interfacing,Hardware & Applications :Triebel & Singh; PHI 3. Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family: architecture, Programming & Design : Yu-Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson; PHI. 4. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing : Badri Ram; TMH

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

NOTE : 8 questions are to be set selecting FIVE questions from PART A and THREE questions from PART B. Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-323-E ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION-LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Measurement of displacement using LVDT.

2. Measurement of distance using LDR.

3. Measurement of temperature using R.T.D.

4. Measurement of temperature using Thermocouple.

5. Measurement of pressure using Strain Guage.

6. Measurement of pressure using Piezo-Electric Pick up.

7. Measurement of distance using Capacitive Pick up.

8. Measurement of distance using Inductive Pick up.

9. Measurement of speed of DC Motor using Magnetic Pick up.

10. Measurement of speed of DC Motor using Photo Electric Pick up.

NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester. 2. At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-303-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-325-E ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Design & measure the frequency response of an RC coupled amplifier using discrete components. 2. Design a two stage RC coupled amplifier and determine the effect of cascading on gain and bandwidth 3. Study the effect of voltage series, current series, voltage shunt, and current shunt feed-back on amplifier using discrete components. 4. Design & realize inverting amplifier, non-inverting and buffer amplifier using 741 Op Amp. 5. Verify the operation of a differentiator circuit using 741 op amp and show that it acts as a high pass filter. 6. Verify the operation of a integrator circuit using 741 op amp and show that it acts as a low pass filter. 7. Design and verify the operations of op amp adder and subtractor circuits. 8. Plot frequency response of AC coupled amplifier using op amp 741 and study the effect of negative feedback on the bandwidth and gain of the amplifier. 9. Design & realize using op amp 741, Wein -bridge oscillator. 10. To design & realize using op amp 741, square wave generator. 11.To design & realize using op amp 741, logarithmic amplifier & VCCS. NOTE: At least ten experiments are to be performed. Seven experiments should be performed from the above list and the remaining three experiments can be either from the above list or set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-305-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-329-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of 8085 Microprocessor kit. 2. Write a program using 8085 and verify for : a. Addition of two 8-bit numbers. b. Addition of two 8-bit numbers (with carry). 3. Write a program using 8085 and verify for : a. 8-bit subtraction (display borrow) b. 16-bit subtraction (display borrow) 4. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by repeated addition method. Check for minimum number of additions and test for typical data. 5. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and verify. 6. Write a program using 8085 for division of two 8- bit numbers by repeated subtraction method and test for typical data. 7. Write a program using 8085 for dividing two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and test for typical data. 8. Study of 8086 microprocessor kit 9. Write a program using 8086 for division of a defined double word (stored in a data segment) by another double Word division and verify. 10. Write a program using 8086 for finding the square root of a given number and verify. 11. Write a program using 8086 for copying 12 bytes of data from source to destination and verify. 12. Write a program using 8086 and verify for: a. Finding the largest number from an array. b. Finding the smallest number from an array. 13. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in descending order and verify. 14. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order and verify.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

15. Write a program for finding square of a number using look-up table and verify. . 16. Write a program to interface a two digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8085/8086 microprocessor and 8255 PPI. 17. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8085/8086 microprocessor and 8255 PPI. NOTE: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester out of which seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-309-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-331-E ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT SIMULATION LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Simulate and study half-wave, full-wave, and bridge-rectifier using PSPICE windows 2. Simulate and study diode clipper and clamper circuits using PSPICE windows 3. Simulate and study emitter bias and fixed bias BJT and JFET circuits using PSPICE windows,

and determine quiescent conditions. 4. Simulate a common emitter amplifier using self biasing and study the effect of variation in emitter

resistor on voltage gain , input and output impedance using PSPICE windows . 5. Determine the frequency response of Vo/Vs for CE BJT amplifier using PSPICE windows. Study

the effect of cascading of two stages on band width. 6. Simulate and study Darlington pair amplifier circuit using PSPICE windows and determine dc

bias and output ac voltage . 7. Study an operational amplifier using PSPICE windows and find out: CMMR, gain band width

product, slew rate, 3-db frequency, and input offset voltage. 8. Simulate and study active low pass, high pass, and band pass filters using PSPICE windows. 9. Simulate and study class A, B, C, and AB amplifier using PSPICE windows. 10. Study the operation of 555 timer oscillator using PSPICE. 11. Simulate logic expression………………..and determine its truth table. 12. Simulate logic expression of full adder circuit and determine its truth table. 13. Simulate a synchronous 4-bit counter and determine its count sequence. 14. Simulate a master-slave flip-flop using NAND gates and study its operation. Study the operation

of asynchronous preset and clear . NOTE : At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester; out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


B.E III YEAR (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING) SEMESTER – VI Effective from the Session 2005-06



L T P Total Theory Practic EE-302-E MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGINEERING

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-304-E CONTROL SYTEMS ENGG. (EL,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-306-E MOS IC’S AND TECHNOLOGY (Common with 6th Sem.- EI)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

IT-305-E COMPUTER NETWORKS (EL,CSE) (COMMON WITH V-SEM. – IT)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-308-E TV ENGINEERING

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-310-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN (EL,EI, IC,EE,CSE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-324-E CONTROL SYSTEMS ENGG. LAB (EL,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

IT-304-E NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB (Common with VI – Sem – IT)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-330-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB (EL,EI, IC,CSE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-322-E MICROWAVE LAB

- - 2 2 25 - 25


- - - - 50 - -

TOTAL 18 6 8 32 450 600 100NOTE: 1. Practical Training –II of 6 weeks duration during summer vacation, Evaluation in VII Semester.

5. Students will be allowed to use the scientific calculator only, however sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-302-E MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGINEERING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. WAVEGUIDES: Introduction, comparison with transmission lines, propagation in TE & TM mode, rectangular wave guide, TEM mode in rectangular wave guide, characteristic impedance, introduction to circular waveguides and planar transmission lines. UNIT2 . MICROWAVE COMPONENTS: Directional couplers, tees, hybrid ring, S-parameters, attenuators, cavity resonators ,mixers & detectors, matched Load, phase shifter ,wave meter, Ferrite devices: Isolators, circulators. UNIT3. MICROWAVE TUBES: Limitation of conventional tubes; Construction, operation and properties of Klystron amplifier, reflex Klystron, magnetron, TWT , BWO , crossed field amplifiers. UNIT4. MICROWAVE SOLID STATE DEVICES : Varactor diode, Tunnel diode, Schottky diode, GUNN diode, IMPATT, TRAPATT and PIN diodes. MASER, parametric amplifiers. UNIT5. MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS : Power measurement using calorimeter & bolometers, measurement of SWR, frequency , wavelength and impedance. Microwave bridges. UNIT6. INTRODUCTION TO RADAR : Block Diagram and operation, Radar Frequencies, Simple form of Radar Equation, Prediction of Range Performance, Pulse Repetition frequency and Range Ambiguities, Applications of Radar TEXT BOOKS: 1. Microwave devices and circuits :Samuel Liao;PHI 2. Microwave devices & Radar Engg :M .Kulkarni;Umesh REFERENCE BOOK : 1. Microwaves and Radar : A.K. Maini; Khanna NOTE : Eight questions are to be set –atleast one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-304-E CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING L T P LASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. INTRODUCTORY CONCEPTS : System/Plant model, types of models, illustrative examples of plants and their inputs and outputs, controller, servomechanism, regulating system, linear time-invariant (LTI) system, time-varying system, causal system, open loop control system, closed loop control system, illustrative examples of open-loop and feedback control systems, continuous time and sampled data control systems. Effects of feedback on sensitivity (to parameter variations), stability, external disturbance (noise), overall gain etc. Introductory remarks about non-linear control systems. UNIT2. MATHEMATICAL MODELLING : Concept of transfer function, relationship between transfer function and impulse response, order of a system, block diagram algebra, signal flow graphs : Mason’s gain formula & its application, characteristic equation, derivation of transfer functions of electrical and electromechanical systems. Transfer functions of cascaded and non-loading cascaded elements. Introduction to state variable analysis and design. UNIT3. TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS : Typical test signals, time response of first order systems to various standard inputs, time response of 2nd order system to step input, relationship between location of roots of characteristics equation, w and wn, time domain specifications of a general and an under-damped 2nd order system, steady state error and error constants, dominant closed loop poles, concept of stability, pole zero configuration and stability, necessary and sufficient conditions for stability, Hurwitz stability criterion, Routh stability criterion and relative stability. UNIT4. ROOT LOCUS TECHNIQUE : Root locus concept, development of root loci for various systems, stability considerations. UNIT5. FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS : Relationship between frequency response and time-response for 2nd order system, polar, Nyquist, Bode plots, stability, Gain-margin and Phase Margin, relative stability, frequency response specifications. UNIT6. COMPENSATION : Necessity of compensation, compensation networks, application of lag and lead compensation, basic modes of feedback control, proportional, integral and derivative controllers, illustrative examples. UNIT7. CONTROL COMPONENTS : Synchros, AC and DC techo-generators, servomotors, stepper motors, & their applications, magnetic amplifier. TEXT BOOK : 1. Control System Engineering : I.J.Nagrath & M.Gopal; New Age

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Automatic Control Systems : B.C.Kuo, PHI. 2. Modern Control Engg : K.Ogata; PHI. 3. Control Systems - Principles & Design : Madan Gopal; Tata Mc Graw Hill. 4. Modern Control Engineering.R.C.Dorl & Bishop; Addison-Wesley NOTE: Eight questions are to be set - at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-306-E MOS ICs AND TECHNOLOGY L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. REVIEW OF MOS TECHNOLOGY : Introduction to IC technology, MOS Transistor enhancement mode and depletion mode operations, fabrication of NMOS, CMOS and BiCMOS devices. Equivalent circuit for MOSFET and CMOS. UNIT2. MOS TRANSISTOR THEORY: MOS device design equations, MOS transistor, Evaluation aspects of MOS transistor, threshold voltage, MOS transistor transconductance & output conductance, figure of merit, determination of pull-up to pull-down ratio for an n-MOS inverter driven by another n-MOS inverter & by one or more pass transistor, alternative forms of pull-up, CMOS and BiCMOS-inverters. Latch up in CMOS circuitry and BiCMOS Latch up susceptibility. UNIT3. MOS CIRCUITS AND LOGIC DESIGN : Basic physical design of simple logic gates using n-MOS, p-MOS and CMOS, CMOS logic gate design considerations, CMOS logic structures, clocking strategies. UNIT4. CIRCUIT CHARACTERIZATION AND PERFORMANCE ESTIMATION : Resistance estimation, capacitance estimation, inductance, switching characteristics, CMOS gate transistor sizing, power dissipation. UNIT5. VLSI FABRICATION : Crystal growth, wafer preparation, epitaxy, oxidation, lithography, etching, diffusion, dielectric and poly-silicon film deposition, ion implantation, yield and reliability, metalization. UNIT6. DESIGN EXAMPLE USING CMOS : Incrementer / decrementer, left/right shift serial/parallel register, comparator for two n-bit number, a two-phase non-overlapping clock generator with buffered output on both phases, design of an event driven element for EDL system TEXT BOOKS : 1. Introduction to Digital Integrated Circuits : Rabaey,Chandrakasan & Nikolic. 2. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design : Neil H.E. Weste and Kamran Eshraghian; Pearson. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Introduction to Digital Circuits : Rabaey and ……..LPE (PH) 2. …………………………………: S.K.Gandhi. 3. VLSI Technology: S.M. Sze; McGraw-Hill. 4. Integrated Circuits: K.R. Botkar; Khanna NOTE: Eight questions are to be set –atleast one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

IT-305 E Computer Networks L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: OSI Reference Model and Network Architecture: Introduction to Computer Networks, Example networks ARPANET, Internet, Private Networks, Network Topologies: Bus-, Star-, Ring-, Hybrid -, Tree -, Complete -, Irregular –Topology; Types of Networks : Local Area Networks, Metropolitan Area Networks, Wide Area Networks; Layering architecture of networks, OSI model, Functions of each layer, Services and Protocols of each layer Unit–2: TCP/IP: Introduction, History of TCP/IP, Layers of TCP/IP, Protocols, Internet Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol , User Datagram Protocol, IP Addressing, IP address classes, Subnet Addressing, Internet Control Protocols, ARP, RARP, ICMP, Application Layer, Domain Name System, Email – SMTP, POP,IMAP; FTP, NNTP, HTTP, Overview of IP version 6. Unit-3: Local Area Networks: Introduction to LANs, Features of LANs, Components of LANs, Usage of LANs, LAN Standards, IEEE 802 standards, Channel Access Methods, Aloha, CSMA, CSMA/CD, Token Passing, Ethernet, Layer 2 & 3 switching, Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, LAN interconnecting devices: Hubs, Switches, Bridges, Routers, Gateways. Unit–4: Wide Area Networks: Introduction of WANs, Routing, Congestion Control, WAN Technologies, Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB), Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)/ Synchronous Optical Network (SONET), Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Frame Relay.,Wireless Links. Unit-5: Introduction to Network Management: Remote Monitoring Techniques: Polling, Traps, Performance Management, Class of Service, Quality of Service, Security management, Firewalls, VLANs, Proxy Servers, Introduction to Network Operating Systems: Client-Server infrastructure, Windows NT/2000. Text Book:

• Computer Networks (3rd edition), Tanenbaum Andrew S., International edition, 1996. Reference Books:

• Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems (4th edition), Halsall Fred, 2000, Addison Wesley, Low Price Edition. • Business Data Communications, Fitzgerald Jerry,. • Computer Networks – A System Approach, Larry L. Peterson & Bruce S. Davie, 2nd Edition • Computer Networking – ED Tittel , 2002, T.M.H.


A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-308-E TELEVISION ENGINEERING L T P LASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1 ELEMENTS OF A TELEVISION SYSTEM : Picture transmission, sound transmission, picture reception, sound reception synchronization, receiver controls, color television. Analysis and Synthesis of Television Pictures: Gross structure, image continuity, no. of scanning lines, flicker, fine structure, tonal gradation. UNIT2. COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL : Video signal dimensions, horizontal sync details, vertical sync details, scanning sequence details, functions of vertical pulse train, sync details of 525 line system. UNIT3. SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND CHANNEL BANDWIDTH : Amplitude Modulation, channel bandwidth, vestigial side band transmission, Transmission efficiency, complete channel bandwidth, reception of vestigial side band signals, frequency modulation, FM channel bandwidth, channel bandwidth for color transmission, allocation of frequency bands for television signal transmission, television standards. UNIT4. THE PICTURE TUBE : Monochrome picture tube, Beam deflection, screen phosphor, face plate, picture tube characteristics, picture tube circuit controls.Television Camera Tubes: Basic principal, Image orthicon, Vidicon. UNIT5. BASIC TELEVISION BROADCASTING: Television transmitter, positive & negative modulation. Television Receiver: Receiver sections, vestigial side band correction, choice of intermediate frequencies, picture tube circuitry & controls, sound signal separation, sound section, Sync processing & AFC circuit, vertical Deflection circuit, Horizontal deflection circuit. Television Signal propagation & Antennas: Television Transmission antennas , television receiver antennas, color television antennas. UNIT6. ESSENTIALS OF COLOR TELEVISION: Compatibility, natural light, color perception, three color television camera, the luminance signal, values of Luminance & color difference signals on Colors, color television display tubes (Delta gun, PIL, Trinitron). UNIT7. COLOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION : Color signal transmission, bandwidth for color signal transmission. UNIT8. TELEVISION APPLICATIONS: Cable television, CCTV, picture phone & fascimile, television via satellite, Remote Control ( Electronic control system ), Introduction to Digital TV Technology and their merits , HDTV. TEXT BOOK:

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Monochrome and Color Television : R.R.Gulati ; New Age. REFERENCE BOOK : TV and Video Engineering : Dhake ; TMH. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set – one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-310-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN L T P LASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Computer-aided design tools for digital systems. Hardware description languages; introduction to VHDL, data objects, classes and data types, Operators, Overloading, logical operators.Types of delays Entity and Architecture declaration. Introduction to behavioural, dataflow and structural models. UNIT 2. VHDL STATEMENTS : Assignment statements, sequential statements and process, conditional statements, case statement Array and loops, resolution functions, Packages and Libraries, concurrent statements. Subprograms: Application of Functions and Procedures, Structural Modelling, component declaration, structural layout and generics. UNIT 3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT DESIGN: VHDL Models and Simulation of combinational circuits such as Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, encoders, decoders, code converters, comparators, implementation of Boolean functions etc. UNIT 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS DESIGN : VHDL Models and Simulation of Sequential Circuits Shift Registers, Counters etc. UNIT 5. DESIGN OF MICROCOMPUTER : Basic components of a computer, specifications, architecture of a simple microcomputer system, implementation of a simple microcomputer system using VHDL UNIT 6. DESIGN WITH CPLDs AND FPGAs : Progr ammable logic devices : ROM, PLAs, PALs, GAL, PEEL, CPLDs and FPGA. Design implementation using CPLDs and FPGAs REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual (1993). 2. Digital Design and Modelling with VHDL and Synthesis : KC Chang; IEEE Computer Society Press. 3. "A VHDL Primmer” : Bhasker; Prentice Hall 1995. 4. “Digital System Design using VHDL” : Charles. H.Roth ; PWS (1998). 5. "VHDL-Analysis & Modelling of Digital Systems” : Navabi Z; McGraw Hill. 6. VHDL-IV Edition :Perry; TMH (2002) 7. ”Introduction to Digital Systems” : Ercegovac. Lang & Moreno; John Wiley (1999). 8. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design : Brown and Vranesic; TMH (2000) 9. Modern Digital Electronics- III Edition: R.P Jain; TMH (2003). NOTE : Eight questions are to be set - at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-324-E CONTROL SYSTEM LAB L T P LASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. To study A.C. servo motor and to plot its torque speed characteristics. 2. To study D.C. servo motor and to plot its torque speed characteristics. 3. To study the magnetic amplifier and to plot its load current v/s control current characteristics for :

(a) series connected mode (b) parallel connected mode. 4. To plot the load current v/s control current characteristics for self exited mode of the magnetic amplifier. 5. To study the synchro & to:

(a) Use the synchro pair (synchro transmitter & control transformer) as an error detector.

(b)Plot stator voltage v/s rotor angle for synchro transmitter i.e. to use the synchro transmitter as position transducer.

6. To use the synchro pair (synchro transmitter & synchro motor) as a torque trans mitter. 7. (a) To demonstrate simple motor driven closed loop position control system. (b) To study and demonstrate simple closed loop speed control system. 8. To study the lead, lag, lead-lag compensators and to draw their magnitude and phase plots . 9. To study a stepper motor & to execute microprocessor or computer-based control of the same by

changing number of steps, direction of rotation & speed. 10. To implement a PID controller for level control of a pilot plant. 11. To implement a PID controller for temperature control of a pilot plant. 12. To study the MATLAB package for simulation of control system design. NOTE : At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester, at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-304-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

IT-304 E Network Programming Lab.

L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. The socket programming can be done on Unix/Linux operating or/and Windows. Socket programming, and the language can be C/VC++ and/or Java

1. Write a program to Create Sockets For Sending And Receiving Data. 2. Write a program to Obtain The Local & Remote Socket Address. 3. Write a program to Create Sockets For Handling Multiple Connection 4. Write a program to Obtain The Information About The (A) Host (B) Network (C) Protocols (D)

Domains 5. Write a program to Manipulate The IP Address. 6. Write a program to Write A Telnet Client. 7. Write a program to Make An FTP Client


A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-330-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Design all gates using VHDL.

2. Write VHDL programs for the following circuits, check the wave forms and the hardware generated

a. half adder

b. full adder


a. multiplexer

b. demultiplexer


a. decoder

b. encoder

5. Write a VHDL program for a comparator and check the wave forms and the hardware generated

6 Write a VHDL program for a code converter and check the wave forms and the hardware generated

7. Write a VHDL program for a FLIP-FLOP and check the wave forms and the hardware generated

8. Write a VHDL program for a counter and check the wave forms and the hardware generated


a. register

b. shift register

10. Implement any three (given above) on FPGA/CPLD kit

NOTE : Ten experiments are to be performed out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-322-E MICROWAVE LAB L T P LASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. Study of wave guide components. 2. To study the characteristics of reflex Klystron and determine its timing range. 3. To measure frequency of microwave source and demonstrate relationship among guide

dimensions, free space wave length and guide wavelength. 4. To measure VSWR of unknown load and determine its impedance using a smith chart. 5. To match impedance for maximum power transfer using slide screw tuner. 6. To measure VSWR, insertion losses and attenuation of a fixed and variable attenuator. 7. To measure coupling and directivity of direction couplers. 8. To measure insertion loss, isolation of a three port circulator. 9. To measure the Q of a resonant cavity. 10. To study the V-I characteristics of GUNN diode. NOTE : Ten experiments have to be performed in the semester. At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-302-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


B.E IV YEAR ( ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING ) SEMESTER – VII

Effective from the Session 2006-07


Examination

L T P Total Theory Practic EE-401-E DATA COMMUNICATION (EL,EE)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-403-E MULTI-MEDIA SYSTEMS

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-405-E OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-407-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (EL,EI, IC, EE & Common with CSE- Elective 1)

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

ELECTIVE – I

4 - - 4 50 100 -

EE-421-E DATA COMMUNICATION LAB (EL,EE)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-423-E MULTI-MEDIA SYSTEMS LAB

2 2 25 - 25

EE-427-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB (EL,EI, IC,EE & Common with 6th Sem.-IT)

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-431-E EE-433-E


- - 4 4 50 - -

EE-435-E

PRACTICAL TRAINING – II - - 2 2 - - -

TOTAL 16 4 12 32 375 500 75NOTE : 1. Project load will be treated as 2 hours for project co-ordinator and 1 hour for each participating teacher.

6. Project Course will commence in seventh semester where the students will identify the project problems, complete the design/ procure the materials /start the fabrication/complete the survey etc. depending upon the nature of the problem. The project will be completed in VIIIth sem..and its examination will be held in VIII semester.

7. Students will be allowed to use the scientific calculator only, however sharing of calculator will not be permitted. 4. Assessment of Practical Training-II, which will be based on seminar, Viva-Voce,

report and certificate for the practical training taken at the end of VIth semester. According to performance Letter Grades A, B, C and F are to be awarded. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade is required to repeat Practical Training.

ELECTIVE-I of 7th Semester of Elect. & Comm. Engg. HUM-451-E Language Skills for Engineers CH-451-E Environmental Sciences & Engg. IT-471-E Management Information System IC-451-E Intelligent Instrumentation CSE-303-E Computer Graphics IC-403-E Embedded System Design HUM-455-E Entrepreneurship MATH-451-E Combinatorics & Graph Theory HUM-453-E Oral Communication Competence

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

MATH-455-E Linear Algebra PHY-451-E Non-Conventional Energy & Conversion Technology HUM-457-E Organisational Behaviour & Human Resource Management

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-401-E DATA COMMUNICATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

UNIT 1 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION : Introduction, digital communication, Shannon limit for information capacity, digital radio, digital amplitude modulation, frequency shift keying (FSK), phase shift keying (PSK), quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), band width efficiency, carrier recovery, differential phase shift keying,(DPSK), clock recovery, probability of error & bit error rate, trellis encoding. UNIT 2 DATA COMMUNICATIONS: Introduction, history of data communication, standard organization for data communication, data communication circuits, data communication codes, error control, synchronization, data communications hardware, serial interfaces: RS-232, RS-449 & RS-530, CCITT X.21, parallel interfaces: centronics parallel interfaces. the telephone network: DDD network, private- line service, the telephone circuit, data modems: synchronous modems, asynchronous modems, modem synchronization. UNIT 3 DATA COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS AND NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS : Introduction, open system interconnection (OSI), data transmission mode, asynchronous protocols, synchronous protocols, public data network, integrated services digital network (ISDN), local area networks, token pass ring, Ethernet. UNIT 4 MULTIPLEXING : Introduction, time division multiplexing, T1 digital carrier system, CCITT time division multiplexed carrier systems, CODECS, COMBO chips, line encoding, T-CARRIERS, frame synchronization, bit interleaving VS word interleaving, frequency division multiplexing, AT&T’s FDM hierarchy, composite base band signal, formation of a master group. UNIT 5 INTERNET AND TCP/IP: Introduction, history, use of Internet, accessing the Internet, Internet addresses, security on the internet, authentication, firewalls, intranet and extranet, TCP/IP reference model, domain name service, world wide web. TEXT BOOK: 3. Electronic Communications Systems (4th Ed.) : Wayne Tomasi; Pearson 4. Data Communication and Networking (2nd -edition): Forauzan; NOTE Eight questions are to be set at-least one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-403-E MULTI-MEDIA SYSTEMS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. MULTIMEDIA : Definitions, CD-ROM and the multimedia highway, Uses of multimedia, Introduction to making multimedia -the stages of projects, Requirements to make good multimedia, multimedia skills and training – the Multimedia Team, Training opportunities in multimedia. UNIT 2. MULTIMEDIA HARDWARE : Macintosh and windows production platforms, Hardware Peripherals-Connections, Memory & Storage Devices, Input / Output Hardware devices, Communication Devices, Media Software-Basic tools, Making instant multimedia, Multimedia authoring tools. UNIT 3. MULTIMEDIA BUILDING BLOCKS : Text, Sound, Images, Animation, Video. UNIT 4. ASSEMBLING AND DELIVERING A PROJECT : Planning and costing, Designing and producing, Content & talent, Data Compression Testing and Delivering, CD-ROM technology. UNIT 5. MULTIMEDIA AND THE INTERNET : History, Internet working, Connections, Internet Services, The world-wide Web, Tools for the WWW- web servers, Web browsers, Web Page makers & editors, Plug – Ins & Delivery Vehicles, HTML, VRML, Designing for the WWW- working on the Web, Text for the Web. UNIT 6. MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS : Media communication, Media consumption, Media entertainment, Multimedia games. TEXT BOOK : 1. Multimedia: Making it Work IIIrd edition: Tay Vaughan; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Multimedia Systems-Design: K. Thakkar; PHI 2. Multimedia: Computing, Communications & Applications: Ralf Stein Metz & Klara Nahrstedt; Pearson 3. Advanced Multimedia Programming: Steve Rimmer; MBI NOTE: Eight questions are to be set at-least one from each unit. Students have to attempt any five questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-405-E OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1 INTRODUCTION TO OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS : Electromagnetic spectrum used for optical communication, block diagram of optical communication system. Basics of transmission of light rays. Advantages of optical fiber communication. UNIT2 OPTICAL FIBERS: Optical fibers structures and their types, fiber characteristics : attenuation, scattering, absorption, fiber bend loss, dispersion; fiber couplers and connectors UNIT3. LED LIGHT SOURCE : Light emitting diode : recombination processes, the spectrum of recombination radiation, LED characteristics, internal quantum efficiency, external quantum efficiency, LED structure, lens coupling to fiber, behavior at high frequencies. UNIT4. LASER LIGHT SOURCE : Basic principles of laser action in semi -conductors, optical gain, lasing threshold, laser structures and characteristics, laser to fiber coupling, comparison with LED source. UNIT5 . AVALANCHE AND PIN PHOTODETECTORS: Principles of optical detection, quantum efficiency, responsivity, general principles of PIN photodetector, intrinsic absorption, materials and designs for PIN photodiodes, impulse and frequency response of PIN photodiodes, noise in PIN Photodiodes, multiplication process, APD Design, APD bandwidth, APD noise. TEXT BOOK: Optical Fiber Communications: John M Senior; PHI. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Optical Communication Systems : John Gowar; PHI. 2. Optical Fiber Communications : Gerd Keiser; TMH 3. Optical fiber Communication : Selvarajan, Kar, Srinivas; TMH. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set at least one question from each unit. Students have to attempt five question in all. EE-407-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING L T P LASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. DISCRETE-TIME SIGNALS: Signal classifications, frequency domain representation, time domain representation, representation of sequences by Fourier transform, properties of Fourier transform, discrete time random signals, energy and power theorems. UNIT2. DISCRETE-TIME SYSTEMS : Classification, properties, time invariant system, finite impulse Response (FIR) system, infinite impulse response (IIR) system. UNIT3. SAMPLING OF TIME SIGNALS: Sampling theorem, application, frequency domain representation of sampling, reconstruction of band limited signal from its samples. discrete time processing of continuous time signals, changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing. UNIT4. Z-TRANSFORM : Introduction, properties of the region of convergence, properties of the Z-transform, inversion of the Z-transform, applications of Z-transform. UNIT5. BASICS OF DIGITAL FILTERS : Fundamentals of digital filtering, various types of digital filters, design techniques of digital filters : window technique for FIR, bi-linear transformation and backward difference methods for IIR filter design, analysis of finite word length effects in DSP, DSP algorithm implementation consideration. Applications of DSP. UNIT6. MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Introduction to multirate digital signal processing, sampling rate conversion, filter structures, multistage decimator and interpolators, digital filter banks. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Digital Signal Processing : Proakis and Manolakis; PHI 2. Digital Signal Processing: Salivahanan, Vallavaraj and Gnanapriya;TMH REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Digital Signal Processing: Alon V. Oppenhelm;PHI 2. Digital Signal processing(II-Edition): Mitra, TMH NOTE: Eight questions are to be set - at least one from each unit. Students have to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-421-E DATA COMMUNICATION LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1) To study different types of transmission media 2) To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation. 3) To study Quadrature Amplitude Modulation. 4) To Study !6 Quadrature Amplitude Multiplexing. 5) To Study Serial Interface RS-232 and its applications. 6) To study the Parallel Interface Centronics and its applications. 15) To configure the modem of a computer. 16) To make inter-connections in cables for data communication in LAN. 17) To install LAN using Tree topology. 18) To install LAN using STAR topology. 19) To install LAN using Bus topology. 20) To install LAN using Token-Ring topology 21) To install WIN NT 22) To cofigure a HUB/Switch. NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester; At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus .

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-423-E MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Write a program to justify a text entered by the user on both the left and right hand side For example, the test “ An architect may have a graphics program to draw an entire building but be interested in only ground floor”, can be justified in 30 columns as shown below. An architect may have a Graphics programs draw an Entire building but be interested in only ground floor. 2. Study the notes of a piano and stimulate them using the key board and store them in a file. 3. Write a program to read a paragraph and store it to a file name suggested by the author. 4. Devise a routine to produce the animation effect of a square transforming to a triangle and then to a circle. 5. Write a program to show a bitmap image on your computer screen. 6. Create a web page for a clothing company which contains all the details of that company and at-least five links to other web pages. 7. Write a program by which we can split mpeg video into smaller pieces for the purpose of sending it over the web or by small capacity floppy diskettes and then joining them at the destination. 8. Write a program to simulate the game of pool table. 9. Write a program to simulate the game Mine Sweeper. 10. Write a program to play “wave” or “midi” format sound files. NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester; At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus EE-----D.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

EE-427-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: Perform the experiments using MATLAB: 1. To represent basic signals (Unit step, unit impulse, ramp, exponential, sine and cosine). 2. To develop program for discrete convolution.

3. To develop program for discrete correlation.

4. To understand stability test.

5. To understand sampling theorem.

6. To design analog filter(low-pass, high pass, band-pass, band-stop).

7. To design digital IIR filters(low-pass, high pass, band-pass, band-stop).

8. To design FIR filters using windows technique.

9. To design a program to compare direct realization values of IIR digital filter

10. To develop a program for computing parallel realization values of IIR digital filter.

11. To develop a program for computing cascade realization values of IIR digital filter

12. To develop a program for computing inverse Z-transform of a rational transfer function.]

NOTE: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester; out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-


B.E IV YEAR (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING) SEMESTER – VIII Effective from the Session 2006-07



L T P Total Theory Practic EE-402-E WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

(COMMON WITH VI SEM – CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 50 100 -

EE-404-E SATELITE COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

3 1 - 4 50 100 -

ELECTIVE – II

4 - - 4 50 100 -

ELECTIVE- III

4 - - 4 50 100 -

EE-424-E SATELITE COMMUNICATION LAB

- - 2 2 25 - 25

EE-431-E EE-433-E


- - 6 6 100 - 100

EE-422-E SEMINAR

- - 4 4 50 - -

GFEE-402-E GENERAL FITNESS FOR THE PROFESSION - - - - 50 - 100 TOTAL 14 2 12 28 425 400 225 NOTE : 1. Project load will be treated as2 hours for project coordinator and 1 hour for each participating teacher.

3. Students will be allowed to use the scientific calculator only, however sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


-

Electives of 8th Semester of Elect. & Comm. Engg. ELECTIVE-II MATH-402-E Operation Research IC-404-E Fuzzy Control System ME-484-E Robotics Engineering CSE-304-E Intelligence System PHY-452-E Laser Technology CSE-202-E Data Base Management System CSE-302-E Principles of Software Engg. HUM-452-E Business Communication HUM-454-E Indian English Writing ELECTIVE-III EE-462-E Genetic Algorithms & Applications CSE-307-E Web Development EE-317-E Power Electronics EE-454-E Radar and Sonar Engg. CSE-414-E Digital Image Processing HUM-456-E Marketing Management MATH-454-E Advanced Mathematics EE-406-E Advance Control System

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-402-E WIRELESS COMMUNICATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Evolution of mobile radio communications, examples of wireless comm. systems, paging systems, Cordless telephone systems, comparison of various wireless systems. UNIT 2. MODERN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Second generation cellular networks, third generation wireless networks, wireless in local loop, wireless local area networks, Blue tooth and Personal Area networks.

UNIT 3. INTRODUCTION TO CELLULAR MOBILE SYSTEMS: Spectrum Allocation, basic Cellular Systems, performance Criteria, Operation of cellular systems, analog cellular systems, digital Cellular Systems. UNIT 4. ELLULAR SYSTEM DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS: Frequency Reuse, channel assignment strategies, handoff Strategies, Interference and system capacity, tracking and grade off service, improving coverage and capacity. UNIT 5. MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION: Introduction to Multiple Access, FDMA, TDMA, Spread Spectrum multiple Access, space division multiple access, packet ratio, capacity of a cellular systems.

UNIT 6. WIRELESS NETWORKING: Difference between wireless and fixed telephone networks, development of wireless networks, fixed network transmission hierarchy, traffic routing in wireless networks, wireless data services, common channel signaling, ISDN (Integrated Services digital Networks), advanced intelligent networks. UNIT 7. INTELLIGENT CELL CONCEPT AND APPLICATION: Intelligent cell concept, applications of intelligent micro-cell Systems, in-Building Communication, CDMA cellular Radio Networks.

21. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Wireless Communications: Theodore S. Rappaport; Pearsons. 2. Mobile Cellular Telecommunication: W.C.Y.Lee; McGraw Hill REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Mobile Communications: Jochen Schiller; Pearson

A-PDF Split DEMO


NOTE: Eight questions are to be set -one question from each unit. Students have to attempt any five question.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-404-E SATELLITE COMMUNICATION L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT1. PRINCIPLES OF SATELLITE COMMUNICATION : Evolution & growth of communication satellite, Synchronous satellite, Satellite frequency allocation & Band spectrum, Advantages of satellite communication, Active & Passive satellite, Modem & Codec. Applications of satellite communication. UNIT2. COMMUNICATION SATELLITE LINK DESIGN: Introduction, General link design equations, System noise temperature, C/N & G/T ratio, Atmospheric & Ionospheric effects on link design, Complete link design, Earth station parameters. UNIT3. ANALOG SATELLITE COMMUNICATION : Introduction, Baseband analog(Voice) signal, FDM techniques, S/N & C/N ratio in frequency modulation in satellite link, S/N ratio in FM with multiplexed telephone signal in satellite link, Single channel per carrier(SCPC) systems, Companded single sideband (CSSB) systems, Analog FM/FDM TV satellite link, Intermodulation products & their effects in FM/FDM systems, Energy disposal in FM/FDM systems. UNIT4. DIGITAL SATELLITE COMMUNICATION : Advantages of digital communication, Elements of digital satellite communication systems, Digital baseband signals, Digital modulation techniques, Satellite digital link design, Time Division Multiplexing. UNIT5. MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES: Introduction, TDMA, TDMA-Frame structure, TDMA-Burst structure, TDMA-Frame efficiency, TDMA-superframe, TDMA-Frame acquisition & Synchronization, TDMA compared to FDMA, TDMA Burst Time Plan, Multiple Beam ( Satellite switched) TDMA satellite system, Beam Hopping(Transponder Hopping) TDMA, CDMA & hybrid access techniques. UNIT6. SATELLITE ORBITS: Introduction, Synchronous orbit, Orbital parameters, Satellite location with respect to earth, Look angles, Earth coverage & slant range, Eclipse effect, Satellite placement in geostationary orbit, station keeping, Satellite stabilization. UNIT7. SPECIAL PURPOSE COMMUNICATION SATELLITES : BDS, INMARSAT, INTELSAT, VSAT(data broadband satellite), MSAT( Mobile Satellite Communication technique), Sarsat( Search & Rescue satellite) & LEOs (Lower earth orbit satellite), Satellite communication with respect to Fiber Optic Communication, LANDSAT, Defense satellite. UNIT8. LASER SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Introduction, Link analysis, Optical satellite link transmitter, Optical satellite link receiver, Satellite Beam Acquisition, Tracking & Positioning, Deep Space Optical Communication Link.

A-PDF Split DEMO


TEXT BOOK: 1. Satellite Communication : D.C. Aggarwal ; Khanna. REFERENCE BOOK : 1. Satellite Communication :Gagliardi ; CBS NOTE: Eight questions are to be set - one question from each unit. Students have to attempt any five question.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-424-E SATELLITE COMMUNICATION LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. To set up a active and passive satellite communication link and study their difference.

2. To measure the base-band analog (voice) signal parameters in the satellite link.

3. To measure C/N ratio.

4. To transmit and receive the function generator waveforms through a Sat.Com. link.

5. To measure the digital baseband signal parameters in Sat.Com. link.

6. To send telecommand and receive the telemetry data.

7. To set a PC to PC Sat. Com. Link using RS-232 ports.

8. To measure the propagation delay of signal in a Sat. Com. Link.

9. To measure fading of a received signal.

10. To measure the parameters in an analog FM/FDM TV Sat.Com. link.

11. To measure the S/N ratio.

12. To calculate the figure of merit and FM deviation.

NOTE: At least ten experiments are to be performed , atleast seven experiments are to be taken from the above list and the remaining three based on the syllabus of EE-404-C (Satellite Communication Engineering) be developed at the institution level. The students will be required to perform at least eight experiments in the semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK Scheme of studies & Examination

NOTE: Student are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.

Bachelor of Engineering (Computer Science & Engineering) SEMESTER-III, EFFECTIVE FROM 2004-05 SESSION.

Teaching Schedule

Examination Schedule

(Marks)

Sl. No

Course

No.

Subject

L T P Total Theory

Marks of Class works Practical Total

Duration of Exam (Hours)

1 MATH-201-E Mathematics III (Common for all Branches)

3 2 - 5 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-201 E

Data Structures & Algorithms (CSE,EL,IT,EI)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-203 E Discrete Structures (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 EE-217 -E Digital & Analog Communication (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 EE-204-E

Digital Electronics (CSE,IT) (Common with 4th Sem. – EE,EL,EI & IC)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 HUM-201-E Economics (Common for all branches)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 IT-201-E PC Lab (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 CSE-205-E Data Structures & Algorithms Lab (CSE,IT)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9 EE-224-E

Digital Electronics Lab (CSE,IT & Common with 4th Sem. – EE,EL,EI & IC)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

TOTAL

18 7 6 31 600 375 75 1050

A-PDF Split DEMO



Bachelor of Engineering (Computer Science & Engineering) SEMESTER-IV, EFFECTIVE FROM 2004-05 SESSION.

Teaching Schedule


(Marks)

Sl. No.

Course No.

Subject

L T P Total Theory

Marks of Class workl Practical Total


1 CSE-202 E Data Base Management Systems (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-204 E Programming Languages (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-206 E Theory of Automata & Computation

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 IT-202-E

Object-Oriented Programming using C++ (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 CSE-208 E Internet Fundamentals (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 CSE-210 E Computer Architecture and Organization (CSE,IT and Common with 5th Sem. EL,EI,IC)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 CSE-212E

Data Base Management Systems Lab. (CSE,IT)

- - 2 2 - 25

25 50 3

8 IT-206-E C++ Programming Lab. (CSE,IT)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9 CSE-214 E Internet Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

10 GPCSE-202 E

General Proficiency - - - - - 50 - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 6 30 600 425 75 1100 Note: 1. During summer vacation candidate will carry out self study of ‘Open Source Software’ available on

internet and will complete a mini-project based upon this study. This project will be evaluated in the 5th semester. 2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.


A-PDF Split DEMO


Bachelor of Engineering (Computer Science & Engineering) Scheme of studies / Examination

SEMESTER V EFFECTIVE FROM 2005-06 SESSION

Teaching Schedule


(Marks) Sl. No.

Course

No.

Subject

L T P Total TheoryMarks of

Class work

Practical Total


1 CSE-301 E Principles of Operating System (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 EE-309-E Microprocessors and

Interfacing (EL,CSE,IT,EI, IC)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-303 E Computer Graphics (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 CSE-305 E Analysis & Design of Algorithms 3 1 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 CSE 307 E Web Development

(Common with IT – VI Sem)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 IT-204-E Multimedia Technologies

(Common with IT- IV-Sem)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 CSE-309 E Computer Graphics Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8

CSE-311 E Web Development & Core JAVA Lab. (Common with 6th Sem.- IT)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50

3

9 IT-208-E Multimedia Tech. Lab (Common with IT – IV Sem)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

10 EE-329-E Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab. (EL,CSE,IT,EI, IC)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

11.

CSE-313 E

Assessment of Mini Project based upon Open Source Software carried out at the end of 4th Sem.

- - 2 2 - 50 - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 10 34 600 450 100 1150

Note: 1. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.

2. Assessment of Mini Project will be based upon open source software, viva-voce, report Seminar during Fourth Semester accordingly performance letter grades A,B,C and F are to be awarded.

A student who is awarded F grade will be required to repeat Mini Project.

M.D. UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK

Scheme of studies & Examination Bachelor of Engineering (Computer Science & Engineering)

A-PDF Split DEMO


Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VI

EFFECTIVE FROM 2005-06 SESSION

Teaching Schedule


(Marks) Sl. No.

Course No.

Subject

L T P Total TheoryMarks of Class work

Practical Total


1 CSE-302 E Principles of Software Engineering (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-304 E Intelligent Systems (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 IT-305 E Computer Networks (CSE, EL & Common with 5th Sem. - IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4

IT-303 E Systems Programming & System Administration (Common with 5th Sem. – IT)

3 1 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 EE-402-E Wireless Communication (CSE, IT & Common with 8th Sem. EL)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 EE-310-E Digital System Design (EL,EE,CSE,EI, IC) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 CSE-306 E Intelligent Systems Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 CSE-308 E Operating Systems Lab. (Common with IT-V Sem.) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9 EE-330-E Digital System Design Lab. (EL,EI, IC,CSE) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

10 GPCSE-302E General Proficiency - - - - - 50 - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 6 30 600 425 75 1100 -

Note: 1. During the vacation period, following this semester, the student will carry out self study of .net technology and implement a mini-project based upon this study. This project will be evaluated in the coming 7th semester. 2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK

Scheme of studies & Examination Bachelor of Engineering (Computer Science & Engineering)

Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VII

EFFECTIVE FROM 2006-07 SESSION Teaching Schedule

Examination Schedule (Marks) Sl.

No. Course

No. Subject L T P Total Theory

Marks of Class work

Practical Total


1 CSE-401 E Advanced Computer Architecture 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-403 E Software Project Management (CSE,IT)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-405 E Compiler Design 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3 4 ELECTIVES-1 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3 5 ELECTIVES-2 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3 6 CSE-407E Compiler Design Lab. - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3 7 CSE-409E Visual Programming

Lab. - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3

8 CSE-411 E Major PROJECT – Part I - - 4 4 - 50 - 50 3 OR

CSE-413 E INDUSTRIAL PROJECT – Part I

9 CSE-415 E

Assessment of Mini- Project based upon .net technology carried out at the end of 6th semester.

- - 2 2 - 50 - 50 -

TOTAL 17 03 12 32 500 450 100 1050 Note: 1. ‘Major PROJECT–Part I’ will commence in 7th semester where students will identity the project problem, complete

the design and arrange the needed hardware/ software. The project will be completed in 8th semester along with its examinations.

2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination. ELECTIVES-1 CSE-417 E Data Network Design

CSE-419 E Neural Networks IT-465 E Network Technology

CSE-421 E Advanced Database Management Systems CSE-423 E Object Oriented Software Engineering EE-407-E Digital Signal Processing HUM-451-E Language Skills for Engineers MATH-451-E Combinatorics & Graph Theory HUM-455-E Entrepreneurship ELECTIVES-2 IT-451 E Data Warehousing and Data Mining IT-467 E Computer Software Testing IT-469 E Introduction to E-commerce & ERP CSE-425 E Natural Language Processing

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-471 E Management Information system IT-453 E System & Network Administration HUM-453-E Oral Communication Competence MATH-455-E Linear Algebra CH-451-E Environmental Science & Engineering

A-PDF Split DEMO



Bachelor of Engineering (Computer Science & Engineering) Scheme of studies / Examination

SEMESTER VIII EFFECTIVE FROM 2006-07 SESSION

NOTE:- Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination. ELECTIVES-3 IT- 464 E Network Security & Management CSE-412 E Object Oriented Systems Development IT-466 E Embedded system Design IT-468 E Logic & Functional Programming CSE-414 E Digital Image Processing IT-302 E Network Programming HUM-452-E Business Communication PHY-452-E Laser Technology HUM-456-E Marketing Management MATH-202-E Numerical Methods

ELECTIVES-4

HUM-202-E Fundamentals of Management IT-470 E Web Engineering MATH-402-E Operations Research HUM-454-E Indian English Writing

Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule (Marks)

Sl. No.

Course No. Subject

L T P Total Theory

Marks of

Class work

Practical Total

Duration of

Exam (Hrs)

1 CSE-402 E Distributed Operating System (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 IT-402-E Security of Information Systems (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 ELECTIVES 3 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3 4 ELECTIVES 4 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 IT-407-E Advanced JAVA Lab.

(Common with IT – VII Sem)

- - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3

6 CSE-404 E Major PROJECT - Part II - - 6 6 - 100 100 200 3 OR

CSE-406 E INDUSTRIAL PROJECT – Part II

7 CSE-408 E Colloquium - - 4 4 - 50 - 50

8 GFCSE-410 E

General Fitness for the Profession - - - - - 50 100 150 3

TOTAL 14 2 13 29 400 450 250 1100

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-472 E Introduction to VLSI Design CSE-416 E Social and Professional Issues in IT CSE 418 E Human Computer Interaction CSE 420 E Fuzzy Logic

A-PDF Split DEMO





Part-A




Part-B



A-PDF Split DEMO




A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-201 E Data Structures & Algorithms (CSE,EL,IT)

L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150










Text Book:

• Data Structures using C by A. M. Tenenbaum, Langsam, Moshe J. Augentem, PHI Pub. Reference Books:

• Data Structures and Algorithms by A.V. Aho, J.E. Hopcroft and T.D. Ullman, Original edition, Addison-Wesley, 1999, Low Priced Edition.

• Fundamentals of Data structures by Ellis Horowitz & Sartaj Sahni, Pub, 1983,AW • Fundamentals of computer algorithms by Horowitz Sahni and Rajasekaran. • Data Structures and Program Design in C By Robert Kruse, PHI, • Theory & Problems of Data Structures by Jr. Symour Lipschetz, Schaum’s outline by TMH

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Introduction to Computers Science -An algorithms approach , Jean Paul Tremblay, Richard B. Bunt, 2002, T.M.H.

• Data Structure and the Standard Template library – Willam J. Collins, 2003, T.M.H


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-203 E Discrete Structures L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit-1: Set Theory: Introduction to set theory, Set operations, Algebra of sets, Duality, Finite and Infinite sets, Classes of sets, Power Sets, Multi sets, Cartesian Product, Representation of relations, Types of relation, Equivalence relations and partitions , Partial ordering relations and lattices

Function and its types, Composition of function and relations, Cardinality and inverse relations Unit-2: Propositional Calculus: Basic operations: AND(^), OR(v), NOT(~), Truth value of a compound statement, propositions, tautologies, contradictions. Unit–3: Techniques Of Counting: Permutations with and without repetition, Combination. Unit-4: Recursion And Recurrence Relation :Polynomials and their evaluation, Sequences, Introduction to AP, GP and AG series, partial fractions, linear recurrence relation with constant coefficients, Homogeneous solutions, Particular solutions, Total solution of a recurrence relation using generating functions. Unit-5: Algebric Structures Definition and examples of a monoid, Semigroup, Groups and rings, Homomorphism, Isomorphism and Automorphism, Subgroups and Normal subgroups, Cyclic groups, Integral domain and fields, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem Unit-6: Graphs And Trees: Introduction to graphs, Directed and Undirected graphs, Homomorphic and Isomorphic graphs, Subgraphs, Cut points and Bridges, Multigraph and Weighted graph, Paths and circuits, Shortest path in weighted graphs, Eurelian path and circuits, Hamilton paths and circuits, Planar graphs, Euler’s formula, Trees, Spanning trees, Binary trees and its traversals Text Book:

• Elements of Discrete Mathematics C.L Liu, 1985, McGraw Hill Reference Books:

• Discrete Mathematics by Johnson Bough R., 5th Edition, PEA, 2001.. • Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and

Oren Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley. • Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press. • Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA • Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995,

Edward Arnold, London, • Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill

Singapore • Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI • Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar,

1995, Mc Graw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

EE-217 E Digital and Analog Communication (CSE,IT)


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Communication system components: Introduction to Communication: Definition & means of communications; Digital and analog signals: sign waves, square waves; Properties of signals: amplitude, frequency, phase; Theoretical basis for data communication: Fourier analysis: Fourier series and Fourier Transform (property, ESD, PSD and Raleigh) effect of limited bandwidth on digital signal. Unit-2: Data Transmission System: Physical connections: modulation, amplitude-, frequency-, phase- modulation; Data encoding: binary encoding (NRZ), Manchester encoding, differential Manchester encoding. Transmission Media: Twisted pair-, co-axial-, fiber optic-cables, wireless media Transmission impairments: attenuation, limited bandwidth of the channels, delay distortion, noise, data rate of the channels (Nyquist theorem, Shannon limit). Physical layer interfaces: RS 232, X.21 Unit-3: Standards in data communications: Communication modes: simplex, half duplex, full duplex; Transmission modes: serial-, parallel-transmission; Synchronizations: Asynchronous-, synchronous-transmission; Type of services: connection oriented-, connectionless-services; Flow control: unrestricted simplex protocol, simplex stop- and -wait protocol, sliding window protocol; Switching systems: circuit switching; picketing switching: data gram , virtual circuits, permanent virtual circuits. Telephone Systems: PSTN, ISDN, asynchronous digital subscriber line. Multiplexing: frequency division-, time-, wave- division multiplexing Unit-4: Security in data communications: Transmission errors: feedback-, forward-error control approaches; Error detection; Parity check, block sum check, frame check sequences; Error correction: hamming codes, cyclic redundancy check; Data encryption: secret key cryptography, public key cryptograph; Data compression: run length encoding, Huffman encoding. Text Book:

• Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems Halsall Fred, (4th editon) 2000, Addison Wesley, Low Price edition

• Reference Books: • Business Data Communications, Fitzgerald Jerry, 7th Ed. New York, 2001, JW&S, • Communication Systems, 4th Edi, by A. Bruce Carlson, Paul B. Crilly, Janet C. Rutledge, 2002, TMH. • Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Halsall Fred, 1996, AW. • Digital Communications, J.G. Proakiss, 4th Ed., MGH • Satellite Communication, Pratt, John Wiley • Data & Computer Communications, W.Stallings PHI

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Digital & Data Communication systems, Roden 1992, PHI, • Introduction to Digital & Data Communications, Miller Jaico Pub. • Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 2003, 2nd Edition, T.M.H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each

unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all. EE-204-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL TECHNIQUES : Digital signal, logic gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR, Boolean algebra. Review of Number systems. Binary codes: BCD, Excess-3, Gray, EBCDIC, ASCII, Error detection and correction codes. UNIT 2 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING GATES: Design using gates, Karnaugh map and Quine Mcluskey methods of simplification. UNIT 3 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING MSI DEVICES Multiplexers and Demultiplexers and their use as logic elements, Decoders, Adders / Subtractors, BCD arithmetic circuits, Encoders, Decoders / Drivers for display devices. UNIT 4 SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS: Flip Flops : S-R, J-K, T, D, master-slave, edge triggered, shift registers, sequence generators, Counters, Asynchronous and Synchronous Ring counters and Johnson Counter, Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential circuits. UNIT 5 DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES: Switching mode operation of p-n junction, bipolar and MOS. devices. Bipolar logic families:RTL, DTL, DCTL, HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families. Tristate logic, Interfacing of CMOS and TTL families. UNIT 6 A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS: Sample and hold circuit, weighted resistor and R -2 R ladder D/A Converters, specifications for D/A converters. A/D converters : Quantization, parallel -comparator, successive approximation, counting type, dual-slope ADC, specifications of ADCs. UNIT 7 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES:

A-PDF Split DEMO


ROM, PLA, PAL, FPGA and CPLDs. TEXT BOOK : 1. Modern Digital Electronics(Edition III) : R. P. Jain; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Digital Integrated Electronics : Taub & Schilling; MGH 2. Digital Principles and Applications : Malvino & Leach; McGraw Hill. 3. Digital Design : Morris Mano; PHI. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all. HUM-201-E ECONOMICS

(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks









Supply and Law of Supply, Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determinition and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices.

A-PDF Split DEMO


UNIT-VI Nature and characteristics of Indian economy (brief and elementary introduction), Privatization - meaning, merits and demerits.

Globalisation of Indian economy - merits and demerits. Elementary Concepts of VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement. Books Recommended : TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles of Economics : P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers). 2. Modern Economic Theory – K.K. Dewett (S.Chand) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. A Text Book of Economic Theory Stonier and Hague (Longman’s Landon) 2. Micro Economic Theory – M.L. Jhingan (S.Chand) 3. Micro Economic Theory - H.L. Ahuja (S.Chand) 4. Modern Micro Economics : S.K. Mishra (Pragati Publications) 5. Economic Theory - A.B.N. Kulkarni & A.B. Kalkundrikar (R.Chand & Co.) 6. Indian Economy : Rudar Dutt & K.P.M. Sundhram NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

IT-201 E PC Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. PC Software: Application of basics of MS Word 2000, MS Excel 2000, MS Power Point 2000, MS Access 2000.

1. To prepare the Your Bio Data using MS Word 2. To prepare the list of marks obtained by students in different subjects and show with the help

of chart/graph the average, min and max marks in each subject. 3. Preapare a presentation explaining the facilities/infrastructure available in your

college/institute. 4. Create a database of books in the library on a mini scale w.r.t. Computers and manipulate the

database using different forms and reports. PC Hardware :

1. To check and measure various supply voltages of PC. 2. To make comparative study of motherboards. 3. To observe and study various cables, connections and parts used in computer communication. 4. To study various cards used in a system viz. display card, LAN card etc. 5. To remove, study and replace floppy disk drive. 6. To remove, study and replace hard disk. 7. To remove, study and replace CD ROM drive. 8. To study monitor, its circuitry and various presents and some elementary fault detection. 9. To study printer assembly and elementary fault detection of DMP and laser printers. 10. To observe various cables and connectors used in networking. 11. To study parts of keyboard and mouse. 12. To assemble a PC. 13. Troubleshooting exercises related to various components of computer like monitor, drives, memory

and printers etc.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Reference Books: • Complete PC upgrade & maintenance guide, Mark Mines, BPB publ. • PC Hardware: The complete reference, Craig Zacker & John Rouske, TMH • Upgrading and Repairing PCs, Scott Mueller, 1999, PHI,


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-205 E Data Structures & Algorithms Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. 1. Write a program to search an element in a two-dimensional array using linear search. 2. Using iteration & recursion concepts write programs for finding the element in the array using Binary Search Method 3. Write a program to perform following operations on tables using functions only a) Addition b) Subtraction c) Multiplication d) Transpose 4. Using iteration & recursion concepts write the programs for Quick Sort Technique 5. Write a program to implement the various operations on string such as length of string concatenation, reverse of a string & copy of a string to another. 6. Write a program for swapping of two numbers using ‘call by value’ and ‘call by reference strategies. 7. Write a program to implement binary search tree. ( Insertion and Deletion in Binary search Tree) 8. Write a program to create a linked list & perform operations such as insert, delete, update, reverse in the link list 9 . Write the program for implementation of a file and performing operations such as insert, delete, update a record in the file. 10. Create a linked list and perform the following operations on it a) add a node b) Delete a node 11. Write a program to simulate the various searching & sorting algorithms and compare their timings for a list of 1000 elements. 12. Write a program to simulate the various graph traversing algorithms. 13. Write a program which simulates the various tree traversal algorithms.


A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-224-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of TTL gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR. 2. Design & realize a given function using K-maps and verify its performance. 3. To verify the operation of multiplexer & Demultiplexer. 4. To verify the operation of comparator. 5. To verify the truth tables of S-R, J-K, T & D type flip flops. 6. To verify the operation of bi-directional shift register. 7. To design & verify the operation of 3-bit synchronous counter. 8. To design and verify the operation of synchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops &

drive a seven-segment display using the same. 9. To design and verify the operation of asynchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops &

drive a seven-segment display using the same. 10. To design & realize a sequence generator for a given sequence using J-K flip-flops. 11. Study of CMOS NAND & NOR gates and interfacing between TTL and CMOS gates. 12. Design a 4-bit shift-register and verify its operation . Verify the operation of a ring counter and a

Johnson counter. NOTE : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-202 E Database Management Systems


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1:Introduction Overview of database Management System; Various views of data, data Models, Introduction to Database Languages. Advantages of DBMS over file processing systems, Responsibility of Database Administrator, Unit-2: Introduction to Client/Server architecture, Three levels architecture of Database Systems, E-R Diagram (Entity Relationship), mapping Constraints, Keys, Reduction of E-R diagram into tables. Unit-3: File Organisation: Sequential Files, index sequential files, direct files, Hashing, B-trees Index files. Unit-4: Relational Model, Relational Algebra & various operations, Relational and Tuple calculus. Unit-5: Introduction to Query Languages :QLB , QBE, Structured query language – with special reference of (SQL of ORACLE), integrity constraints, functional dependencies & NORMALISATION – (up to 4th Normal forms), BCNF (Boyce – code normal forms) Unit-6: Introduction to Distributed Data processing, parallel Databases, data mining & data warehousing, network model & hierarchical model, Introduction to Concurrency control and Recovery systems. Text Books:

• Database System Concepts by A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, 3rd edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill, International Edition.

• Introduction to Database Management system by Bipin Desai, 1991, Galgotia Pub. Reference Books:

• Fundamentals of Database Systems by R. Elmasri and S.B. Navathe, 3rd edition, 2000, Addision-Wesley, Low Priced Edition.

• An Introduction to Database Systems by C.J. Date, 7th edition, Addison-Wesley, Low Priced

Edition, 2000. • Database Management and Design by G.W. Hansen and J.V. Hansen, 2nd edition, 1999, Prentice-

Hall of India, Eastern Economy Edition. • Database Management Systems by A.K. Majumdar and P. Bhattacharyya, 5th edition, 1999, Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing. • A Guide to the SQL Standard, Date, C. and Darwen,H. 3rd edition, Reading, MA: 1994, Addison-

Wesley. • Data Management & file Structure by Looms, 1989, PHI


A-PDF Split DEMO


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-204 E Programming Languages L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Syntactic and semantic rules of a Programming language, Characteristics of a good programming language, Programming language translators compiler & interpreters , Elementary data types – data objects, variable & constants, data types, Specification & implementation of elementary data types, Declarations ,type checking & type conversions , Assignment & initialization, Numeric data types, enumerations, Booleans & characters. Unit-2: Structured data objects : Structured data objects & data types , specification & implementation of structured data types, Declaration & type checking of data structure ,vector & arrays, records Character strings, variable size data structures , Union, pointer & programmer defined data objects, sets, files. Unit-3 : Subprograms and Programmer Defined Data Types: Evolution of data type concept ,abstraction, encapsulation & information hiding , Subprograms ,type definitions, abstract data types. Unit–4: Sequence Control: Implicit & explicit sequence control ,sequence control within expressions, sequence control within statement, Subprogram sequence control: simple call return ,recursive subprograms, Exception & exception handlers, co routines, sequence control . Unit-5: Data Control: Names & referencing environment, static & dynamic scope, block structure, Local data & local referencing environment, Shared data: dynamic & static scope. Parameter & parameter transmission schemes. Unit-6: Storage Management: Major run time elements requiring storage ,programmer and system controlled storage management & phases , Static storage management , Stack based storage management, Heap storage management ,variable & fixed size elements. Unit-7: Programming Languages: Introduction to procedural, non-procedural ,structured, functional and object oriented programming language, Comparison of C & C++ programming languages. Text Book:

• Programming languages Design & implementation by T.W. .Pratt, 1996, Prentice Hall Pub. • Programming Languages – Principles and Paradigms by Allen Tucker & Robert Noonan, 2002,

TMH, Reference Books:

• Fundamentals of Programming languages by Ellis Horowitz, 1984, Galgotia publications (Springer Verlag),

• Programming languages concepts by C. Ghezzi, 1989, Wiley Publications., • Programming Languages – Principles and Pradigms Allen Tucker , Robert Noonan 2002, T.M.H.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-206 E Theory of Automata Computation L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Finite Automata and Regular Expressions: Finite State Systems, Basic Definitions Non-Deterministic finite automata (NDFA), Deterministic finite automata (DFA), Equivalence of DFA and NDFA Finite automata with E-moves, Regular Expressions, Equivalence of finite automata and Regular Expressions, Regular expression conversion and vice versa. Unit-2: Introduction to Machines: Concept of basic Machine, Properties and limitations of FSM. Moore and mealy Machines, Equivalence of Moore and Mealy machines, Conversion of NFA to DFA by Arden’s Method. Unit-3: Properties of Regular Sets: The Pumping Lemma for Regular Sets, Applications of the pumping lemma, Closure properties of regular sets, Myhill-Nerode Theorem and minimization of finite Automata, Minimization Algorithm. Unit-4: Grammars: Definition, Context free and Context sensitive grammar, Ambiguity regular grammar, Reduced forms, Removal of useless Symbols and unit production, Chomsky Normal Form (CNF), Griebach Normal Form (GNF). Unit-5: Pushdown Automata: Introduction to Pushdown Machines, Application of Pushdown Machines Unit-6: Turing Machines: Deterministic and Non-Deterministic Turing Machines, Design of T.M, Halting problem of T.M., PCP Problem. Unit-7: Chomsky Hierarchies: Chomsky hierarchies of grammars, Unrestricted grammars, Context sensitive languages, Relation between languages of classes. Unit-8: Computability: Basic concepts, Primitive Recursive Functions. Text Book:

• Introduction to automata theory, language & computations- Hopcroaft & O.D.Ullman, R Mothwani, 2001, AW

Reference Books: • Theory of Computer Sc.(Automata, Languages and computation):K.L.P.Mishra & N.Chandrasekaran, 2000, PHI. • Introduction to formal Languages & Automata-Peter Linz, 2001, Narosa Publ.. • Fundamentals of the Theory of Computation- Principles and Practice by RamondGreenlaw and H.

James Hoover, 1998, Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd.. • Elements of theory of Computation by H.R. Lewis & C.H. Papaditriou, 1998, PHI. • Introduction to languages and the Theory of Computation by John C. Martin 2003, T.M.H.

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-202 E Object Oriented Programming Using C++ L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1: Introduction to C++, C++ Standard Library, Basics of a Typical C++ Environment, Pre-processors Directives, Illustrative Simple C++ Programs. Header Files and Namespaces, library files.

Unit-2: Object Oriented Concepts : Introduction to Objects and Object Oriented Programming, Encapsulation (Information Hiding), Access Modifiers: Controlling access to a class, method, or variable (public, protected, private, package), Other Modifiers, Polymorphism: Overloading,, Inheritance, Overriding Methods, Abstract Classes, Reusability, Class’s Behaviors.

Unit–3: Classes and Data Abstraction: Introduction, Structure Definitions, Accessing Members of Structures, Class Scope and Accessing Class Members, Separating Interface from Implementation, Controlling Access Function And Utility Functions, Initializing Class Objects: Constructors, Using Default Arguments With Constructors, Using Destructors, Classes : Const(Constant) Object And Const Member Functions, Object as Member of Classes, Friend Function and Friend Classes, Using This Pointer, Dynamic Memory Allocation with New and Delete, Static Class Members, Container Classes And Integrators, Proxy Classes, Function overloading.

Unit-4: Operator Overloading: Introduction, Fundamentals of Operator Overloading, Restrictions On Operators Overloading, Operator Functions as Class Members vs. as Friend Functions, Overloading, <<, >> Overloading Unary Operators, Overloading Binary Operators.

Unit-5: Inheritance: Introduction, Inheritance: Base Classes And Derived Classes, Protected Members, Casting Base- Class Pointers to Derived- Class Pointers, Using Member Functions, Overriding Base –Class Members in a Derived Class, Public, Protected and Private Inheritance, Using Constructors and Destructors in derived Classes, Implicit Derived –Class Object To Base- Class Object Conversion, Composition Vs. Inheritance.

Unit–6: Virtual Functions and Polymorphism: Introduction to Virtual Functions, Abstract Base Classes And Concrete Classes, Polymorphism, New Classes And Dynamic Binding, Virtual Destructors, Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding.

Unit-7: Files and I/O Streams: Files and Streams, Creating a Sequential Access File, Reading Data From A Sequential Access File, Updating Sequential Access Files, Random Access Files, Creating A Random Access File, Writing Data Randomly To a Random Access File, Reading Data Sequentially from a Random Access File. Stream Input/Output Classes and Objects, Stream Output, Stream Input, Unformatted I/O (with read and write), Stream Manipulators, Stream Format States, Stream Error States.

Unit-8: Templates & Exception Handling: Function Templates, Overloading Template Functions, Class Template, Class Templates and Non-Type Parameters, Templates and Inheritance, Templates and Friends, Templates and Static Members. Introduction, Basics of C++ Exception Handling: Try Throw, Catch, Throwing an Exception, Catching an Exception, Rethrowing an Exception, Exception specifications, Processing Unexpected Exceptions, Stack Unwinding, Constructors, Destructors and Exception Handling, Exceptions and Inheritance. Text Books:

• C++ How to Program by H M Deitel and P J Deitel, 1998, Prentice Hall • Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ by Robert Lafore ,1994, The WAITE Group Press. • Programming with C++ By D Ravichandran, 2003, T.M.H

Reference books: • Object oriented Programming with C++ by E Balagurusamy, 2001, Tata McGraw-Hill • Computing Concepts with C++ Essentials by Horstmann, 2003, John Wiley, • The Complete Reference in C++ By Herbert Schildt, 2002, TMH.

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-208 E Internet Fundamentals L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Electronic Mail: Introduction, advantages and disadvantages, Userids, Pass words, e-mail addresses, message components, message composition, mailer features, E-mail inner workings, E-mail management, Mime types, Newsgroups, mailing lists, chat rooms. Unit-2 : The Internet: Introduction to networks and internet, history, Working of Internet, Internet Congestion, internet culture, business culture on internet. Collaborative computing & the internet. Modes of Connecting to Internet, Internet Service Providers(ISPs), Internet address, standard address, domain name, DNS, IP.v6.Modems and time continuum, communications software; internet tools. Unit-3 : World Wide Web : Introduction, Miscellaneous Web Browser details, searching the www: Directories search engines and meta search engines, search fundamentals, search strategies, working of the search engines, Telnet and FTP. Introduction to Browser, Coast-to-coast surfing, hypertext markup language, Web page installation, Web page setup, Basics of HTML & formatting and hyperlink creation. Using FrontPage Express, Plug-ins. Unit-4: Languages: Basic and advanced HTML, java script language, Client and Server Side Programming in java script. Forms and data in java script, XML basics. Unit-5 : Servers : Introduction to Web Servers: PWS, IIS, Apache; Microsoft Personal Web Server. Accessing & using these servers. Unit-6: Privacy and security topics: Introduction, Software Complexity, Encryption schemes, Secure Web document, Digital Signatures, Firewalls. Text Book:

• Fundamentals of the Internet and the World Wide Web, Raymond Greenlaw and Ellen Hepp – 2001, TMH

• Internet & World Wide Programming, Deitel,Deitel & Nieto, 2000, Pearson Education

Reference Books: • Complete idiots guide to java script,. Aron Weiss, QUE, 1997 • Network firewalls, Kironjeet syan -New Rider Pub. • www.secinf.com • www.hackers.com • Alfred Glkossbrenner-Internet 101 Computing MGH, 1996


A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.secinf.com/

http://www.hackers.com/


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE- 210 E Computer Architecture & Organization L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150







Prentice-Hall International edition. • Computer System Architecture by M. Mano, 2001, Prentice-Hall. • Computer Architecture- Nicholas Carter, 2002, T.M.H.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE- 212 E Database Management Systems Lab L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. I. Create a database and write the programs to carry out the following operation :

1. Add a record in the database 2. Delete a record in the database 3. Modify the record in the database 4. Generate queries 5. Generate the report 6. List all the records of database in ascending order.

II Develop a menu driven project for management of database system:

1. Library information system (a) Engineering (b) MCA

2. Inventory control system

(c) Computer Lab (d) College Store

3. Student information system

(e) Academic (f) Finance

4. Time table development system

(g) CSE, IT & MCA Departments (h) Electrical & Mechanical Departments

Usage of S/w: 1. VB, ORACLE and/or DB2 2. VB, MSACCESS 3. ORACLE, D2K 4. VB, MS SQL SERVER 2000

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-206 E C ++ Programming Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Q1. Raising a number n to a power p is the same as multiplying n by itself p times. Write a function called power ( ) that takes a double value for n and an int value for p, and returns the result as double value. Use a default argument of 2 for p, so that if this argument is omitted, the number will be squared. Write a main ( ) function that gets values from the user to test this function.

Q2. A point on the two dimensional plane can be represented by two numbers: an X coordinate and a Y coordinate. For example, (4,5) represents a point 4 units to the right of the origin along the X axis and 5 units up the Y axis. The sum of two points can be defined as a new point whose X coordinate is the sum of the X coordinates of the points and whose Y coordinate is the sum of their Y coordinates. Write a program that uses a structure called point to model a point. Define three points, and have the user input values to two of them. Than set the third point equal to the sum of the other two, and display the value of the new point. Interaction with the program might look like this: Enter coordinates for P1: 3 4 Enter coordinates for P2: 5 7 Coordinates of P1 + P2 are : 8, 11

Q 3. Create the equivalent of a four function calculator. The program should request the user to enter a number, an operator, and another number. It should then carry out the specified arithmetical operation: adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing the two numbers. (It should use a switch statement to select the operation). Finally it should display the result.

When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the user wants to do another calculation. The response can be ‘Y’ or ‘N’. Some sample interaction with the program might look like this.

Enter first number, operator, second number: 10/ 3 Answer = 3.333333 Do another (Y/ N)? Y Enter first number, operator, second number 12 + 100 Answer = 112 Do another (Y/ N) ? N

Q4. A phone number, such as (212) 767-8900, can be thought of as having three parts: the area code (212), the exchange (767) and the number (8900). Write a program that uses a structure to store these three parts of a phone number separately. Call the structure phone. Create two structure variables of type phone. Initialize one, and have the user input a number for the other one. Then display both numbers. The interchange might look like this: Enter your area code, exchange, and number: 415 555 1212

My number is (212) 767-8900 Your number is (415) 555-1212

Q 5. Create two classes DM and DB which store the value of distances. DM stores distances in metres and centimeters and DB in feet and inches. Write a program that can read values for the class objects and add one object of DM with another object of DB.

Use a friend function to carry out the addition operation. The object that stores the results maybe a DM object or DB object, depending on the units in which the results are required. The display should be in the format of feet and inches or metres and cenitmetres depending on the object on display.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Q 6. Create a class rational which represents a numerical value by two double values- NUMERATOR & DENOMINATOR. Include the following public member Functions:

• constructor with no arguments (default). • constructor with two arguments. • void reduce( ) that reduces the rational number by eliminating the highest common factor

between the numerator and denominator. • Overload + operator to add two rational number. • Overload >> operator to enable input through cin. • Overload << operator to enable output through cout.

Write a main ( ) to test all the functions in the class.

Q 7. Consider the following class definition class father { protected : int age; public; father (int x) {age = x;} virtual void iam ( ) { cout < < “I AM THE FATHER, my age is : ”<< age<< end1:} };

Derive the two classes son and daughter from the above class and for each, define iam ( ) to write our similar but appropriate messages. You should also define suitable constructors for these classes. Now, write a main ( ) that creates objects of the three classes and then calls iam ( ) for them. Declare pointer to father. Successively, assign addresses of objects of the two derived classes to this pointer and in each case, call iam ( ) through the pointer to demonstrate polymorphism in action.

Q 8. Write a program that creates a binary file by reading the data for the students from the terminal. The data of each student consist of roll no., name ( a string of 30 or lesser no. of characters) and marks. Q9. A hospital wants to create a database regarding its indoor patients. The information to store include

a) Name of the patient b) Date of admission c) Disease d) Date of discharge

Create a structure to store the date (year, month and date as its members). Create a base class to store the above information. The member function should include functions to enter information and display a list of all the patients in the database. Create a derived class to store the age of the patients. List the information about all the to store the age of the patients. List the information about all the pediatric patients (less than twelve years in age).

Q 10. Make a class Employee with a name and salary. Make a class Manager inherit from Employee. Add an instance variable, named department, of type string. Supply a method to toString that prints the manager’s name, department and salary. Make a class Executive inherit from Manager. Supply a method to String that prints the string “Executive” followed by the information stored in the Manager superclass object. Supply a test program that tests these classes and methods.

Q11. Imagine a tollbooth with a class called toll Booth. The two data items are a type unsigned int to hold the total number of cars, and a type double to hold the total amount of money collected. A constructor initializes both these to 0. A member function called payingCar ( ) increments the car total and adds 0.50 to the cash

A-PDF Split DEMO


total. Another function, called nopayCar ( ), increments the car total but adds nothing to the cash total. Finally, a member function called displays the two totals.

Include a program to test this class. This program should allow the user to push one key to count a paying car, and another to count a nonpaying car. Pushing the ESC kay should cause the program to print out the total cars and total cash and then exit.

Q12. Write a function called reversit ( ) that reverses a string (an array of char). Use a for loop that swaps the first and last characters, then the second and next to last characters and so on. The string should be passed to reversit ( ) as an argument.

Write a program to exercise reversit ( ). The program should get a string from the user, call reversit ( ), and print out the result. Use an input method that allows embedded blanks. Test the program with Napoleon’s famous phrase, “Able was I ere I saw Elba)”.

Q13. Create some objects of the string class, and put them in a Deque-some at the head of the Deque and some at the tail. Display the contents of the Deque using the forEach ( ) function and a user written display function. Then search the Deque for a particular string, using the first That ( ) function and display any strings that match. Finally remove all the items from the Deque using the getLeft ( ) function and display each item. Notice the order in which the items are displayed: Using getLeft ( ), those inserted on the left (head) of the Deque are removed in “last in first out” order while those put on the right side are removed in “first in first out” order. The opposite would be true if getRight ( ) were used.

Q 14. Create a base class called shape. Use this class to store two double type values that could be used to compute the area of figures. Derive two specific classes called triangle and rectangle from the base shape. Add to the base class, a member function get_data ( ) to initialize base class data members and another member function display_area ( ) to compute and display the area of figures. Make display_area ( ) as a virtual function and redefine this function in the derived classes to suit their requirements.

Using these three classes, design a program that will accept dimensions of a triangle or a rectangle interactively and display the area. Remember the two values given as input will be treated as lengths of two sides in the case of rectangles and as base and height in the case of triangles and used as follows:

Area of rectangle = x * y Area of triangle = ½ * x * y

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE 214 E Internet Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Exercises involving:

• Sending and receiving mails.

• Chatting on the net.

• Using FTP and Tel net server.

• Using HTML Tags (table, form, image, anchor etc.).

• Making a Web page of your college using HTML tags. Note: At least 10 exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

CSE-301 E Principles of Operating Systems

A-PDF Split DEMO



Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Introduction to Operating System Concepts (including Multitasking, multiprogramming, multi user, Multithreading etc)., Types of Operating Systems: Batch operating system, Time-sharing systems, Distributed OS, Network OS, Real Time OS; Various Operating system services, architecture, System programs and calls. Unit–2: Process Management: Process concept, process scheduling, operation on processes; CPU scheduling, scheduling criteria, scheduling algorithms -First Come First Serve (FCFS), Shortest-Job-First (SJF), Priority Scheduling, Round Robin(RR), Multilevel Queue Scheduling. Unit–3: Memory Management: Logical & Physical Address Space, swapping, contiguous memory allocation, non-contiguous memory allocation paging and segmentation techniques, segmentation with paging; virtual memory management - Demand Paging & Page-Replacement Algorithms; Demand Segmentation. Unit–4: File System: Different types of files and their access methods, directory structures, various allocation methods, disk scheduling and management and its associated algorithms, Introduction to distributed file system. Unit–5: Process-Synchronization & Deadlocks: Critical Section Problems, semaphores; methods for handling deadlocks-deadlock prevention, avoidance & detection; deadlock recovery. Unit-6: I/O Systems: I/O Hardware, Application I/O Interface, Kernel, Transforming I/O requests, Performance Issues. Unit–7: Unix System And Windows NT Overview Unix system call for processes and file system management, Shell interpreter, Windows NT architecture overview, Windows NT file system. Text Books:

• Operating System Concepts by Silberchatz et al, 5th edition, 1998, Addison-Wesley. • Modern Operating Systems by A. Tanenbaum, 1992, Prentice-Hall. • Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings,4th edition, 2001,

Prentice-Hall Reference Books:

• Operating System By Peterson , 1985, AW. • Operating System By Milankovic, 1990, TMH. • Operating System Incorporating With Unix & Windows By Colin Ritche, 1974, TMH. • Operating Systems by Mandrik & Donovan, TMH • Operating Systems By Deitel, 1990, AWL. • Operating Systems – Advanced Concepts By Mukesh Singhal , N.G. Shivaratri, 2003, T.M.H


unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-309-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

PART A

UNIT1. THE 8085 PROCESSOR : Introduction to microprocessor, 8085 microprocessor: Architecture, instruction set, interrupt structure, and assembly language programming. UNIT2. THE 8086 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Architecture, block diagram of 8086, details of sub-blocks such as EU, BIU; memory segmentation and physical address computations, program relocation, addressing modes, instruction formats, pin diagram and description of various signals. UNIT3. INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086: Instruction execution timing, assembler instruction format, data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, branch instructions, looping instructions, NOP and HLT instructions, flag manipulation instructions, logical instructions, shift and rotate instructions, directives and operators, programming examples.

PART B UNIT4. INTERFACING DEVICE : The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, control words, modes and examples. UNIT 5. DMA : Introduction to DMA process, 8237 DMA controller, UNIT6. INTERRUPT AND TIMER : 8259 Programmable interrupt controller, Programmable interval timer chips. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085 : Ramesh S Gaonkar; Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. The Intel Microprocessors 8086- Pentium processor : Brey; PHI REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Microprocessors and interfacing : Hall; TMH 2. The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors-Programming, interfacing,Hardware & Applications :Triebel & Singh; PHI 3. Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family: architecture, Programming & Design : Yu-Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson; PHI.

A-PDF Split DEMO


4. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing : Badri Ram; TMH NOTE: 8 questions are to be set selecting FIVE questions from PART A and THREE questions from PART- B .Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE -303 E Computer Graphics


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction to Computer Graphics: What is Computer Graphics, Computer Graphics Applications, Computer Graphics Hardware and software, Two dimensional Graphics Primitives: Points and Lines, Line drawing algorithms: DDA, Bresenham’s; Circle drawing algorithms: Using polar coordinates, Bresenham’s circle drawing, mid point circle drawing algorithm; Filled area algorithms: Scanline: Polygon filling algorithm, boundary filled algorithm. Unit-2: Two/Three Dimensional Viewing: The 2-D viewing pipeline, windows, viewports, window to view port mapping; Clipping: point, clipping line (algorithms):- 4 bit code algorithm, Sutherland-cohen algorithm, parametric line clipping algorithm (Cyrus Beck). Polygon clipping algorithm: Sutherland-Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm. Two dimensional transformations: transformations, translation, scaling, rotation, reflection, composite transformation. Three dimensional transformations: Three dimensional graphics concept, Matrix representation of 3-D Transformations, Composition of 3-D transformation. Unit-3: Viewing in 3D: Projections, types of projections, the mathematics of planner geometric projections, coordinate systems. Unit-4: Hidden surface removal: Introduction to hidden surface removal. The Z- buffer algorithm, scanline algorithm, area sub-division algorithm. Unit-5: Representing Curves and Surfaces: Parametric representation of curves: Bezier curves, B-Spline curves. Parametric representation of surfaces; Interpolation method. Unit-6: Illumination, shading, image manipulation: Illumination models, shading models for polygons, shadows, transparency. What is an image? Filtering, image processing, geometric transformation of images. Text Books:

• Computer Graphics Principles and Practices second edition by James D. Foley, Andeies van Dam, Stevan K. Feiner and Johb F. Hughes, 2000, Addision Wesley.

• Computer Graphics by Donald Hearn and M.Pauline Baker, 2nd Edition, 1999, PHI Reference Books:

• Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics – David F. Rogers, 2001, T.M.H Second Edition • Fundamentals of 3Dimensional Computer Graphics by Alan Watt, 1999, Addision Wesley. • Computer Graphics: Secrets and Solutions by Corrign John, BPB • Graphics, GUI, Games & Multimedia Projects in C by Pilania & Mahendra, Standard Publ. • Computer Graphics Secrets and solutions by Corrign John, 1994, BPV • Introduction to Computer Graphics By N. Krishanmurthy T.M.H 2002

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE -305 E Analysis and Design of Algorithms L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Brief Review of Graphs, Sets and disjoint sets, union, sorting and searching algorithms and their analysis in terms of space and time complexity. Unit-2: Divide and Conquer: General method, binary search, merge sort, qick sort, selection sort, Strassen’s matrix multiplication algorithms and analysis of algorithms for these problems. Unit-3: Greedy Method: General method, knapsack problem, job sequencing with dead lines, minimum spanning trees, single souce paths and analysis of these problems. Unit-4: Dynamic Programming: General method, optimal binary search trees, O/I knapsack, the traveling salesperson problem. Unit-5: Back Tracking: General method, 8 queen’s problem, graph colouring, Hamiltonian cycles, analysis of these problems. Unit-6: Branch and Bound: Method, O/I knapsack and traveling salesperson problem, efficiency considerations. Techniques for algebraic problems, some lower bounds on parallel computations. Unit-7: NP Hard and NP Complete Problems: Basic concepts, Cook’s theorem, NP hard graph and NP scheduling problems some simplified NP hard problems. Text Books:

• Fundamental of Computer algorithms, Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, 1978, Galgotia Publ., • Introduction To Algorithms, Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson And Ronald L Rivest: 1990,

TMH Reference Books:

• The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithm, Aho A.V. Hopcroft J.E., 1974, Addison Wesley.

• Algorithms-The Construction, Proof and Analysis of Programs, Berlion, P.Bizard, P., 1986. Johan Wiley & Sons, • Writing Efficient Programs, Bentley, J.L., PHI • Introduction to Design and Analysis of Algorithm, Goodman, S.E. & Hedetnieni, 1997, MGH. • Introduction to Computers Science- An algorithms approach , Jean Paul Trembley, Richard

B.Bunt, 2002, T.M.H. • Fundamentals of Algorithms: The Art of Computer Programming Voll, Knuth, D.E.: 1985, Naresh Publ.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE- 307 E Web Development L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit-1: Introduction to the Internet, The world wide web: The idea of hypertext and hyper media; How the web works-HTTP, HTML and URLs; How the browser works-MIME types, plugins and helper applications; The standards-HTML, XML, XHTML and the W3C. Hypertext markup language: The anatomy of an HTML document; Marking up for structure and style: basic page markup, absolute and relative links, ordered and unordered lists, embedding images and controlling appearance, table creation and use, frames, nesting and targeting. Descriptive markup: Meta tags for common tasks, semantic tags for aiding search, the doubling code and RDF. Unit-2: Separating style from structure with style sheets: Internal style specifications within HTML, External linked style specification using CSS, page and site design considerations. Client side programming: Introduction to the JavaScript syntax, the JavaScript object model, Event handling, Output in JavaScript, Forms handling, miscellaneous topics such as cookies, hidden fields, and images; Applications. Unit-3: Server side programming: Introduction to Server Side Technologies CGI/ASP/JSP., Programming languages for server Side Scripting, Configuring the server to support CGI, applications; Input/ output operations on the WWW, Forms processing, (using PERL/VBSCRIPT/JavaSCIPT) Unit-4: Other dynamic content technologies: introduction to ASP & JSP, Delivering multimedia over web pages, The VRML idea, The Java phenomenon-applets and servelets, issues and web development. Unit-5: Introduction to Microsoft .NET Technology and its comparison with the competing Technologies. Text books: • Beginning XHTML by Frank Boumpery, Cassandra Greer, Dave Raggett, Jenny Raggett, Sebastian Schnitzenbaumer

& ted Wugofski, 2000, WROX press (Indian Shroff Publ. SPD) 1st edition • HTML & XHTML: The Definitive Guide by Chuck Musciano, Bill Kennedy, 2000, 4th Edi. Reference books: • XHTML Black Book by Steven Holzner, 2000 • CGI Programming on the World Wide Web. O’Reilly Associates. • Web Technologies By Achyut S Godbole , Atul Kahate, 2003, T.M.H • Scott Guelich, Shishir Gundararam, Gunther Birzniek; CGI Programing with Perl 2/e O’Reilly. • Doug Tidwell, James Snell, Pavel Kulchenko; Programming Web services, O’Reilly. • Intranets by James D.Cimino, 1997, Jaico Publ. • Internet and Web Technologies – Raj Kamal, 2002, T.M.H


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-204 E Multimedia Technologies L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Basics of Multimedia Technology: Computers, communication and entertainment; multimedia an introduction; framework for multimedia systems; multimedia devices; CD- Audio, CD-ROM, CD-I, presentation devices and the user interface; multimedia presentation and authoring; professional development tools; LANs and multimedia; internet, World Wide Web & multimedia distribution network-ATM & ADSL; multimedia servers & databases; vector graphics; 3D graphics programs; animation techniques; shading; anti aliasing; morphing; video on demand. Unit-2: Image Compression & Standards: Making still images; editing and capturing images; scanning images; computer color models; color palettes; vector drawing; 3D drawing and rendering; JPEG-objectives and architecture; JPEG-DCT encoding and quantization, JPEG statistical coding, JPEG predictive lossless coding; JPEG performance; overview of other image file formats as GIF, TIFF, BMP, PNG etc. Unit-3: Audio & Video: Digital representation of sound; time domain sampled representation; method of encoding the analog signals; subband coding; fourier method; transmission of digital sound; digital audio signal processing; stereophonic & quadraphonic signal processing; editing sampled sound; MPEG Audio; audio compression & decompression; brief survey of speech recognition and generation; audio synthesis; musical instrument digital interface; digital video and image compression; MPEG motion video compression standard; DVI technology; time base media representation and delivery. Unit-4: Virtual Reality: Applications of multimedia, intelligent multimedia system, desktop virtual reality, VR operating system, virtual environment displays and orientation making; visually coupled system requirements; intelligent VR software systems. Applications of environment in various fields. Text Books:

• An introduction, Villamil & Molina, Multimedia Mc Milan, 1997 • multimedia: Sound & Video, Lozano, 1997, PHI, (Que)

Reference Books:

• Multimedia: Production, planning and delivery, Villamil & Molina,Que, 1997 • Multimedia on the PC, Sinclair,BPB • Multimedia: Making it work, Tay Vaughan, fifth edition, 1994, TMH. • Multimedia in Action by James E Shuman, 1997, Wadsworth Publ., • Multimedia in Practice by Jeff coate Judith, 1995,PHI. • Multimedia Systems by Koegel, AWL • Multimedia Making it Work by Vaughar, etl. • Multimedia Systems by John .F. Koegel, 2001, Buford. • Multimedia Communications by Halsall & Fred, 2001,AW.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-309 E Computer Graphics Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

List of programs to be developed 1. Write a program for 2D line drawing as Raster Graphics Display. 2. Write a program for circle drawing as Raster Graphics Display. 3. Write a program for polygon filling as Raster Graphics Display 4. Write a program for line clipping. 5. Write a program for polygon clipping. 6. Write a program for displaying 3D objects as 2D display using perspective transformation. 7. Write a program for rotation of a 3D object about arbitrary axis. 8. Write a program for Hidden surface removal from a 3D object.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-311 E Web Development & Core JAVA Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Java programs using classes & objects and various control constructs such as loops etc , and data structures such as arrays , structures and functions. Java programs for creating Applets for display of Images ,Texts and Animation Programs related to interfaces & packages Input output & Random files programs in java Java programs using Event driven concept Programs related to Network Programming Development of Web site for the college or newspaper agency.

Books recommended for Lab. • Java Elements – Principles of Programming in Java , Duane A. Bailey , Duane W.

Bailey, 2000, T.M.H • The Java Handbook by Patrick Naughton, TMH, N.Delhi

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-208 E Multimedia Technologies Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

1. Write a program to justify a text entered by the user on both the left and right hand side. For example, the test “ An architect may have a graphics program to draw an entire building but be interested in only ground floor”, can be justified in 30 columns as shown below. An architect may have a Graphics programs draw an Entric building but be interested in only ground floor. 2. Study the notes of a piano and stimulate them using the key board and store them in a file. 3. Write a program to read a paragraph and store it to a file name suggested by the author. 4. Devise a routine to produce the animation effect of a square transforming to a triangle and then to a circle. 5. Write a program to show a bitmap image on your computer screen. 6. Create a web page for a clothing company which contains all the details of that company and at-least five links to other web pages. 7. Write a program by which we can split mpeg video into smaller pieces for the purpose of sending it over the web or by small capacity floppy diskettes and then joining them at the destination. 8. Write a program to simulate the game of pool table. 9. Write a program to simulate the game Mine Sweeper. 10. Write a program to play “wave” or “midi” format sound files.


A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-329-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of 8085 Microprocessor kit. 2. Write a program using 8085 and verify for : a. Addition of two 8-bit numbers. b. Addition of two 8-bit numbers (with carry). 3. Write a program using 8085 and verify for : a. 8-bit subtraction (display borrow) b. 16-bit subtraction (display borrow) 4. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by repeated addition method. Check for minimum number of additions and test for typical data. 5. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and verify. 6. Write a program using 8085 for division of two 8- bit numbers by repeated subtraction method and test for typical data. 7. Write a program using 8085 for dividing two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and test for typical data. 8. Study of 8086 microprocessor kit 9. Write a program using 8086 for division of a defined double word (stored in a data segment) by another double Word division and verify. 10. Write a program using 8086 for finding the square root of a given number and verify. 11. Write a program using 8086 for copying 12 bytes of data from source to destination and verify. 12. Write a program using 8086 and verify for: a. Finding the largest number from an array. b. Finding the smallest number from an array. 13. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in descending order and verify. 14. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order and verify.

A-PDF Split DEMO


15. Write a program for finding square of a number using look-up table and verify. . 16. Write a program to interface a two digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8085/8086 microprocessor and 8255 PPI. 17. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8085/8086 microprocessor and 8255 PPI. NOTE: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester out of which seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-309-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-302 E Principles of Software Engineering L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: The process, software products, emergence of software engineering, evolving role of software, software life cycle models, Software Characteristics, Applications, Software crisis. Unit-2 : Software project management:Project management concepts, software process and project metrics Project planning, project size estimation metrics, project estimation Techniques, empirical estimation techniques, COCOMO- A Heuristic estimation techniques, staffing level estimation, team structures, staffing, risk analysis and management, project scheduling and tracking. Unit-3 : Requirements Analysis and specification requirements engineering, system modeling and simulation Analysis principles modeling, partitioning Software, prototyping: , Prototyping methods and tools; Specification principles, Representation, the software requirements specification and reviews Analysis Modeling: Data Modeling, Functional modeling and information flow: Data flow diagrams, Behavioral Modeling; The mechanics of structured analysis: Creating entity/ relationship diagram, data flow model, control flow model, the control and process specification; The data dictionary; Other classical analysis methods. Unit-4: System Design: Design concepts and principles: the design process: Design and software quality, design principles; Design concepts: Abstraction, refinement, modularity, software architecture, control hierarchy, structural partitioning, data structure, software procedure, information hiding; Effective modular design: Functional independence, Cohesion, Coupling; Design Heuristics for effective modularity; The design model; Design documentation. Architectural Design: Software architecture, Data Design: Data modeling, data structures, databases and the data warehouse, Analyzing alternative Architectural Designs ,architectural complexity; Mapping requirements into a software architecture; Transform flow, Transaction flow; Transform mapping: Refining the architectural design. Unit-5 : Testing and maintenance: Software Testing Techniques, software testing fundamentals: objectives, principles, testability; Test case design, white box testing, basis path testing: Control structure testing: Black box testing, testing for specialized environments ,architectures and applications. Software Testing Strategies: Verification and validation, Unit testing, Integration testing,; Validation testing, alpha and beta testing; System testing: Recovery testing, security testing, stress testing, performance testing; The art of debugging, the debugging process debugging approaches. Software re-engineering , reverse engineering ,restructuring, forward engineering. Unit-6 : Software Reliability and Quality Assurance :Quality concepts, Software quality assurance , SQA activities; Software reviews: cost impact of software defects, defect amplification and removal; formal technical reviews: The review meeting, review reporting and record keeping, review guidelines; Formal approaches to SQA; Statistical software quality assurance; software reliability: Measures of reliability and availability ,The ISO 9000 Quality standards: The ISO approach to quality assurance systems, The ISO 9001 standard, Software Configuration Management. Unit-7: Computer Aided software Engineering: CASE, building blocks, integrated case environments and architecture, repository. Text Book:

• Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach, Roger S. Pressman, 1996, MGH. Reference Books:

• Fundamentals of software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI • Software Engineering by Ian sommerville, Pearson Edu, 5th edition, 1999, AW, • Software Engineering – David Gustafson, 2002, T.M.H • Software Engineering Fundamentals Oxford University, Ali Behforooz and Frederick J. Hudson 1995 JW&S, • An Integrated Approach to software engineering by Pankaj jalote , 1991 Narosa,



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-304 E Intelligent Systems L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Foundational issues in intelligent systems: Foundation and history of AI, Ai problems and techniques – AI programming languages, introduction to LISP and PROLOG- problem spaces and searches, blind search strategies, Breadth first- Depth first- heuristic search techniques Hill climbing: best first- A * algorithm AO* algorithm- game tree, Min max algorithms, game playing- alpha beta pruning. Unit-2: Knowledge representation issues, predicate logic- logic programming, semantic nets- frames and inheritance, constraint propagation, representing knowledge using rules, rules based deduction systems. Unit-3: Reasoning under uncertainty, review of probability, Baye’s probabilistic interferences and Dempster shafer theory, Heuristic methods, symbolic reasoning under uncertainty, Statistical reasoning, Fuzzy reasoning, Temporal reasoning, Non monotonic reasoning. Unit-4: Planning, planning in situational calculus, representation for planning, partial order planning algorithm, learning from examples, discovery as learning, I earning by analogy, explanation based learning, neural nets, genetic algorithms. Unit-5: Principles of Natural language processing, rule based systems architecture, Expert systems, knowledge acquisition concepts, AI application to robotics, and current trends in intelligent systems. Text Book:

• Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,. Russell & Norvig. 1995, Prentice Hall. Reference Books:

• Artificial Intelligence, Elain Rich and Kevin Knight, 1991, TMH. • Artificial Intelligence-A modern approach, Staurt Russel and peter norvig, 1998, PHI. • Artificial intelligence, Patrick Henry Winston:, 1992, Addition Wesley 3rd Ed.,


A-PDF Split DEMO







A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-303 E Systems Programming &System Administration L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Evolution of Components Systems Programming, Assemblers, Loaders, Linkers, Macros, Compilers. software tools, Text editors, Interpreters and program generators, Debug Monitors, Programming environment. Unit-2: Compiler: Brief overview of compilation process, Incremental compiler, Assembler: Problem statement, single phase and two phase assembler, symbol table; Loader schemes, compile and go Loader, general loader schemes, absolute loader, Subroutine linkage, Reallocating loader, Direct linkage Loader, Binders, Linking loader, overlays.

22. Unit-3: Macro language and macro-processor, macro instructions, features of macro facility, macro instruction arguments, conditional macro expansion, macro calls with macro instruction defining macros.

Unit-4: Theoretical Concept of Unix Operating System: Basic features of operating system; File structure: CPU scheduling; Memory management: swapping, demand paging; file system: block and fragments, inodes, directory structure; User to user communication. Unit-5: Getting Started with Unix: User names and groups, logging in; Format of Unix commands; Changing your password; Characters with special meaning; Unix documentation; Files and directories; Current directory, looking at the directory contents, absolute and relative pathnames, some Unix directories and files; Looking at the file contents; File permissions; basic operation on files; changing permission modes; Standard files, standard output; Standard input, standard error; filters and pipelines; Processes; finding out about processes; Stopping background process; Unix editor vi. Unit-6: Test Manipulation: Inspecting files; File statistics; Searching for patterns; Comparing files; Operating on files; Printing files; Rearranging files; Sorting files; Splitting files; Translating characters; AWK utility. Unit-7: Shell Programming: Programming in the Borne and C-Shell; Wild cards; Simple shell programs; Shell variables; Shell programming constructs; interactive shell scripts; Advanced features. Unit-8: System Administration: Definition of system administration; Booting the system; Maintaining user accounts; File systems and special files; Backups and restoration; Role and functions of a system manager. Overview of the linux. operating system Text Books:

• Systems Programming by Donovan, TMH. • The unix programming environment by Brain Kernighen & Rob Pike, 1984, PHI & Rob Pike. • Design of the Unix operating system by Maurich Bach, 1986, PHI. • Introduction to UNIX and LINUX by John Muster, 2003, TMH.

Reference Book: • Advanced Unix programmer’s Guide by Stephen Prato, BPB • Unix- Concept and applications by Sumitabha Das, 2002, T.M..H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will

be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO





23. TEXT BOOKS: 3. Wireless Communications: Theodore S. Rappaport; Pearsons. 4. Mobile Cellular Telecommunication: W.C.Y.Lee; McGraw Hill REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Mobile Communications: Jochen Schiller; Pearson NOTE: Eight questions are to be set -one question from each unit. Students have to attempt any five question.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-310-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Computer-aided design tools for digital systems. Hardware description languages; introduction to VHDL, data objects, classes and data types, Operators, Overloading, logical operators.Types of delays Entity and Architecture declaration. Introduction to behavioural, dataflow and structural models. UNIT 2. VHDL STATEMENTS : Assignment statements, sequential statements and process, conditional statements, case statement Array and loops, resolution functions, Packages and Libraries, concurrent statements. Subprograms: Application of Functions and Procedures, Structural Modelling, component declaration, structural layout and generics. UNIT 3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT DESIGN: VHDL Models and Simulation of combinational circuits such as Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, encoders, decoders, code converters, comparators, implementation of Boolean functions etc. UNIT 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS DESIGN : VHDL Models and Simulation of Sequential Circuits Shift Registers, Counters etc. UNIT 5. DESIGN OF MICROCOMPUTER : Basic components of a computer, specifications, architecture of a simple microcomputer system, implementation of a simple microcomputer system using VHDL UNIT 6. DESIGN WITH CPLDs AND FPGAs : Progr ammable logic devices : ROM, PLAs, PALs, GAL, PEEL, CPLDs and FPGA. Design implementation using CPLDs and FPGAs REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual (1993). 2. Digital Design and Modelling with VHDL and Synthesis : KC Chang; IEEE Computer Society Press. 3. "A VHDL Primmer” : Bhasker; Prentice Hall 1995. 4. “Digital System Design using VHDL” : Charles. H.Roth ; PWS (1998). 5. "VHDL-Analysis & Modelling of Digital Systems” : Navabi Z; McGraw Hill. 6. VHDL-IV Edition :Perry; TMH (2002) 7. ”Introduction to Digital Systems” : Ercegovac. Lang & Moreno; John Wiley (1999). 8. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design : Brown and Vranesic; TMH (2000) 9. Modern Digital Electronics- III Edition: R.P Jain; TMH (2003).

A-PDF Split DEMO


NOTE : Eight questions are to be set - at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-306 E Intelligent System Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. 1. Study of PROLOG. Write the following programs using PROLOG. 2. Write a program to solve 8 queens problem. 3. Solve any problem using depth first search. 4. Solve any problem using best first search. 5. Solve 8-puzzle problem using best first search 6. Solve Robot (traversal) problem using means End Analysis. 7. Solve traveling salesman problem.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-308 E Operating Systems Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

• Study of WINDOWS 2000 Operating System.

• Administration of WINDOWS 2000 (including DNS,LDAP, Directory Services)

• Study of LINUX Operating System (Linux kernel, shell, basic commands pipe & filter commands).

• Administration of LINUX Operating System.

• Writing of Shell Scripts (Shell programming).

• AWK programming.


A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-330-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Design all gates using VHDL.


a. half adder

b. full adder


a. multiplexer

b. demultiplexer


a. decoder

b. encoder

5. Write a VHDL program for a comparator and check the wave forms and the hardware generated

6 Write a VHDL program for a code converter and check the wave forms and the hardware generated

7. Write a VHDL program for a FLIP-FLOP and check the wave forms and the hardware generated

8. Write a VHDL program for a counter and check the wave forms and the hardware generated


c. register

d. shift register

10. Implement any three (given above) on FPGA/CPLD kit

NOTE : Ten experiments are to be performed out of which at least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Semester-7 CSE-401 E Advanced Computer Architecture L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1: Architecture And Machines: Some definition and terms, interpretation and microprogramming. The instruction set, Basic data types, Instructions, Addressing and Memory. Virtual to real mapping. Basic Instruction Timing. Unit–2: Time, Area And Instruction Sets: Time, cost-area, technology state of the Art, The Economics of a processor project: A study, Instruction sets, Professor Evaluation Matrix Unit-3: Cache Memory Notion: Basic Notion, Cache Organization, Cache Data, adjusting the data for cache organization, write policies, strategies for line replacement at miss time, Cache Environment, other types of Cache. Split I and D-Caches, on chip caches, Two level Caches, write assembly Cache, Cache references per instruction, technology dependent Cache considerations, virtual to real translation, overlapping the Tcycle in V-R Translation, studies. Design summary. Unit–4: Memory System Design: The physical memory, models of simple processor memory interaction, processor memory modeling using queuing theory, open, closed and mixed-queue models, waiting time, performance, and buffer size, review and selection of queueing models, processors with cache. Unit–5: Concurrent Processors: Vector Processors, Vector Memory, Multiple Issue Machines, Comparing vector and Multiple Issue processors. Shared Memory Multiprocessors: Basic issues, partitioning, synchronization and coherency, Type of shared Memory multiprocessors, Memory Coherence in shared Memory Multiprocessors. Text Book:

• Advance computer architecture by Hwang & Briggs, 1993, TMH. Reference Books:

• Pipelined and Parallel processor design by Michael J. Fiynn – 1995, Narosa. Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-403 E Software Project Management L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction to Software Project Management (SPM): Definition of a Software Project (SP), SP Vs. other types of projects activities covered by SPM, categorizing SPs, project as a system, management control, requirement specification, information and control in organization. Unit-2: Stepwise Project planning: Introduction, selecting a project, identifying project scope and objectives, identifying project infrastructure, analyzing project characteristics, identifying project products and activities, estimate efforts each activity, identifying activity risk, allocate resources, review/ publicize plan. Unit-3: Project Evaluation & Estimation: Cost benefit analysis, cash flow forecasting, cost benefit evaluation techniques, risk evaluation. Selection of an appropriate project report; Choosing technologies, choice of process model, structured methods, rapid application development, water fall-, V-process-, spiral- models. Prototyping, delivery. Albrecht function point analysis. Unit-4: Activity planning & Risk Management: Objectives of activity planning, project schedule, projects and activities, sequencing and scheduling activities, network planning model, representation of lagged activities, adding the time dimension, backward and forward pass, identifying critical path, activity throat, shortening project , precedence networks. Risk Management: Introduction, the nature of risk, managing risk, risk identification, risk analysis, reducing the risks, evaluating risks to the schedule, calculating the z values.. Unit-5: Resource allocation &Monitoring the control: Introduction, the nature of resources, identifying resource requirements, scheduling resources creating critical paths, counting the cost, being specific, publishing the resource schedule, cost schedules, the scheduling sequence. Monitoring the control: Introduction, creating the frame work, collecting the data, visualizing progress, cost monitoring, earned value, prioritizing monitoring, getting the project back to target, change control. Unit-6: Managing contracts and people: Introduction, types of contract, stages in contract, placement, typical terms of a contract, contract management, acceptance, Managing people and organizing terms: Introduction, understanding behavior, organizational behavior: a back ground, selecting the right person for the job, instruction in the best methods, motivation, working in groups, becoming a team, decision making, leadership, organizational structures, conclusion, further exercises.. Unit-7: Software quality: Introduction, the place of software quality in project planning, the importance of software quality, defining software quality, ISO 9126, Practical software quality measures, product versus process quality management, external standards, techniques to help enhance software quality. Unit-8: Study of Any Software Project Management software: viz Project 2000 or equivalent Text Book:

• Software Project Management (2nd Edition), by Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, 1999, TMH Reference Books:

• Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s approach, Roger S. Pressman (5th edi), 2001, MGH • Software Project Management, Walker Royce, 1998, Addison Wesley. • Project Management 2/c. Maylor • Managing Global software Projects, Ramesh, 2001, TMH.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students

will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-405 E Compiler Design L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1: Introduction To Compilers: Compilers and translators, need of translators, structure of compiler :its different phases, Compiler construction tools. Unit–2: Lexical Analysis: Role of lexical analyzer, design of lexical analyzer, regular expressions , Specification and recognition of tokens, input buffering, A language specifying lexical analyzer. Finite automata, conversion from regular expression to finite automata, and vice versa, minimizing number of states of DFA, Implementation of lexical analyzer. Unit–3: Syntax Analysis: Role of parsers, context free grammars, definition of parsing. Unit–4: Parsing Technique: Shift- reduce parsing, operator precedence parsing, top down par sing, predictive parsing. Unit–5: LR parsers, SLR, LALR and Canonical LR parser. Unit–6: Syntax Directed Translations: Syntax directed definition, construction of syntax trees, syntax directed translation scheme, implementation of syntax directed translation, three address code, quadruples and triples. Unit–7: Symbol Table & Error Detection And Recovery: Symbol tables, its contents and data structure for symbol tables; trees, arrays, linked lists, hash tables. Errors, lexical phase error, syntactic phase error, semantic error. Unit–8: Code Optimization & Code Generation: Code generation, forms of objects code, machine dependent code, optimization, register allocation for temporary and user defined variables. Text Books:

• Compilers Principle, Techniques & Tools - Alfread V. AHO, Ravi Sethi & J.D. Ullman; - 1998Addison Wesley.

• Compiler Design by O.G. Kakde, 1995, Laxmi Publ. Reference Books:

• Theory and practice of compiler writing, Tremblay & Sorenson, 1985, Mc. Graw Hill. • System software by Dhamdae, 1986, MGH. • Principles of compiler Design, Narosa Publication



A-PDF Split DEMO


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-407 E COMPILER DESIGN LAB L T P Class Work: 50 - - 3 Exam: 50 Total: 100 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

1. Practice of LEX/YACC of compiler writing. 2. Write a program to check whether a string belong to the grammar or not. 3. Write a program to generate a parse tree. 4. Write a program to find leading terminals. 5. Write a program to find trailing terminals. 6. Write a program to compute FIRST of non-terminal. 7. Write a program to compute FOLLOW of non-terminal. 8. Write a program to check whether a grammar is left Recursion and remove left Recursion. 9. Write a program to remove left factoring. 10. Write a program to check whether a grammar is operator precedent. 11. To show all the operations of a stack. 12. To show various operations i.e. red, write and modify in a text file. Note : At least 10 programs are required to be developed in the semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-409 E Visual Programming Lab. L T P Class Work: 50 - - 3 Exam: 50 Total: 100 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Study of Visual Basic 6.0.NET and Visual C++ 6.0.NET.

1) Study Windows API’s. Find out their relationship with MFC classes. Appreciate how they are helpful in finding complexities of windows programming.

2) Get familiar with essential classes in a typical (Document- view architecture) VC++ Program and their relationship with each other.

3) Create an SDI application in VC++ that adds a popup menu to your application which uses File drop down menu attached with the menu bar as the pop-up menu. The pop-up menu should be displayed on the right click of the mouse.

4) Create an SDI application in VC++ using which the user can draw atmost 20 rectangles in the client area. All the rectangles that are drawn should remain visible on the screen even if the window is refreshed. Rectangle should be drawn on the second click of the left mouse button out of the two consecutive clicks. If the user tries to draw more than 20 rectangles, a message should get displayed in the client area that “ No more rectangles can be drawn”

5) Create an application in VC++ that shows how menu items can be grayed, disabled and appended at run time.

6) Write a program in VC++ to implement serialization of inbuilt and user defined objects. 7) Write a program in VC++ to create archive class object from CFile class that reads and stores

a simple structure (record). 8) Make an Active X control in VC++ derived from a standard control. 9) Write a program in VB to implement a simple calculator. 10) Create a simple database in MS Access Database /Oracle and a simple database application in

VB that shows database connectivity through DAO and ADO. 11) Write a simple program that displays an appropriate message when the illegal operation is

performed using error handling technique in VB. 12) Write a program in VB to create a notepad. 13) Create a DLL in VB. Bright students may do the following exercises: 14) Write a program in VC++ to implement a simple calculator. 15) Write a program in VC++ to create a static link library and a dynamic link library. 16) Create a simple database in MS Access Database and a simple database application in VC++

that shows database connectivity through ADO model. 17) Make an Active X control of your own using VB. 18) With the help of VB, create an object of excel application and implement any action on it.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Semester-8

CSE-402 E Distributed Operating System


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Introduction to Distributed System, Goals of Distributed system, Hardware and Software concepts, Design issues. Communication in distributed system: Layered protocols, ATM networks, Client – Server model ,Remote Procedure Calls and Group Communication. Middleware and Distributed Operating Systems. Unit-2: Synchronization in Distributed System: Clock synchronization, Mutual Exclusion, Election algorithm, the Bully algorithm, a Ring algorithm, Atomic Transactions, Deadlock in Distributed Systems, Distributed Deadlock Prevention, Distributed Deadlock Detection . Unit-3: Processes and Processors in distributed systems: Threads, System models, Processors Allocation, Scheduling in Distributed System, Real Time Distributed Systems. Unit-4: Distributed file systems: Distributed file system Design, Distributed file system Implementation, Trends in Distributed file systems. Distributed Shared Memory: What is shared memory, Consistency models, Page based distributed shared memory, shared variables distributed shared memory. Unit-5: Case study MACH: Introduction to MACH, process management in MACH, communication in MACH, UNIX emulation in MACH.

TEXT BOOK: • Distributed Operating System – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, PHI.



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT – 402 E Security of Information Systems L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Basic Encryption and Decryption: Terminology and Background: Encryption, Decryption and

Cryptosystems, Plain Text and Cipher Text, Encryption Algorithms, Cryptanalysis. Introduction to Ciphers: Monoalphabetic Substitutions such as the Caesar Cipher, Cryptanalysis of Monoalphabetic Ciphers, Polyalphabetic Ciphers such as Vigenere Tableaux, Cryptanalysis of Polyalphabetic Ciphers, Perfect Substitution Cipher such as the Vernam Cipher, Stream and Block Ciphers, Characteristics of ‘Good’ Ciphers: Shannon Characteristics, Confusion and Diffusion, Information Theoretic Tests, Unicity Distance, Unit-2: Secure Encryption Systems: Hard’ Problems: Complexity: NP-Complete Problems, Characteristics of NP-Complete Problems, The Meaning of NP-Completeness, NP-Completeness and Cryptography. Properties of Arithmetic Operations: Inverses, Primes, Greatest Common Divisor, Euclidean Algorithm, Modular Arithmetic, Properties of Modular Arithmetic, Computing the inverse, Fermat's Theorem, Algorithm for Computing Inverses, Random number generation Public Key (Asymmetric key) Encryption Systems: Concept and Characteristics of Public key Encryption System, Introduction to Merkle-Hellman Knapsacks , Rivest-Shamir-Adelman (RSA) Encryption in Detail, Introduction to Digital Signature Algorithms , The Digital Signature Standard (DSA). Hash Algorithms: Hash Concept , Description of Hash Algorithms , Message Digest Algorithms such as MD4 and MD5 , Secure Hash Algorithms such as SHA1 and SHA2.

Secure Secret Key (Symmetric ) Systems: The Data Encryption Standard (DES),Analyzing and Strengthening of DES, Key Escrow and Clipper, Introduction to Advance Encryption Standard (AES)

Unit–3: Applied Cryptography, Protocols and Practice: Key Management Protocols:Solving Key Distribution Problem, Diffie-Hellman Algorithm, Key Exchange with Public Key Cryptography. Public Key Infrastructure (PKI): Concept of Digital Certificate, Certificate Authorities and it's roles, X509 Structure of Digital Certificate, Types of Public Key Infrastructures. Legal Issues: Copyrights, Patents, Trade Secrets, Computer Crime, Cryptography and the Law. Unit–4: Operating System, Database and Program Security: Operating Systems Security:Security Policies, Models of Security, Security Features of Ordinary Operating System, Security Features of Trusted Operating System. Database Security: Security Requirements of Databases, Reliability and Integrity, Protection of Sensitive Data, Inference Problem: Direct and Indirect Attacks Program Security: Kinds of Malicious Code, How Viruses Attach and Gain Control, Homes for Viruses, Virus Signatures, Preventing Virus Infection, Trapdoors, Convert Channels, Control Against Program Threats, Java mobile codes. Unit-5: Network Security: Network Security Issues such as Impersonation, Message Confidentiality, Message Integrity, Code Integrity, Denial of Service, Secure Communication Mechanisms such as IPSec, PKI based Authentication and Kerberos Authentication, Biometrics Authentication Mechanisms, Access Control Mechanisms, Firewalls Web Security: Solving Privacy Problems, Solving Authentication Problems, Secure Socket Layer (SSL) Protocol, Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) Protocol , Safe Guarding Web Servers. Secure Electronic Mail: Privacy Enhanced Email (PEM), Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), Public Key Cryptography Standards-PKCS#7, Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME) Text Books:

• "Security in Computing (Second Edition)", Charles P. Pfleeger, 1996, Prentic-Hall International, Inc., • "Applied Cryptography Protocols, Algorithms, and Source Code in C (Second edition)", Bruce Schneier, 1995, John Referenc

Books: • "Security Technologies for the World Wide Web", Rolf Oppliger, Artech House, Inc. • "Digital Certificates Applied Internet Security", Jalal Feghhi, Jalli Feghhi and Peter Williams, Addison Wesley Longman, • "The World Wide Web Security FAQ", Lincoln D. Stein, World Wide Web Consortium, [Online] Available at

http://www.w3.org/Security/Faq/www-security-faq.html • Cryptographic Message Syntax Standard, Public-Key Cryptography Standards, RSA Laboratories, [Online] Available

at http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/pkcs/pkcs-7/index.html

A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.w3.org/Security/Faq/www-security-faq.html

http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/pkcs/pkcs-7/index.html



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT 407 Advanced JAVA Lab. L T P Class Work: 50 - - 3 Exam: 50 Total: 100 Duration of exam: 3 hrs. Development of programs relating to :

• JDBC

• Servlets

• Beans

• RMI

• JSP

A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVES-I

CSE-417 E Data Network Design L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Review of OSI layers, circuit types & services, topologies, networking hardware, common protocols & interfaces in physical, data, network & transport layers. Unit-2: Switching technologies, multiplexing, circuit switching, packet switching X.25, frame relax, SMDs ATM, B-ISDN, traffic matrix, traffic pattern calculations, performance issues of packet networks, delay, availability and reliability

Unit-3: Comparisons: circuits Vs. packets vs frame vs cell Technologies & services, protocols &

interface comparisons, switching comparisons, SMDs Vs. B-ISDN, FDDE Vs SMDS

Unit-4: Network Design for Access: Campus network design, leased line and radio modems, DDR & ISDN Access Network design, X.25 remote access network design, Frame-relay interfaces & traffic shaping VSAT & Wlan network design. Scaling access networks OS: protocols, performance analysis. Unit-5: Network Design for Backbone: Identification & selection of internetworking devices, CISCO routers & Nortel switches, EIGRP,Network Design for convergence: UDP broadcasts, IP Networks for Voice, Data, Video, Fax, Soft & hard design examples for IP Technology networks, network design for digital video broadcast Unit-6: Data Network Management Systems: Managing IP, ICMP, TCP, UDP, X.25 reporting Ethernet traffic, managing bridges & routers. Microsoft & HP, NMS Tools, Case Studies: selected from design, architecture & topology areas of internetworks. Introduction to storage area networks and network attached storage. Text Book:

• Data Network Design; D L Spolin, 1993, Mc-Graw Hill. Reference Books:

• SNMP “Feit” 1995, Mc-Graw Hill Inc. • Network Design & Case Studies “CISCO Systems Inc.” , CISCO Press, 1993 • Designing Data Networks by PHI, 1981


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-419 E Neural Networks L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Overview of biological neurons: Structure of biological neurons relevant to ANNs. Unit-2: Fundamental concepts of Artificial Neural Networks: Models of ANNs; Feedforward & feedback networks; learning rules; Hebbian learning rule, perception learning rule, delta learning rule, Widrow-Hoff learning rule, correction learning rule, Winner –lake all elarning rule, etc. Unit-3: Single layer Perception Classifier: Classification model, Features & Decision regions; training & classification using discrete perceptron, algorithm, single layer continuous perceptron networks for linearlyseperable classifications. Unit-4: Multi-layer Feed forward Networks: linearly non-seperable pattern classification, Delta learning rule for multi-perceptron layer, Generalized delta learning rule, Error back-propagation training, learning factors, Examples. Unit-5: Single layer feed back Networks: Basic Concepts, Hopfield networks, Training & Examples. Unit-6: Associative memories: Linear Association, Basic Concepts of recurrent Auto associative memory: rentrieval algorithm, storage algorithm; By directional associative memory, Architecture, Association encoding & decoding, Stability. Unit-7: Self organizing networks: UN supervised learning of clusters, winner-take-all learning, recall mode, Initialisation of weights, seperability limitations Text Books:

• Introduction to artificial Neural systems by Jacek M. Zurada, 1994, Jaico Publ. House. Reference Books:

• “Neural Networks :A Comprehensive formulation”, Simon Haykin, 1998, AW • “Neural Networks”, Kosko, 1992, PHI. • “Neural Network Fundamentals” – N.K. Bose , P. Liang, 2002, T.M.H



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-465 E Network Technology L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Overview of Internet: Address and domain Management, SNMP, Transport Layer issues, TCP/IP, FTP, WWW undergoing technology, E mail talent, FTP, Gateway, Dial-up, SLIP/PPP Dedicated lines, Internet searching tools, gopher, Archie, Veronica, WWW, Lynx, Mosaic, WAIS, Usenet.

Unit-2: Security issues, CGI, PERL, HTML, VRML, JAVA, VB script and other

internet development tools, internet networking TCP/IP protocols . ) Network Security and Management.

Unit-3: Application Layer Services and protocols (RPC, NFC, SMTP, FTP,

TELENET), Review of LAN, Principles of IBASE5 (Strain), Transmitter and receiver of IBASE5 (Starian), Node, LAN Manager, Software of IBASE5 Node, 10BASE5 Ethernet and 10BASE2 (Cheaper net), Twisted pair Ethernet, Serial Communication, Connecting LANs and WANS.

Unit-4: Serial Communication Circuits, Modems, USART-Processor Interface

Data Buffer Block of 8251A, Control logic of USART, PROTOCOLS, Transmitter, Receiver, Synchronous Modems and Asynchronous Modems. SYNDET/BRKDET ion 8251A, Monitoring of 8251A, writing characters to be transmitted to 8251A, Monitoring of 8251A. Read status, ISDN: Technology, devices, Architecture Protocols, Flow Control Error detection and Correction, ATM, Technology, Inter Networking SDH/SONET. Text Book:

• Computer Networks by Tanenbaum, 2003, PHI. • Computer Networks by Black, 1995, PHI.

Reference Books:

• Data communication & Networking by Furouzan, 2000, TMH. • Data and Network communications by Miller (Delmer) • Communication Networks: Fundamentals Concepts & Key Architectures by Alberto

Leon, TMH


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-421 E Advanced Database Management Systems


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Data Models: EER model and relationship to the OO model, Object Oriented data model and ODMG standard, Other data models - NIAM, GOOD, ORM. Query Optimisation: Query Execution Algorithms, Heuristics in Query Execution, Cost Estimation in Query Execution, Semantic Query Optimisation. Database Transactions and Recovery Procedures: Transaction Processing Concepts, Transaction and System Concepts, Desirable Properties of a Transaction, Schedules and Recoverability, Serializability of Schedules, Transaction Support in SQL, Recovery Techniques, Database Backup, Concurrency control, Locking techniques for Concurrency Control, Concurrency Control Techniques, Granularity of Data Items. Unit-2: Client Server Computing: Client Server Concepts, 2-Tier and 3-Tier Client Server Systems, Client/Server Architecture and the Internet, Client /Database Server Models, Technology Components of Client Server Systems, Application Development in Client Server Systems. Distributed Databases: Reliability and Commit protocols, Fragmentation and Distribution, View Integration, Distributed database design, Distributed algorithms for data management, Heterogeneous and Federated Database Systems. Unit-3: Deductive Databases: Recursive Queries, Prolog/Datalog Notation, Basic inference Mechanism for Logic Programs, Deductive Database Systems, Deductive Object Oriented Database Systems. Commercial and Research Prototypes: Parallel database, Multimedia database, Mobile database, Digital libraries, Temporal database. Text Book:

• Fundamentals of Database Systems (3 edition), Elmasri R. and Navathe S.B., 2000, Addison Wesley, Low Priced Edition.

Reference Book:

• Database System Concepts by A. Silbershatz, H.F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, 3rd edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill, International Edition.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-423 E Object Oriented Software Engineering


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Review of object oriented systems: Design objects, class hierarchy, inheritance, polymorphism, object relationships and associations, aggregations and object containment, object persistence, meta classes, object oriented systems development life cycle, Software development process object oriented systems development: a use case driven approach. Unit-2: Methodology for object oriented design: Object modeling technique as software engineering methodology, Rumbaugh methodology, Jacobson Methodology, Booch Methodology, Patterns, Frameworks, the unified approach, unified modeling language (UML). Unit-3: Object Oriented Analysis: Analysis process, use case driven object oriented analysis, use-case model, object classification, theory, different approaches for identifying classes, classes, responsibilities and collaborators, identifying object relationships, attributes and methods, super sub class relationships, A- part of relationships aggregation, class responsibilities, object responsibilities. Unit-4: Object oriented design process, corollaries, design axioms, design patterns, object oriented design philosophy, UML object constraint language, designing classes: The process, class visibility, refining attributes, designing methods ad protocols, packages and managing classes, designing interface objects, view layer interface design, Macro and Micro level interface design process Text Book:

• Object Oriented software Engineering, Ivar Jacobson, 1995, Addison Wesley. Reference Books:

• Object Oriented systems development, Ali Bahrami, 1999, MGH. • Object Oriented Modeling and Design, Rumbaugh et.al.,1997, PHI. • Object Oriented analysis and Design, Grady Booch, 1995, Addison Wesley • Object Oriented Software Engineering by Subhash Mehta, Suresh K. Basandra, Galgotia Publ.



A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-451-E LANGUAGE SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS

SEMESTER VII (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam : 80 Marks Practical/Presentation : 20 Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs The real challenge before the students starts when they cross the threshold of the college after completing their degree. They, all of a sudden, find themselves competing for job/ P.G. Degrees, through various entrance tests and interviews. Verbal ability forms a major portion of these tests. Without sound language skills and its semantic-syntactic know-how, the students with engineering background find themselves almost under- prepared for such tests. With this difficulty of students in mind, this course is proposed to make them technically proficient in handling the language skills required in competitive exams. The course would expose students to almost all variety of items, the common run of such tests as CAT, GMAT etc. And in the context of LPG, this cutting edge competence becomes imperative, and no professional education can afford to overlook this aspect. COURSE CONTENT: UNIT I Remedial English: Parts of speech; Gerunds, participles and infinitives; Clauses; Sentence-constructions (unity; avoidance of choppy and rambling sentences, logic and consistency, conciseness, sequencing of ideas); Sentence errors - agreement between verb and subject, pronoun and antecedents, sequence of tenses, problems involving modifiers (dangling and misplaced modifiers); Shifts in point of view - consistency of number and person, tense, mood, voice and subject; Parallelism; Omissions and mixed constructions. UNIT II Vocabulary: Methods of building vocabulary - etymological roots, prefixes and suffixes; Commonly used foreign words and phrases; spelling; words often confused; synonyms and homonyms; one word substitutes; verbal idioms. UNIT III Punctuation and Mechanics: End Punctuation; Internal Punctuation; Word Punctuation. UNIT IV Comprehension: Abstracting; Summarising; Observations, Findings and Conclusions; Illustration and Inductive Logic; Deduction and Analogy.

A-PDF Split DEMO


UNIT V Presentation: Oral presentation - Extempore, discussion on topics of contemporary relevance, interviews. SUGGESTED READING:

1. Working with Words by R.Gairns and S.Redman, Cambridge University Press, London.

2. Meanings into Words – Upper Intermediate Students Book, Doff/jones, Foundation Books (Cambridge university Press), Delhi.

3. A Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet, OUP, Delhi. 4. Examine your English by Margaret M. Maison, Orient Longman, New Delhi.

5. A Practical Guide to Colloquial Idiom by W.J. Ball, Longman.

6. A guide to Correct English by L.A. Hill, Oxford.

7.Structural Essentials of English by H. Whitehall, Longman.

8. Advanced English Practice by B.D. Graver, OUP. Delhi.

9.Public Speaking, Sudha Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 10.Group Discussion, Sudha Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: (A) THEORETICAL: The pattern of the exam would be more or less like the pattern of the competitive exams. (i.e., OBJECTIVE TYPE) like CAT G-MAT etc., as far as the units I, II, III and IV are concerned. Unit-I, II, III: (30,20,10 Marks respectively) The first section of the question paper will have 110 objective type questions with no choice at all. These 110(60+40+10) questions will cover all the first three units (I, II, III) of the syllabus and would carry 30,20 and 10 marks respectively. The questions may be in the form of multiple choices, fill-in-the-blank, supply the right word/choice, choose the right alternative, do as directed etc. Unit-IV: 20 Marks The question from this unit will test comprehension competence (in the form of various elements mentioned in the unit) of the text given. (B) PRACTICAL (Presentation): There will be an oral test carrying 20 marks. The presentation part of the section i.e. Unit-V will be covered in this test. Hence, there is no need to include this unit in theory exam. Three hours for a group of 15 students are required for this test. Test can be in the form of any of the activities mentioned in the Unit-V. A panel of examiners appointed by the University will evaluate the presentation.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-451-E COMBINATORICS AND GRAPH THEORY ---------- ------------------------------ (ELECTIVE FOR CSE, IT) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours Unit-I : Permutations and combinations, Recurrence relations, Generating functions, decision trees. Unit-II : Graphs, incidence and degree, isomorphism, subgraphs, walks, paths and circuits, connected graphs, Disconnected graphs and component Euler's graph, operations on graphs, Hamiltonian paths and circuits, Travelling salesman problem. Unit-III : Trees, properties of trees, Pendant vertices in tree, Rooted and binary trees, Spanning trees, Fundamental circuits, Spanning trees in a weighted graph. Unit-IV : Cut-sets, properties of cut-sets, Fundamental circuits and cut-sets, connectivity and separability, Network flows, 1- isomorphism and 2-isomerphism. Unit-V : Planer graphs, Kuratowski's two graphs, different representation of a planer graph, Detection of planarity, vector space of graph. Unit-VI : Matrix representation of graphs, incidence matrix, submatrix of incidence matrix, Fundamental circuit matrix, cut-set matrix and relationship between all three above. Unit-VII : Colouring, chromatic number, chromatic polynomials, four color problem, Five color theorem. Unit-VIII : Directed graphs and their types, Binary relation, Directed paths and connectedness, Euler's digraph. Books Recommended : 1. Graph Theory by Narsingh Deo, P.H.I. 2. Graph Theory by Harry P., Addison-Wesley. Note : Examiner will set eight questions, taking one from each unit. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-455-E ENTREPRENEURSHIP

VIITH SEMESTER (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks


UNIT-I : Promotion of Entrepreneurship Meaning, definition and functions of an entrepreneur, qualities of a good entrepreneur; Role of Entrepreneur in economic development; Government measures for the promotion of small scale industries with special reference to Haryana; Cultural factors in developing entrepreneurship. UNIT-II : Ownership and Location of Industrial Units Different forms of Industrial Organisation. Theories of Industrial location. Process of preparing project reports. UNIT-III : Size of Firm and Pricing Concept of optimum firm, factors determining Optimum size. Technical, Managerial, Marketing Uncertainties and risk. Pricing Methods, Policies and procedures. UNIT-IV : Financing of Small Industries Importance and need : Commercial Banks and term lending in India; Banks and under-writing of capital issues; Brief description about the role of other financial agencies viz; Industrial Finance Corporation of India. State Financial Corporation, Industrial Development Bank of India; Unit Trust of India. UNIT-V : Problems Faced by Small Enterprises Problems connected with Marketing, Management of New Products; Power; Finance; Raw Material; Under-utilization of capacity; Causes of under – utilization; Rehabilitation of Sick Mills. UNIT-VI : Government and Business (a) Highlights of Industrial Policy and Licensing Policy. (b) International Marketing with special reference to export documentation. Recommended Books : 1. Entrepreneurship of Small Scale Industries – Deshpande Manohar D. (Asian Publishers, New

Delhi) 2. Environment and Entrepreneur – Tandon B.C. (Asian Publishers, New Delhi). 3. The Industrial Economy of India – Kuchhal S.C. (Chaitanya, Allahabad). 4. Emerging Trends in Entrepreneurship Development Theories & Practices – Singh P.Narendra (International Founder, New Delhi) 5. Entrepreneur, Banker & Small Scale Industries – Bhattacharya Hrisnikes. 6. Entrepreneurship & Growth of Enterprise in Industrial Estates – Rao Gangadhara N. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVES-2

IT-451 E Data Warehousing And Data Mining L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Data warehousing Definition, usage and trends. DBMS vs data warehouse, Data marts, Metadata, Multidimensional data mode, Data cubes, Schemas for Multidimensional Database: stars, snowflakes and fact constellations. Unit-2: Data warehouse process & architecture, OLTP vs OLAP, ROLAP vs MOLAP, types of OLAP, servers, 3-Tier data warehouse architecture, distributed and virtual data warehouses, data warehouse manager. Unit-3: Data warehouse implementation, computation of data cubes, modelling OLAP data, OLAP queries manager, data warehouse back end tools, complex aggregation at multiple granularities, tuning and testing of data warehouse. Unit-4: Data mining definition & task, KDD versus data mining, data mining techniques, tools and applications. Unit-5: Data mining query languages, data specification, specifying knowledge, hierarchy specification, pattern presentation & visualisation specification, data mining languages and standardisation of data mining. Unit-6: Data mining techniques: Association rules, Clustering techniques, Decision tree knowledge discovery through Neural Networks & Genetic Algorithm, Rough Sets, Support Victor Machines and Fuzzy techniques. Unit-7: Mining complex data objects, Spatial databases, Multimedia databases, Time series and Sequence data; mining Text Databases and mining Word Wide Web. Text Books:

• Data Warehousing In the Real World; Sam Anahory & Dennis Murray; 1997, Pearson • Data Mining- Concepts & Techniques; Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber- 2001, Morgan Kaufmann. • Data Mining Techniques; Arun Pujar; 2001, University Press; Hyderbad.

Reference Books:

• Data Mining; Pieter Adriaans & Dolf Zantinge; 1997, Pearson, • Data Warehousing, Data Miniing and OLTP; Alex Berson, 1997, Mc Graw Hill. • Data warehousing System; Mallach; 2000, Mc Graw Hill. • Building the Data Warehouse; W.H. Inman, 1996, John Wiley & Sons. • Developing the Data Warehouses; W.H Ionhman,C.Klelly, John Wiley & Sons. • Managing the Data Warehouses; W.H.Inman, C.L.Gassey, John Wiley & Sons. .

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-467 E Computer Software Testing L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Fundamentals and Testing types: First, second and later cycles of testing. Objectives and limits of testing. Overview of S/W development stages, Planning and Design stages and testing during these stages. Glass box code, Regression and Black box testing, Software errors, Categories of software error. Unit-2: Reporting and analyzing bugs: Problem reports, Content and Characteristics of Problem Report, analysis and Tactics for analyzing a reproducible bug. Making a bug reproducible Unit-3: Problem Tracking System: Objective of Problem Tracking System, tasks of the system, Problem tracking overview, users of the tracking system, mechanics of the database Unit-4: Test Case Design: Characteristics of a good test, equivalence classes and boundary values, visible state transitions, Race conditions and other time dependencies, load testing. Error guessing, Function equivalence testing, Regression Testing, General issues in configuration testing, printer testing Unit-5: Localization and User Manuals testing: Translated text expands, Character sets, Keyboards, Text filters, Loading, saving, importing, and exporting high and low ASCII, Operating system Language, Hot keys, Error message identifiers, Hyphenation rules, Spelling rules, Sorting Rules, Uppercase and Lowercase conversion, Printers, Sizes of paper, CPU’s and video, Rodents, Data formats and setup options, Rulers and measurements, Culture-bound Graphics and output, European product compatibility, Memory availability, automated testing, Testing User Manuals, Effective documentation, documentation tester’s objective, How testing documentation contributes to software reliability Unit-6: Testing Tools and Test Planning: Fundamental tools, Automated acceptance and regression tests, standards, Translucent box testing Overall objective of the test plan: product or tool? Detailed objective , type of test, strategy for developing components of test planning documents, components of test planning documents, documenting test materials Unit-7: S/W Development tradeoffs and models, Quality-related costs, The development time line, Product design, alpha, Pre-beta, Beta, User Interface freeze, Pre-final, Final integrity testing, Project post-mortems, Legal consequences of defective software, Managing and role of a testing group, independent test agencies Text Book:

• Testing Computer Software, by Cem Kaner, Jack Falk,Hung Quoc Nguyen, 1999, Pub: Wiley, (Second Edition).


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-469 E Introduction to E-commerce & ERP L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Part-A Unit-1: Introduction and Concepts: Networks and commercial transactions – Internet and other novelties; networks and electronic transactions today, Model for commercial transactions; Internet environment – internet advantage, worlds wide web and other internet sales venues; Online commerce solutions. Unit-2: Electronic Payment Methods: Updating traditional transactions; Secure online transaction models; Online commercial environments; digital currencies and payment systems; Offline secure processing; private data networks. Security protocols. Unit-3: Electronic Commerce Providers: On-line Commerce options: Company profiles. Electronic Payment Systems: Digital payment systems; First virtual internet payment system; cyber cash model. On-line Commerce Environments: Servers and commercial environments; Ecommerce servers. Unit-4: Digital Currencies: Operational process of Digicash, Ecash Trail; Using Ecash; Smart cards; Electronic Data Interchange: basics, EDI versus Internet and EDI over Internet. Strategies, Techniques and Tools, Shopping techniques and online selling techniques. Part- B Unit-5: ERP- An Enterprise Perspective: Production Finance, Personnel disciplines and their relationship, Transiting environment, MIS Integration for disciplines, Information/Workflow, Network Structure, Client Server Integrator System, Virtual Enterprise. Unit-6: ERP – Resource Management Perspective: Functional and Process of Resource. Management, Introduction to basic Modules of ERP System: HRD, Personnel Management, Training and Development, Skill Inventory, Material Planning and Control, Inventory, Forecasting, Manufacturing, Production Planning, Production Scheduling, Production Control, Sales and Distribution, Finance, Resource Management in global scenario. Unit-7: ERP - Information System perspective: Introduction to OLAP (Online Analysis and Processing), TP, OAS, KBS, MRP, BPR,. SCM, REP, CRM, Information Communication Technology. Unit-8: ERP-Key Managerial issues: Concept Selling, IT Infrastructure, Implication, of ERP Systems on Business Organization, Critical success factors in ERP System, ERP Culture Implementation Issues, Resistance to change, ERP Selection issues, Return on Investment, Pre and Post Implementation Issues. Text Book:

• “Frontiers of electronics Commerce” Ravi lalakota, Andrew Whinston ,1996, Addision Wesley, • Enterprise Resource Planning-Concepts and Practice, V.K. Garg and N.K. Venkita Krishna, 1998, PHI.

Reference Books: • The SAP/3 Handbook, John Antonio, Fernandz, TMH. • “The E-Business Revolution” Denial amor Addision Wesley • “From Edi to E-Commerce: A Business Initiative” Sokol TMH • “E Commerce” Greenstein and Feinman TMH • ”E Commerce” Excel, Diwan, Sharma • Asset International “Net Commerce” TMH • “E Commerce: The Cutting Edge of Business” Bajan And Nag TMH • E-Commerces- Jaffrey F. Rayport , Bernard J. Jaworski, 2002, T.M.H • Electronic Commerce – Security , Risk management and Control , Greenstein, Feinman, 2002, T.M.H

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all but at least two from each Part A & Part B.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-425 E Natural Language Processing


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Components of natural language processing: lexicography, syntax, semantics, pragmatics: word level representation of natural languages prosoty & natural languages. Unit-2: Formal languages and grammars: chomsky hierarchy, Left-Associative grammars, ambiguous grammars, resolution of ambiguities. Unit-3: Computation linguistics: recognition and parsing of natural language structures: ATN & RTN,General techniques of parsing: CKY, Earley & Tomitas algorithm. Unit-4: Semantics-knowledge representation semantic networks logic and inference pragmatics, graph models and optimization, prolog for natural language semantic.

Unit-5: Application of NLP: intelligent work processors: Machine translation, user interfaces, Man-Machine interfaces, natural language querying, tutoring and authoring systems, speech recognition, commercial use of NLP. Text Book:

• “Natural Language Understanding” James Allen ,Benjamin-1995, cummings Pub. Comp. Ltd.,

Reference Books: • “Language as a cognitive process”, Terry Winograd 1983, AW • “Natural Language processing in prolog” G. Gazder, 1989, Addison Wesley. • “ Introduction of Formal Language Theory, Mdlj Arbib & Kfaury, 1988, Springer Verlog



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-471 E Management Information System L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Foundation of Information System: Introduction to Information System and MIS, Decision support and decision making systems, systems approach, the systems view of business, MIS organization within company, Management information and the systems approach. Unit-2: Information Technology: A manager’s overview, managerial overviews, computer hardware & software, , DBMS, RDBMS and Telecommunication. Unit-3: Conceptual system design: Define the problems, set systems objective, establish system constraints, determine information needs determine information sources, develop alternative conceptual design and select one document the system concept, prepare the conceptual design report. Unit-4: Detailed system design: Inform and involve the organization, aim of detailed design, project management of MIS detailed design , identify dominant and trade of criteria, define the sub systems, sketch the detailed operating sub systems and information flow, determine the degree of automation of each operation, inform and involve the organization again, inputs outputs and processing, early system testing, software, hardware and tools propose an organization to operate the system, document the detailed design revisit the manager user. Unit-5: Implementation evaluation and maintenance of the MIS: Plan the implementation, acquire floor space and plan space layouts, organize for implementation, develop procedures for implementation, train the operating personnel, computer related acquisitions, develop forms for data collection and information dissemination, develop the files test the system, cut-over, document the system, evaluate the MIS control and maintain the system. Pitfalls in MIS development . Unit-6: Advanced Concepts in Information Systems: Enterprise Resources Management(ERP), Supply Chain Management, C R M , Procurement Management System. Text Books:

• Management Information System by W. S. Jawadekar, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill. • Information System for Modern Management (3rd edition)- Robert G. Murdick, Loel E. Ross &

James R. Claggett. PHI Reference books:

• Management Information System; O Brian; TMH • Management Information System by Davis Olson Mac Graw Hill • Management Information System by Stasllings,(Maxwell Mc Millman Publishers) • Information System; a Management Perspective; Alter Addison Wesley • Introduction to Information System; McGraw Hill

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT- 453 E Systems & Network Administration L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. UNIT-1 : Introduction to Systems and Network Administration: The Scope of Systems and Network Administration, The Goals of Systems and Network Administration, System Components and their Management: Operating Systems: Windows and Unix Variants, File Systems and Standards (UFS, NFS, NTFS), Processes and Job Control, Privileged, User and Group Accounts, Logs and Audits, Systems Performance Tuning: Host Management: Booting and Shutting down of an Operating System, Formatting, Partitioning and Building a File System, File System Layout, Concept of swap space, Cloning Systems, OS Installation, Installation and configuration of devices and drivers, Software Installation and Structuring Software, Open Source Software: The GNU Project, Superuser/Administrator Privileges, User Management, Adding/Removing users, Controlling User Resources, Disk Space Allocation and quotas, Process Management and Monitoring, Scheduling Processes, Killing/Stopping processes, Restarting a Process, Monitoring Process Activity, Maintaining Log Files, File System Repair, Backup and Restoration, , Handling Man Pages/Help System, Kernel Customization, Integrating Multiple Operating Systems, System Sharing, User IDs, Passwords and Authentication. UNIT-2 : Network Administration: Introduction to Network Administration Approaches, Addressing and Subnetting : Fixed Vs Variable Masks, VLAN Principles and Configuration, Routing Concepts, Static and Dynamic Routing, Routing Protocols: RIP, OSPF, BGP, Network Address Translation (NAT), Configuring a Linux/Windows Box as a Router, Dial-up configuration and Authentication: PPP, Radius, RAS, Configuring a DNS Server, Configuring Sendmail Service, Configuring a Web Server, Configuring a Proxy Server, TCP/IP Troubleshooting: ping, traceroute, ifconfig, netstat, ipconfig, Network Management. UNIT-3 : Host and Network Security :Security Planning, Categories of Security: C1, C2, C3, C4, Password Security, Access Control and Monitoring: Wrappers, Firewalls: Filtering Rules, Detection and Prevention of Denial of Service (DOS) Attacks, Automatic Identification of Configuration Loop Holes, Security Information Resources: CERT, Installing and Upgrading System Software, Use of Scripting tools: Shell Scripting, Perl/Python Scripting, Use of Make Option

UNIT-4 : Security Planning, Categories of Security: C1, C2, C3, C4, password security, Access Control and Monitoring.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

• “Principles of Network and System Administration”, Mark Burgess, 2000, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, • “TCP/IP Network Administration” (3rd Edition), Craig Hunt, O’Reilly and Associates Inc., 2002. • “Windows 2000 Administration”, George Splading, 2000, McGraw-Hill. • “Linux Network Administrator’s Guide”, Olaf Kirch and Terry Dawson, (2nd Edition), O’Reilly and Associates

Inc., 2000, (Shroff Publishers and Distributors, Culcutta),

A-PDF Split DEMO


Software Requirements : Microsoft Windows 2000, Linux, Perl/Python Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will


A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-453-E ORAL COMMUNICATION COMPETENCE

SEMESTER VII (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Theory : 60 Marks Practical/Presentation : 40 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 2 Hrs Oral communication forms the major chunk of social and professional interaction. It is not only the ‘what’ but the ‘how’ of knowledge communication that assumes utmost importance once the professional students enter the job market. S/he has to be well-versed with the nuances and complexities, not only of every day oral interaction but also with the situation based oral competence. This course is designed with this need of the professional students in mind. It is also helpful to those students who appear for TOEFL and IELTS. COURSE CONTENT: Unit I Oral Communication: Basic concepts, scope and significance. UNIT II Fundamental of Spoken English: Essentials of Good Speaking; Dialogues, Public Speaking and Formal Presentations. Unit III Listening Skills: Essentials of good listening; Listening for various purposes. Unit IV Reading Skills: Basic concepts; Reading for various purposes; Reading print and visual texts (Advertisements, Documentaries, Fiction/non-fiction, Movies). UNIT V Body language and Paralanguage: Gestures, postures, facial expressions, tone, pitch, rhythm etc. UNIT VI: Oral Skills for Specific Situations: Interviews, Meetings and Group Discussion. SUGGESTED READING:

1. Body Language Sudha Publications pvt. Ltd.,Delhi. 2. Body Language at Work by A. Furnham, University Press (India) Limited,

Hyderabad. 3. Listening Skills by I. MacKay, University Press (India) Limited, Hyderabad. 4. Presentation Skills by S. Siddons, University Press (India) Limited,

Hyderabad. 5. Effective Presentation by A. jay and R.Jay, University Press (India) Limited,

Hyderabad. 6. Reading Between the Lines by McRae, Foundation Books (Cambridge University

Press), New Delhi. 7. Better English Pronunciation by J.D.O.’Connor, Cambridge Univ. Press.,London. 8. Cambridge practice Tests for IELTS 1 Book with 2 Cassettes by Jakeman,

Foundation Books (Cambridge University Press), New Delhi. 9. Cambridge Preparation for the TOEFL Test by Gear, Foundation Books (Cambridge

University Press), New Delhi. 10.Group Discussions/Interviews at a Glance, Sudha Publications pvt. Ltd.,Delhi

A-PDF Split DEMO


SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: (A) THEORETICAL: 60 marks There will be five questions of 20 marks each covering all the units except unit V. The students are required to attempt any three questions. The questions may be set on the theory part of the elements from the units or students may be given some mock situations to be worked on. For the unit on Reading Skills, they may be given a manageable short text to be reviewed, summarised or to be analysed. (B) PRACTICAL: 40 Marks There will be an oral test to evaluate the spoken skills of the students. Besides evaluating clarity, fluency and spontaneity of the language, this test will look for how well the components of body language and para-language are integrated with the linguistic means. The students may be evaluated through presentation/mock-meeting or Group Discussion. Also they can be asked to face interviews in mock Situations. The time duration for this exam for every batch of 15 students will be of 3 hrs. A panel of examiners appointed by the University will evaluate the oral competence of the students.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-455-E LINEAR ALGEBRA ---------- -------------- (ELECTIVE FOR CSE,IT) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours Unit-I & II : Sets and examples of sets, operations on sets, relations, functions, binary operations, algebraic structures, operations on functions. Unit-III & IV : Vector spaces and their examples, subspaces, span of a set, linear dependence, linear independence, dimension and basis. Unit-V : Definition and examples of a linear transformation, range and kernel of a linear map, rank and nullity. Unit-VI : Inverse of a linear transformation, consequences of Rank nullity theorem, space L(U,V), composition of linear maps, operator equations. Unit-VII : Matrix associated with a linear map, linear map associated with a matrix, linear operations in Mm,n matrix multiplication, rank and nullity of a matrix. Unit-VIII : Transpose of a matrix and special types of matrices, elementary row operations, system of linear equations, matrix inversion. Books Recommended : 1. An Introduction to Linear algebra by V. Krishnamurti et.al (EWP). 2. Linear Algebra by Hoffman & Kunze (PHI). Note : Examiner will set eight questions, taking one from each unit. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CH-451E ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

(Elective for EE,EL,ME,CSE & IT) L T P Sesstional 50 marks 4 - - Theory 100 marks Total 150 marks Environment & Ecology : Introduction, component of environment, factors affecting environment objectives of environment management, segments of environment, atmosphere lithosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere, environmental pollution, classification of pollutants, types of pollutants. Ecology - Principle of ecology, environment and eco-factors (Medium & Biotic), Types of eco-system, ecological pyramids, Biogeochemical cycles in environment (sulphur cycle, phosphorus cycle, oxygen cycle, hydrological cycle-H cycle, Nitrogen cycle). Waste Water & Its treatment processes : Waste-water characteristics, effluent standards, primary treatment, secondary treatment – aerobic (activated sludge, aerated lagoons, trickling filter, roughing filter, rotating biological contactor) anaerobic (contact process, UASB) Air pollution : Classification of air pollutants Particulates: Physical characteristics, mode of formation, settling properties, Control measures Hydrocarbons: Nature, sources, control Carbon Monoxide: Source, harmful effects on human health, control measures. Oxides of Sulphur and Nitrogen : Sources, effects on human health and plants, control measures. Solid Waste: Types, sources and properties of solid waste, solid waste management – Generation, Collection and techniques for ultimate disposal, Elementary discussion on resource and energy recovery. BOOKS SUGGESTED: 1. Environmental Engg: by Howard S. Peavy & others, MGH International 2. Metcaf - EDDY-Waste-water engineering revised by George Teholonobus (TMH) 3. Environmental Chemistry by B.K.Sharma, Goel Publishing , Meerut. 4. Environmental Chemistry, A.K.DE, Wiley Eastern.

Note: Eight questions will be set and students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVE-3 IT-464 E Network Security & Management L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Codes and Ciphers – Some Classifical systems – Stiatistical theory of cipher systems-Complexity theory of crypto systems – Stream ciphers, Block ciphers. Unit-2: Stream Ciphers: Rotor based system – shift register based systems – Design considerations for stream ciphers – Cryptanalsysis of stream ciphers – Combined eneryption and encoding. Block Ciphers – DES and variant, modes of use of DES. Public key systems – Knacksack systems – RSK – Diffle Hellman Exchange – Authentication and Digital signatures, Elliptic curve based systems. Unit-3: System Identification and clustering: Cryptology of speech signals – narrow band and wide band systems – Analogue & Digital Systems of speech encryption. Unit-4: Security: Hash function – Authentication: Protocols – Digital Signature standards. Electronics Mail Security – PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) MIME, data Compression technique. IP Security: Architecture, Authentication Leader, Encapsulating security Payload – Key Management. Web security: Secure Socket Layer & Transport Layer security, Secure electronics transactions. Firewalls Design principle, established systems. Unit-5: Telecommunication Network Architecture, TMN management layers, Management information Model, Management servicing and functions, Structure of management information and TMN information model, SNMP v1, SNMP2 & SNMP3, RMON1 & 2, Broadband Network Management (ATM, HFC, DSL), ASN Text Books:

• Cryprotography and Network Security: Principal & Practices, 2nd Edition by Upper Saddle River, PHI

• Network Management Principles & Practices by Subramanian, Mani (AWL) • SNMP, Stalling, Willian (AWL)

Reference Books:

• SNMP: A Guide to Network Management (MGH) • Telecom Network Management by H.H. Wang (MGH) • Network Management by U. Dlack (MGH)



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-412 E Object Oriented Systems Development L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Review of the Traditional Methodologies, Advantages of Object Oriented Methodologies over Traditional Methodologies, Classes, Objects, Encapsulation, Association, Aggregation, Inheritance, Polymorphism, States and Transitions. Visual Modelling using Unified Modelling Language (UML): What is Visual Modelling? ObjectOriented Modelling, Introduction to Unified Modelling Language (UML): History of UML, Overview of UML – Capabilities, Usage of UML. Introduction to Rational Rose CASE tool: Introduction – Importance of Rational Rose, Capabilities of Rational Rose Case Tool. Unit-2: Introduction to Objectory Software Development Process: Introduction, Benefits, Phases and Iterations, Elaboration Stage, Construction Stage, Transition Stage. Creating Use Case Diagrams: Actors and Use Cases, Use Case Relationships, Types of Relationships, Use Case Diagrams: Creating Main Use Case -,Relationships - , Additional Use Case - Diagrams in Rational Rose, Activity Diagrams Activities, Transitions, Decision Points, Swimlanes

Unit-3: Identifying Classes ,Packages and drawing a Class Diagram: State, Behaviour, Identity of Objects, Stereotypes and Classes, Creating and Documenting Classes in rational Rose, Packages, Drawing a Class Diagram Specifying Relationships : The Need of Defining Relationships, Association and Aggregation Relationships, Naming Relationships, Role Names, Multiplicity Indicators, Reflexive Relationships, Package Relationships, Inheritance, Finding Relationships, Creating Relationships in Rational Rose

Unit-4: Discovering Object Interactions: Documenting Scenarios using Interaction Diagrams, Types of Interaction Diagrams, Adding Behaviour and Structure: Representing Behaviour and Structure, Creating Attributes & operations and documenting them, Displaying attributes and operations, Association Classes, Analysing Object Behaviour: Modelling Dynamic Behaviour, States

Unit-5: Checking the Model: Making the Model Homogeneous, Combining Classes, Splitting Classes, Eliminating Classes, Consistency Checking, Scenario Walk-through, Event Tracing, Documentation Review, Designing the System Architecture : The need for Architecture, The “4+1” view of Architecture, The Logical view, The Component View, The Process View, The Deployment View, The Use Case view.

Unit-6: The Iteration Planning Process: Benefits, Goals, Design the User Interface, Adding Design Classes, The Emergence of Patterns, Designing Relationships, Designing Attributes and Operations, Designing for Inheritance, Coding, Testing, and Documenting the Iteration. Text Books:

• “UML User Guide”, Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, 2000, Addison Wesley. • Visual Modeling with Rational Rose 2000 and UMLBy Terry Quatrani Foreword by Grady Booch, 2000

Reference Books:

• “UML Reference Guide”, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch, 2000, Addison Wesley. • “The Objectory Software Development Process”, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, 1999,

Addison Wesley. • UML Distiled by Maxtin Fowler with Kendall Scott,2000 ,Second Edition

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Sams Teach Yourself “UML” In 24 Hours By Joseph Schmuller ,2000


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-466 E Embedded Systems Design L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Real time operating system overview, exposure to Windows CE, QNX, Micro kernels and μc/OS of introduction to process models. Interrupt routines in an RTOs environment, encapsulating semaphores and queues, hard real-time scheduling considerations, saving memory space. Unit-2: 16 & 32 bit microprocessor and micro-controller and DSP hardware with reference to Embedded system. Unit-3: Embedded software development tools and compilers – host and target machines, linker/ locators for embedded software, cross compilers, cross assemblers and tool chairs, gce compiler, basic concept of device drivers, serial communication interface device driver. Unit-4: System synthesis of Hardware/ software co-emulation, simulation speed of emulators. JTAG OCD Unit-5: Communication protocols with special reference to embedded system. TCP/IP, VDP wireless protocols, IRDA, Blue tooth IEEE 8.8.11. Text Books:

• An embedded system primer by David E Simon, 1999, Addison-Wesley • Programming for Embedded system by Dreamtech software team, John wiley, 2002

Reference Books:

• TCP/IP Lean: Web servers for embedded systems by Jeramy Bentham, 2002 • Real –time programming: A guide to 32 bit embedded development, Rick Grehan, 1999, AW.



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-468 E Logic & Functional Programming L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Procedural and non-procedural lang., prolog vs LISP, Applications of LISP & PROLOG in designing expert system. Unit-2: Syntax of PROLOG, Lists, Operators, Arithmetic, Structures, Controlling Back Tracking. Unit-3: Input and Output, built-in predicates, Operation on Data Structures, Advanced Tree Representation. Unit-4: Prolog in Artificial Intelligence: writing programs for search techniques, Constraint logic programming, Knowledge representation and expert system, Expert System Shell. Unit-5: Planning, Machine Learning, Inductive Logic Programming, Qualitative Reasoning, Language Processing, Game Playing, Meta Programming. Text Book:

• Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence by Ivan Bratko, 2001, Pearson Edu. Reference Books:

• Symbolic Computing with Lisp & PROLOG - by Mueller, JW, 1998 • Programming in turbo PROLOG by Lee Teft - PHI.



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-414E Digital Image Processing L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction and Fundamental to Digital Image Processing: What is Digital Image Processing, Origin of Digital Image Processing, Examples that use Digital Image Processing, Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing, Components of Digital Image Processing System, Image sensing and acquisition, Image sampling, quantization and representation, Basic relationship between pixels. Unit-2: Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain & Frequency domain: Background, Basic gray level transformation, Histogram processing, Basics of spatial filtering, Smoothing and Sharpening Spatial filters, Introduction to Fourier Transform and the Frequency Domain, Discrete Fourier Transform. Smoothing and Sharpening Frequency-Domain filters. Unit-3: Image Restoration: Image Degradation/Restoration Process, Noise models, Restoration in presence of noise, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean Square Filtering, Geometric mean filter, Geometric transformations. Unit-4: Color Image Processing: Color Fundamentals, Color models, Basis of full color image processing, Color transformations. Unit-5: Image Compression: Fundamentals, Image compression models, Error free compression, Lossy compression. Unit-6: Image Segmentation: Detection of Discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary detection, Thresholding, Region oriented segmentation. Unit-7: Representation, Description and Recognition: Representation-chain codes, polygonal approximation and skeletons, Boundary descriptors-simple descriptors, shape numbers, Regional descriptors- simple, topological descriptors, Pattern and Pattern classes-Recognition based on matching techniques. Unit-8: Recognition: Pattern and pattern Classes, Decision-Theoretic Methods. Text Book:

• Digital Image Processing by Rafael C.Gonzalez & Richard E. Woods –2002, Pearson Education Reference Book:

• Digital Image Processing by A.K. Jain, 1995,-PHI Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-302 E Network Programming L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction to networking, TC/IP Protocol architecture, Classful internet addresses, subnets, super netting, address resolution Protocol (RAP) and RARP, IP datagram format, UDP and TCP/data grams , ICMP its purpose , FINGER, NET STAT details & IPconfig, Ping, TRACERT, ROUTE. Unit-2: Socket introduction, elementary TCP sockets, TCP client sever, I/O functions, select& poll functions, socket options elementary UDP sockets, elementary node and address conversions, echo service (TCP and UDP). Unit-3: Algorithm and issues in server software design :iterative connectionless servers, (UDP), Iterative, connection oriented servers (TCP), single process, concurrent servers multiprotocol servers (TCP,UDP), multi service servers (TCP,UDP). Unit-4: Remote procedure call concept (RCP) :RPC models, analogy between RPC of client and server, remote programs and procedures, their multiple versions and mutual exclusion communication semantics, RPC retransmits, dynamic port mapping ,authentication. Unit-5: Network file system concept of data link access, debugging techniques ,Routing sockets, broadcasting to mobile network. Text Books:

• Unix Network programming Vol -2nd edition, W.Richard Stevens • Internet working with TCP/IP Vol-1, Doubles e-commer. • Internetworking TCP/IP Vol III Doubles E comer, David L.Stevens

Reference Book:

• Internetworking with TCP/IP, Vol II Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-452-E BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

SEMESTER VIII (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs The course proposes to help students develop business and technical communication competence. It focuses on writing skills and strategies for specific purposes. The inevitability of introducing this course to Engineering students is embodied in that it has comparatively a high concentration of certain complex writing techniques and procedures. COURSE CONTENT: Unit-I Business correspondence: Characteristics and Formats of Business letter; Quotations, Orders, Tenders, Sales letters, claim and adjustment letters, Credit and Collection letters, Application Letters for vacant situations with emphasis on Resumes and Curriculum Vitae; E-mail and Netiquette – format, style and tone.

Unit-II Business Reports and Proposals: Importance, Function, Pattern and formats of Reports, Typical Business Reports, Report Organisation and Presentation, and Formal Reports; Proposal Formats, Writing problem-Solving Proposals, Executive Summary Proposals and project Proposals.

Unit-III Meetings: Writing of Memorandum, Notes, Agenda and Minutes of Meeting. Unit-IV Public Relations and Advertising Documents: Press Releases, Public Service Announcements, Advertising Strategy and its objective, Designing of Classified and Display Advertising copies. SUGGESTED READING:

1. Business Communication: Process & Product by Hary Ellen Guffey, IV Edition, South-Western College Publishing, Cincinnati.

2. Business Correspondence and Report Writing by R.C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan, Tata Macgraw Hill Publication, New Delhi.

3. Effective Business English and Correspondence by M.S. Ramesh and C.C.

Pattanshetti, R. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

4. Effective Letters in Business by Robert by C. Shruter, Tata Macgraw Hill, New Delhi.

5. English Business Letters by F.W. Wing & D. Anncree, Orient Longman.

6. Written Communication in English by Sarah Freeman, Orient Longman.

A-PDF Split DEMO


7. International Business English by Leo Jones & Richard Alexander, Cambridge University Press.

8. General and Business English by Sweet Stephen, Sir Issac Pitman & Sons Ltd.,

London.

9. How to Write and Present Technical Information, Charles H. Sides, Cambridge University Press, U.K.

10.Strategies for Engineering communication, Susan Stevenson/Steve Whitmore, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Printed in India by Replika Press Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: There will be six questions in all, covering all the units. All questions will be compulsory and will have enough internal choice. Unit-I: 30 Marks There will be two questions from this unit. One question will cover the theoretical aspect of business letter writing and will carry 10 marks. The other question will be on writing the letter in a proper format on a subject given and will be of 20 marks. There will be enough choice taking care of the justice to be given to both the aspects of the letter writing. Unit-II: 35 Marks There will be two questions from this unit. One question will cover the theoretical aspect of report/proposal writing and will carry 15 marks. The other question will be on preparing the report/proposal on a topic/subject given and will be of 20 marks. There will be enough choice taking care of the justice to be given to both the aspects of the report writing. Unit-III: 15 Marks There will be a question on theoretical aspects of the various items of this unit or students can be asked to draft a specimen of any of these from the material given in the exam. The question can be split into parts. Unit-IV: 20 Marks There will be one question having two parts. One part will be on theory and will be of 5marks and the other will require the drafting an advertisement copy of a product or service or a public announcement and will carry 15 marks.

A-PDF Split DEMO


PHY-452-E LASER TECHNOLOGY

(Elective for EE,EL,CSE,IT,IC) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam. : 3 Hours. Conditions for Producing Laser, Concept of coherence – Special and temporal,Population Inversions, Einstein coefficient, Gain and Gain saturation, Saturation intensity, Development and Growth of a Laser Beam, Exponential Growth factor, Threshold Requirement for a Laser. Inversions and two-level systems, steady-state inversions and three and four-level systems. Transient Population Inversions, Factors effecting population inversion, Laser Amplifiers. Excitation or Pumping Threshold Requirements, Pumping Pathways, Specific Excitation Parameters Associated with Optical and particle Pumping. Helium-Neon Laser, Co2 Laser, Ruby Laser, Semiconductor Diode Laser. RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1. Laser Fundamentals by William T. Silfvast Cambridge University, Press. 2. Introductory University Optics by John Beynon, (PHI) 3. Laser – B.B. Laud. 4. Optics – A.K. Ghatak (TMH) Note : Eight questions will be set and students will be required

to attempt any five questions in all. All questions will carry equal marks.

A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-456-E MARKETING MANAGEMENT VIIITH SEMESTER (ELECTIVE) Class Work : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 4 - - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam.: 3 Hrs. Unit-I Definition of Marketing and Marketing Management-Nature, scope and importance of Marketing. The Evolution of concepts in Marketing- The Production concept, The Selling concept, The modern Marketing Concept. The Societal concept. The Marketing System. Unit-II Elements of marketing mix. Market segmentation-Meaning, importance and basis of market segmentation. Target marketing, market segmentation Vs target marketing. Unit-III Product-concepts and types. Product life cycle, New Product development and its process. Branding, packaging and trademark decisions. Unit-IV Pricing-Objectives and importance, strategies. Pricing practices and methods. Unit-V Distribution-Process of distribution, types, marketing channel decisions and their importance. Unit-VI Marketing Promotion-Meaning, Marketing communication, Advertising, Sales Promotion, Publicity-their concepts and relative importance. Selection of media. Salesmanship - importance, duties, responsibilities, Training & methods of training.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Unit-VII Marketing Information System-Meaning, techniques and importance. Marketing Research-Meaning, Objective and its process. Text Books : 1. Introduction to Marketing & Salesmanship - J.C. Sinha - R.Chandra & Co. 2. Modern Marketing management - C.J. George, K.C. Nair, J.John - Himalya Publishing House. 3. Modern Marketing Management - Rustam S. Dawar - Universal Book Stall. Reference Books : 1. Modern Marketing - R.S.N. Pillai & V. Bagvati - S. Chandra & Co. 2. Marketing Management – Phlip Kotler – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 3. Marketing Management – T.N. Chhabra, S.K. Grover – Dhanpat Rai & Co. 4. Marketing Management – S.A. Sherlekar – Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay 5. Basic Marketing – Cundiff and Still – PHI India. Note:Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO







A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVES-4






A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-470 E Web Engineering


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Information Architecture: The role of the Information Architect, Collaboration and Communication, Organizing Information, Organizational Challenges, Organizing Web sites and Intranets, Creating Cohesive Organization Systems Designing Navigation Systems, Types of Navigation systems, Integrated Navigation Elements, Remote Navigation Elements, Designing Elegant Navigation Systems, Searching Systems, Searching your Web Site, Designing the Search Interface, Indexing the Right Stuff, To search or Not To Search, Grouping Content, Conceptual Design, High-Level Architecture Blueprints, Architectural Page Mockups, Design Sketches. Unit-2: Dynamic HTML and Web Designing: HTML Basic Concepts, Good Web Design, Process of Web Publishing, Phases of Web Site development, Structure of HTML documents, HTML Elements-Core attributes, Language attributes, Core Events, Block Level Events, Text Level Events, Linking Basics, Linking in HTML, Images and Anchors, Anchor Attributes, Image maps, Semantic Linking Meta Information, Image Preliminaries, Image Download Issues, Image as Buttons, Introduction to Layout: Backgrounds, Colors and Text, Fonts, Layout with Tables. Advanced Layout: Frames and Layers, HTML and other media types. Audio Support in Browsers, Video Support, Other binary Formats. Style Sheets, Positioning with Style sheets. Basic Interactivity and HTML: FORMS, Form Control, New and emerging Form elements. Unit-3: Java Server Pages and Active Server Pages: Basics, Integrating Script, JSP/ASP Objects and Components, configuring and troubleshooting,: Request and response objects, Retrieving the contents of a an HTML form, Retrieving a Query String, Cookies, Creating and Reading Cookies. Using application Objects and Events. Unit-4: Overview of advance features of XML Text Books:

• HTML The complete Reference, TMH • CGI Programming with Perl 2/e, Scott Guelich, Shishir Gundavaram, Gunther Birzniek; O’Reilly • Doug Tidwell, James Snell, Pavel Kulchenko; Programming Web Services with SOAP, O’ Reilly • Pardi, XML in Action, Web Technology, PHI



A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-402-E OPERATIONS RESEARCH ---------- ------------------- (Compulsory for Chemical Engg. Elective for CSE,IT,EE,EL) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours Unit-I : The origin of OR, Phases of an O.R. study, Impact of OR, Formulation of Linear-programming model, Graphical solution. Converting the linear programming problem to standard form, Simplex method. Unit-II : Big-M method, Two-Phase method, Degeneracy, Alternate optima, unbounded and infeasible solution. Unit-III : Definition of the dual problem, primal-dual relationship, Dual Simplex method, Postoptimal and sensitivity analysis. Unit-IV & V : Assignment problem and its mathematical formulation, solution of assignment problem (Hyngarian method), Transportation problem and its mathematical formulation, Initial basic feasible solution of transportation problem by North-West corner rule, Lowest-Cost Entry method and Vogel's Approximation method, Optimal solution of transportation problem. Unit-VI : Network models, Minimal spanning tree algorithm, Shortest- route problem (Floyd's Algorithm and Dijkstras algoritham), Maximal flow problem, Introduction to CPM & PERT. Unit-VII : Introduction to Dynamic Programming, General inventory Model, Static Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) Models. Unit-VIII :

Elements of a Queuing model, Pure Birth & Death model, Generalized Poisson Queuing model, Specialized Poisson Queues. Books Recommended : 1. Operations Research by Hamdy A. Taha. 2. Introduction to Operations Research by Hiller and Dieherman, TMH. 3. Optimization Theory and Application : S.S. Rao, John Wiley. Note : Examiner will set eight questions, taking one from each unit. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-454-E INDIAN ENGLISH WRITING

SEMESTER VIII (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs

Technological skills, devoid of human values, tend to turn professionals into mere automatons. It is imperative to sensitise them to social and human values. This course, through formal exposure to literature, aims at achieving this much-needed holistic balance. COURSE CONTENT: English August by Upamanyu Chatterjee Seven Steps in the Sky by Kundanika Kapaadia Fire and Rain by Girish Karnard Countdown by Amitav Ghosh TEXTS BOOKS:

1. English August by Upamanyu Chatterjee, Penguin Books, Delhi/Faber&Faber, Delhi.

2. Seven Steps in the Sky by Kundanika Kapaadia, Penguin Books, Delhi. 3. Fire and Rain by Girish Karnard, OUP, Delhi. 4. Countdown by Amitav Ghosh, Ravi Dayal, Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: The students will be required to attempt five questions in all. All questions will carry equal marks. Question no 1 will be compulsory. It will have four ‘reference to context’ type questions covering all the texts. Here students’ first hand reading of the texts will be tested. Besides the first, there will be eight more questions (covering all the four texts) out of which the students will be required to attempt any four, choosing at least one question from each text. The questions will be so framed as to evaluate the knowledge of the text for various social, political, cultural and human issues from readers’ point of view. No question will be based on literary theory.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-472 E Introduction to VLSI Design L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Crystal Growth: MGS, EGS, Czochralspi crystal Puller, Silicon shaping, Wafer Preparation. Epitaxy: Vapour Phase Epitaxy, Epitaxial Layer evaluation Molcullar Beam Epitaxy. Unit-2: Oxidation: Thermal Oxidation Kinetics, Oxidation techniques, Oxide Properties, Oxidation induced Defects. Lithography: Photolithography, e-beam lithography, X ray Lithography. Unit-3: Reactive Plasma Etching: Plasma Properties, Feature Size control and anisotropic etching, Plasma etching techniques and equipment. Di-electric and Poly-Silicon Film Deposition: Deposition Processes for Poly-Si, SiO2, SiO3N4; Plasma assisted Depositions. Unit-4: Diffusion: A Qualitative view of atomic diffusion in Solids, diffusion mechanisms, Fick’s one dimensional diffusion equation, constant source and limited source diffusion, diffusion of Grp3 and 5 impurities in Silicon Impurity sources, diffusion apparatus, Characterization of diffused layers. Ion Implantation: Introduction, Range Theory, Implantation Equipment Anncaling. Unit-5: Metallization: Metallization applications, Choices, Physical Vapour Deposition. Sputtcring, Metallization Problems. Assembly & Packaging: Package Types, design considerations, Package fabrication technologies, Future trends. Unit-6: Isolation techniques: Bipolar IC fabrication Process Sequence. n MOS IC fabrication Process Sequence. Text Books:

• VLSI Technology, S.M. Sze , 1998, MGH • VLSI Fabrication Principles, S.K. Ghandhi



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-416 E Social and Professional Issues in IT L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Legal Issues: Introduction to legal concepts, Basic outline of Criminal and Civil Laws, Concepts relating to laws of Contract and Commercial Law, Substantive Legal Issues, Intellectual property Issues, Cyber crime, Data protection principles and implications of the European Union Data Protection Directive, Confidentiality and privacy, Intellectual property rights, Copyright and Industrial Property, Patents, Trade Marks and laws relating to designs, Software Protection and piracy, Dealing with Copyright, Originality, Exception to Copyright infringement, Employees and freelance programs, devices to overcome protection Software Licensing , Methods of licensing, Copyright and electronic publishing , Copyright problems posed by electronic publishing.

Unit-2: Multimedia, licensing and related issues: Protection of Databases, Trade marks and passing off, Internet related issues, Contract issues and Law, Basic understanding of the Types of Agreements in large computerization projects – Implementation Agreements, License Agreements, Maintenance agreements etc., Enforcement issues, dispute resolution, arbitration, legislative action,

Unit-3: Other Professional Issues: Duties of a professional, Duties to client, Duties to Employer, Duties to profession, Duties to society, Accountability for quality, timeliness and use of resources, Human relationships and change management, Avoiding computer misuse, Hacking, unauthorized access and types of Computer Crime, Introduction of Viruses, Fraud and types of Computer Fraud, Public interest and Social implications, Environmental protection, Health and safety issues, Privacy, Ethics and Codes of Professional Conduct, The need for professional ethics, Characteristics of professions, Integrity & Honesty, Competence, Professional development, judgment, knowledge of law, relations, standards, independence, Acting with responsibility, professional skill, comply with law, Confidentiality, due care, Contribute towards advancement of human welfare, Public interest, Public awareness, Basic human rights, Ethics and the Internet, Netiquette and Policy approaches, Professional relationships, Are computer professionals “Professionals”, Conflicting responsibilities and misconduct, Codes of Ethics: Relationship between Code of ethics and professional conduct. Case study of some professional body such as Computer Society of India / BCS(UK).

Text Book:

• Professional Issues in Software Engineering (2nd edition.), Bott F. et al., 1995, UCL Press. Reference Books:

• (Eds), The Responsible Software Engineer: Selected Readings in IT Professionalism, Myers C., Hall T. and Pitt D., 1997, Springer

* BCS code of conduct: http://www.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/pdf/codeofc.pdf

A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/pdf/codeofc.pdf 4


• BCS Code of Practice: http://www1.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/Cop.htm • ACS code of Ethics http://203.58.197.209/acs/events_admin/static/national/pospaper/acs131.htm

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www1.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/Cop.htm

http://203.58.197.209/acs/events_admin/static/national/pospaper/code2.htm


CSE 418 Human Computer Interaction


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit 1: Introductions & overview of HCI.:

History of computer user interfaces, HCI - history and intellectual root Human information processing limitations, human decision making.

1. Human cognitive and sensory limits 2. Human memory

3. Human problem solving 4. Skill acquisition

5. Users’ conceptual models (mental models) 6. Decision making

Unit 2: Computer systems and user interfaces, human-system interaction:

Input and output devices, Mechanics of particular devices, Speech input, sound and speech output, Computer architecture, Performance characteristics of humans and systems, Color issues, Computer graphics , Color representation, color maps, color range of devices

Unit 3: Interaction models and metaphors:

Use of abstract metaphors for describing interface behavior, Use of metaphors to support user understanding, Dialog input and output techniques and purposes , Screen layout issues, Dialog interaction: types and techniques, navigation and orientation, multimedia and non-graphical dialogues, Dialog issues: response time, control, standards, look and feel , Layers model of architecture of design and windowing systems, Windows manager models, e.g., X, Macintosh, MS Windows, Hypermedia and WWW

Unit 4: Principles guiding well-designed human-system interaction:

Paradigms for interaction, Principles to support usability, Accounting for users with disabilities Unit 5: The design process – overview:

The typical software development lifecycle (idealized vs. actual), User-centered design overview, “Three pillars of design”, Usability engineering overview, Reconciling UCD and usability testing

Unit 6: The design process - task and user needs analysis:

Task analysis definition, Techniques for task analysis, Sources of information Unit 7: The design process – making use of task and user data for system design.

Use cases, scenarios, Structuring the information, Information architecture, User and process flows, Wireframes, Mockups, comps, Other methods of conveying structure and function

Unit 8: Designing for universal access:

What is accessibility? What is accessible software, Examples of accessibility adaptations, What’s driving software accessibility, Implications for software organizations

A-PDF Split DEMO


Unit 9: Speech user interfaces:

Attributes of speech user interfaces, Evaluating speech user interface quality Unit 10: HCI in mission-critical and high-risk environments:

Safety implications of human-computer interaction, Effects of automation, Addressing the effects Text books:

Hackos, J.T. & Redish, J.C. (1998). User and task analysis for interface design. John New York: Wiley & Sons.

Norman, D. (1988). The design of everyday things. New York: Basic Books.

Reference Books:

• Designing the User Interface: Strategy for Effective Human Computer Interaction, 3rd edition, Bel Shneiderman, Perason Edu. Publ. 2000

• Human Computer Interaction Dix, A et al. Prentice Hall 1993

• Graphical User Interface Design and Evaluation Redmond-Pyle, D. & Moore, A. Prentice Hall 1995

• The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design Laurel, B Addison-Wesley 1990



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE 420 E Fuzzy Logic L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit - 1 Classical and Fuzzy Sets: Overview of Classical Sets, Membership Function, a-cuts, Properties of a-cuts, Decomposition, Theorems, Extension Principle, Unit - 2 Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Compliment, Intersections, Unions, Combinations of Operations, Aggregation Operations Unit - 3 Fuzzy Arithmetic: Fuzzy Numbers, Linguistic Variables, Arithmetic Operations on intervals & Numbers, Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers, Fuzzy Equations. Unit - 4 Fuzzy Relations: Crisp & Fuzzy Relations, Projections & Cylindric Extensions, Binary Fuzzy Relations, Binary Relations on single set, Equivalence, Compatibility & Ordering Relations, Morphisms, Fuzzy Relation Equations. Unit – 5 Possibility Theory: Fuzzy Measures, Evidence & Possibility Theory, Possibility versus Probability Theory. Unit – 6 Fuzzy Logic: Classical Logic, Multivalued Logics, Fuzzy Propositions, Fuzzy Qualifiers, Linguistic Hedges. Unit – 7 Uncertainty based Information: Information & Uncertainity, Nonspecificity of Fuzzy & Crisp sets, Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets. Unit – 8 Applications of Fuzzy Logic in soft computing. Text / Reference books :

• Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty & Information by G.J.Klir & T.A. Folyger, PHI, 1988. • Fuzzy sets & Fuzzy logic by G.J.Klir & B.Yuan, PHI, 1995.



A-PDF Split DEMO


NOTE: Student are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.


Scheme of studies & Examination Bachelor of Engineering (Information Technology)

Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER III


Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule (Marks) Sl.

No Course No. Subject L T P Total Theory Marks of

Class work Practical Total


1 MATH-201-E Mathematics III (Common with all branches) 3 2 - 5 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-201 E Data Structures & Algorithms (CSE,EL,IT,EI) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-203 E Discrete Structures (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 EE-217-E Digital & Analog Communication (IT,CSE) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 EE-204-E Digital Electronics (CSE, IT & common with IV Sem. EL,EE,EI, IC)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 HUM-201-E Economics (Common with all branches) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 IT-201 E PC Lab. (CSE, IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 CSE-205 E Data Structures & Algorithms Lab (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9 EE-224-E Digital Electronics Lab (Common with 4th Sem. - EL,EE,EI, IC)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

TOTAL 18 7 6 31 600 375 75 1050

A-PDF Split DEMO



Sl. No. Course No. Subject

L T P Total Theory Marks of class work Practical Total


1 CSE-202 E Data Base Management Systems (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-204 E Programming Languages (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-208 E Internet Fundamentals (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 IT-202 E Object Oriented Programming using C++ (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 CSE-210 E Computer Architecture & Organization (CSE, IT and common with V-sem. EL,EI,IC)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 IT-204 E Multimedia Technologies (Common with CSE – V Sem.) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 CSE-212 E Data Base Management Systems Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 IT-206 E C++ Programming Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9 IT-208 E Multimedia Technologies Lab (Common with CSE – V Sem.)

- 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

10 CSE-214 E Internet Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

11 GPIT-202 E General Proficiency - - - - - 50 - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 8 32 600 450 100 1150 - Note : 1 During the vacation following this 4th semester, candidates will carry out self study of Open Source Software available on the

internet and will complete a ‘mini project‘ based upon this study. This project will be evaluated in the 5th semester. 2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.



Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER IV


A-PDF Split DEMO


Note: 1. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.

3. Assessment of Minior Project will be based upon open source software, viva-voce, report Seminar during Fourth Semester accordingly performance letter grades A,B,C and F are to be awarded.

A student who is awarded F grade will be required to repeat Mini Project.

M.D. UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK ,


Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER V


Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule (Marks) Sl.

No Course No. Subject

L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total


1 IT-301-E Rapid Application Development 3 1 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 IT-303-E System Programming & System Administration (Common with CSE – VIth Sem)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 IT-305-E Computer Networks (Common with CSE & EL– VIth Sem) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 CSE-301-E Principles of Operating System (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 EE- 309-E Microprocessor & Interfacing (EL,CSE,IT,EI, IC) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 CSE-303-E Computer Graphics (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 IT-307-E Rapid Application Development Lab (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 CSE-309-E Computer Graphics Lab (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9 CSE-308-E Operating Systems Lab. (Common with CSE – VI Sem)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

10 EE-329- E Microprocessor & Interfacing Lab. (CSE,IT,EL,EI, IC)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

11 IT-309-E Assessment of Mini-Project based upon Open Source Software carried out at the end of 4th semester.

- - 2 2 - 50 - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 10

34 600 450 100 1150

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK ,


Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VI

EFFECTIVE FROM 2005-06 SESSION Note: 1. During the vacation period following this semester, the student will carry out self study of .net technology and will implement a ‘mini -project’

based upon this study. This project will be evaluated in the coming 7th semester. 2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.


Sl. No.

Course No. Subject

L T P Total Theory Marks of Class work Practical Total


1 IT-302 E Network Programming 3 1 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-302 E Principles of Software Engineering

(CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-304 E Intelligent Systems (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 CSE-307 E Web Development (Common with

CSE – V Sem,) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 EE-402-E Wireless Communication (CSE, IT

and Common with 8th Sem–EL) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6

EE-407-E Digital Signal Processing (Common with VII-sem EI, IC and common with CSE – Elective-I)

3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 IT-304 E Network Programming Lab.

(EL,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 CSE-306 E Intelligent Systems Lab. (CSE,IT) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

9

CSE-311 E Web Development & Core JAVA Lab. (Common with V Sem – CSE)

- - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

11 GPIT-302 E General Proficiency - - - - 50 - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 6 30 600 425 75 1100 -

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK , Scheme of studies & Examination

Bachelor of Engineering (Information Technology) Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VII EFFECTIVE FROM 2006-07 SESSION


Sl. No Course No. Subject

L T P Total Theory Marks of Class work

Practical Total


1 IT-401 E Data Warehousing & Data Mining 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 CSE-403E Software Project Management (CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 IT-403 E System & Network Administration 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 ELECTIVES 1 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 ELECTIVES 2 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 IT-405 E System & Network Administration Lab. - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3

7 IT-407 E Advanced JAVA Lab. (Common with 8th Sem.-CSE)

- - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3

8 IT-409 E Major PROJECT – Part I - - 4 4 - 50 - 50

OR IT-411 E INDUSTRIAL PROJECT – PartI

9 IT-413 E Assessment of Mini-Project based upon

.net technology carried out at the end of 6th semester.

- - 2 2 - 50 - 50 -

TOTAL 20 3 12 35 575 450 100 1050

Note: 1. ‘Major PROJECT–Part I’ will commence in 7th semester where students will identity the project problem, complete the design and arrange the needed hardware/ software. The project will be completed in 8th semester along with its examinations.

2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination. ELECTIVES-1 CSE-417 E Data Network Design

CSE-419E Neural Networks IT-465 E Network Technology EE-310-E Digital System Design

CSE-421 E Advanced Database Management Systems CSE-423 E Object Oriented Software Engineering

HUM-451-E Language Skills for Engineers MATH-451-E Combinatories & Graph Theory HUM-455-E Entrepreneurship

ELECTIVES-2 CSE-401 E Advanced Computer Architecture IT-467- E Computer Software Testing IT-469-E Introduction to E-commerce & ERP CSE-425 E Natural Language Processing IT-471- E Management Information system CSE-405 E Compiler Design HUM-453-E Oral Communication Competence MATH-455-E Linear Algebra CH-451-E Environmental Science & Engineering

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK , Scheme of studies & Examination

Bachelor of Engineering (Information Technology) Scheme of studies / Examination SEMESTER VIII EFFECTIVE FROM 2006-07 SESSION

Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule (Marks) Sl. No

Course No. Subject

L T P Total Theory Marks of

Class work Practical Total


1 CSE-402 E Distributed Operating System

(CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

2 IT-402 E Security of Information Systems

(CSE,IT) 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3 ELECTIVES 3 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4 ELECTIVES 4 4 - - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5 IT-404 E Computer Animation Lab. - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3

6 IT-406 E Major PROJECT - Part II - - 6 6 - 100 100 200 3

OR

IT-408 E INDUSTRIAL PROJECT – Part

II

7 IT-410 E Colloquium - - 2 2 - 50 - 50

8 GFIT-412 E General Fitness for the Profession - - - - - 50 100 150 3

TOTAL

14 2 11 27 400

450 250

1100 NOTE:- Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination. ELECTIVES-3 IT- 464-E Network Security & Management CSE-412-E Object Oriented Systems Development IT-466-E Embedded system Design IT-468-E Logic & Functional Programming CSE-414-E Digital Image Processing PHY-452-E Laser Technology HUM-456-E Marketing Management MATH-202-E Numerical Methods

ELECTIVES-4 HUM-202-E Fundamentals of Management IT-470 E Web Engineering MATH-402-E Operations Research IT-472 E Introduction to VLSI Design CSE-416 E Social and Professional Issues in IT CSE 418 E Human computer Interaction CSE 420 E Fuzzy Logic

A-PDF Split DEMO





Part-A




Part-B

Functions of Complex Variable : Definition, Exponential function, Trignometric and Hyperbolic functions, Logrithmic functions. Limit and Continuity of a function, Differnetiability and Analyticity. Cauchy-Riemann equations, necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, polar form of the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Harmonic functions, application to flow problems. Integration of complex functions. Cauchy- Integral theorem and formula. Power series, radius and circle of convergence, Taylor's Maclaurin's and Laurent's series. Zeroes and singularities of complex functions, Residues. Evaluation of real integrals using residues (around unit and semi circle only).

Part-C Probability Distributions and Hypothesis Testing : Conditional probability, Bayes theorem and its applications, expected value of a random variable. Properties and application of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions. Testing of a hypothesis, tests of significance for large samples, Student’s t-distribution (applications only), Chi-square test of goodness of fit. Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solving linear programming problems using (i) Graphical method (ii) Simplex method (iii) Dual simplex method. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : F Kreyszig. 2. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal.

A-PDF Split DEMO


REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Advance Engg. Mathematics : R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyenger. 2. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg. 3. Operation Research : H.A. Taha. 4. Probability and statistics for Engineers : Johnson. PHI. Note: Examiner will set eight questions, taking two from Part-A, three


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-201 E Data Structures & Algorithms (CSE,EL,IT)











Text Book:

• Data Structures using C by A. M. Tenenbaum, Langsam, Moshe J. Augentem, PHI Pub. Reference Books:

• Data Structures and Algorithms by A.V. Aho, J.E. Hopcroft and T.D. Ullman, Original edition, Addison-Wesley, 1999, Low Priced Edition.

• Fundamentals of Data structures by Ellis Horowitz & Sartaj Sahni, Pub, 1983,AW • Fundamentals of computer algorithms by Horowitz Sahni and Rajasekaran. • Data Structures and Program Design in C By Robert Kruse, PHI, • Theory & Problems of Data Structures by Jr. Symour Lipschetz, Schaum’s outline by TMH • Introduction to Computers Science -An algorithms approach , Jean Paul Tremblay, Richard B. Bunt, 2002,

T.M.H. • Data Structure and the Standard Template library – Willam J. Collins, 2003, T.M.H

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-203 E Discrete Structures L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit-1: Set Theory: Introduction to set theory, Set operations, Algebra of sets, Duality, Finite and Infinite sets, Classes of sets, Power Sets, Multi sets, Cartesian Product, Representation of relations, Types of relation, Equivalence relations and partitions , Partial ordering relations and lattices

Function and its types, Composition of function and relations, Cardinality and inverse relations Unit-2: Propositional Calculus: Basic operations: AND(^), OR(v), NOT(~), Truth value of a compound statement, propositions, tautologies, contradictions. Unit–3: Techniques Of Counting: Permutations with and without repetition, Combination. Unit-4: Recursion And Recurrence Relation :Polynomials and their evaluation, Sequences, Introduction to AP, GP and AG series, partial fractions, linear recurrence relation with constant coefficients, Homogeneous solutions, Particular solutions, Total solution of a recurrence relation using generating functions. Unit-5: Algebric Structures Definition and examples of a monoid, Semigroup, Groups and rings, Homomorphism, Isomorphism and Automorphism, Subgroups and Normal subgroups, Cyclic groups, Integral domain and fields, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem Unit-6: Graphs And Trees: Introduction to graphs, Directed and Undirected graphs, Homomorphic and Isomorphic graphs, Subgraphs, Cut points and Bridges, Multigraph and Weighted graph, Paths and circuits, Shortest path in weighted graphs, Eurelian path and circuits, Hamilton paths and circuits, Planar graphs, Euler’s formula, Trees, Spanning trees, Binary trees and its traversals Text Book:

• Elements of Discrete Mathematics C.L Liu, 1985, McGraw Hill Reference Books:

• Discrete Mathematics by Johnson Bough R., 5th Edition, PEA, 2001.. • Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and

Oren Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley. • Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press. • Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA • Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995,

Edward Arnold, London, • Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill

Singapore • Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI • Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar,

1995, Mc Graw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-217 E Digital and Analog Communication (CSE,IT)


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Communication system components: Introduction to Communication: Definition & means of communications; Digital and analog signals: sign waves, square waves; Properties of signals: amplitude, frequency, phase; Theoretical basis for data communication: Fourier analysis: Fourier series and Fourier Transform (property, ESD, PSD and Raleigh) effect of limited bandwidth on digital signal. Unit-2: Data Transmission System: Physical connections: modulation, amplitude-, frequency-, phase- modulation; Data encoding: binary encoding (NRZ), Manchester encoding, differential Manchester encoding. Transmission Media: Twisted pair-, co-axial-, fiber optic-cables, wireless media Transmission impairments: attenuation, limited bandwidth of the channels, delay distortion, noise, data rate of the channels (Nyquist theorem, Shannon limit). Physical layer interfaces: RS 232, X.21 Unit-3: Standards in data communications: Communication modes: simplex, half duplex, full duplex; Transmission modes: serial-, parallel-transmission; Synchronizations: Asynchronous-, synchronous-transmission; Type of services: connection oriented-, connectionless-services; Flow control: unrestricted simplex protocol, simplex stop- and -wait protocol, sliding window protocol; Switching systems: circuit switching; picketing switching: data gram , virtual circuits, permanent virtual circuits. Telephone Systems: PSTN, ISDN, asynchronous digital subscriber line. Multiplexing: frequency division-, time-, wave- division multiplexing Unit-4: Security in data communications: Transmission errors: feedback-, forward-error control approaches; Error detection; Parity check, block sum check, frame check sequences; Error correction: hamming codes, cyclic redundancy check; Data encryption: secret key cryptography, public key cryptograph; Data compression: run length encoding, Huffman encoding. Text Book:

• Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems Halsall Fred, (4th editon) 2000, Addison Wesley, Low Price edition

• Reference Books: • Business Data Communications, Fitzgerald Jerry, 7th Ed. New York, 2001, JW&S, • Communication Systems, 4th Edi, by A. Bruce Carlson, Paul B. Crilly, Janet C. Rutledge, 2002, TMH. • Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Halsall Fred, 1996, AW. • Digital Communications, J.G. Proakiss, 4th Ed., MGH • Satellite Communication, Pratt, John Wiley • Data & Computer Communications, W.Stallings PHI • Digital & Data Communication systems, Roden 1992, PHI, • Introduction to Digital & Data Communications, Miller Jaico Pub. • Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 2003, 2nd Edition, T.M.H



A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-204-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL TECHNIQUES : Digital signal, logic gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR, Boolean algebra. Review of Number systems. Binary codes: BCD, Excess-3, Gray, EBCDIC, ASCII, Error detection and correction codes. UNIT 2 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING GATES: Design using gates, Karnaugh map and Quine Mcluskey methods of simplification. UNIT 3 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING MSI DEVICES Multiplexers and Demultiplexers and their use as logic elements, Decoders, Adders / Subtractors, BCD arithmetic circuits, Encoders, Decoders / Drivers for display devices. UNIT 4 SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS: Flip Flops : S-R, J-K, T, D, master-slave, edge triggered, shift registers, sequence generators, Counters, Asynchronous and Synchronous Ring counters and Johnson Counter, Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential circuits. UNIT 5 DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES: Switching mode operation of p-n junction, bipolar and MOS. devices. Bipolar logic families:RTL, DTL, DCTL, HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families. Tristate logic, Interfacing of CMOS and TTL families. UNIT 6 A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS: Sample and hold circuit, weighted resistor and R -2 R ladder D/A Converters, specifications for D/A converters. A/D converters : Quantization, parallel -comparator, successive approximation, counting type, dual-slope ADC, specifications of ADCs. UNIT 7 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES: ROM, PLA, PAL, FPGA and CPLDs. TEXT BOOK : 1. Modern Digital Electronics(Edition III) : R. P. Jain; TMH REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Digital Integrated Electronics : Taub & Schilling; MGH 2. Digital Principles and Applications : Malvino & Leach; McGraw Hill. 3. Digital Design : Morris Mano; PHI. NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO





COURSE OBJECTIVE : The purpose of this course is to : 1. Acquaint the student in the basic economic concepts and their operational significance and 2 .Stimulate him to think systematically and objectively about contemporary economic problems.

UNIT-I Definition of Economics - various definitions, Nature of Economic problem, Production possibility curve Economic laws and their nature.

Relation between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economics.

UNIT-II Concepts and measurement of utility, Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Law of equi-marginal utility - its practical application and

importance.

UNIT-III Meaning of Demand, Individual and Market demand schedule, Law of demand, shape of demand curve, Elasticity of demand, measurement of

elasticity of demand, factors effecting elasticity of demand, practical importance & applications of the concept of elasticity of demand.

UNIT-IV Meaning of production and factors of production; Law of variable proportions, Returns to scale, Internal and External economics and

diseconomies of scale. Various concepts of cost - Fixed cost, variable cost, average cost, marginal cost, money cost, real cost opportunity cost. Shape of

average cost, marginal cost, total cost etc. in short run and long run.

UNIT-V Meaning of Market, Types of Market - Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligoply, Monoplistic Competition (Main features of these markets)

Supply and Law of Supply, Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determinition and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices.

UNIT-VI Nature and characteristics of Indian economy (brief and elementary introduction), Privatization - meaning, merits and demerits. Globalisation of

Indian economy - merits and demerits. Elementary Concepts of VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement. Books Recommended : TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles of Economics : P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers). 2. Modern Economic Theory – K.K. Dewett (S.Chand) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. A Text Book of Economic Theory Stonier and Hague (Longman’s Landon) 2. Micro Economic Theory – M.L. Jhingan (S.Chand) 3. Micro Economic Theory - H.L. Ahuja (S.Chand) 4. Modern Micro Economics : S.K. Mishra (Pragati Publications) 5. Economic Theory - A.B.N. Kulkarni & A.B. Kalkundrikar (R.Chand & Co.) 6. Indian Economy : Rudar Dutt & K.P.M. Sundhram NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-201 E PC Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. PC Software: Application of basics of MS Word 2000, MS Excel 2000, MS Power Point 2000, MS Access 2000.

5. To prepare the Your Bio Data using MS Word 6. To prepare the list of marks obtained by students in different subjects and show with the help

of chart/graph the average, min and max marks in each subject. 7. Preapare a presentation explaining the facilities/infrastructure available in your

college/institute. 8. Create a database of books in the library on a mini scale w.r.t. Computers and manipulate the

database using different forms and reports. PC Hardware :

14. To check and measure various supply voltages of PC. 15. To make comparative study of motherboards. 16. To observe and study various cables, connections and parts used in computer communication. 17. To study various cards used in a system viz. display card, LAN card etc. 18. To remove, study and replace floppy disk drive. 19. To remove, study and replace hard disk. 20. To remove, study and replace CD ROM drive. 21. To study monitor, its circuitry and various presents and some elementary fault detection. 22. To study printer assembly and elementary fault detection of DMP and laser printers. 23. To observe various cables and connectors used in networking. 24. To study parts of keyboard and mouse. 25. To assemble a PC. 26. Troubleshooting exercises related to various components of computer like monitor, drives, memory

and printers etc. Reference Books:

• Complete PC upgrade & maintenance guide, Mark Mines, BPB publ. • PC Hardware: The complete reference, Craig Zacker & John Rouske, TMH • Upgrading and Repairing PCs, Scott Mueller, 1999, PHI,


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-205 E Data Structures & Algorithms Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. 1. Write a program to search an element in a two-dimensional array using linear search. 2. Using iteration & recursion concepts write programs for finding the element in the array using Binary Search Method 3. Write a program to perform following operations on tables using functions only a) Addition b) Subtraction c) Multiplication d) Transpose 4. Using iteration & recursion concepts write the programs for Quick Sort Technique 5. Write a program to implement the various operations on string such as length of string concatenation, reverse of a string & copy of a string to another. 6. Write a program for swapping of two numbers using ‘call by value’ and ‘call by reference strategies. 7. Write a program to implement binary search tree. ( Insertion and Deletion in Binary search Tree) 8. Write a program to create a linked list & perform operations such as insert, delete, update, reverse in the link list 9 . Write the program for implementation of a file and performing operations such as insert, delete, update a record in the file. 10. Create a linked list and perform the following operations on it a) add a node b) Delete a node 11. Write a program to simulate the various searching & sorting algorithms and compare their timings for a list of 1000 elements. 12. Write a program to simulate the various graph traversing algorithms. 13. Write a program which simulates the various tree traversal algorithms.


A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-224-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of TTL gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR. 2. Design & realize a given function using K-maps and verify its performance. 3. To verify the operation of multiplexer & Demultiplexer. 4. To verify the operation of comparator. 5. To verify the truth tables of S-R, J-K, T & D type flip flops. 6. To verify the operation of bi-directional shift register. 7. To design & verify the operation of 3-bit synchronous counter. 9. To design and verify the operation of synchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops &

drive a seven-segment display using the same. 10. To design and verify the operation of asynchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-flops &

drive a seven-segment display using the same. 10. To design & realize a sequence generator for a given sequence using J-K flip-flops. 11. Study of CMOS NAND & NOR gates and interfacing between TTL and CMOS gates. 13. Design a 4-bit shift-register and verify its operation . Verify the operation of a ring counter and a

Johnson counter. NOTE : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-202 E Database Management Systems


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1:Introduction Overview of database Management System; Various views of data, data Models, Introduction to Database Languages. Advantages of DBMS over file processing systems, Responsibility of Database Administrator, Unit-2: Introduction to Client/Server architecture, Three levels architecture of Database Systems, E-R Diagram (Entity Relationship), mapping Constraints, Keys, Reduction of E-R diagram into tables. Unit-3: File Organisation: Sequential Files, index sequential files, direct files, Hashing, B-trees Index files. Unit-4: Relational Model, Relational Algebra & various operations, Relational and Tuple calculus. Unit-5: Introduction to Query Languages :QLB , QBE, Structured query language – with special reference of (SQL of ORACLE), integrity constraints, functional dependencies & NORMALISATION – (up to 4th Normal forms), BCNF (Boyce – code normal forms) Unit-6: Introduction to Distributed Data processing, parallel Databases, data mining & data warehousing, network model & hierarchical model, Introduction to Concurrency control and Recovery systems. Text Books:

• Database System Concepts by A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, 3rd edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill, International Edition.

• Introduction to Database Management system by Bipin Desai, 1991, Galgotia Pub. Reference Books:

• Fundamentals of Database Systems by R. Elmasri and S.B. Navathe, 3rd edition, 2000, Addision-Wesley, Low Priced Edition.

• An Introduction to Database Systems by C.J. Date, 7th edition, Addison-Wesley, Low Priced

Edition, 2000. • Database Management and Design by G.W. Hansen and J.V. Hansen, 2nd edition, 1999, Prentice-

Hall of India, Eastern Economy Edition. • Database Management Systems by A.K. Majumdar and P. Bhattacharyya, 5th edition, 1999, Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing. • A Guide to the SQL Standard, Date, C. and Darwen,H. 3rd edition, Reading, MA: 1994, Addison-

Wesley. • Data Management & file Structure by Looms, 1989, PHI


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-204 E Programming Languages L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Syntactic and semantic rules of a Programming language, Characteristics of a good programming language, Programming language translators compiler & interpreters , Elementary data types – data objects, variable & constants, data types, Specification & implementation of elementary data types, Declarations ,type checking & type conversions , Assignment & initialization, Numeric data types, enumerations, Booleans & characters. Unit-2: Structured data objects : Structured data objects & data types , specification & implementation of structured data types, Declaration & type checking of data structure ,vector & arrays, records Character strings, variable size data structures , Union, pointer & programmer defined data objects, sets, files. Unit-3 : Subprograms and Programmer Defined Data Types: Evolution of data type concept ,abstraction, encapsulation & information hiding , Subprograms ,type definitions, abstract data types. Unit–4: Sequence Control: Implicit & explicit sequence control ,sequence control within expressions, sequence control within statement, Subprogram sequence control: simple call return ,recursive subprograms, Exception & exception handlers, co routines, sequence control . Unit-5: Data Control: Names & referencing environment, static & dynamic scope, block structure, Local data & local referencing environment, Shared data: dynamic & static scope. Parameter & parameter transmission schemes. Unit-6: Storage Management: Major run time elements requiring storage ,programmer and system controlled storage management & phases , Static storage management , Stack based storage management, Heap storage management ,variable & fixed size elements. Unit-7: Programming Languages: Introduction to procedural, non-procedural ,structured, functional and object oriented programming language, Comparison of C & C++ programming languages. Text Book:

• Programming languages Design & implementation by T.W. .Pratt, 1996, Prentice Hall Pub. • Programming Languages – Principles and Paradigms by Allen Tucker & Robert Noonan, 2002,

TMH, Reference Books:

• Fundamentals of Programming languages by Ellis Horowitz, 1984, Galgotia publications (Springer Verlag),

• Programming languages concepts by C. Ghezzi, 1989, Wiley Publications., • Programming Languages – Principles and Pradigms Allen Tucker , Robert Noonan 2002, T.M.H.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-208 E Internet Fundamentals L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Electronic Mail: Introduction, advantages and disadvantages, Userids, Pass words, e-mail addresses, message components, message composition, mailer features, E-mail inner workings, E-mail management, Mime types, Newsgroups, mailing lists, chat rooms. Unit-2 : The Internet: Introduction to networks and internet, history, Working of Internet, Internet Congestion, internet culture, business culture on internet. Collaborative computing & the internet. Modes of Connecting to Internet, Internet Service Providers(ISPs), Internet address, standard address, domain name, DNS, IP.v6.Modems and time continuum, communications software; internet tools. Unit-3 : World Wide Web : Introduction, Miscellaneous Web Browser details, searching the www: Directories search engines and meta search engines, search fundamentals, search strategies, working of the search engines, Telnet and FTP. Introduction to Browser, Coast-to-coast surfing, hypertext markup language, Web page installation, Web page setup, Basics of HTML & formatting and hyperlink creation. Using FrontPage Express, Plug-ins. Unit-4: Languages: Basic and advanced HTML, java script language, Client and Server Side Programming in java script. Forms and data in java script, XML basics. Unit-5 : Servers : Introduction to Web Servers: PWS, IIS, Apache; Microsoft Personal Web Server. Accessing & using these servers. Unit-6: Privacy and security topics: Introduction, Software Complexity, Encryption schemes, Secure Web document, Digital Signatures, Firewalls. Text Book:

• Fundamentals of the Internet and the World Wide Web, Raymond Greenlaw and Ellen Hepp – 2001, TMH

• Internet & World Wide Programming, Deitel,Deitel & Nieto, 2000, Pearson Education

Reference Books: • Complete idiots guide to java script,. Aron Weiss, QUE, 1997 • Network firewalls, Kironjeet syan -New Rider Pub. • www.secinf.com • www.hackers.com • Alfred Glkossbrenner-Internet 101 Computing MGH, 1996


A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.secinf.com/

http://www.hackers.com/


IT-202 E Object Oriented Programming Using C++ L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1: Introduction to C++, C++ Standard Library, Basics of a Typical C++ Environment, Pre-processors Directives, Illustrative Simple C++ Programs. Header Files and Namespaces, library files.

Unit-2: Object Oriented Concepts : Introduction to Objects and Object Oriented Programming, Encapsulation (Information Hiding), Access Modifiers: Controlling access to a class, method, or variable (public, protected, private, package), Other Modifiers, Polymorphism: Overloading,, Inheritance, Overriding Methods, Abstract Classes, Reusability, Class’s Behaviors.

Unit–3: Classes and Data Abstraction: Introduction, Structure Definitions, Accessing Members of Structures, Class Scope and Accessing Class Members, Separating Interface from Implementation, Controlling Access Function And Utility Functions, Initializing Class Objects: Constructors, Using Default Arguments With Constructors, Using Destructors, Classes : Const(Constant) Object And Const Member Functions, Object as Member of Classes, Friend Function and Friend Classes, Using This Pointer, Dynamic Memory Allocation with New and Delete, Static Class Members, Container Classes And Integrators, Proxy Classes, Function overloading.

Unit-4: Operator Overloading: Introduction, Fundamentals of Operator Overloading, Restrictions On Operators Overloading, Operator Functions as Class Members vs. as Friend Functions, Overloading, <<, >> Overloading Unary Operators, Overloading Binary Operators.

Unit-5: Inheritance: Introduction, Inheritance: Base Classes And Derived Classes, Protected Members, Casting Base- Class Pointers to Derived- Class Pointers, Using Member Functions, Overriding Base –Class Members in a Derived Class, Public, Protected and Private Inheritance, Using Constructors and Destructors in derived Classes, Implicit Derived –Class Object To Base- Class Object Conversion, Composition Vs. Inheritance.

Unit–6: Virtual Functions and Polymorphism: Introduction to Virtual Functions, Abstract Base Classes And Concrete Classes, Polymorphism, New Classes And Dynamic Binding, Virtual Destructors, Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding.

Unit-7: Files and I/O Streams: Files and Streams, Creating a Sequential Access File, Reading Data From A Sequential Access File, Updating Sequential Access Files, Random Access Files, Creating A Random Access File, Writing Data Randomly To a Random Access File, Reading Data Sequentially from a Random Access File. Stream Input/Output Classes and Objects, Stream Output, Stream Input, Unformatted I/O (with read and write), Stream Manipulators, Stream Format States, Stream Error States.

Unit-8: Templates & Exception Handling: Function Templates, Overloading Template Functions, Class Template, Class Templates and Non-Type Parameters, Templates and Inheritance, Templates and Friends, Templates and Static Members. Introduction, Basics of C++ Exception Handling: Try Throw, Catch, Throwing an Exception, Catching an Exception, Rethrowing an Exception, Exception specifications, Processing Unexpected Exceptions, Stack Unwinding, Constructors, Destructors and Exception Handling, Exceptions and Inheritance. Text Books:

• C++ How to Program by H M Deitel and P J Deitel, 1998, Prentice Hall • Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ by Robert Lafore ,1994, The WAITE Group Press. • Programming with C++ By D Ravichandran, 2003, T.M.H

Reference books: • Object oriented Programming with C++ by E Balagurusamy, 2001, Tata McGraw-Hill • Computing Concepts with C++ Essentials by Horstmann, 2003, John Wiley, • The Complete Reference in C++ By Herbert Schildt, 2002, TMH.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE- 210 E Computer Architecture & Organization L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150







Prentice-Hall International edition. • Computer System Architecture by M. Mano, 2001, Prentice-Hall. • Computer Architecture- Nicholas Carter, 2002, T.M.H.


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-204 E Multimedia Technologies L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Basics of Multimedia Technology: Computers, communication and entertainment; multimedia an introduction; framework for multimedia systems; multimedia devices; CD- Audio, CD-ROM, CD-I, presentation devices and the user interface; multimedia presentation and authoring; professional development tools; LANs and multimedia; internet, World Wide Web & multimedia distribution network-ATM & ADSL; multimedia servers & databases; vector graphics; 3D graphics programs; animation techniques; shading; anti aliasing; morphing; video on demand. Unit-2: Image Compression & Standards: Making still images; editing and capturing images; scanning images; computer color models; color palettes; vector drawing; 3D drawing and rendering; JPEG-objectives and architecture; JPEG-DCT encoding and quantization, JPEG statistical coding, JPEG predictive lossless coding; JPEG performance; overview of other image file formats as GIF, TIFF, BMP, PNG etc. Unit-3: Audio & Video: Digital representation of sound; time domain sampled representation; method of encoding the analog signals; subband coding; fourier method; transmission of digital sound; digital audio signal processing; stereophonic & quadraphonic signal processing; editing sampled sound; MPEG Audio; audio compression & decompression; brief survey of speech recognition and generation; audio synthesis; musical instrument digital interface; digital video and image compression; MPEG motion video compression standard; DVI technology; time base media representation and delivery. Unit-4: Virtual Reality: Applications of multimedia, intelligent multimedia system, desktop virtual reality, VR operating system, virtual environment displays and orientation making; visually coupled system requirements; intelligent VR software systems. Applications of environment in various fields. Text Books:

• An introduction, Villamil & Molina, Multimedia Mc Milan, 1997 • multimedia: Sound & Video, Lozano, 1997, PHI, (Que)

Reference Books:

• Multimedia: Production, planning and delivery, Villamil & Molina,Que, 1997 • Multimedia on the PC, Sinclair,BPB • Multimedia: Making it work, Tay Vaughan, fifth edition, 1994, TMH. • Multimedia in Action by James E Shuman, 1997, Wadsworth Publ., • Multimedia in Practice by Jeff coate Judith, 1995,PHI. • Multimedia Systems by Koegel, AWL • Multimedia Making it Work by Vaughar, etl. • Multimedia Systems by John .F. Koegel, 2001, Buford. • Multimedia Communications by Halsall & Fred, 2001,AW.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE- 212 E Database Management Systems Lab L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. I. Create a database and write the programs to carry out the following operation :

7. Add a record in the database 8. Delete a record in the database 9. Modify the record in the database 10. Generate queries 11. Generate the report 12. List all the records of database in ascending order.

II Develop a menu driven project for management of database system:

1. Library information system (a) Engineering (b) MCA

2. Inventory control system

(c) Computer Lab (d) College Store

3. Student information system

(e) Academic (f) Finance

4. Time table development system

(g) CSE, IT & MCA Departments (h) Electrical & Mechanical Departments

Usage of S/w: 1. VB, ORACLE and/or DB2 2. VB, MSACCESS 3. ORACLE, D2K 4. VB, MS SQL SERVER 2000 Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-206 E C ++ Programming Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Q1. Raising a number n to a power p is the same as multiplying n by itself p times. Write a function called power ( ) that takes a double value for n and an int value for p, and returns the result as double value. Use a default argument of 2 for p, so that if this argument is omitted, the number will be squared. Write a main ( ) function that gets values from the user to test this function.

Q2. A point on the two dimensional plane can be represented by two numbers: an X coordinate and a Y coordinate. For example, (4,5) represents a point 4 units to the right of the origin along the X axis and 5 units up the Y axis. The sum of two points can be defined as a new point whose X coordinate is the sum of the X coordinates of the points and whose Y coordinate is the sum of their Y coordinates. Write a program that uses a structure called point to model a point. Define three points, and have the user input values to two of them. Than set the third point equal to the sum of the other two, and display the value of the new point. Interaction with the program might look like this: Enter coordinates for P1: 3 4 Enter coordinates for P2: 5 7 Coordinates of P1 + P2 are : 8, 11

Q 3. Create the equivalent of a four function calculator. The program should request the user to enter a number, an operator, and another number. It should then carry out the specified arithmetical operation: adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing the two numbers. (It should use a switch statement to select the operation). Finally it should display the result.

When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the user wants to do another calculation. The response can be ‘Y’ or ‘N’. Some sample interaction with the program might look like this.

Enter first number, operator, second number: 10/ 3 Answer = 3.333333 Do another (Y/ N)? Y Enter first number, operator, second number 12 + 100 Answer = 112 Do another (Y/ N) ? N

Q4. A phone number, such as (212) 767-8900, can be thought of as having three parts: the area code (212), the exchange (767) and the number (8900). Write a program that uses a structure to store these three parts of a phone number separately. Call the structure phone. Create two structure variables of type phone. Initialize one, and have the user input a number for the other one. Then display both numbers. The interchange might look like this: Enter your area code, exchange, and number: 415 555 1212

My number is (212) 767-8900 Your number is (415) 555-1212

Q 5. Create two classes DM and DB which store the value of distances. DM stores distances in metres and centimeters and DB in feet and inches. Write a program that can read values for the class objects and add one object of DM with another object of DB.

Use a friend function to carry out the addition operation. The object that stores the results maybe a DM object or DB object, depending on the units in which the results are required. The display should be in the format of feet and inches or metres and cenitmetres depending on the object on display.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Q 6. Create a class rational which represents a numerical value by two double values- NUMERATOR & DENOMINATOR. Include the following public member Functions:

• constructor with no arguments (default). • constructor with two arguments. • void reduce( ) that reduces the rational number by eliminating the highest common factor

between the numerator and denominator. • Overload + operator to add two rational number. • Overload >> operator to enable input through cin. • Overload << operator to enable output through cout.

Write a main ( ) to test all the functions in the class.

Q 7. Consider the following class definition class father { protected : int age; public; father (int x) {age = x;} virtual void iam ( ) { cout < < “I AM THE FATHER, my age is : ”<< age<< end1:} };

Derive the two classes son and daughter from the above class and for each, define iam ( ) to write our similar but appropriate messages. You should also define suitable constructors for these classes. Now, write a main ( ) that creates objects of the three classes and then calls iam ( ) for them. Declare pointer to father. Successively, assign addresses of objects of the two derived classes to this pointer and in each case, call iam ( ) through the pointer to demonstrate polymorphism in action.

Q 8. Write a program that creates a binary file by reading the data for the students from the terminal. The data of each student consist of roll no., name ( a string of 30 or lesser no. of characters) and marks. Q9. A hospital wants to create a database regarding its indoor patients. The information to store include

e) Name of the patient f) Date of admission g) Disease h) Date of discharge

Create a structure to store the date (year, month and date as its members). Create a base class to store the above information. The member function should include functions to enter information and display a list of all the patients in the database. Create a derived class to store the age of the patients. List the information about all the to store the age of the patients. List the information about all the pediatric patients (less than twelve years in age).

Q 10. Make a class Employee with a name and salary. Make a class Manager inherit from Employee. Add an instance variable, named department, of type string. Supply a method to toString that prints the manager’s name, department and salary. Make a class Executive inherit from Manager. Supply a method to String that prints the string “Executive” followed by the information stored in the Manager superclass object. Supply a test program that tests these classes and methods.

Q11. Imagine a tollbooth with a class called toll Booth. The two data items are a type unsigned int to hold the total number of cars, and a type double to hold the total amount of money collected. A constructor initializes both these to 0. A member function called payingCar ( ) increments the car total and adds 0.50 to the cash

A-PDF Split DEMO


total. Another function, called nopayCar ( ), increments the car total but adds nothing to the cash total. Finally, a member function called displays the two totals.

Include a program to test this class. This program should allow the user to push one key to count a paying car, and another to count a nonpaying car. Pushing the ESC kay should cause the program to print out the total cars and total cash and then exit.

Q12. Write a function called reversit ( ) that reverses a string (an array of char). Use a for loop that swaps the first and last characters, then the second and next to last characters and so on. The string should be passed to reversit ( ) as an argument.

Write a program to exercise reversit ( ). The program should get a string from the user, call reversit ( ), and print out the result. Use an input method that allows embedded blanks. Test the program with Napoleon’s famous phrase, “Able was I ere I saw Elba)”.

Q13. Create some objects of the string class, and put them in a Deque-some at the head of the Deque and some at the tail. Display the contents of the Deque using the forEach ( ) function and a user written display function. Then search the Deque for a particular string, using the first That ( ) function and display any strings that match. Finally remove all the items from the Deque using the getLeft ( ) function and display each item. Notice the order in which the items are displayed: Using getLeft ( ), those inserted on the left (head) of the Deque are removed in “last in first out” order while those put on the right side are removed in “first in first out” order. The opposite would be true if getRight ( ) were used.

Q 14. Create a base class called shape. Use this class to store two double type values that could be used to compute the area of figures. Derive two specific classes called triangle and rectangle from the base shape. Add to the base class, a member function get_data ( ) to initialize base class data members and another member function display_area ( ) to compute and display the area of figures. Make display_area ( ) as a virtual function and redefine this function in the derived classes to suit their requirements.

Using these three classes, design a program that will accept dimensions of a triangle or a rectangle interactively and display the area. Remember the two values given as input will be treated as lengths of two sides in the case of rectangles and as base and height in the case of triangles and used as follows:

Area of rectangle = x * y Area of triangle = ½ * x * y

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-208 E Multimedia Technologies Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

1. Write a program to justify a text entered by the user on both the left and right hand side. For example, the test “ An architect may have a graphics program to draw an entire building but be interested in only ground floor”, can be justified in 30 columns as shown below. An architect may have a Graphics programs draw an Entric building but be interested in only ground floor. 2. Study the notes of a piano and stimulate them using the key board and store them in a file. 3. Write a program to read a paragraph and store it to a file name suggested by the author. 4. Devise a routine to produce the animation effect of a square transforming to a triangle and then to a circle. 5. Write a program to show a bitmap image on your computer screen. 6. Create a web page for a clothing company which contains all the details of that company and at-least five links to other web pages. 7. Write a program by which we can split mpeg video into smaller pieces for the purpose of sending it over the web or by small capacity floppy diskettes and then joining them at the destination. 8. Write a program to simulate the game of pool table. 9. Write a program to simulate the game Mine Sweeper. 10. Write a program to play “wave” or “midi” format sound files.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE 214 E Internet Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Exercises involving:

• Sending and receiving mails.

• Chatting on the net.

• Using FTP and Tel net server.

• Using HTML Tags (table, form, image, anchor etc.).

• Making a Web page of your college using HTML tags. Note: At least 10 exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-301 E Rapid Application Development L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit-1: Visual Programming Environment: Concept of procedure and event oriented languages, Integrated Development Environment for VC++ and Visual Basic, Components of Visual C++ and Visual Basic. Unit-2: Parts of Visual C++ Program: Application object, main window object, view object, document object, Document-View architecture and its advantages, dEvent oriented windows Programming, device context, Microsoft Foundation Classes- an Overview, Simple MFC application, API’s . Unit-3: Reading keystrokes, handling mouse, creating menus, toolbars, buttons, status bar prompts, dialog box, check box, radio buttons, list boxes, combo boxes, sliders, multiple documents. Unit-4: Serialization, file handling, debugging. Unit-5: DLL’s, OLE Object Technologies, Creating Internet Programs using Visual C++ and Visual Basic, Creating Active X Controls, connecting to Database (using DAO/ ADO/ RDO) using Visual Basic and Visual C++. Text Books

• Microsoft Visual C++ By Steven Holzner (Pub: BPB) • Visual C++ Programming, 2nd edition by Steven Holzner(Pub: PHI) • Using Visual Basic for Applications By Paul Sanna(Pub: PHI) • Visual Basic Programming By Steven Holzner • MSDN Help

Reference Books

• Visual C++: From the ground Up By Mucller (Pub :TMH)

• Programming Visual C++ by David J. Kruglinski

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-303 E Systems Programming &System Administration L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Evolution of Components Systems Programming, Assemblers, Loaders, Linkers, Macros, Compilers. software tools, Text editors, Interpreters and program generators, Debug Monitors, Programming environment. Unit-2: Compiler: Brief overview of compilation process, Incremental compiler, Assembler: Problem statement, single phase and two phase assembler, symbol table; Loader schemes, compile and go Loader, general loader schemes, absolute loader, Subroutine linkage, Reallocating loader, Direct linkage Loader, Binders, Linking loader, overlays.

25. Unit-3: Macro language and macro-processor, macro instructions, features of macro facility, macro instruction arguments, conditional macro expansion, macro calls with macro instruction defining macros.

Unit-4: Theoretical Concept of Unix Operating System: Basic features of operating system; File structure: CPU scheduling; Memory management: swapping, demand paging; file system: block and fragments, inodes, directory structure; User to user communication. Unit-5: Getting Started with Unix: User names and groups, logging in; Format of Unix commands; Changing your password; Characters with special meaning; Unix documentation; Files and directories; Current directory, looking at the directory contents, absolute and relative pathnames, some Unix directories and files; Looking at the file contents; File permissions; basic operation on files; changing permission modes; Standard files, standard output; Standard input, standard error; filters and pipelines; Processes; finding out about processes; Stopping background process; Unix editor vi. Unit-6: Test Manipulation: Inspecting files; File statistics; Searching for patterns; Comparing files; Operating on files; Printing files; Rearranging files; Sorting files; Splitting files; Translating characters; AWK utility. Unit-7: Shell Programming: Programming in the Borne and C-Shell; Wild cards; Simple shell programs; Shell variables; Shell programming constructs; interactive shell scripts; Advanced features. Unit-8: System Administration: Definition of system administration; Booting the system; Maintaining user accounts; File systems and special files; Backups and restoration; Role and functions of a system manager. Overview of the linux. operating system Text Books:

• Systems Programming by Donovan, TMH. • The unix programming environment by Brain Kernighen & Rob Pike, 1984, PHI & Rob Pike. • Design of the Unix operating system by Maurich Bach, 1986, PHI. • Introduction to UNIX and LINUX by John Muster, 2003, TMH.

Reference Book: • Advanced Unix programmer’s Guide by Stephen Prato, BPB • Unix- Concept and applications by Sumitabha Das, 2002, T.M..H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will


A-PDF Split DEMO







A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-301 E Principles of Operating Systems L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Introduction to Operating System Concepts (including Multitasking, multiprogramming, multi user, Multithreading etc)., Types of Operating Systems: Batch operating system, Time-sharing systems, Distributed OS, Network OS, Real Time OS; Various Operating system services, architecture, System programs and calls. Unit–2: Process Management: Process concept, process scheduling, operation on processes; CPU scheduling, scheduling criteria, scheduling algorithms -First Come First Serve (FCFS), Shortest-Job-First (SJF), Priority Scheduling, Round Robin(RR), Multilevel Queue Scheduling. Unit–3: Memory Management: Logical & Physical Address Space, swapping, contiguous memory allocation, non-contiguous memory allocation paging and segmentation techniques, segmentation with paging; virtual memory management - Demand Paging & Page-Replacement Algorithms; Demand Segmentation. Unit–4: File System: Different types of files and their access methods, directory structures, various allocation methods, disk scheduling and management and its associated algorithms, Introduction to distributed file system. Unit–5: Process-Synchronization & Deadlocks: Critical Section Problems, semaphores; methods for handling deadlocks-deadlock prevention, avoidance & detection; deadlock recovery. Unit-6: I/O Systems: I/O Hardware, Application I/O Interface, Kernel, Transforming I/O requests, Performance Issues. Unit–7: Unix System And Windows NT Overview Unix system call for processes and file system management, Shell interpreter, Windows NT architecture overview, Windows NT file system. Text Books:

• Operating System Concepts by Silberchatz et al, 5th edition, 1998, Addison-Wesley. • Modern Operating Systems by A. Tanenbaum, 1992, Prentice-Hall. • Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings,4th edition, 2001,

Prentice-Hall Reference Books:

• Operating System By Peterson , 1985, AW. • Operating System By Milankovic, 1990, TMH. • Operating System Incorporating With Unix & Windows By Colin Ritche, 1974, TMH. • Operating Systems by Mandrik & Donovan, TMH • Operating Systems By Deitel, 1990, AWL. • Operating Systems – Advanced Concepts By Mukesh Singhal , N.G. Shivaratri, 2003, T.M.H

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-309-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150

DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS PART A

UNIT1. THE 8085 PROCESSOR : Introduction to microprocessor, 8085 microprocessor: Architecture, instruction set, interrupt structure, and assembly language programming. UNIT2. THE 8086 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Architecture, block diagram of 8086, details of sub-blocks such as EU, BIU; memory segmentation and physical address computations, program relocation, addressing modes, instruction formats, pin diagram and description of various signals. UNIT3. INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086: Instruction execution timing, assembler instruction format, data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, branch instructions, looping instructions, NOP and HLT instructions, flag manipulation instructions, logical instructions, shift and rotate instructions, directives and operators, programming examples.

PART B UNIT4. INTERFACING DEVICE : The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, control words, modes and examples. UNIT 5. DMA : Introduction to DMA process, 8237 DMA controller, UNIT6. INTERRUPT AND TIMER : 8259 Programmable interrupt controller, Programmable interval timer chips. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085 : Ramesh S Gaonkar; Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. The Intel Microprocessors 8086- Pentium processor : Brey; PHI REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Microprocessors and interfacing : Hall; TMH 2. The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors-Programming, interfacing,Hardware & Applications :Triebel & Singh; PHI 3. Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family: architecture, Programming & Design : Yu-Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson; PHI. 4. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing : Badri Ram; TMH NOTE: 8 questions are to be set selecting FIVE questions from PART A and THREE questions from PART- B .Students have to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE -303 E Computer Graphics


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction to Computer Graphics: What is Computer Graphics, Computer Graphics Applications, Computer Graphics Hardware and software, Two dimensional Graphics Primitives: Points and Lines, Line drawing algorithms: DDA, Bresenham’s; Circle drawing algorithms: Using polar coordinates, Bresenham’s circle drawing, mid point circle drawing algorithm; Filled area algorithms: Scanline: Polygon filling algorithm, boundary filled algorithm. Unit-2: Two/Three Dimensional Viewing: The 2-D viewing pipeline, windows, viewports, window to view port mapping; Clipping: point, clipping line (algorithms):- 4 bit code algorithm, Sutherland-cohen algorithm, parametric line clipping algorithm (Cyrus Beck). Polygon clipping algorithm: Sutherland-Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm. Two dimensional transformations: transformations, translation, scaling, rotation, reflection, composite transformation. Three dimensional transformations: Three dimensional graphics concept, Matrix representation of 3-D Transformations, Composition of 3-D transformation. Unit-3: Viewing in 3D: Projections, types of projections, the mathematics of planner geometric projections, coordinate systems. Unit-4: Hidden surface removal: Introduction to hidden surface removal. The Z- buffer algorithm, scanline algorithm, area sub-division algorithm. Unit-5: Representing Curves and Surfaces: Parametric representation of curves: Bezier curves, B-Spline curves. Parametric representation of surfaces; Interpolation method. Unit-6: Illumination, shading, image manipulation: Illumination models, shading models for polygons, shadows, transparency. What is an image? Filtering, image processing, geometric transformation of images. Text Books:

• Computer Graphics Principles and Practices second edition by James D. Foley, Andeies van Dam, Stevan K. Feiner and Johb F. Hughes, 2000, Addision Wesley.

• Computer Graphics by Donald Hearn and M.Pauline Baker, 2nd Edition, 1999, PHI Reference Books:

• Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics – David F. Rogers, 2001, T.M.H Second Edition • Fundamentals of 3Dimensional Computer Graphics by Alan Watt, 1999, Addision Wesley. • Computer Graphics: Secrets and Solutions by Corrign John, BPB • Graphics, GUI, Games & Multimedia Projects in C by Pilania & Mahendra, Standard Publ. • Computer Graphics Secrets and solutions by Corrign John, 1994, BPV • Introduction to Computer Graphics By N. Krishanmurthy T.M.H 2002

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit.

Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-307 E Rapid Application Development Lab.

L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Note: At least 10 experiments are to be performed by the students in the semester

1. Study window’s API’s? Find out their relationship with MFC classes. Appreciate how they are helpful in finding complexities of window’s programming? 2. Get familiar with the essential classes in a typical (document view architecture) VC program and their relationships with each other. 3. Write a program to handle the mouse event right click on client area and display a message box as “Right Button Click”. 4. Create a simple model dialog box to read the information about a student i.e. name, roll no. class using appropriate fields. 5. Write a simple console application to create archive class object from file class that reads and stores a simple structure (record). 6. Create a simple database in MS access and connect it to Visual Basic using ADO or DAO. 7. Write a program that reads a text and changes its font, font size as selected by the user from different fonts contained in a list box. 8. With the help of Visual Basic, created an object of excel application and implement any function of it. 9. Write a simple program that displays an appropriate message when an illegal operation is performed, using error handling technique in VB. 10. Make an active X control of your own using Visual Basic.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-308 E Operating Systems Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

• Study of WINDOWS 2000 Operating System.

• Administration of WINDOWS 2000 (including DNS,LDAP, Directory Services)

• Study of LINUX Operating System (Linux kernel, shell, basic commands pipe & filter commands).

• Administration of LINUX Operating System.

• Writing of Shell Scripts (Shell programming).

• AWK programming.


A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-329-E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING LAB L T P CLASS WORK : 25 0 0 2 EXAM : 25 TOTAL : 50 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of 8085 Microprocessor kit. 2. Write a program using 8085 and verify for : a. Addition of two 8-bit numbers. b. Addition of two 8-bit numbers (with carry). 3. Write a program using 8085 and verify for : a. 8-bit subtraction (display borrow) b. 16-bit subtraction (display borrow) 4. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by repeated addition method. Check for minimum number of additions and test for typical data. 5. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and verify. 6. Write a program using 8085 for division of two 8- bit numbers by repeated subtraction method and test for typical data. 7. Write a program using 8085 for dividing two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and test for typical data. 8. Study of 8086 microprocessor kit 9. Write a program using 8086 for division of a defined double word (stored in a data segment) by another double Word division and verify. 10. Write a program using 8086 for finding the square root of a given number and verify. 11. Write a program using 8086 for copying 12 bytes of data from source to destination and verify. 12. Write a program using 8086 and verify for: a. Finding the largest number from an array. b. Finding the smallest number from an array. 13. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in descending order and verify. 14. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order and verify. 15. Write a program for finding square of a number using look-up table and verify. .

A-PDF Split DEMO


16. Write a program to interface a two digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8085/8086 microprocessor and 8255 PPI. 17. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8085/8086 microprocessor and 8255 PPI. NOTE: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester out of which seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-309-C.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-302 E Network Programming L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction to networking, TC/IP Protocol architecture, Classful internet addresses, subnets, super netting, address resolution Protocol (RAP) and RARP, IP datagram format, UDP and TCP/data grams , ICMP its purpose , FINGER, NET STAT details & IPconfig, Ping, TRACERT, ROUTE. Unit-2: Socket introduction, elementary TCP sockets, TCP client sever, I/O functions, select& poll functions, socket options elementary UDP sockets, elementary node and address conversions, echo service (TCP and UDP). Unit-3: Algorithm and issues in server software design :iterative connectionless servers, (UDP), Iterative, connection oriented servers (TCP), single process, concurrent servers multiprotocol servers (TCP,UDP), multi service servers (TCP,UDP). Unit-4: Remote procedure call concept (RCP) :RPC models, analogy between RPC of client and server, remote programs and procedures, their multiple versions and mutual exclusion communication semantics, RPC retransmits, dynamic port mapping ,authentication. Unit-5: Network file system concept of data link access, debugging techniques ,Routing sockets, broadcasting to mobile network. Text Books:

• Unix Network programming Vol -2nd edition, W.Richard Stevens • Internet working with TCP/IP Vol-1, Doubles e-commer. • Internetworking TCP/IP Vol III Doubles E comer, David L.Stevens

Reference Book:

• Internetworking with TCP/IP, Vol II Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-302 E Principles of Software Engineering L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: The process, software products, emergence of software engineering, evolving role of software, software life cycle models, Software Characteristics, Applications, Software crisis. Unit-2 : Software project management:Project management concepts, software process and project metrics Project planning, project size estimation metrics, project estimation Techniques, empirical estimation techniques, COCOMO- A Heuristic estimation techniques, staffing level estimation, team structures, staffing, risk analysis and management, project scheduling and tracking. Unit-3 : Requirements Analysis and specification requirements engineering, system modeling and simulation Analysis principles modeling, partitioning Software, prototyping: , Prototyping methods and tools; Specification principles, Representation, the software requirements specification and reviews Analysis Modeling: Data Modeling, Functional modeling and information flow: Data flow diagrams, Behavioral Modeling; The mechanics of structured analysis: Creating entity/ relationship diagram, data flow model, control flow model, the control and process specification; The data dictionary; Other classical analysis methods. Unit-4: System Design: Design concepts and principles: the design process: Design and software quality, design principles; Design concepts: Abstraction, refinement, modularity, software architecture, control hierarchy, structural partitioning, data structure, software procedure, information hiding; Effective modular design: Functional independence, Cohesion, Coupling; Design Heuristics for effective modularity; The design model; Design documentation. Architectural Design: Software architecture, Data Design: Data modeling, data structures, databases and the data warehouse, Analyzing alternative Architectural Designs ,architectural complexity; Mapping requirements into a software architecture; Transform flow, Transaction flow; Transform mapping: Refining the architectural design. Unit-5 : Testing and maintenance: Software Testing Techniques, software testing fundamentals: objectives, principles, testability; Test case design, white box testing, basis path testing: Control structure testing: Black box testing, testing for specialized environments ,architectures and applications. Software Testing Strategies: Verification and validation, Unit testing, Integration testing,; Validation testing, alpha and beta testing; System testing: Recovery testing, security testing, stress testing, performance testing; The art of debugging, the debugging process debugging approaches. Software re-engineering , reverse engineering ,restructuring, forward engineering. Unit-6 : Software Reliability and Quality Assurance :Quality concepts, Software quality assurance , SQA activities; Software reviews: cost impact of software defects, defect amplification and removal; formal technical reviews: The review meeting, review reporting and record keeping, review guidelines; Formal approaches to SQA; Statistical software quality assurance; software reliability: Measures of reliability and availability ,The ISO 9000 Quality standards: The ISO approach to quality assurance systems, The ISO 9001 standard, Software Configuration Management. Unit-7: Computer Aided software Engineering: CASE, building blocks, integrated case environments and architecture, repository. Text Book:

• Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach, Roger S. Pressman, 1996, MGH. Reference Books:

• Fundamentals of software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI • Software Engineering by Ian sommerville, Pearson Edu, 5th edition, 1999, AW, • Software Engineering – David Gustafson, 2002, T.M.H • Software Engineering Fundamentals Oxford University, Ali Behforooz and Frederick J. Hudson 1995 JW&S, • An Integrated Approach to software engineering by Pankaj jalote , 1991 Narosa,


CSE-304 E Intelligent Systems

A-PDF Split DEMO



Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Foundational issues in intelligent systems: Foundation and history of AI, Ai problems and techniques – AI programming languages, introduction to LISP and PROLOG- problem spaces and searches, blind search strategies, Breadth first- Depth first- heuristic search techniques Hill climbing: best first- A * algorithm AO* algorithm- game tree, Min max algorithms, game playing- alpha beta pruning. Unit-2: Knowledge representation issues, predicate logic- logic programming, semantic nets- frames and inheritance, constraint propagation, representing knowledge using rules, rules based deduction systems. Unit-3: Reasoning under uncertainty, review of probability, Baye’s probabilistic interferences and Dempster shafer theory, Heuristic methods, symbolic reasoning under uncertainty, Statistical reasoning, Fuzzy reasoning, Temporal reasoning, Non monotonic reasoning. Unit-4: Planning, planning in situational calculus, representation for planning, partial order planning algorithm, learning from examples, discovery as learning, I earning by analogy, explanation based learning, neural nets, genetic algorithms. Unit-5: Principles of Natural language processing, rule based systems architecture, Expert systems, knowledge acquisition concepts, AI application to robotics, and current trends in intelligent systems. Text Book:

• Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,. Russell & Norvig. 1995, Prentice Hall. Reference Books:

• Artificial Intelligence, Elain Rich and Kevin Knight, 1991, TMH. • Artificial Intelligence-A modern approach, Staurt Russel and peter norvig, 1998, PHI. • Artificial intelligence, Patrick Henry Winston:, 1992, Addition Wesley 3rd Ed.,


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE- 307 E Web Development L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit-1: Introduction to the Internet, The world wide web: The idea of hypertext and hyper media; How the web works-HTTP, HTML and URLs; How the browser works-MIME types, plugins and helper applications; The standards-HTML, XML, XHTML and the W3C. Hypertext markup language: The anatomy of an HTML document; Marking up for structure and style: basic page markup, absolute and relative links, ordered and unordered lists, embedding images and controlling appearance, table creation and use, frames, nesting and targeting. Descriptive markup: Meta tags for common tasks, semantic tags for aiding search, the doubling code and RDF. Unit-2: Separating style from structure with style sheets: Internal style specifications within HTML, External linked style specification using CSS, page and site design considerations. Client side programming: Introduction to the JavaScript syntax, the JavaScript object model, Event handling, Output in JavaScript, Forms handling, miscellaneous topics such as cookies, hidden fields, and images; Applications. Unit-3: Server side programming: Introduction to Server Side Technologies CGI/ASP/JSP., Programming languages for server Side Scripting, Configuring the server to support CGI, applications; Input/ output operations on the WWW, Forms processing, (using PERL/VBSCRIPT/JavaSCIPT) Unit-4: Other dynamic content technologies: introduction to ASP & JSP, Delivering multimedia over web pages, The VRML idea, The Java phenomenon-applets and servelets, issues and web development. Unit-5: Introduction to Microsoft .NET Technology and its comparison with the competing Technologies. Text books: • Beginning XHTML by Frank Boumpery, Cassandra Greer, Dave Raggett, Jenny Raggett, Sebastian Schnitzenbaumer

& ted Wugofski, 2000, WROX press (Indian Shroff Publ. SPD) 1st edition • HTML & XHTML: The Definitive Guide by Chuck Musciano, Bill Kennedy, 2000, 4th Edi. Reference books: • XHTML Black Book by Steven Holzner, 2000 • CGI Programming on the World Wide Web. O’Reilly Associates. • Web Technologies By Achyut S Godbole , Atul Kahate, 2003, T.M.H • Scott Guelich, Shishir Gundararam, Gunther Birzniek; CGI Programing with Perl 2/e O’Reilly. • Doug Tidwell, James Snell, Pavel Kulchenko; Programming Web services, O’Reilly. • Intranets by James D.Cimino, 1997, Jaico Publ. • Internet and Web Technologies – Raj Kamal, 2002, T.M.H


A-PDF Split DEMO





26. TEXT BOOKS: 5. Wireless Communications: Theodore S. Rappaport; Pearsons. 6. Mobile Cellular Telecommunication: W.C.Y.Lee; McGraw Hill REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Mobile Communications: Jochen Schiller; Pearson NOTE: Eight questions are to be set -one question from each unit. Students have to attempt any five question.

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-304 E Network Programming Lab.

L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. The socket programming can be done on Unix/Linux operating or/and Windows. Socket programming, and the language can be C/VC++ and/or Java

8. Write a program to Create Sockets For Sending And Receiving Data. 9. Write a program to Obtain The Local & Remote Socket Address. 10. Write a program to Create Sockets For Handling Multiple Connection 11. Write a program to Obtain The Information About The (A) Host (B) Network (C) Protocols (D)

Domains 12. Write a program to Manipulate The IP Address. 13. Write a program to Write A Telnet Client. 14. Write a program to Make An FTP Client


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-306 E Intelligent System Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. 1. Study of PROLOG. Write the following programs using PROLOG. 2. Write a program to solve 8 queens problem. 3. Solve any problem using depth first search. 4. Solve any problem using best first search. 5. Solve 8-puzzle problem using best first search 6. Solve Robot (traversal) problem using means End Analysis. 7. Solve traveling salesman problem.


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-311 E Web Development & Core JAVA Lab. L T P Class Work: 25 - - 2 Exam: 25 Total: 50 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Java programs using classes & objects and various control constructs such as loops etc , and data structures such as arrays , structures and functions. Java programs for creating Applets for display of Images ,Texts and Animation Programs related to interfaces & packages Input output & Random files programs in java Java programs using Event driven concept Programs related to Network Programming Development of Web site for the college or newspaper agency.

Books recommended for Lab. • Java Elements – Principles of Programming in Java , Duane A. Bailey , Duane W.

Bailey, 2000, T.M.H • The Java Handbook by Patrick Naughton, TMH, N.Delhi

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-401 E Data Warehousing And Data Mining L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Data warehousing Definition, usage and trends. DBMS vs data warehouse, Data marts, Metadata, Multidimensional data mode, Data cubes, Schemas for Multidimensional Database: stars, snowflakes and fact constellations. Unit-2: Data warehouse process & architecture, OLTP vs OLAP, ROLAP vs MOLAP, types of OLAP, servers, 3-Tier data warehouse architecture, distributed and virtual data warehouses, data warehouse manager. Unit-3: Data warehouse implementation, computation of data cubes, modelling OLAP data, OLAP queries manager, data warehouse back end tools, complex aggregation at multiple granularities, tuning and testing of data warehouse. Unit-4: Data mining definition & task, KDD versus data mining, data mining techniques, tools and applications. Unit-5: Data mining query languages, data specification, specifying knowledge, hierarchy specification, pattern presentation & visualisation specification, data mining languages and standardisation of data mining. Unit-6: Data mining techniques: Association rules, Clustering techniques, Decision tree knowledge discovery through Neural Networks & Genetic Algorithm, Rough Sets, Support Victor Machines and Fuzzy techniques. Unit-7: Mining complex data objects, Spatial databases, Multimedia databases, Time series and Sequence data; mining Text Databases and mining Word Wide Web. Text Books:

• Data Warehousing In the Real World; Sam Anahory & Dennis Murray; 1997, Pearson • Data Mining- Concepts & Techniques; Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber- 2001, Morgan Kaufmann. • Data Mining Techniques; Arun Pujar; 2001, University Press; Hyderbad.

Reference Books:

• Data Mining; Pieter Adriaans & Dolf Zantinge; 1997, Pearson, • Data Warehousing, Data Miniing and OLTP; Alex Berson, 1997, Mc Graw Hill. • Data warehousing System; Mallach; 2000, Mc Graw Hill. • Building the Data Warehouse; W.H. Inman, 1996, John Wiley & Sons. • Developing the Data Warehouses; W.H Ionhman,C.Klelly, John Wiley & Sons. • Managing the Data Warehouses; W.H.Inman, C.L.Gassey, John Wiley & Sons. .



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-403 E Software Project Management L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction to Software Project Management (SPM): Definition of a Software Project (SP), SP Vs. other types of projects activities covered by SPM, categorizing SPs, project as a system, management control, requirement specification, information and control in organization. Unit-2: Stepwise Project planning: Introduction, selecting a project, identifying project scope and objectives, identifying project infrastructure, analyzing project characteristics, identifying project products and activities, estimate efforts each activity, identifying activity risk, allocate resources, review/ publicize plan. Unit-3: Project Evaluation & Estimation: Cost benefit analysis, cash flow forecasting, cost benefit evaluation techniques, risk evaluation. Selection of an appropriate project report; Choosing technologies, choice of process model, structured methods, rapid application development, water fall-, V-process-, spiral- models. Prototyping, delivery. Albrecht function point analysis. Unit-4: Activity planning & Risk Management: Objectives of activity planning, project schedule, projects and activities, sequencing and scheduling activities, network planning model, representation of lagged activities, adding the time dimension, backward and forward pass, identifying critical path, activity throat, shortening project , precedence networks. Risk Management: Introduction, the nature of risk, managing risk, risk identification, risk analysis, reducing the risks, evaluating risks to the schedule, calculating the z values.. Unit-5: Resource allocation &Monitoring the control: Introduction, the nature of resources, identifying resource requirements, scheduling resources creating critical paths, counting the cost, being specific, publishing the resource schedule, cost schedules, the scheduling sequence. Monitoring the control: Introduction, creating the frame work, collecting the data, visualizing progress, cost monitoring, earned value, prioritizing monitoring, getting the project back to target, change control. Unit-6: Managing contracts and people: Introduction, types of contract, stages in contract, placement, typical terms of a contract, contract management, acceptance, Managing people and organizing terms: Introduction, understanding behavior, organizational behavior: a back ground, selecting the right person for the job, instruction in the best methods, motivation, working in groups, becoming a team, decision making, leadership, organizational structures, conclusion, further exercises.. Unit-7: Software quality: Introduction, the place of software quality in project planning, the importance of software quality, defining software quality, ISO 9126, Practical software quality measures, product versus process quality management, external standards, techniques to help enhance software quality. Unit-8: Study of Any Software Project Management software: viz Project 2000 or equivalent Text Book:

• Software Project Management (2nd Edition), by Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, 1999, TMH Reference Books:

• Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s approach, Roger S. Pressman (5th edi), 2001, MGH • Software Project Management, Walker Royce, 1998, Addison Wesley. • Project Management 2/c. Maylor • Managing Global software Projects, Ramesh, 2001, TMH.


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT- 403 E Systems & Network Administration L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. UNIT-1 : Introduction to Systems and Network Administration: The Scope of Systems and Network Administration, The Goals of Systems and Network Administration, System Components and their Management: Operating Systems: Windows and Unix Variants, File Systems and Standards (UFS, NFS, NTFS), Processes and Job Control, Privileged, User and Group Accounts, Logs and Audits, Systems Performance Tuning: Host Management: Booting and Shutting down of an Operating System, Formatting, Partitioning and Building a File System, File System Layout, Concept of swap space, Cloning Systems, OS Installation, Installation and configuration of devices and drivers, Software Installation and Structuring Software, Open Source Software: The GNU Project, Superuser/Administrator Privileges, User Management, Adding/Removing users, Controlling User Resources, Disk Space Allocation and quotas, Process Management and Monitoring, Scheduling Processes, Killing/Stopping processes, Restarting a Process, Monitoring Process Activity, Maintaining Log Files, File System Repair, Backup and Restoration, , Handling Man Pages/Help System, Kernel Customization, Integrating Multiple Operating Systems, System Sharing, User IDs, Passwords and Authentication. UNIT-2 : Network Administration: Introduction to Network Administration Approaches, Addressing and Subnetting : Fixed Vs Variable Masks, VLAN Principles and Configuration, Routing Concepts, Static and Dynamic Routing, Routing Protocols: RIP, OSPF, BGP, Network Address Translation (NAT), Configuring a Linux/Windows Box as a Router, Dial-up configuration and Authentication: PPP, Radius, RAS, Configuring a DNS Server, Configuring Sendmail Service, Configuring a Web Server, Configuring a Proxy Server, TCP/IP Troubleshooting: ping, traceroute, ifconfig, netstat, ipconfig, Network Management. UNIT-3 : Host and Network Security :Security Planning, Categories of Security: C1, C2, C3, C4, Password Security, Access Control and Monitoring: Wrappers, Firewalls: Filtering Rules, Detection and Prevention of Denial of Service (DOS) Attacks, Automatic Identification of Configuration Loop Holes, Security Information Resources: CERT, Installing and Upgrading System Software, Use of Scripting tools: Shell Scripting, Perl/Python Scripting, Use of Make Option

UNIT-4 : Security Planning, Categories of Security: C1, C2, C3, C4, password security, Access Control and Monitoring.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

• “Principles of Network and System Administration”, Mark Burgess, 2000, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, • “TCP/IP Network Administration” (3rd Edition), Craig Hunt, O’Reilly and Associates Inc., 2002. • “Windows 2000 Administration”, George Splading, 2000, McGraw-Hill. • “Linux Network Administrator’s Guide”, Olaf Kirch and Terry Dawson, (2nd Edition), O’Reilly and Associates

Inc., 2000, (Shroff Publishers and Distributors, Culcutta),

A-PDF Split DEMO


Software Requirements : Microsoft Windows 2000, Linux, Perl/Python Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT 405 System and Network Administration Lab.

L T P Class Work: 50 - - 3 Exam: 50 Total: 100 Duration of exam: 3 hrs.

• Management of the users & the domain.

• Configuring DHCP.

• Setting up the local security policy.

• Start and stop services from user window and command prompt.

• Use of event viewer.

• Use of the performance monitor.

• Management of the IIS and FJP server.

• Setting up of local area network.

• Setting up of router in Window 2000 server.

• Use of utilities (a) Ping (b) Trocert (c) netstat (d) net (e) IP configuration (f) Path ping

• Use of network monitor.

• Setting up of a DNS.

• Setting up and use “Terminal Clinet Services”.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT 407 Advanced JAVA Lab. L T P Class Work: 50 - - 3 Exam: 50 Total: 100 Duration of exam: 3 hrs. Development of programs relating to :

• JDBC

• Servlets

• Beans

• RMI

• JSP

A-PDF Split DEMO


Semester-8

CSE-402 E Distributed Operating System


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Introduction to Distributed System, Goals of Distributed system, Hardware and Software concepts, Design issues. Communication in distributed system: Layered protocols, ATM networks, Client – Server model ,Remote Procedure Calls and Group Communication. Middleware and Distributed Operating Systems. Unit-2: Synchronization in Distributed System: Clock synchronization, Mutual Exclusion, Election algorithm, the Bully algorithm, a Ring algorithm, Atomic Transactions, Deadlock in Distributed Systems, Distributed Deadlock Prevention, Distributed Deadlock Detection . Unit-3: Processes and Processors in distributed systems: Threads, System models, Processors Allocation, Scheduling in Distributed System, Real Time Distributed Systems. Unit-4: Distributed file systems: Distributed file system Design, Distributed file system Implementation, Trends in Distributed file systems. Distributed Shared Memory: What is shared memory, Consistency models, Page based distributed shared memory, shared variables distributed shared memory. Unit-5: Case study MACH: Introduction to MACH, process management in MACH, communication in MACH, UNIX emulation in MACH.

TEXT BOOK: • Distributed Operating System – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, PHI.



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT – 402 E Security of Information Systems L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Basic Encryption and Decryption: Terminology and Background: Encryption, Decryption and

Cryptosystems, Plain Text and Cipher Text, Encryption Algorithms, Cryptanalysis. Introduction to Ciphers: Monoalphabetic Substitutions such as the Caesar Cipher, Cryptanalysis of Monoalphabetic Ciphers, Polyalphabetic Ciphers such as Vigenere Tableaux, Cryptanalysis of Polyalphabetic Ciphers, Perfect Substitution Cipher such as the Vernam Cipher, Stream and Block Ciphers, Characteristics of ‘Good’ Ciphers: Shannon Characteristics, Confusion and Diffusion, Information Theoretic Tests, Unicity Distance, Unit-2: Secure Encryption Systems: Hard’ Problems: Complexity: NP-Complete Problems, Characteristics of NP-Complete Problems, The Meaning of NP-Completeness, NP-Completeness and Cryptography. Properties of Arithmetic Operations: Inverses, Primes, Greatest Common Divisor, Euclidean Algorithm, Modular Arithmetic, Properties of Modular Arithmetic, Computing the inverse, Fermat's Theorem, Algorithm for Computing Inverses, Random number generation Public Key (Asymmetric key) Encryption Systems: Concept and Characteristics of Public key Encryption System, Introduction to Merkle-Hellman Knapsacks , Rivest-Shamir-Adelman (RSA) Encryption in Detail, Introduction to Digital Signature Algorithms , The Digital Signature Standard (DSA). Hash Algorithms: Hash Concept , Description of Hash Algorithms , Message Digest Algorithms such as MD4 and MD5 , Secure Hash Algorithms such as SHA1 and SHA2. Secure Secret Key (Symmetric ) Systems: The Data Encryption Standard (DES),Analyzing and Strengthening of DES, Key Escrow and Clipper, Introduction to Advance Encryption Standard (AES) Unit–3: Applied Cryptography, Protocols and Practice: Key Management Protocols:Solving Key Distribution Problem, Diffie-Hellman Algorithm, Key Exchange with Public Key Cryptography. Public Key Infrastructure (PKI): Concept of Digital Certificate, Certificate Authorities and it's roles, X509 Structure of Digital Certificate, Types of Public Key Infrastructures. Legal Issues: Copyrights, Patents, Trade Secrets, Computer Crime, Cryptography and the Law. Unit–4: Operating System, Database and Program Security: Operating Systems Security:Security Policies, Models of Security, Security Features of Ordinary Operating System, Security Features of Trusted Operating System. Database Security: Security Requirements of Databases, Reliability and Integrity, Protection of Sensitive Data, Inference Problem: Direct and Indirect Attacks Program Security: Kinds of Malicious Code, How Viruses Attach and Gain Control, Homes for Viruses, Virus Signatures, Preventing Virus Infection, Trapdoors, Convert Channels, Control Against Program Threats, Java mobile codes. Unit-5: Network Security: Network Security Issues such as Impersonation, Message Confidentiality, Message Integrity, Code Integrity, Denial of Service, Secure Communication Mechanisms such as IPSec, PKI based Authentication and Kerberos Authentication, Biometrics Authentication Mechanisms, Access Control Mechanisms, Firewalls Web Security: Solving Privacy Problems, Solving Authentication Problems, Secure Socket Layer (SSL) Protocol, Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) Protocol , Safe Guarding Web Servers. Secure Electronic Mail: Privacy Enhanced Email (PEM), Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), Public Key Cryptography Standards-PKCS#7, Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME) Text Books:

• "Security in Computing (Second Edition)", Charles P. Pfleeger, 1996, Prentic-Hall International, Inc., • "Applied Cryptography Protocols, Algorithms, and Source Code in C (Second edition)", Bruce Schneier, 1995, John Referenc

Books: • "Security Technologies for the World Wide Web", Rolf Oppliger, Artech House, Inc. • "Digital Certificates Applied Internet Security", Jalal Feghhi, Jalli Feghhi and Peter Williams, Addison Wesley Longman, • "The World Wide Web Security FAQ", Lincoln D. Stein, World Wide Web Consortium, [Online] Available at

http://www.w3.org/Security/Faq/www-security-faq.html • Cryptographic Message Syntax Standard, Public-Key Cryptography Standards, RSA Laboratories, [Online] Available

at http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/pkcs/pkcs-7/index.html

A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.w3.org/Security/Faq/www-security-faq.html

http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/pkcs/pkcs-7/index.html



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT 404 E Computer Animation Lab. L T P Class Work: 50 - - 3 Exam: 50 Total: 100 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

1. Exercises involving advertisement on the Web.

2. Animation of a video game.

3. Animation of a traffic light signal controlling car movements.

4. Animation of a bird flying over a mountain.

5. Animation of landing of plane.

6. Animation of morphing from face to truck.

7. Animation of face from frown to smile.

8. Animation of plucking a flower from plant.

9. Animation of movement of jumping ball in a uniform speed.

10. Animation of a person sitting on a car seat and tying belt.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVES-I CSE-417 E Data Network Design L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Review of OSI layers, circuit types & services, topologies, networking hardware, common protocols & interfaces in physical, data, network & transport layers. Unit-2: Switching technologies, multiplexing, circuit switching, packet switching X.25, frame relax, SMDs ATM, B-ISDN, traffic matrix, traffic pattern calculations, performance issues of packet networks, delay, availability and reliability

Unit-3: Comparisons: circuits Vs. packets vs frame vs cell Technologies & services, protocols &

interface comparisons, switching comparisons, SMDs Vs. B-ISDN, FDDE Vs SMDS

Unit-4: Network Design for Access: Campus network design, leased line and radio modems, DDR & ISDN Access Network design, X.25 remote access network design, Frame-relay interfaces & traffic shaping VSAT & Wlan network design. Scaling access networks OS: protocols, performance analysis. Unit-5: Network Design for Backbone: Identification & selection of internetworking devices, CISCO routers & Nortel switches, EIGRP,Network Design for convergence: UDP broadcasts, IP Networks for Voice, Data, Video, Fax, Soft & hard design examples for IP Technology networks, network design for digital video broadcast Unit-6: Data Network Management Systems: Managing IP, ICMP, TCP, UDP, X.25 reporting Ethernet traffic, managing bridges & routers. Microsoft & HP, NMS Tools, Case Studies: selected from design, architecture & topology areas of internetworks. Introduction to storage area networks and network attached storage. Text Book:

• Data Network Design; D L Spolin, 1993, Mc-Graw Hill. Reference Books:

• SNMP “Feit” 1995, Mc-Graw Hill Inc. • Network Design & Case Studies “CISCO Systems Inc.” , CISCO Press, 1993 • Designing Data Networks by PHI, 1981


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-419 E Neural Networks L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Overview of biological neurons: Structure of biological neurons relevant to ANNs. Unit-2: Fundamental concepts of Artificial Neural Networks: Models of ANNs; Feedforward & feedback networks; learning rules; Hebbian learning rule, perception learning rule, delta learning rule, Widrow-Hoff learning rule, correction learning rule, Winner –lake all elarning rule, etc. Unit-3: Single layer Perception Classifier: Classification model, Features & Decision regions; training & classification using discrete perceptron, algorithm, single layer continuous perceptron networks for linearlyseperable classifications. Unit-4: Multi-layer Feed forward Networks: linearly non-seperable pattern classification, Delta learning rule for multi-perceptron layer, Generalized delta learning rule, Error back-propagation training, learning factors, Examples. Unit-5: Single layer feed back Networks: Basic Concepts, Hopfield networks, Training & Examples. Unit-6: Associative memories: Linear Association, Basic Concepts of recurrent Auto associative memory: rentrieval algorithm, storage algorithm; By directional associative memory, Architecture, Association encoding & decoding, Stability. Unit-7: Self organizing networks: UN supervised learning of clusters, winner-take-all learning, recall mode, Initialisation of weights, seperability limitations Text Books:

• Introduction to artificial Neural systems by Jacek M. Zurada, 1994, Jaico Publ. House. Reference Books:

• “Neural Networks :A Comprehensive formulation”, Simon Haykin, 1998, AW • “Neural Networks”, Kosko, 1992, PHI. • “Neural Network Fundamentals” – N.K. Bose , P. Liang, 2002, T.M.H



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-465 E Network Technology L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Overview of Internet: Address and domain Management, SNMP, Transport Layer issues, TCP/IP, FTP, WWW undergoing technology, E mail talent, FTP, Gateway, Dial-up, SLIP/PPP Dedicated lines, Internet searching tools, gopher, Archie, Veronica, WWW, Lynx, Mosaic, WAIS, Usenet.

Unit-2: Security issues, CGI, PERL, HTML, VRML, JAVA, VB script and other

internet development tools, internet networking TCP/IP protocols . ) Network Security and Management.

Unit-3: Application Layer Services and protocols (RPC, NFC, SMTP, FTP,

TELENET), Review of LAN, Principles of IBASE5 (Strain), Transmitter and receiver of IBASE5 (Starian), Node, LAN Manager, Software of IBASE5 Node, 10BASE5 Ethernet and 10BASE2 (Cheaper net), Twisted pair Ethernet, Serial Communication, Connecting LANs and WANS.

Unit-4: Serial Communication Circuits, Modems, USART-Processor Interface

Data Buffer Block of 8251A, Control logic of USART, PROTOCOLS, Transmitter, Receiver, Synchronous Modems and Asynchronous Modems. SYNDET/BRKDET ion 8251A, Monitoring of 8251A, writing characters to be transmitted to 8251A, Monitoring of 8251A. Read status, ISDN: Technology, devices, Architecture Protocols, Flow Control Error detection and Correction, ATM, Technology, Inter Networking SDH/SONET. Text Book:

• Computer Networks by Tanenbaum, 2003, PHI. • Computer Networks by Black, 1995, PHI.

Reference Books:

• Data communication & Networking by Furouzan, 2000, TMH. • Data and Network communications by Miller (Delmer) • Communication Networks: Fundamentals Concepts & Key Architectures by Alberto

Leon, TMH


A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-310-E DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN L T P CLASS WORK : 50 3 1 0 EXAM : 100 TOTAL : 150 DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Computer-aided design tools for digital systems. Hardware description languages; introduction to VHDL, data objects, classes and data types, Operators, Overloading, logical operators.Types of delays Entity and Architecture declaration. Introduction to behavioural, dataflow and structural models. UNIT 2. VHDL STATEMENTS : Assignment statements, sequential statements and process, conditional statements, case statement Array and loops, resolution functions, Packages and Libraries, concurrent statements. Subprograms: Application of Functions and Procedures, Structural Modelling, component declaration, structural layout and generics. UNIT 3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT DESIGN: VHDL Models and Simulation of combinational circuits such as Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, encoders, decoders, code converters, comparators, implementation of Boolean functions etc. UNIT 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS DESIGN : VHDL Models and Simulation of Sequential Circuits Shift Registers, Counters etc. UNIT 5. DESIGN OF MICROCOMPUTER : Basic components of a computer, specifications, architecture of a simple microcomputer system, implementation of a simple microcomputer system using VHDL UNIT 6. DESIGN WITH CPLDs AND FPGAs : Progr ammable logic devices : ROM, PLAs, PALs, GAL, PEEL, CPLDs and FPGA. Design implementation using CPLDs and FPGAs REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual (1993). 2. Digital Design and Modelling with VHDL and Synthesis : KC Chang; IEEE Computer Society Press. 3. "A VHDL Primmer” : Bhasker; Prentice Hall 1995. 4. “Digital System Design using VHDL” : Charles. H.Roth ; PWS (1998). 5. "VHDL-Analysis & Modelling of Digital Systems” : Navabi Z; McGraw Hill. 6. VHDL-IV Edition :Perry; TMH (2002) 7. ”Introduction to Digital Systems” : Ercegovac. Lang & Moreno; John Wiley (1999). 8. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design : Brown and Vranesic; TMH (2000) 9. Modern Digital Electronics- III Edition: R.P Jain; TMH (2003). NOTE : Eight questions are to be set - at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-421 E Advanced Database Management Systems


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Data Models: EER model and relationship to the OO model, Object Oriented data model and ODMG standard, Other data models - NIAM, GOOD, ORM. Query Optimisation: Query Execution Algorithms, Heuristics in Query Execution, Cost Estimation in Query Execution, Semantic Query Optimisation. Database Transactions and Recovery Procedures: Transaction Processing Concepts, Transaction and System Concepts, Desirable Properties of a Transaction, Schedules and Recoverability, Serializability of Schedules, Transaction Support in SQL, Recovery Techniques, Database Backup, Concurrency control, Locking techniques for Concurrency Control, Concurrency Control Techniques, Granularity of Data Items. Unit-2: Client Server Computing: Client Server Concepts, 2-Tier and 3-Tier Client Server Systems, Client/Server Architecture and the Internet, Client /Database Server Models, Technology Components of Client Server Systems, Application Development in Client Server Systems. Distributed Databases: Reliability and Commit protocols, Fragmentation and Distribution, View Integration, Distributed database design, Distributed algorithms for data management, Heterogeneous and Federated Database Systems. Unit-3: Deductive Databases: Recursive Queries, Prolog/Datalog Notation, Basic inference Mechanism for Logic Programs, Deductive Database Systems, Deductive Object Oriented Database Systems. Commercial and Research Prototypes: Parallel database, Multimedia database, Mobile database, Digital libraries, Temporal database. Text Book:

• Fundamentals of Database Systems (3 edition), Elmasri R. and Navathe S.B., 2000, Addison Wesley, Low Priced Edition.

Reference Book:

• Database System Concepts by A. Silbershatz, H.F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, 3rd edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill, International Edition.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-423 E Object Oriented Software Engineering


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Review of object oriented systems: Design objects, class hierarchy, inheritance, polymorphism, object relationships and associations, aggregations and object containment, object persistence, meta classes, object oriented systems development life cycle, Software development process object oriented systems development: a use case driven approach. Unit-2: Methodology for object oriented design: Object modeling technique as software engineering methodology, Rumbaugh methodology, Jacobson Methodology, Booch Methodology, Patterns, Frameworks, the unified approach, unified modeling language (UML). Unit-3: Object Oriented Analysis: Analysis process, use case driven object oriented analysis, use-case model, object classification, theory, different approaches for identifying classes, classes, responsibilities and collaborators, identifying object relationships, attributes and methods, super sub class relationships, A- part of relationships aggregation, class responsibilities, object responsibilities. Unit-4: Object oriented design process, corollaries, design axioms, design patterns, object oriented design philosophy, UML object constraint language, designing classes: The process, class visibility, refining attributes, designing methods ad protocols, packages and managing classes, designing interface objects, view layer interface design, Macro and Micro level interface design process Text Book:

• Object Oriented software Engineering, Ivar Jacobson, 1995, Addison Wesley. Reference Books:

• Object Oriented systems development, Ali Bahrami, 1999, MGH. • Object Oriented Modeling and Design, Rumbaugh et.al.,1997, PHI. • Object Oriented analysis and Design, Grady Booch, 1995, Addison Wesley • Object Oriented Software Engineering by Subhash Mehta, Suresh K. Basandra, Galgotia Publ.



A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-451-E LANGUAGE SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS

SEMESTER VII (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam : 80 Marks Practical/Presentation : 20 Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs The real challenge before the students starts when they cross the threshold of the college after completing their degree. They, all of a sudden, find themselves competing for job/ P.G. Degrees, through various entrance tests and interviews. Verbal ability forms a major portion of these tests. Without sound language skills and its semantic-syntactic know-how, the students with engineering background find themselves almost under- prepared for such tests. With this difficulty of students in mind, this course is proposed to make them technically proficient in handling the language skills required in competitive exams. The course would expose students to almost all variety of items, the common run of such tests as CAT, GMAT etc. And in the context of LPG, this cutting edge competence becomes imperative, and no professional education can afford to overlook this aspect. COURSE CONTENT: UNIT I Remedial English: Parts of speech; Gerunds, participles and infinitives; Clauses; Sentence-constructions (unity; avoidance of choppy and rambling sentences, logic and consistency, conciseness, sequencing of ideas); Sentence errors - agreement between verb and subject, pronoun and antecedents, sequence of tenses, problems involving modifiers (dangling and misplaced modifiers); Shifts in point of view - consistency of number and person, tense, mood, voice and subject; Parallelism; Omissions and mixed constructions. UNIT II Vocabulary: Methods of building vocabulary - etymological roots, prefixes and suffixes; Commonly used foreign words and phrases; spelling; words often confused; synonyms and homonyms; one word substitutes; verbal idioms. UNIT III Punctuation and Mechanics: End Punctuation; Internal Punctuation; Word Punctuation. UNIT IV Comprehension: Abstracting; Summarising; Observations, Findings and Conclusions; Illustration and Inductive Logic; Deduction and Analogy. UNIT V Presentation: Oral presentation - Extempore, discussion on topics of contemporary relevance, interviews. SUGGESTED READING:

7. Working with Words by R.Gairns and S.Redman, Cambridge University Press, London.

8. Meanings into Words – Upper Intermediate Students Book, Doff/jones, Foundation Books (Cambridge university Press), Delhi.

9. A Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet, OUP, Delhi. 10. Examine your English by Margaret M. Maison, Orient Longman, New Delhi.

A-PDF Split DEMO


11. A Practical Guide to Colloquial Idiom by W.J. Ball, Longman.

12. A guide to Correct English by L.A. Hill, Oxford.

7.Structural Essentials of English by H. Whitehall, Longman.

8. Advanced English Practice by B.D. Graver, OUP. Delhi.

9.Public Speaking, Sudha Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 10.Group Discussion, Sudha Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: (A) THEORETICAL: The pattern of the exam would be more or less like the pattern of the competitive exams. (i.e., OBJECTIVE TYPE) like CAT G-MAT etc., as far as the units I, II, III and IV are concerned. Unit-I, II, III: (30,20,10 Marks respectively) The first section of the question paper will have 110 objective type questions with no choice at all. These 110(60+40+10) questions will cover all the first three units (I, II, III) of the syllabus and would carry 30,20 and 10 marks respectively. The questions may be in the form of multiple choices, fill-in-the-blank, supply the right word/choice, choose the right alternative, do as directed etc. Unit-IV: 20 Marks The question from this unit will test comprehension competence (in the form of various elements mentioned in the unit) of the text given. (B) PRACTICAL (Presentation): There will be an oral test carrying 20 marks. The presentation part of the section i.e. Unit-V will be covered in this test. Hence, there is no need to include this unit in theory exam. Three hours for a group of 15 students are required for this test. Test can be in the form of any of the activities mentioned in the Unit-V. A panel of examiners appointed by the University will evaluate the presentation.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-451-E COMBINATORICS AND GRAPH THEORY ---------- ------------------------------ (ELECTIVE FOR CSE, IT) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours Unit-I : Permutations and combinations, Recurrence relations, Generating functions, decision trees. Unit-II : Graphs, incidence and degree, isomorphism, subgraphs, walks, paths and circuits, connected graphs, Disconnected graphs and component Euler's graph, operations on graphs, Hamiltonian paths and circuits, Travelling salesman problem. Unit-III : Trees, properties of trees, Pendant vertices in tree, Rooted and binary trees, Spanning trees, Fundamental circuits, Spanning trees in a weighted graph. Unit-IV : Cut-sets, properties of cut-sets, Fundamental circuits and cut-sets, connectivity and separability, Network flows, 1-isomorphism and 2-isomerphism. Unit-V : Planer graphs, Kuratowski's two graphs, different representation of a planer graph, Detection of planarity, vector space of graph. Unit-VI : Matrix representation of graphs, incidence matrix, submatrix of incidence matrix, Fundamental circuit matrix, cut-set matrix and relationship between all three above. Unit-VII : Colouring, chromatic number, chromatic polynomials, four color problem, Five color theorem. Unit-VIII : Directed graphs and their types, Binary relation, Directed paths and connectedness, Euler's digraph. Books Recommended : 1. Graph Theory by Narsingh Deo, P.H.I. 2. Graph Theory by Harry P., Addison-Wesley. Note : Examiner will set eight questions, taking one from each unit. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-455-E ENTREPRENEURSHIP

VIITH SEMESTER (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks


UNIT-I : Promotion of Entrepreneurship Meaning, definition and functions of an entrepreneur, qualities of a good entrepreneur; Role of Entrepreneur in economic development; Government measures for the promotion of small scale industries with special reference to Haryana; Cultural factors in developing entrepreneurship. UNIT-II : Ownership and Location of Industrial Units Different forms of Industrial Organisation. Theories of Industrial location. Process of preparing project reports. UNIT-III : Size of Firm and Pricing Concept of optimum firm, factors determining Optimum size. Technical, Managerial, Marketing Uncertainties and risk. Pricing Methods, Policies and procedures. UNIT-IV : Financing of Small Industries Importance and need : Commercial Banks and term lending in India; Banks and under-writing of capital issues; Brief description about the role of other financial agencies viz; Industrial Finance Corporation of India. State Financial Corporation, Industrial Development Bank of India; Unit Trust of India. UNIT-V : Problems Faced by Small Enterprises Problems connected with Marketing, Management of New Products; Power; Finance; Raw Material; Under-utilization of capacity; Causes of under – utilization; Rehabilitation of Sick Mills. UNIT-VI : Government and Business (a) Highlights of Industrial Policy and Licensing Policy. (b) International Marketing with special reference to export documentation. Recommended Books : 1. Entrepreneurship of Small Scale Industries – Deshpande Manohar D. (Asian Publishers, New Delhi) 2. Environment and Entrepreneur – Tandon B.C. (Asian Publishers, New Delhi). 3. The Industrial Economy of India – Kuchhal S.C. (Chaitanya, Allahabad). 4. Emerging Trends in Entrepreneurship Development Theories & Practices – Singh P.Narendra (International Founder, New Delhi) 5. Entrepreneur, Banker & Small Scale Industries – Bhattacharya Hrisnikes. 6. Entrepreneurship & Growth of Enterprise in Industrial Estates – Rao Gangadhara N. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVES-2 CSE-401 E Advanced Computer Architecture L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1: Architecture And Machines: Some definition and terms, interpretation and microprogramming. The instruction set, Basic data types, Instructions, Addressing and Memory. Virtual to real mapping. Basic Instruction Timing. Unit–2: Time, Area And Instruction Sets: Time, cost-area, technology state of the Art, The Economics of a processor project: A study, Instruction sets, Professor Evaluation Matrix Unit-3: Cache Memory Notion: Basic Notion, Cache Organization, Cache Data, adjusting the data for cache organization, write policies, strategies for line replacement at miss time, Cache Environment, other types of Cache. Split I and D-Caches, on chip caches, Two level Caches, write assembly Cache, Cache references per instruction, technology dependent Cache considerations, virtual to real translation, overlapping the Tcycle in V-R Translation, studies. Design summary. Unit–4: Memory System Design: The physical memory, models of simple processor memory interaction, processor memory modeling using queuing theory, open, closed and mixed-queue models, waiting time, performance, and buffer size, review and selection of queueing models, processors with cache. Unit–5: Concurrent Processors: Vector Processors, Vector Memory, Multiple Issue Machines, Comparing vector and Multiple Issue processors. Shared Memory Multiprocessors: Basic issues, partitioning, synchronization and coherency, Type of shared Memory multiprocessors, Memory Coherence in shared Memory Multiprocessors. Text Book:

• Advance computer architecture by Hwang & Briggs, 1993, TMH. Reference Books:

• Pipelined and Parallel processor design by Michael J. Fiynn – 1995, Narosa. Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-467 E Computer Software Testing L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Fundamentals and Testing types: First, second and later cycles of testing. Objectives and limits of testing. Overview of S/W development stages, Planning and Design stages and testing during these stages. Glass box code, Regression and Black box testing, Software errors, Categories of software error. Unit-2: Reporting and analyzing bugs: Problem reports, Content and Characteristics of Problem Report, analysis and Tactics for analyzing a reproducible bug. Making a bug reproducible Unit-3: Problem Tracking System: Objective of Problem Tracking System, tasks of the system, Problem tracking overview, users of the tracking system, mechanics of the database Unit-4: Test Case Design: Characteristics of a good test, equivalence classes and boundary values, visible state transitions, Race conditions and other time dependencies, load testing. Error guessing, Function equivalence testing, Regression Testing, General issues in configuration testing, printer testing Unit-5: Localization and User Manuals testing: Translated text expands, Character sets, Keyboards, Text filters, Loading, saving, importing, and exporting high and low ASCII, Operating system Language, Hot keys, Error message identifiers, Hyphenation rules, Spelling rules, Sorting Rules, Uppercase and Lowercase conversion, Printers, Sizes of paper, CPU’s and video, Rodents, Data formats and setup options, Rulers and measurements, Culture-bound Graphics and output, European product compatibility, Memory availability, automated testing, Testing User Manuals, Effective documentation, documentation tester’s objective, How testing documentation contributes to software reliability Unit-6: Testing Tools and Test Planning: Fundamental tools, Automated acceptance and regression tests, standards, Translucent box testing Overall objective of the test plan: product or tool? Detailed objective , type of test, strategy for developing components of test planning documents, components of test planning documents, documenting test materials Unit-7: S/W Development tradeoffs and models, Quality-related costs, The development time line, Product design, alpha, Pre-beta, Beta, User Interface freeze, Pre-final, Final integrity testing, Project post-mortems, Legal consequences of defective software, Managing and role of a testing group, independent test agencies Text Book:

• Testing Computer Software, by Cem Kaner, Jack Falk,Hung Quoc Nguyen, 1999, Pub: Wiley, (Second Edition).


A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-469 E Introduction to E-commerce & ERP L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Part-A Unit-1: Introduction and Concepts: Networks and commercial transactions – Internet and other novelties; networks and electronic transactions today, Model for commercial transactions; Internet environment – internet advantage, worlds wide web and other internet sales venues; Online commerce solutions. Unit-2: Electronic Payment Methods: Updating traditional transactions; Secure online transaction models; Online commercial environments; digital currencies and payment systems; Offline secure processing; private data networks. Security protocols. Unit-3: Electronic Commerce Providers: On-line Commerce options: Company profiles. Electronic Payment Systems: Digital payment systems; First virtual internet payment system; cyber cash model. On-line Commerce Environments: Servers and commercial environments; Ecommerce servers. Unit-4: Digital Currencies: Operational process of Digicash, Ecash Trail; Using Ecash; Smart cards; Electronic Data Interchange: basics, EDI versus Internet and EDI over Internet. Strategies, Techniques and Tools, Shopping techniques and online selling techniques.

Part- B Unit-5: ERP- An Enterprise Perspective: Production Finance, Personnel disciplines and their relationship, Transiting environment, MIS Integration for disciplines, Information/Workflow, Network Structure, Client Server Integrator System, Virtual Enterprise. Unit-6: ERP – Resource Management Perspective: Functional and Process of Resource. Management, Introduction to basic Modules of ERP System: HRD, Personnel Management, Training and Development, Skill Inventory, Material Planning and Control, Inventory, Forecasting, Manufacturing, Production Planning, Production Scheduling, Production Control, Sales and Distribution, Finance, Resource Management in global scenario. Unit-7: ERP - Information System perspective: Introduction to OLAP (Online Analysis and Processing), TP, OAS, KBS, MRP, BPR,. SCM, REP, CRM, Information Communication Technology. Unit-8: ERP-Key Managerial issues: Concept Selling, IT Infrastructure, Implication, of ERP Systems on Business Organization, Critical success factors in ERP System, ERP Culture Implementation Issues, Resistance to change, ERP Selection issues, Return on Investment, Pre and Post Implementation Issues. Text Book:

• “Frontiers of electronics Commerce” Ravi lalakota, Andrew Whinston ,1996, Addision Wesley, • Enterprise Resource Planning-Concepts and Practice, V.K. Garg and N.K. Venkita Krishna, 1998, PHI.

Reference Books: • The SAP/3 Handbook, John Antonio, Fernandz, TMH. • “The E-Business Revolution” Denial amor Addision Wesley • “From Edi to E-Commerce: A Business Initiative” Sokol TMH • “E Commerce” Greenstein and Feinman TMH • ”E Commerce” Excel, Diwan, Sharma • Asset International “Net Commerce” TMH • “E Commerce: The Cutting Edge of Business” Bajan And Nag TMH • E-Commerces- Jaffrey F. Rayport , Bernard J. Jaworski, 2002, T.M.H • Electronic Commerce – Security , Risk management and Control , Greenstein, Feinman, 2002, T.M.H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all but at least two from each Part A & Part B.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-425 E Natural Language Processing


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Components of natural language processing: lexicography, syntax, semantics, pragmatics: word level representation of natural languages prosoty & natural languages. Unit-2: Formal languages and grammars: chomsky hierarchy, Left-Associative grammars, ambiguous grammars, resolution of ambiguities. Unit-3: Computation linguistics: recognition and parsing of natural language structures: ATN & RTN,General techniques of parsing: CKY, Earley & Tomitas algorithm. Unit-4: Semantics-knowledge representation semantic networks logic and inference pragmatics, graph models and optimization, prolog for natural language semantic.

Unit-5: Application of NLP: intelligent work processors: Machine translation, user interfaces, Man-Machine interfaces, natural language querying, tutoring and authoring systems, speech recognition, commercial use of NLP. Text Book:

• “Natural Language Understanding” James Allen ,Benjamin-1995, cummings Pub. Comp. Ltd.,

Reference Books: • “Language as a cognitive process”, Terry Winograd 1983, AW • “Natural Language processing in prolog” G. Gazder, 1989, Addison Wesley. • “ Introduction of Formal Language Theory, Mdlj Arbib & Kfaury, 1988, Springer Verlog



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-471 E Management Information System L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Foundation of Information System: Introduction to Information System and MIS, Decision support and decision making systems, systems approach, the systems view of business, MIS organization within company, Management information and the systems approach. Unit-2: Information Technology: A manager’s overview, managerial overviews, computer hardware & software, , DBMS, RDBMS and Telecommunication. Unit-3: Conceptual system design: Define the problems, set systems objective, establish system constraints, determine information needs determine information sources, develop alternative conceptual design and select one document the system concept, prepare the conceptual design report. Unit-4: Detailed system design: Inform and involve the organization, aim of detailed design, project management of MIS detailed design , identify dominant and trade of criteria, define the sub systems, sketch the detailed operating sub systems and information flow, determine the degree of automation of each operation, inform and involve the organization again, inputs outputs and processing, early system testing, software, hardware and tools propose an organization to operate the system, document the detailed design revisit the manager user. Unit-5: Implementation evaluation and maintenance of the MIS: Plan the implementation, acquire floor space and plan space layouts, organize for implementation, develop procedures for implementation, train the operating personnel, computer related acquisitions, develop forms for data collection and information dissemination, develop the files test the system, cut-over, document the system, evaluate the MIS control and maintain the system. Pitfalls in MIS development . Unit-6: Advanced Concepts in Information Systems: Enterprise Resources Management(ERP), Supply Chain Management, C R M , Procurement Management System. Text Books:

• Management Information System by W. S. Jawadekar, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill. • Information System for Modern Management (3rd edition)- Robert G. Murdick, Loel E. Ross &

James R. Claggett. PHI Reference books:

• Management Information System; O Brian; TMH • Management Information System by Davis Olson Mac Graw Hill • Management Information System by Stasllings,(Maxwell Mc Millman Publishers) • Information System; a Management Perspective; Alter Addison Wesley • Introduction to Information System; McGraw Hill

A-PDF Split DEMO



CSE-405 E Compiler Design L T P Class Work: 50 3 1 - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit–1: Introduction To Compilers: Compilers and translators, need of translators, structure of compiler :its different phases, Compiler construction tools. Unit–2: Lexical Analysis: Role of lexical analyzer, design of lexical analyzer, regular expressions , Specification and recognition of tokens, input buffering, A language specifying lexical analyzer. Finite automata, conversion from regular expression to finite automata, and vice versa, minimizing number of states of DFA, Implementation of lexical analyzer. Unit–3: Syntax Analysis: Role of parsers, context free grammars, definition of parsing. Unit–4: Parsing Technique: Shift- reduce parsing, operator precedence parsing, top down par sing, predictive parsing. Unit–5: LR parsers, SLR, LALR and Canonical LR parser. Unit–6: Syntax Directed Translations: Syntax directed definition, construction of syntax trees, syntax directed translation scheme, implementation of syntax directed translation, three address code, quadruples and triples. Unit–7: Symbol Table & Error Detection And Recovery: Symbol tables, its contents and data structure for symbol tables; trees, arrays, linked lists, hash tables. Errors, lexical phase error, syntactic phase error, semantic error. Unit–8: Code Optimization & Code Generation: Code generation, forms of objects code, machine dependent code, optimization, register allocation for temporary and user defined variables. Text Books:

• Compilers Principle, Techniques & Tools - Alfread V. AHO, Ravi Sethi & J.D. Ullman; - 1998Addison Wesley.

• Compiler Design by O.G. Kakde, 1995, Laxmi Publ. Reference Books:

• Theory and practice of compiler writing, Tremblay & Sorenson, 1985, Mc. Graw Hill. • System software by Dhamdae, 1986, MGH. • Principles of compiler Design, Narosa Publication



A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-453-E ORAL COMMUNICATION COMPETENCE

SEMESTER VII (ELECTIVE) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Theory : 60 Marks Practical/Presentation : 40 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 2 Hrs Oral communication forms the major chunk of social and professional interaction. It is not only the ‘what’ but the ‘how’ of knowledge communication that assumes utmost importance once the professional students enter the job market. S/he has to be well-versed with the nuances and complexities, not only of every day oral interaction but also with the situation based oral competence. This course is designed with this need of the professional students in mind. It is also helpful to those students who appear for TOEFL and IELTS. COURSE CONTENT: Unit I Oral Communication: Basic concepts, scope and significance. UNIT II Fundamental of Spoken English: Essentials of Good Speaking;Dialogues,Public Speaking and Formal Presentations. Unit III Listening Skills: Essentials of good listening; Listening for various purposes. Unit IV Reading Skills: Basic concepts; Reading for various purposes; Reading print and visual texts (Advertisements, Documentaries, Fiction/non-fiction, Movies). UNIT V Body language and Paralanguage: Gestures, postures, facial expressions, tone, pitch, rhythm etc. UNIT VI: Oral Skills for Specific Situations: Interviews, Meetings and Group Discussion. SUGGESTED READING:

10. Body Language Sudha Publications pvt. Ltd.,Delhi. 11. Body Language at Work by A. Furnham, University Press (India) Limited,

Hyderabad. 12. Listening Skills by I. MacKay, University Press (India) Limited,

Hyderabad. 13. Presentation Skills by S. Siddons, University Press (India) Limited,

Hyderabad. 14. Effective Presentation by A. jay and R.Jay, University Press (India)

Limited, Hyderabad. 15. Reading Between the Lines by McRae, Foundation Books (Cambridge

University Press), New Delhi. 16. Better English Pronunciation by J.D.O.’Connor, Cambridge Univ.

Press.,London. 17. Cambridge practice Tests for IELTS 1 Book with 2 Cassettes by Jakeman,

Foundation Books (Cambridge University Press), New Delhi. 18. Cambridge Preparation for the TOEFL Test by Gear, Foundation Books

(Cambridge University Press), New Delhi. 10.Group Discussions/Interviews at a Glance, Sudha Publications pvt. Ltd.,Delhi

A-PDF Split DEMO


SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: (A) THEORETICAL: 60 marks There will be five questions of 20 marks each covering all the units except unit V. The students are required to attempt any three questions. The questions may be set on the theory part of the elements from the units or students may be given some mock situations to be worked on. For the unit on Reading Skills, they may be given a manageable short text to be reviewed, summarised or to be analysed. (B) PRACTICAL: 40 Marks There will be an oral test to evaluate the spoken skills of the students. Besides evaluating clarity, fluency and spontaneity of the language, this test will look for how well the components of body language and para-language are integrated with the linguistic means. The students may be evaluated through presentation/mock-meeting or Group Discussion. Also they can be asked to face interviews in mock Situations. The time duration for this exam for every batch of 15 students will be of 3 hrs. A panel of examiners appointed by the University will evaluate the oral competence of the students.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-455-E LINEAR ALGEBRA ---------- -------------- (ELECTIVE FOR CSE,IT) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 4 - - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours Unit-I & II : Sets and examples of sets, operations on sets, relations, functions, binary operations, algebraic structures, operations on functions. Unit-III & IV : Vector spaces and their examples, subspaces, span of a set, linear dependence, linear independence, dimension and basis. Unit-V : Definition and examples of a linear transformation, range and kernel of a linear map, rank and nullity. Unit-VI : Inverse of a linear transformation, consequences of Rank nullity theorem, space L(U,V), composition of linear maps, operator equations. Unit-VII : Matrix associated with a linear map, linear map associated with a matrix, linear operations in Mm,n matrix multiplication, rank and nullity of a matrix. Unit-VIII : Transpose of a matrix and special types of matrices, elementary row operations, system of linear equations, matrix inversion. Books Recommended : 1. An Introduction to Linear algebra by V. Krishnamurti et.al EWP). 2. Linear Algebra by Hoffman & Kunze (PHI). Note : Examiner will set eight questions, taking one from each unit. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


CH-451E ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

(Elective for EE,EL,ME,CSE & IT) L T P Sesstional 50 marks 4 - - Theory 100 marks Total 150 marks Environment & Ecology : Introduction, component of environment, factors affecting environment objectives of environment management, segments of environment, atmosphere lithosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere, environmental pollution, classification of pollutants, types of pollutants. Ecology - Principle of ecology, environment and eco-factors (Medium & Biotic), Types of eco-system, ecological pyramids, Biogeochemical cycles in environment (sulphur cycle, phosphorus cycle, oxygen cycle, hydrological cycle-H cycle, Nitrogen cycle). Waste Water & Its treatment processes : Waste-water characteristics, effluent standards, primary treatment, secondary treatment – aerobic (activated sludge, aerated lagoons, trickling filter, roughing filter, rotating biological contactor) anaerobic (contact process, UASB) Air pollution : Classification of air pollutants Particulates: Physical characteristics, mode of formation, settling properties, Control measures Hydrocarbons: Nature, sources, control Carbon Monoxide: Source, harmful effects on human health, control measures. Oxides of Sulphur and Nitrogen : Sources, effects on human health and plants, control measures. Solid Waste: Types, sources and properties of solid waste, solid waste management – Generation, Collection and techniques for ultimate disposal, Elementary discussion on resource and energy recovery. BOOKS SUGGESTED: 1. Environmental Engg: by Howard S. Peavy & others, MGH International 2. Metcaf - EDDY-Waste-water engineering revised by George Teholonobus (TMH) 3. Environmental Chemistry by B.K.Sharma, Goel Publishing , Meerut. 4. Environmental Chemistry, A.K.DE, Wiley Eastern.

Note: Eight questions will be set and students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVE-3 IT-464 E Network Security & Management L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Codes and Ciphers – Some Classifical systems – Stiatistical theory of cipher systems-Complexity theory of crypto systems – Stream ciphers, Block ciphers. Unit-2: Stream Ciphers: Rotor based system – shift register based systems – Design considerations for stream ciphers – Cryptanalsysis of stream ciphers – Combined eneryption and encoding. Block Ciphers – DES and variant, modes of use of DES. Public key systems – Knacksack systems – RSK – Diffle Hellman Exchange – Authentication and Digital signatures, Elliptic curve based systems. Unit-3: System Identification and clustering: Cryptology of speech signals – narrow band and wide band systems – Analogue & Digital Systems of speech encryption. Unit-4: Security: Hash function – Authentication: Protocols – Digital Signature standards. Electronics Mail Security – PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) MIME, data Compression technique. IP Security: Architecture, Authentication Leader, Encapsulating security Payload – Key Management. Web security: Secure Socket Layer & Transport Layer security, Secure electronics transactions. Firewalls Design principle, established systems. Unit-5: Telecommunication Network Architecture, TMN management layers, Management information Model, Management servicing and functions, Structure of management information and TMN information model, SNMP v1, SNMP2 & SNMP3, RMON1 & 2, Broadband Network Management (ATM, HFC, DSL), ASN Text Books:

• Cryprotography and Network Security: Principal & Practices, 2nd Edition by Upper Saddle River, PHI

• Network Management Principles & Practices by Subramanian, Mani (AWL) • SNMP, Stalling, Willian (AWL)

Reference Books:

• SNMP: A Guide to Network Management (MGH) • Telecom Network Management by H.H. Wang (MGH) • Network Management by U. Dlack (MGH)



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-412 E Object Oriented Systems Development L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction: Review of the Traditional Methodologies, Advantages of Object Oriented Methodologies over Traditional Methodologies, Classes, Objects, Encapsulation, Association, Aggregation, Inheritance, Polymorphism, States and Transitions. Visual Modelling using Unified Modelling Language (UML): What is Visual Modelling? Object Oriented Modelling, Introduction to Unified Modelling Language (UML): History of UML, Overview of UML – Capabilities, Usage of UML. Introduction to Rational Rose CASE tool: Introduction – Importance of Rational Rose, Capabilities of Rational Rose Case Tool. Unit-2: Introduction to Objectory Software Development Process: Introduction, Benefits, Phases and Iterations, Elaboration Stage, Construction Stage, Transition Stage. Creating Use Case Diagrams: Actors and Use Cases, Use Case Relationships, Types of Relationships, Use Case Diagrams: Creating Main Use Case -,Relationships - , Additional Use Case - Diagrams in Rational Rose, Activity Diagrams Activities, Transitions, Decision Points, Swimlanes

Unit-3: Identifying Classes ,Packages and drawing a Class Diagram: State, Behaviour, Identity of Objects, Stereotypes and Classes, Creating and Documenting Classes in rational Rose, Packages, Drawing a Class Diagram Specifying Relationships : The Need of Defining Relationships, Association and Aggregation Relationships, Naming Relationships, Role Names, Multiplicity Indicators, Reflexive Relationships, Package Relationships, Inheritance, Finding Relationships, Creating Relationships in Rational Rose

Unit-4: Discovering Object Interactions: Documenting Scenarios using Interaction Diagrams, Types of Interaction Diagrams, Adding Behaviour and Structure: Representing Behaviour and Structure, Creating Attributes & operations and documenting them, Displaying attributes and operations, Association Classes, Analysing Object Behaviour: Modelling Dynamic Behaviour, States

Unit-5: Checking the Model: Making the Model Homogeneous, Combining Classes, Splitting Classes, Eliminating Classes, Consistency Checking, Scenario Walk-through, Event Tracing, Documentation Review, Designing the System Architecture : The need for Architecture, The “4+1” view of Architecture, The Logical view, The Component View, The Process View, The Deployment View, The Use Case view.

Unit-6: The Iteration Planning Process: Benefits, Goals, Design the User Interface, Adding Design Classes, The Emergence of Patterns, Designing Relationships, Designing Attributes and Operations, Designing for Inheritance, Coding, Testing, and Documenting the Iteration. Text Books:

• “UML User Guide”, Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, 2000, Addison Wesley. • Visual Modeling with Rational Rose 2000 and UMLBy Terry Quatrani Foreword by Grady Booch, 2000

Reference Books:

• “UML Reference Guide”, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch, 2000, Addison Wesley. • “The Objectory Software Development Process”, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, 1999,

Addison Wesley. • UML Distiled by Maxtin Fowler with Kendall Scott,2000 ,Second Edition • Sams Teach Yourself “UML” In 24 Hours By Joseph Schmuller ,2000

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-466 E Embedded Systems Design L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Real time operating system overview, exposure to Windows CE, QNX, Micro kernels and μc/OS of introduction to process models. Interrupt routines in an RTOs environment, encapsulating semaphores and queues, hard real-time scheduling considerations, saving memory space. Unit-2: 16 & 32 bit microprocessor and micro-controller and DSP hardware with reference to Embedded system. Unit-3: Embedded software development tools and compilers – host and target machines, linker/ locators for embedded software, cross compilers, cross assemblers and tool chairs, gce compiler, basic concept of device drivers, serial communication interface device driver. Unit-4: System synthesis of Hardware/ software co-emulation, simulation speed of emulators. JTAG OCD Unit-5: Communication protocols with special reference to embedded system. TCP/IP, VDP wireless protocols, IRDA, Blue tooth IEEE 8.8.11. Text Books:

• An embedded system primer by David E Simon, 1999, Addison-Wesley • Programming for Embedded system by Dreamtech software team, John wiley, 2002

Reference Books:

• TCP/IP Lean: Web servers for embedded systems by Jeramy Bentham, 2002 • Real –time programming: A guide to 32 bit embedded development, Rick Grehan, 1999, AW.



A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-468 E Logic & Functional Programming L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Procedural and non-procedural lang., prolog vs LISP, Applications of LISP & PROLOG in designing expert system. Unit-2: Syntax of PROLOG, Lists, Operators, Arithmetic, Structures, Controlling Back Tracking. Unit-3: Input and Output, built-in predicates, Operation on Data Structures, Advanced Tree Representation. Unit-4: Prolog in Artificial Intelligence: writing programs for search techniques, Constraint logic programming, Knowledge representation and expert system, Expert System Shell. Unit-5: Planning, Machine Learning, Inductive Logic Programming, Qualitative Reasoning, Language Processing, Game Playing, Meta Programming. Text Book:

• Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence by Ivan Bratko, 2001, Pearson Edu. Reference Books:

• Symbolic Computing with Lisp & PROLOG - by Mueller, JW, 1998 • Programming in turbo PROLOG by Lee Teft - PHI.



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-414E Digital Image Processing L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Introduction and Fundamental to Digital Image Processing: What is Digital Image Processing, Origin of Digital Image Processing, Examples that use Digital Image Processing, Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing, Components of Digital Image Processing System, Image sensing and acquisition, Image sampling, quantization and representation, Basic relationship between pixels. Unit-2: Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain & Frequency domain: Background, Basic gray level transformation, Histogram processing, Basics of spatial filtering, Smoothing and Sharpening Spatial filters, Introduction to Fourier Transform and the Frequency Domain, Discrete Fourier Transform. Smoothing and Sharpening Frequency-Domain filters. Unit-3: Image Restoration: Image Degradation/Restoration Process, Noise models, Restoration in presence of noise, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean Square Filtering, Geometric mean filter, Geometric Unit-4: Color Image Processing: Color Fundamentals, Color models, Basis of full color image processing, Color transformations. Unit-5: Image Compression: Fundamentals, Image compression models, Error free compression, Lossy compression. Unit-6: Image Segmentation: Detection of Discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary detection, Thresholding, Region oriented segmentation. Unit-7: Representation, Description and Recognition: Representation-chain codes, polygonal approximation and skeletons, Boundary descriptors-simple descriptors, shape numbers, Regional descriptors- simple, topological descriptors, Pattern and Pattern classes-Recognition based on matching techniques. Unit-8: Recognition: Pattern and pattern Classes, Decision-Theoretic Methods. Text Book:

• Digital Image Processing by Rafael C.Gonzalez & Richard E. Woods –2002, Pearson Education Reference Book:

• Digital Image Processing by A.K. Jain, 1995,-PHI Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


PHY-452-E LASER TECHNOLOGY

(Elective for EE,EL,CSE,IT,IC) L T P Class Work : 50 marks 4 - - Exam. : 100 marks Total : 150 marks Duration of Exam. : 3 hours. Conditions for Producing Laser, Concept of coherence – Special and temporal,Population Inversions, Einstein coefficient, Gain and Gain saturation, Saturation intensity, Development and Growth of a Laser Beam, Exponential Growth factor, Threshold Requirement for a Laser. Inversions and two-level systems, steady-state inversions and three and four-level systems. Transient Population Inversions, Factors effecting population inversion, Laser Amplifiers. Excitation or Pumping Threshold Requirements, Pumping Pathways, Specific Excitation Parameters Associated with Optical and particle Pumping. Helium-Neon Laser, Co2 Laser, Ruby Laser, Semiconductor Diode Laser. RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1. Laser Fundamentals by William T. Silfvast Cambridge University, Press. 2. Introductory University Optics by John Beynon, (PHI) 3. Laser – B.B. Laud. 4. Optics – A.K. Ghatak (TMH) Note : Eight questions will be set and students will be required

to attempt any five questions in all. All questions will carry equal marks.

A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-456-E MARKETING MANAGEMENT VIIITH SEMESTER (ELECTIVE) Class Work : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 4 - - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam.: 3 Hrs. Unit-I Definition of Marketing and Marketing Management-Nature, scope and importance of Marketing. The Evolution of concepts in Marketing- The Production concept, The Selling concept, The modern Marketing Concept. The Societal concept. The Marketing System. Unit-II Elements of marketing mix. Market segmentation-Meaning, importance and basis of market segmentation. Target marketing, market segmentation Vs target marketing. Unit-III Product-concepts and types. Product life cycle, New Product development and its process. Branding, packaging and trademark decisions. Unit-IV Pricing-Objectives and importance, strategies. Pricing practices and methods. Unit-V Distribution-Process of distribution, types, marketing channel decisions and their importance. Unit-VI Marketing Promotion-Meaning, Marketing communication, Advertising, Sales Promotion, Publicity-their concepts and relative importance. Selection of media. Salesmanship - importance, duties, responsibilities, Training & methods of training. Unit-VII Marketing Information System-Meaning, techniques and importance. Marketing Research-Meaning, Objective and its process. Text Books : 1. Introduction to Marketing & Salesmanship - J.C. Sinha - R.Chandra & Co. 2. Modern Marketing management - C.J. George, K.C. Nair, J.John - Himalya Publishing House. 3. Modern Marketing Management - Rustam S. Dawar - Universal Book Stall. Reference Books : 1. Modern Marketing - R.S.N. Pillai & V. Bagvati - S. Chandra & Co. 2. Marketing Management – Phlip Kotler – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 3. Marketing Management – T.N. Chhabra, S.K. Grover – Dhanpat Rai & Co. 4. Marketing Management – S.A. Sherlekar – Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay 5. Basic Marketing – Cundiff and Still – PHI India. Note:Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO







A-PDF Split DEMO


ELECTIVES-4



27. UNIT-I Meaning of management, Definitions of Management, Characteristics of management, Management Vs. Administration. Management-Art, Science and Profession. Importance of Management. Development of Management thoughts. Principles of Management. The Management Functions, Inter-relationship of Managerial functions. UNIT-II Nature and Significance of staffing, Personnel management, Functions of personnel management, Manpower planning, Process of manpower planning, Recruitment, Selection; Promotion - Seniority Vs. Merit. Training - objectives and types of training. UNIT-III Production Management : Definition, Objectives, Functions and Scope, Production Planning and Control; its significance, stages in production planning and control. Brief introduction to the concepts of material management, inventory control; its importance and various methods. UNIT-IV Marketing Management - Definition of marketing, Marketing concept, objectives & Functions of marketing. Marketing Research - Meaning; Definition; objectives; Importance; Limitations; Process. Advertising - meaning of advertising, objectives, functions, criticism. UNIT-V Introduction of Financial Management, Objectives of Financial Management, Functions and Importance of Financial Management. Brief Introduction to the concept of capital structure and various sources of finance. BOOKS RECOMMENDED : TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles and Practice of Management - R.S. Gupta, B.D.Sharma, N.S. Bhalla. (Kalyani Publishers) 2. Organisation and Management - R.D. Aggarwal (Tata Mc Graw Hill) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Principles & Practices of Management – L.M. Prasad (Sultan Chand & Sons) 2. Management – Harold, Koontz and Cyrilo Donell (Mc.Graw Hill). 3. Marketing Management – S.A. Sherlikar (Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay). 4. Financial Management - I.M. Pandey (Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi) 5. Management - James A.F. Stoner & R.Edward Freeman, PHI. NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-470 E Web Engineering


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Information Architecture: The role of the Information Architect, Collaboration and Communication, Organizing Information, Organizational Challenges, Organizing Web sites and Intranets, Creating Cohesive Organization Systems Designing Navigation Systems, Types of Navigation systems, Integrated Navigation Elements, Remote Navigation Elements, Designing Elegant Navigation Systems, Searching Systems, Searching your Web Site, Designing the Search Interface, Indexing the Right Stuff, To search or Not To Search, Grouping Content, Conceptual Design, High-Level Architecture Blueprints, Architectural Page Mockups, Design Sketches. Unit-2: Dynamic HTML and Web Designing: HTML Basic Concepts, Good Web Design, Process of Web Publishing, Phases of Web Site development, Structure of HTML documents, HTML Elements-Core attributes, Language attributes, Core Events, Block Level Events, Text Level Events, Linking Basics, Linking in HTML, Images and Anchors, Anchor Attributes, Image maps, Semantic Linking Meta Information, Image Preliminaries, Image Download Issues, Image as Buttons, Introduction to Layout: Backgrounds, Colors and Text, Fonts, Layout with Tables. Advanced Layout: Frames and Layers, HTML and other media types. Audio Support in Browsers, Video Support, Other binary Formats. Style Sheets, Positioning with Style sheets. Basic Interactivity and HTML: FORMS, Form Control, New and emerging Form elements. Unit-3: Java Server Pages and Active Server Pages: Basics, Integrating Script, JSP/ASP Objects and Components, configuring and troubleshooting,: Request and response objects, Retrieving the contents of a an HTML form, Retrieving a Query String, Cookies, Creating and Reading Cookies. Using application Objects and Events. Unit-4: Overview of advance features of XML Text Books:

• HTML The complete Reference, TMH • CGI Programming with Perl 2/e, Scott Guelich, Shishir Gundavaram, Gunther Birzniek; O’Reilly • Doug Tidwell, James Snell, Pavel Kulchenko; Programming Web Services with SOAP, O’ Reilly • Pardi, XML in Action, Web Technology, PHI



A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-402-E OPERATIONS RESEARCH ---------- ------------------- (Compulsory for Chemical Engg. Elective for CSE,IT,EE,EL) L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Exam. : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of exam. : 3 Hours Unit-I : The origin of OR, Phases of an O.R. study, Impact of OR, Formulation of Linear-programming model, Graphical solution. Converting the linear programming problem to standard form, Simplex method. Unit-II : Big-M method, Two-Phase method, Degeneracy, Alternate optima, unbounded and infeasible solution. Unit-III : Definition of the dual problem, primal-dual relationship,Dual Simplex method, Postoptimal and sensitivity analysis. Unit-IV & V : Assignment problem and its mathematical formulation, solution of assignment problem (Hyngarian method), Transportation problem and its mathematical formulation, Initial basic feasible solution of transportation problem by North-West corner rule, Lowest-Cost Entry method and Vogel's Approximation method, Optimal solution of transportation problem. Unit-VI : Network models, Minimal spanning tree algorithm, Shortest-route problem (Floyd's Algorithm and Dijkstras algoritham),Maximal flow problem, Introduction to CPM & PERT. Unit-VII : Introduction to Dynamic Programming, General inventory Model, Static Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) Models. Unit-VIII :

Elements of a Queuing model, Pure Birth & Death model, Generalized Poisson Queuing model, Specialized Poisson Queues. Books Recommended : 1. Operations Research by Hamdy A. Taha. 2. Introduction to Operations Research by Hiller and Dieherman, TMH. 3. Optimization Theory and Application : S.S. Rao, John Wiley. Note : Examiner will set eight questions, taking one from each unit. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


IT-472 E Introduction to VLSI Design L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Crystal Growth: MGS, EGS, Czochralspi crystal Puller, Silicon shaping, Wafer Preparation. Epitaxy: Vapour Phase Epitaxy, Epitaxial Layer evaluation Molcullar Beam Epitaxy. Unit-2: Oxidation: Thermal Oxidation Kinetics, Oxidation techniques, Oxide Properties, Oxidation induced Defects. Lithography: Photolithography, e-beam lithography, X ray Lithography. Unit-3: Reactive Plasma Etching: Plasma Properties, Feature Size control and anisotropic etching, Plasma etching techniques and equipment. Di-electric and Poly-Silicon Film Deposition: Deposition Processes for Poly-Si, SiO2, SiO3N4; Plasma assisted Depositions. Unit-4: Diffusion: A Qualitative view of atomic diffusion in Solids, diffusion mechanisms, Fick’s one dimensional diffusion equation, constant source and limited source diffusion, diffusion of Grp3 and 5 impurities in Silicon Impurity sources, diffusion apparatus, Characterization of diffused layers. Ion Implantation: Introduction, Range Theory, Implantation Equipment Anncaling. Unit-5: Metallization: Metallization applications, Choices, Physical Vapour Deposition. Sputtcring, Metallization Problems. Assembly & Packaging: Package Types, design considerations, Package fabrication technologies, Future trends. Unit-6: Isolation techniques: Bipolar IC fabrication Process Sequence. n MOS IC fabrication Process Sequence. Text Books:

• VLSI Technology, S.M. Sze , 1998, MGH • VLSI Fabrication Principles, S.K. Ghandhi



A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE-416 E Social and Professional Issues in IT L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit-1: Legal Issues: Introduction to legal concepts, Basic outline of Criminal and Civil Laws, Concepts relating to laws of Contract and Commercial Law, Substantive Legal Issues, Intellectual property Issues, Cyber crime, Data protection principles and implications of the European Union Data Protection Directive, Confidentiality and privacy, Intellectual property rights, Copyright and Industrial Property, Patents, Trade Marks and laws relating to designs, Software Protection and piracy, Dealing with Copyright, Originality, Exception to Copyright infringement, Employees and freelance programs, devices to overcome protection Software Licensing , Methods of licensing, Copyright and electronic publishing , Copyright problems posed by electronic publishing.

Unit-2: Multimedia, licensing and related issues: Protection of Databases, Trade marks and passing off, Internet related issues, Contract issues and Law, Basic understanding of the Types of Agreements in large computerization projects – Implementation Agreements, License Agreements, Maintenance agreements etc., Enforcement issues, dispute resolution, arbitration, legislative action,

Unit-3: Other Professional Issues: Duties of a professional, Duties to client, Duties to Employer, Duties to profession, Duties to society, Accountability for quality, timeliness and use of resources, Human relationships and change management, Avoiding computer misuse, Hacking, unauthorized access and types of Computer Crime, Introduction of Viruses, Fraud and types of Computer Fraud, Public interest and Social implications, Environmental protection, Health and safety issues, Privacy, Ethics and Codes of Professional Conduct, The need for professional ethics, Characteristics of professions, Integrity & Honesty, Competence, Professional development, judgment, knowledge of law, relations, standards, independence, Acting with responsibility, professional skill, comply with law, Confidentiality, due care, Contribute towards advancement of human welfare, Public interest, Public awareness, Basic human rights, Ethics and the Internet, Netiquette and Policy approaches, Professional relationships, Are computer professionals “Professionals”, Conflicting responsibilities and misconduct, Codes of Ethics: Relationship between Code of ethics and professional conduct. Case study of some professional body such as Computer Society of India / BCS(UK).

Text Book:

• Professional Issues in Software Engineering (2nd edition.), Bott F. et al., 1995, UCL Press. Reference Books:

• (Eds), The Responsible Software Engineer: Selected Readings in IT Professionalism, Myers C., Hall T. and Pitt D., 1997, Springer

* BCS code of conduct: http://www.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/pdf/codeofc.pdf • BCS Code of Practice: http://www1.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/Cop.htm • ACS code of Ethics http://203.58.197.209/acs/events_admin/static/national/pospaper/acs131.htm

A-PDF Split DEMO

http://www.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/pdf/codeofc.pdf 4

http://www1.bcs.org/docs/01100/1194/Cop.htm

http://203.58.197.209/acs/events_admin/static/national/pospaper/code2.htm


Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two question from each


A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE 418 Human Computer Interaction


Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit 1: Introductions & overview of HCI.:

History of computer user interfaces, HCI - history and intellectual root Human information processing limitations, human decision making.

3. Human cognitive and sensory limits 4. Human memory

3. Human problem solving 4. Skill acquisition

5. Users’ conceptual models (mental models) 6. Decision making

Unit 2: Computer systems and user interfaces, human-system interaction:

Input and output devices, Mechanics of particular devices, Speech input, sound and speech output, Computer architecture, Performance characteristics of humans and systems, Color issues, Computer graphics , Color representation, color maps, color range of devices

Unit 3: Interaction models and metaphors:

Use of abstract metaphors for describing interface behavior, Use of metaphors to support user understanding, Dialog input and output techniques and purposes , Screen layout issues, Dialog interaction: types and techniques, navigation and orientation, multimedia and non-graphical dialogues, Dialog issues: response time, control, standards, look and feel , Layers model of architecture of design and windowing systems, Windows manager models, e.g., X, Macintosh, MS Windows, Hypermedia and WWW

Unit 4: Principles guiding well-designed human-system interaction:

Paradigms for interaction, Principles to support usability, Accounting for users with disabilities Unit 5: The design process – overview:

The typical software development lifecycle (idealized vs. actual), User-centered design overview, “Three pillars of design”, Usability engineering overview, Reconciling UCD and usability testing

Unit 6: The design process - task and user needs analysis:

Task analysis definition, Techniques for task analysis, Sources of information Unit 7: The design process – making use of task and user data for system design.

Use cases, scenarios, Structuring the information, Information architecture, User and process flows, Wireframes, Mockups, comps, Other methods of conveying structure and function

A-PDF Split DEMO


Unit 8: Designing for universal access: What is accessibility? What is accessible software, Examples of accessibility adaptations, What’s

driving software accessibility, Implications for software organizations Unit 9: Speech user interfaces:

Attributes of speech user interfaces, Evaluating speech user interface quality Unit 10: HCI in mission-critical and high-risk environments:

Safety implications of human-computer interaction, Effects of automation, Addressing the effects Text books:

Hackos, J.T. & Redish, J.C. (1998). User and task analysis for interface design. John New York: Wiley & Sons.

Norman, D. (1988). The design of everyday things. New York: Basic Books.

Reference Books:

• Designing the User Interface: Strategy for Effective Human Computer Interaction, 3rd edition, Bel Shneiderman, Perason Edu. Publ. 2000






A-PDF Split DEMO


CSE 420 E Fuzzy Logic L T P Class Work: 50 4 - - Exam: 100 Total: 150


Unit - 1 Classical and Fuzzy Sets: Overview of Classical Sets, Membership Function, a-cuts, Properties of a-cuts, Decomposition, Theorems, Extension Principle, Unit - 2 Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Compliment, Intersections, Unions, Combinations of Operations, Aggregation Operations Unit - 3 Fuzzy Arithmetic: Fuzzy Numbers, Linguistic Variables, Arithmetic Operations on intervals & Numbers, Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers, Fuzzy Equations. Unit - 4 Fuzzy Relations: Crisp & Fuzzy Relations, Projections & Cylindric Extensions, Binary Fuzzy Relations, Binary Relations on single set, Equivalence, Compatibility & Ordering Relations, Morphisms, Fuzzy Relation Equations. Unit – 5 Possibility Theory: Fuzzy Measures, Evidence & Possibility Theory, Possibility versus Probability Theory. Unit – 6 Fuzzy Logic: Classical Logic, Multivalued Logics, Fuzzy Propositions, Fuzzy Qualifiers, Linguistic Hedges. Unit – 7 Uncertainty based Information: Information & Uncertainity, Nonspecificity of Fuzzy & Crisp sets, Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets. Unit – 8 Applications of Fuzzy Logic in soft computing. Text / Reference books :

• Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty & Information by G.J.Klir & T.A. Folyger, PHI, 1988. • Fuzzy sets & Fuzzy logic by G.J.Klir & B.Yuan, PHI, 1995.



A-PDF Split DEMO


MAHARSHI DAYANAND UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK

SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS B.E 2nd YEAR (SEMESTER – III) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Effective from the session 2004-05

Course No

Course Title

Teaching Schedule

Marks for

Examination

L T P TOTAL

Marks For

Class Work

THEORY PRACTICAL

Total Marks

Duration of Exam

MATH-201 E Mathematics – III (Common with all Branches) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3

HUM- 201 E Economics (Common with all Branches) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3

ME-201 E Thermodynamics 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-203 E Strength of Materials-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-205 E Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-207 E Machine Drawing 1 - 4 5 50 100 - 150 4 EE-213 E Electronics Engg. (ME, CHE) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-209 E Strength of Materials -I Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 EE-219 E Electronics Engg. Lab.

(ME, CHE) - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3

ME-211E Computer Aided Drafting Lab. - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3

TOTAL 19 6 10 35 425 700 75 1200 Note:


A-PDF Split DEMO


MATH-201-E : MATHEMATICS-III


Part-A Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms : Euler’s formulae, conditions for a Fourier expansion, change of interval, Fourier expansion of odd and even functions, Fourier expansion of square wave, rectangular wave, saw-toothed wave, half and full rectified wave, half range sine and consine series.

Fourier integrals, Fourier transforms, Shifting theorem (both on time and frequency axes), Fourier transforms of derivatives, Fourier transforms of integrals, Convolution theorem, Fourier transform of Dirac-delta function.

Part-B Functions of Complex Variable : Definition, Exponential function, Trignometric and Hyperbolic functions, Logrithmic functions. Limit and Continuity of a function, Differnetiability and Analyticity. Cauchy-Riemann equations, necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, polar form of the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Harmonic functions, application to flow problems. Integration of complex functions. Cauchy-Integral theorem and fourmula. Power series, radius and circle of convergence, Taylor's Maclaurin's and Laurent's series. Zeroes and singularities of complex functions, Residues. Evaluation of real integrals using residues (around unit and semi circle only).

Part-C Probability Distributions and Hypothesis Testing : Conditional probability, Bayes theorem and its applications, expected value of a random variable. Properties and application of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions. Testing of a hypothesis, tests of significance for large samples, Student’s t-distribution (applications only), Chi-square test of goodness of fit. Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solving linear programming problems using (i) Graphical method (ii) Simplex method (iii) Dual simplex method. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : F Kreyszig. 2. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal. REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Advance Engg. Mathematics : R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyenger. 2. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg. 3. Operation Research : H.A. Taha. 4. Probability and statistics for Engineers : Johnson. PHI. Note: Examiner will set eight questions, taking two from Part-A, three from Part-B and three from Part-C.

Students will be required to attempt five question taking atleast one from each part.

A-PDF Split DEMO


HUM-201-E ECONOMICS L T P Class Work : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks


COURSE OBJECTIVE : The purpose of this course is to : 1. Acquaint the student in the basic economic concepts and their operational significance and 2 .Stimulate him to think systematically and objectively about contemporary economic problems. UNIT-I Definition of Economics - various definitions, Nature of Economic problem, Production possibility curve Economic laws and their nature. Relation between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economics. UNIT-II Concepts and measurement of utility, Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Law of equi-marginal utility - its practical application and importance. UNIT-III Meaning of Demand, Individual and Market demand schedule, Law of demand, shape of demand curve, Elasticity of demand, measurement of elasticity of demand, factors effecting elasticity of demand, practical importance & applications of the concept of elasticity of demand. UNIT-IV Meaning of production and factors of production; Law of variable proportions, Returns to scale, Internal and External economics and diseconomies of scale.

Various concepts of cost - Fixed cost, variable cost, average cost, marginal cost, money cost, real cost opportunity cost. Shape of average cost, marginal cost, total cost etc. in short run and long run. UNIT-V Meaning of Market, Types of Market - Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligoply, Monoplistic Competition (Main features of these markets) Supply and Law of Supply, Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determinition and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices. UNIT-VI Nature and characteristics of Indian economy (brief and elementary introduction), Privatization - meaning, merits and demerits. Globalisation of Indian economy - merits and demerits. Elementary Concepts of VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Principles of Economics : P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers). 2. Modern Economic Theory – K.K. Dewett (S.Chand) REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. A Text Book of Economic Theory Stonier and Hague (Longman’s Landon) 2. Micro Economic Theory – M.L. Jhingan (S.Chand) 3. Micro Economic Theory - H.L. Ahuja (S.Chand) 4. Modern Micro Economics : S.K. Mishra (Pragati Publications) 5. Economic Theory - A.B.N. Kulkarni & A.B. Kalkundrikar (R.Chand & Co.)

A-PDF Split DEMO


6. Indian Economy : Rudar Dutt & K.P.M. Sundhram NOTE: Eight questions are to be set atleast one question from each unit and the students will have to attempt five questions in all.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 201 E THERMODYNAMICS

Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks

Duration of Exam. : 3 hrs. Unit I Basic Concepts: Macroscopic and Microscopic Approaches, Thermodynamic Systems,

Surrounding and Boundary, Thermodynamic Property – Intensive and Extensive, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Path, Process and Cycle, Quasi-static, Reversible and Irreversible Processes, Working Substance. Concept of Thermodynamic Work and Heat, Equality of Temperature, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamic and its utility. Problems.

Unit II First Law of Thermodynamics: Energy and its Forms, Energy and 1st law of Thermodynamics,

Internal Energy and Enthalpy, PMMFK, Steady flow energy equation, 1st Law Applied to Non- flow process, Steady Flow Process and Transient Flow Process, Throttling Process and Free Expansion Process. Problems.

Unit III Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of First Law, Thermal Reservoir, Heat Source and

Heat Sink, Heat Engine, Refrigerator and Heat Pump, Kelvin- Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence, PMMSK. Carnot Cycle, Carnot Heat Engine and Carnot Heat Pump, Carnot Theorem and its Corollaries, Thermodynamic Temperature Scale. Entropy, Clausius Inequality, Principle of Entropy Increase, Temperature Entropy Plot, Entropy Change in Different Processes, Introduction to Third Law of Thermodynamics. Problems.

Unit IV Availability and Irreversibility: High and Low Grade Energy, Availability and Unavailable

Energy, Loss of Available Energy Due to Heat Transfer Through a Finite Temperature Difference, Dead state of a system, Availability of a Non-Flow or Closed System, Availability of a Steady Flow System, Helmholtz and Gibb’s Functions, Effectiveness and Irreversibility, Second law efficiencies of processes & cycles. Problems.

Unit V Pure Substance: Pure Substance and its Properties, Phase and Phase Transformation, Vaporization,

Evaporation and Boiling, Saturated and Superheat Steam, Solid – Liquid – Vapour Equilibrium, T-V, P-V and P-T Plots During Steam Formation, Properties of Dry, Wet and Superheated Steam, Property Changes During Steam Processes, Temperature – Entropy (T-S) and Enthalpy – Entropy (H-S) Diagrams, Throttling and Measurement of Dryness Fraction of Steam. Problems.

Unit VI Ideal and Real Gases: Concept of an Ideal Gas, Basic Gas Laws, Characteristic Gas Equation,

Avogadro’s law and Universal Gas Constant, P-V-T surface of an Ideal Gas. Vander Waal’s Equation of state, Reduced Co-ordinates, Compressibility factor and law of corresponding states. Mixture of Gases, Mass, Mole and Volume Fraction, Gibson Dalton’s law, Gas Constant and Specific Heats, Entropy for a mixture of non-reactive gases. Problems.

Unit VII Thermodynamic Relations: Maxwell Relations, Clapeyron Equation, Relations for

changes in Enthalpy and Internal Energy & Entropy, Specific Heat Capacity Relations, Joule Thomson coefficient & inversion curve.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Thermodynamics – Jones and Dugan, PHI, New Delhi. 2. Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics – E. Radhakrishnan, PHI, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Theory and Problems of Thermodynamics – Y. V.C. Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Engineering Thermodynamics – C P Arora, Tata McGraw Hill 3. Engineering Thermodynamics – P K Nag, Tata McGraw Hill

A-PDF Split DEMO


NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 203 E STRENGTH OF MATERIALS –I

Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks

Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

Unit 1 Simple Stresses & Strains: Concept & types of Stresses and strains, Poison’s ratio, stresses and strain in simple and compound bars under axial loading, stress strain diagrams, Hooks law, elastic constants & their relationships, temperature stress & strain in simple & compound bars under axial loading, Numerical.

Unit II Compound Stresses & Strains: Concept of surface and volumetric strains, two dimensional stress system, conjugate shear stress at a point on a plane, principle stresses & strains and principal- planes, Mohr’s circle of stresses, Numerical.

Unit III Shear Force & Bending Moments: Definitions, SF & BM diagrams for cantilevers, simply supported beams with or without over-hang and calculation of maximum BM & SF and the point of contra-flexure under (i) concentrated loads, (ii) uniformly distributed loads over whole span or a part of it, (iii) combination of concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads, (iv) uniformly varying loads and (v) application of moments, relation between the rate of loading, the shear force and the bending moments, Problems.

Unit IV Torsion Of Circular Members: Torsion of thin circular tube, Solid and hollow circular shafts, tapered shaft, stepped shaft & composite circular shafts, combined bending and torsion, equivalent torque, effect of end thrust. Numericals.

Unit V Bending & Shear Stresses in Beams: Bending stresses in beams with derivation & application to beams of circular, rectangular, I,T and channel sections, composite beams, shear stresses in beams with combined bending, torsion & axial loading of beams. Numericals.

Unit VI Columns & Struts: Column under axial load, concept of instability and buckling, slenderness ratio, derivation of Euler’s formulae for the elastic buckling load, Eulers, Rankine, Gordom’s formulae Johnson’s empirical formula for axial loading columns and their applications, eccentric compression of a short strut of rectangular & circular sections, Numerical.

Unit VII Slope & Deflection: Relationship between bending moment, slope & deflection, Mohr’s theorem, moment area method, method of integration, Macaulay’s method, calculations for slope and deflection of (i) cantilevers and (ii) simply supported beams with or without overhang under concentrated load, Uniformly distributed loads or combination of concentrated and uniformly distributed loads, Numerical.

Unit VIII Fixed Beams: Deflections, reactions and fixing moments with SF & BM calculations & diagrams for fixed beams under (i) concentrated loads, (ii) uniformly distributed load and (iii) a combination of concentrated loads & uniformly distributed load.

Text Books:

1. Strength of Materials – G.H.Ryder - Macmillan, India 2. Strength of Materials– Andrew Pytel and Fredinand L.Singer, Addison – Wesley

Reference Books : 1. Strength of Materials – Popov, PHI, New Delhi. 2. Strength of Materials A Rudimentary Apprach – M.A. Jayaram, Sapna Book

House, Bangalore

A-PDF Split DEMO


NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at

least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME 205 E ENGINEERING MECHANICS L T P Sessional :50 Marks 3 1 - Theory :100 Marks Total marks :150 Marks Duration of exam: 3 Hrs

Unit-I Review of Basic Force Systems: Dimensions and units of mechanics, idealization of mechanics, laws of mechanics, vector algebra review, moment of a force about a

point and axis, the couple and couple moment, addition and subtraction of couples, moment of a couple about a line, translation of a force to a parallel position, resultant of a force system, Problems (vector method).

Unit-II Equilibrium: Introduction, free body diagram, control volumes, general equations of

equilibrium, two point equivalent loading, static in-determinacy, simple truss, method of joints, method of sections, co-planer cable-loading a function of x, coplanar cables- loading the weight of the cable itself. Problems.

Unit-III Properties of Surfaces & Moments and Products of inertia : First moment of an

area and the centroid, principal axes, formal definition of inertia quantities, relation between mass-inertia terms and area-inertia terms, translation of coordinate axes, transportation properties of the inertia terms, a brief introduction to tensors, the inertia of ellipsoid and principal moments of inertia, Problems (vector method).

Unit-IV Kinematics of Particles and Rigid Bodies: Velocity and acceleration in path and

cylindrical coordinates, motion of a particle relative to a pair of translating axes, translation and rotation of rigid bodies, Chasles theorem, moving references, velocity and acceleration for different references, inertia and coriolis forces. Problems(vector method).

Unit-V Particle Dynamics, Energy Methods & Momentum Methods: Newton's law for

rectangular coordinates & cylindrical coordinates, rectifier translation, central force motion, Newton's law for path variables, work energy equations, work energy equations for a systems of particles, linear and angular momentum equations for a systems of particles. Problems(vector method).

Unit-VI Variational Mechanics: Hamiton principle, Lagrange equations, principle of virtual work,

methods of minimum potential energy, stability. Text Book: 1. Engineering Mechanics - Statics & Dynamics by I.H. Shames, PHI, New Delhi. 2. Engineering Mechanics – Timoschenko. Reference Books : 1. Statics & Dynamics by J.L. Meriam, JohnWiley & Sons (P) Ltd. New York. 2. Statics & Dynamics by Beer & Johnson, MGH, New Delhi. NOTE : In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 207 E MACHINE DRAWING

Theory : 100 Marks

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 1 - 4 Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam .: 4 hrs. PART-A

Introduction to BIS Specification SP : 46 – 1988 Code of Engineering drawing – Limits , fits and Tolerance ( Dimensional and Geometrical tolerance ) , Surface finish representation.

Gear: Gear terminology, I.S. convention representation of assembly of spur gears, helical gears, bevel gears , worm and worm wheel.

PART-B

Orthographic views from isometric views of machine parts / components. Dimensioning, Sectioning. Exercises on Coupling, Crankshaft, Pulley, Piston and Connecting rod , Cotter and Knuckle joint. Riveted Joint and Welded Joint.

28. PART-C

Assembly drawing with sectioning and bill of materials from given detailed

drawings of assemblies : Lathe Tail stock , Machine vice , Pedestal bearing , Steam stop valve , Drill jigs and Milling fixture.

NOTE : (1) In the semester examination , the examiner will set total six questions

in all, taking two questions from each part. The students will be required to attempt three questions in all, taking one question from each part

(2) The questions from Part-A and Part-B will carry 20 marks each.

Question from Part-C will carry 60 marks.

Text Books: 1. Machine Drawing - N D Bhatt and V M Panchal, Charotar

Publishing House. 2. A Text Book of Machine Drawing - P S Gill Pub.: S K Kataria & Sons.

3. Engineering Graphics with Auto CAD 2002 - JamesD.Bethune, Pearson Education.

Reference Books :

1. A Text Book of Machine Drawing Laxmi Narayana and Mathur, M/s. Jain Brothers, New Delhi.

A-PDF Split DEMO


2. Machine drawing by N Sidheshwar, Kannaieh, V S Sastry, TMH., New Delhi.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-213-E ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L T P Class Work : 50 3 1 - Exam : 100 Total : 150 Duration of Exam : 3hrs UNIT – I : DIODES : P-N junction, P-N junction as a rectifier, V-I characteristics, Breakdown diodes, Light emitting diodes, Load – Line concept, Clipping, Clamping, Rectifiers. UNIT – II : TRANSISTORS : Operation and Characteristics of a Transistor, Common Emitter, Common Collector and Common Base Configurations of a transistor, Biosing and Transistor as an amplifier and oscilletor.. UNIT – III : OP-AMPS : Basic Characteristics of an OP-AMP, Applications of OP-AMP ( Inverter, Non-Inverter, Integrator, Differentiator, Logarithmic amplifier, Square wave generator). UNIT – IV : POWER AMPLIFIERS : Class A, Class B and Class C Amplifiers. UNIT – V : STABILISED POWER SUPPLIES : Regulated power supply, series voltage regulator. UNIT – VI : DIGITAL GATES : Binary numbers, OR, AND, NAND, NOR, NOT, EX-OR Gates. TEXT BOOK : Integrated Electronics Milman & Halkias (MGH). REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Digital Electronics by R.P.Jain (MGH). 2. Microelectronics – Ramana (MGH). 3. Electronics Principles Malvino, TMH. NOTE : 1. Five out of eight questions are to be attempted. 2. At least one question should be set from each unit.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 209 E STRENGTH OF MATERIAL-I LAB Sessional : 25 Marks Exam : 25 Marks L T P Total : 50 Marks - - 2 Duration of exam : 3 Hrs. List of Experiments :

1. To study the Brinell hardness testing machine & perform the Brinell hardness test.

2. To study the Rockwell hardness testing machine & perform the Rockwell hardness test.

3. To study the Vickers hardness testing machine & perform the Vickers hardness test.

4. To study the Erichsen sheet metal testing machine & perform the Erichsen sheet metal test.

5. To study the Impact testing machine and perform the Impact tests (Izod & Charpy).

6. To study the Universal testing machine and perform the tensile test.

7. To perform compression & bending tests on UTM.

8. To perform the sheer test on UTM.

9. To study the torsion testing machine and perform the torsion test.

10. To draw shear Force, Bending Moment Diagrams for a simply Supported Beam under Point

and Distributed Loads.

11. To determine Mechanical Advantage and Efficiency of Single and Double Purchase Winch

Crab.

12. To determine Mechanical Advantage and Efficiency of Worm and Worm Gear of Single,

Double and Triple start.

13. To determine Mechanical Advantage, Efficiency of Simple and Compound Screw Jack.

14. To find Moment of Inertia of a Fly Wheel.

Note: 1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester. 2. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two

experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


EE-219-E ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB L T P Class Work : 25 0 0 2 Exam : 25 Total : 50 Duration of Exam : 3hrs LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. Study of V-I Characteristics of Diode. 2. Study of a Clipping and Clamping circuits. 3. Study of a Half wave rectifier. 4. Study of a Full wave rectifier. 5. Study and Analysis of a Transistor in Common Emitter Configuration. 6. Study of OP-AMP as Inverter and Comparator. 7. Study of OP-AMP as Differentiator. 8. Study of OP-AMP as Integrator. 9. Study of OP-AMP as Square wave generator. 10. Realization of Truth Tables of AND, OR, NOT Gates. 11. Realization of Truth Tables of NAND, NOR and EX-OR Gates. Note : At least seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be

performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME – 211 E COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING LAB. L T P Sessional : 25 Marks - - 2 Practical : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 hrs. The students will be required to carry out the following exercises using educational soft-wares (AutoCad-2002, I-DEAS, Pro-Engineer etc).

1. Setting up of drawing environment by setting drawing limits, drawing units, naming the drawing, naming layers, setting line types for different layers using various type of lines in engineering drawing, saving the file with .dwg extension.

2. Layout drawing of a building using different layer and line colors indicating all Building details.

Name the details using text commands, Make a title Block.

3. To Draw Orthographic projection Drawings (Front, Top and side) of boiler safety valve giving name the various components of the valve.

4. Make an Isometric dimensioned drawing of a connecting Rod using isometric grid and snap.

5. Draw quarter sectional isometric view of a cotter joint.

6. Draw different types of bolts and nuts with internal and external threading in Acme and square

threading standards. Save the bolts and nuts as blocks suitable for insertion.

7. Draw 3D models by extruding simple 2D objects, dimension and name the objects.

8. Draw a spiral by extruding a circle.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MAHARSHI DAYANAND UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS

B.E 2nd YEAR (SEMESTER – IV) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Effective from the Session 2004-05

Course No.

Course Title

Teaching Schedule Marks for

Class work

Marks for Examination

Total Marks

Duration of Exam

L T P Total Theory Practical HUM-202 E Fundamentals of Management

EE,EL,EI,IC,ME,CHE) 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3

ME-202 E Manufacturing Technology 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-204 E Material Science 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-206 E Strength of Materials - II 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-208 E Fluid Mechanics 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-210 E Energy Conversion 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-212 E Material Science Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-214 E Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-216 E Energy Conversion Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-218 E Manufacturing Practice - - 3 3 25 - 25 50 3 GPME-220 E

General Proficiency - - - 50 - - 50 3

TOTAL 18 6 9 33 450 600 100 1150

Note: 1. Practical training of 4 weeks duration during summer vacations and its evaluation in 5th Semester.

3. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator. However,

Sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

29.

A-PDF Split DEMO







A-PDF Split DEMO


31. ME-202 E MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks

Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs

Unit I Metal Casting Processes: Advantages and limitations, sand mold making procedure.

Patterns and Cores: Pattern materials, pattern allowances, types of pattern, color coding. Molding materials: Molding sand composition, sand preparation, sand properties and testing, Sand molding processes

Unit II Cores: Types of cores, core prints, chaplets, and chills. Gating systems: Gates and gating

systems risers. Melting practice: Cupola, charge calculations. Casting cleaning and casting defects, Fettling, defects in castings and their remedies, methods of testing of castings for their soundness.

Unit III Special Casting Processes: Shell molding, precision investment casting, permanent mold

casting, die casting, centrifugal casting, continuous casting, Unit IV Metal Forming Processes: Nature of plastic deformation, hot working and cold working

.Principles of rolling, roll passes, roll pass sequences. Forging: Forging operations, smith forging, drop forging, press forging, forging defects.

Unit V Extrusion and other processes: Extrusion principle, hot extrusion, cold extrusion, wire

drawing, swaging, tube making. Sheet metal operations: Press tools operations, hearing action, drawing dies, spinning, bending, stretch forming, embossing and coining.

Unit VI Gas and Arc Welding: Classification: oxy- acetylene welding equipment and techniques.

Electric arc welding: Electrodes, manual metal arc welding, inert gas shielded arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding (TIG), metal inert gas welding(MIG), submerged arcwelding (SAW).

Unit VII Resistance Welding: Principles, resistance spot welding, resistance seam welding, upset

welding, flash welding, Unit VIII Other Welding Processes: Introduction thermit welding, electro slag welding, electron

beam welding, forge welding, friction welding, diffusion welding, brazing and soldering.

Text Books: 1. Principles of Manufacturing Materials & Processes – Campbell J. S., Publisher – Mc Graw Hill. 2. Manufacturing Science - Ghosh A; Mallik A.K. Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Reference Books: 1. Foundry Technology - K.P. Sinha, D.B. Goel, Roorkee Publishing House. 2. Welding and Welding Technology, Richard L. Little Tata McGraw Hill Ltd. 3. Principle of Metal casting - Rosenthal, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 4. Manufacturing Processes and Systems: Ostwald Phillip F., Munoz Jairo, John Wiley & Sons 5. Manufacturing Technology-Foundry, Forming and Welding - P.N. Rao, Tata McGraw Hill 6. Elements of Manufacturing Processes – B.S. Nagendra Parasher, RK Mittal, PHI N. Delhi

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 204 E MATERIAL SCIENCE


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs

Unit I Crystallography: Review of crystal structure, space lattice, crystal planes and crystal

directions, co-ordination number, number of atoms per unit cell, atomic packing factor, Numericals related to crystallography.

Unit II Imperfection in metal crystals: Crystal imperfections and their classifications, point

defects, line defects, edge & screw dislocations, surface defects, volume defects & effects of imperfections on metal properties.

Unit III Solid solutions and phase diagram: Introduction to single and multiphase solid solutions

and types of solid solutions, importance and objectives of phase diagram, systems, phase and structural constituents, cooling curves, unary & binary phase diagrams, Gibbs’s phase rule, Lever rule, eutectic and eutectoid systems, peritectic and peritectoid systems, iron carbon equilibrium diagram and TTT diagram.

Unit IV Heat Treatment: Principles, purpose, classification of heat treatment processes, annealing,

normalizing, stress relieving, hardening, tempering, carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, flame and induction hardening. Allotropic transformation of iron and steel, Properties of austenite, ferrite, pearlite, martensite.

Unit V Deformation of Metal: Elastic and plastic deformation, mechanism of plastic deformation,

twinning, conventional and true stress strain curves for polycrystalline materials, yield point phenomena, strain ageing, work hardening, Bauschinger effect, season cracking. Recovery, re-crystallization and grain growth.

Unit VI Failures of metals: Failure analysis, fracture, process of fracture, types of fracture, fatigue,

characteristics of fatigue, fatigue limit, mechanism of fatigue, factors affecting fatigue. Unit VII Creep & Corrosion: Definition and concept, creep curve, mechanism of creep, impact of

time and temperature on creep, creep fracture, creep testing and prevention against creep. Corrosion: Mechanism and effect of corrosion, prevention of corrosion.

Unit VIII Plastic, Composite and Ceramics: Polymers, formation of polymers, polymer structure and

crystallinity, polymers to plastics types, reinforced particles-strengthened and dispersion strengthened composites. Ceramic materials: Types of ceramics, properties of ceramic, ceramic forming techniques, mechanical behavior of ceramic.

Text Books: 1. Elements of Material Science and Engineering: VanVlack, Wesley Pub. Comp. 2. Material Science - Narula, Narula and Gupta. New Age Publishers

Reference Books: 1.Material Science & Engineering –V. Raghvan, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 2. A Text Book of Material Science & Metallurgy – O.P. Khanna, Dhanpat Rai & Sons 3. Material Science and Engineering-An Introduction - Callister; W.D., John Wiley & Sons., Delhi. 4. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G. Budinski, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi Note: In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


32. ME- 206 E STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-II Sessional : 50Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3Hrs.

Unit I Strain Energy & Impact Loading: Definitions, expressions for strain energy stored in a body when load is applied (i) gradually, (ii) suddenly and (iii) with impact, strain energy of beams in bending, beam deflections, strain energy of shafts in twisting, energy methods in determining spring deflection, Castigliano’s & Maxwell’s theorems, Numericals.

Unit II Theories of Elastic Failure: Various theories of elastic failures with derivations and graphical representations, applications to problems of 2- dimensional stress system with (i) Combined direct loading and bending, and (ii) combined torsional and direct loading, Numericals.

Unit III Unsymmetrical Bending: Properties of beam cross section, product of inertia, ellipse of inertia, slope of the neutral axis, stresses & deflections, shear center and the flexural axis Numericals.

Unit IV Thin Walled Vessels : Hoop & Longitudinal stresses & strains in cylindrical & spherical vessels & their derivations under internal pressure, wire would cylinders, Numericals.

Unit V Thick Cylinders & Spheres : Derivation of Lame’s equations, radial & hoop stresses and strains in thick, and compound cylinders and spherical shells subjected to internal fluid pressure only, wire wound cylinders, hub shrunk on solid shaft, Numericals.

Unit VI Rotating Rims & Discs: Stresses in uniform rotating rings & discs, rotating discs of uniform strength, stresses in ( I) rotating rims, neglecting the effect of spokes, (ii) rotating cylinders, hollow cylinders & solids cylinders. Numericals.

Unit VII Bending of Curved Bars : Stresses in bars of initial large radius of curvature, bars of initial small radius of curvature, stresses in crane hooks, rings of circular & trapezoidal sections, deflection of curved bars & rings, deflection of rings by Castigliano’s theorem stresses in simple chain link, deflection of simple chain links, Problems.

Unit VIII Springs: Stresses in open coiled helical spring subjected to axial loads and twisting couples, leaf springs, flat spiral springs, concentric springs, Numericals.

Text Books:

1. Strength of Materials – G.H.Ryder, Third Edition in SI Units 1969 Macmillan, India.

2. Mechanics of Materials – (Metric Edition) : Ferdinand P. Beer and E. Russel Johnston, Jr. Second Edition, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books :

. 1. Book of Solid Mechanics – Kazmi, Tata Mc Graw Hill 2. Strength of Materials – D.S. Bedi - S. Chand & Co. Ltd. 3. Advanced Mechanics of Solids and Structures – N. Krishan Raju and

D.R.Gururaje- Narosa Publishing House.

A-PDF Split DEMO


4. Strength of Materials – Andrew Pytel and Fredinand L. Singer Fourth Edition, Int. Student Ed. Addison – Wesley Longman.

NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at

least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 208 E FLUID MECHANICS L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks

Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

Unit I Fluid Properties and Fluid Statics: Concept of fluid and flow, ideal and real fluids,

continuum concept, properties of fluids, Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids. Pascal’s law, hydrostatic equation, hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces, stability of floating and submerged bodies, relative equilibrium. Problems.

Unit II Fluid Kinematics: Eulerian and Lagrangian description of fluid flow; stream, streak and

path lines; types of flows, flow rate and continuity equation, differential equation of continuity in cylindrical and polar coordinates, rotation, vorticity and circulation, stream and potential functions, flow net. Problems.

Unit III Fluid Dynamics: Concept of system and control volume, Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s

equation, venturimeter, orifices, orificemeter, mouthpieces, kinetic and momentum correction factors, Impulse momentum relationship and its applications. Problems.

Unit IV Potential Flow: Uniform and vortex flow, flow past a Rankin half body, source, sink,

source-sink pair and doublet, flow past a cylinder with and without circulation. Problems.

Unit V Viscous Flow: Flow regimes and Reynold’s number, Relationship between shear stress and pressure gradient, uni-directional flow between stationary and moving parallel plates, movement of piston in a dashpot, power absorbed in bearings. Problems.

Unit VI Flow Through Pipes: Major and minor losses in pipes, Hagen-Poiseuilli law, hydraulic

gradient and total energy lines, series and parallel connection of pipes, branched pipes; equivalent pipe, power transmission through pipes. Problems.

Unit VII Boundary Layer Flow: Boundary layer concept, displacement, momentum and energy

thickness, von-karman momentum integral equation, laminar and turbulent boundary layer flows, drag on a flat plate, boundary layer separation and control. Streamlined and bluff bodies, lift and drag on a cylinder and an airfoil, Problems.

Unit VIII Turbulent Flow: Shear stress in turbulent flow, Prandtl mixing length hypothesis,

hydraulically smooth and rough pipes, velocity distribution in pipes, friction coefficients for smooth and rough pipes. Problems.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics – Streeter V L and Wylie E B, Mc Graw Hill 2. Mechanics of Fluids – I H Shames, Mc Graw Hill

References Books:

1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines – S.K. Som and G. Biswas, TMH 2. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering – D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria and Sons 3. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery – S.K. Agarwal, TMH, New Delhi NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


33. ME- 210 E ENERGY CONVERSION L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks

Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

Unit I Fuels and Combustion: Classification of fuels- solid, liquid & gaseous fuels, Combustion

equations, Stochiometric air-fuel ratio, Excess air, Exhaust gas analysis, Orsat apparatus. Enthalpy and internal energy of combustion, Enthalpy of formation, Adiabatic flame temperature, Gibb’s and Helmholtz functions, Calorific values of fuel, Problems.

Unit II Steam Boilers and Draft: Classification, comparison between fire and water tube boilers, Essentials of a good boiler, Constructional and operational details of Locomotive& Lancashire Boilers, High pressure boilers- Benson, Lamont, Loeffler and Velox boilers, Boiler mountings and accessories, Boiler performance, Natural& Artificial drafts, Chimney height, Maximum draft and chimney efficiency, Boiler heat balance sheet, Problems.

Unit III Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot and Rankine vapour cycles, effect of operating conditions on thermal efficiency of Rankine cycle, Rankine cycle with superheat, reheat and regeneration, Binary vapour cycle, Problems..

Unit IV Flow Through Nozzles: Velocity and heat drop, mass discharge through a nozzle, critical pressure ratio and its significance, effect of friction and nozzle efficiency, supersaturated flow, design pressure ratio, Problems.

Unit V Steam Turbines: Classification, Impulse Turbine- Flow through blades, velocity diagram, power output and efficiency, maximum blade efficiency of single stage impulse turbine, blade friction, compounding of impulse turbine. Reaction Turbine-Flow through impulse reaction blades, degree of reaction, velocity diagram, power output, efficiency and blade height, comparison of impulse and impulse reaction turbines. Losses in steam turbines, stage efficiency, overall efficiency and reheat factor. Governing of steam turbines, Problems.

Unit VI Steam Condensers: Elements of a condensing plant, types of condensers, comparison of jet and surface condensers. Condenser vacuum, sources of air leakage & its disadvantages, vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency, Problems.

Unit VII Air Compressors: Working of a single stage reciprocating air compressor; calculation of work input; Volumetric efficiency; Isothermal efficiency; Advantages of multi stage compression; Two stage compressor with Inter-cooling; Perfect Inter cooling; Optimum intercooler pressure, Problems.

TEXT BOOKS : 1. Thermal Engineering – P L Ballaney, Khanna Publishers 2. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines vol. II – R Yadav, Central Publishing House

REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering Technologists – T D Eastop and A McConkey,

Pearson Education 2. Heat Engineering – V P Vasandani and D S Kumar, Metropolitan Book Co Pvt Ltd

NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least one question from each unit, and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 212 E MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB. L T P - - 2

Sessional : 25 Marks Theory : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs

List of Experiments:

1. To study crystal structures of a given specimen. 2. To study crystal imperfections in a given specimen.

3. To study microstructures of metals/ alloys.

4. To prepare solidification curve for a given specimen.

5. To study heat treatment processes (hardening and tempering) of steel specimen.

6. To study microstructure of heat-treated steel.

7. To study thermo-setting of plastics.

8. To study the creep behavior of a given specimen.

9. To study the mechanism of chemical corrosion and its protection.

10. To study the properties of various types of plastics.

11. To study Bravais lattices with the help of models.

12. To study crystal structures and crystals imperfections using ball models.

Note: 3. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester. 4. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two

experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 214 E FLUID MECHANICS LAB

Sessional : 25

Marks Practical/Viva : 25 Marks L T P Total : 50 Marks - - 2 Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. List of Experiments: 1. To determine the coefficient of impact for vanes.

2. To determine coefficient of discharge of an orificemeter.

3. To determine the coefficient of discharge of Notch ( V and Rectangular types ).

4. To determine the friction factor for the pipes.

5. To determine the coefficient of discharge of venturimeter.

6. To determine the coefficient of discharge, contraction & velocity of an orifice.

7. To verify the Bernoullis Theorem.

8. To find critical Reynolds number for a pipe flow.

9. To determine the meta-centric height of a floating body.

A-PDF Split DEMO


10. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden contraction and bends.

11. To show the velocity and pressure variation with radius in a forced vertex flow.

Note:

1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester.

2. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 216 E ENERGY CONVERSION LAB Sessional : 25 Marks

Practical/Viva : 25 Marks L T P Total : 50 Marks - - 2 Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. List of Experiments: 1. To study low pressure boilers and their accessories and mountings.

2. To study high pressure boilers and their accessories and mountings.

3. To prepare heat balance sheet for given boiler.

4. To study the working of impulse and reaction steam turbines..

5. To find dryness fraction of steam by separating and throttling

calorimeter.

6. To find power out put & efficiency of a steam turbine.

7. To find the condenser efficiencies.

8. To study and find volumetric efficiency of a reciprocating air compressor.

9. To study cooling tower and find its efficiency.

10. To find calorific value of a sample of fuel using Bomb calorimeter.

11. Calibration of Thermometers and pressure gauges.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note:


2. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 218 E MANUFACTURING PRACTICE L T P - - 3

Sessional : 25 Marks Practical/Viva : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. To make a pattern for a given casting with all the necessary allowances, parting line, running system details. Prepare the mold and make the casting. Investigate the casting defects and suggest the remedial measures.

2. To make a component involving horizontal and vertical welding and study the welding defects

and suggests their remedies.

3. To prepare a job on surface grinder/cylindrical grinder and measure the various parameters of the finished piece.

4. To cut external threads on a lathe.

5. Manufacture and assembly of a unit consisting of 2 to 3 components to have the concept of

tolerances and fits (shaft and bush assembly or shaft, key and bush assembly or any suitable assembly).

6. Leveling of machine tools and testing their accuracy.

7. Disassembly and assembly of small assemblies such as tail stock, bench vice, screw jack etc.

8. Development and manufacture of complex sheet-metal components such as funnel etc.

9. Multi slot cutting on milling machine by indexing.

10. Drilling and boring of a bush.

11. Modeling of 3D runner system and creation of drawing for manufacturing of the casting patterns.

12. Development of blank size for complex sheet metal components using CAD/CAE software and

compare results with manual calculation method. Note:


2. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list including exercises 11 and 12. Remaining two experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

`

A-PDF Split DEMO



B.E 3rd YEAR (SEMESTER – V) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Effective from the Session 2005-06

Teaching Schedule


Course No.

Course Title L T P Total

Marks for

Class Work Theory Practical

Total Marks

Duration of Exam

ME-301 E Kinematics of Machines 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-303 E Machine Design-I 3 2 - 5 50 100 - 150 4 ME-305 E Fluid Machines 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-307 E Internal Combustion Engines

& Gas Turbines 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3

ME-309 E Manufacturing Science 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-311 E Applied Numerical Techniques

& Computing 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3

ME-313 E Kinematics of Machines Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-315 E Fluid Machines Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-317 E Internal Combustion Engines &

Gas Turbines Lab. - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3

ME-319 E Applied Numerical Techniques & Computing Lab.

- - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3

ME-321 E Practical Training - I - - 2 2 - - - - 3 Total 18 7 10 35 400 600 100 1100

Note: 1. Assessment of Practical Training-I will be based on seminar, viva-voce, report

and certificate of practical Training at the end of IV Semester. According to performance Letter Grades A, B, C, F are to be awarded. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade is required to repeat Practical Training.

4. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator.

However, Sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 301 E KINEMATICS OF MACHINES Sessional : 50 Marks

Theory : 100 Marks L T P Total : 150 Marks 3 1 - Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction: mechanism and machines, kinematic links, kinematic pairs, kinematic

chains, plane and space mechanism, kinematic inversion, equivalent linkages, four link planar mechanisms, mobility and range of movement, straight line mechanisms, steering mechanisms, pantograph, problems.

Unit II Kinematic Analysis of Plane Mechanisms: displacement analysis, general plane motion,

instantaneous center of velocity, graphical and analytical methods of velocity and acceleration analysis, problems.

Unit III Cams: classification of cams and followers, disc cam nomenclature, construction of

displacement, velocity and acceleration diagrams for different types of follower motions, analysis of follower motions, determination of basic dimension, synthesis of cam profile by graphical and analytical approaches, cams with specified contours, tangent and circular are cams, problems.

Unit IV Gears: fundamental law of gearing, involute spur gears, characteristics of involute action,

Interference and undercutting, center distance variation, involutometry, non standard gear teeth, helical, spiral bevel and worm gears, problems.

Unit V Gear Trains: synthesis of simple, compound and reverted gear trains, analysis of epicylic

gear trains, problems. Unit VI Kinematic synthesis of Mechanisms. Type, number and dimensional synthesis, function

generation, path generation and body guidance two and three position synthesis of four bar and slider crank mechanisms by graphical and analytical methods, Freudenstein’s equation, precision positions, structural error; Chebychev spacing, transmission angle, problems.

Unit VII Kinematics of Spatial Mechanisms: introduction, link coordinate system, homogeneous

transformation matrix, loop closure equation, kinematics of robotic manipulators, problems.

Text Books :

1. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines: Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok kumar Mallik, Third Edition Affiliated East-West Press.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph Uicker, Jr. Second Edition, MGH, New York.

Reference Books : 1. Mechanism and Machine Theory : J.S. Rao and R.V. Dukkipati Second Edition New age

International. 2. Theory and Machines : S.S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note: In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 303 E MACHINE DESIGN -I Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 2 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 4 hrs.

34.

Unit I Design Philosophy: Problem identification- problem statement, specifications, constraints, Feasibility study-technical feasibility, economic & financial feasibility, societal & environmental feasibility, Generation of solution field (solution variants), Brain storming, Preliminary design, Selection of best possible solution, Detailed design, Selection of Fits and tolerances and analysis of dimensional chains.

Unit II Selection of Materials: Classification of Engg. Materials, Mechanical properties of the commonly used engg. Materials, hardness, strength parameters with reference to stress-strain diagram, Factor of safety.

Unit III Mechanical Joints: ISO Metric Screw Threads, Bolted joints in tension, Eccentrically loaded bolted joints in shear and under combined stresses, Design of power screws, Design of various types of welding joints under different static load conditions.

Unit IV Riveted Joints, Cotter & Knuckle Joints: Design of various types of riveted joints under different static loading conditions, eccentrically loaded riveted joints, design of cotter and knuckle joints.

Unit V Belt rope and chain drives: Design of belt drives, Flat & V-belt drives, Condition for Transmission of max. Power, Selection of belt, design of rope drives, design of chain drives with sprockets.

Unit VI Keys, Couplings & Flywheel: Design of Keys – Flat, Kennedy Keys, Splines, Couplings design – Rigid & Flexible coupling, turning Moment diagram, coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed, design of flywheel – solid disk & rimmed flywheels.

Unit VII Clutches: Various types of clutches in use, Design of friction clutches – Disc. Multidisc, Cone & Centrifugal, Torque transmitting capacity.

Unit VIII Brakes: Various types of Brakes, Self energizing condition of brakes, Design of shoe brakes – Internal & external expanding, band brakes, Thermal Considerations in brake designing.

Text Books: 3. Mechanical Engg. Design - First Metric Editions: Joseph Edward Shigley-MGH,

New York. 4. Design of Machine Elements – V.B. Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 5. PSG Design Data Book

Reference Books : 3. Engineering design – George Dieter, MGH, New York. 4. Product Design and Manufacturing , A.K.Chitale and R.C.Gupta, PHI. 5. Machine Design An Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton, Addison Wesley. 6. Machine Design : S.G. Kulkarini - Tata MacGraw Hill. 7. Design of machine elements-C S Sharma, Kamlesh Purohit, PHI.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note: 1. In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions. 2. The paper setter will be required to mention in the note in the question paper

that the use of only PSG Design Data book is permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 305 E FLUID MACHINES

Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Impact of free jets: Impulse – momentum principle, jet impingement - on a stationary flat plate,

inclined plate and a hinged plate, at the center of a stationary vane, on a moving flat plate, inclined plate, a moving vane and a series of vanes, Jet striking tangentially at the tip of a stationary vane and moving vane(s), jet propulsion of ships. Problems

Unit II Impulse Turbines: Classification – impulse and reaction turbines, water wheels, component parts,

construction, operation and governing mechanism of a Pelton wheel, work done, effective head, available head and efficiency of a Pelton wheel, design aspects, speed ratio, flow ratio, jet ratio, number of jets, number of buckets and working proportions, Performance Characteristics, governing of impulse turbines. Problems

Unit III Francis Turbines: Component parts, construction and operation of a Francis turbine, governing

mechanism, work done by the turbine runner, working proportions and design parameters, slow, medium and fast runners, degree of reaction, inward/outward flow reaction turbines, Performance Characteristics, Problems.

Unit IV Propeller and Kaplan turbines: Component parts, construction and operation of a Propeller, Kaplan

turbine, differences between the Francis and Kaplan turbines, draft tube - its function and different forms, Performance Characteristics, Governing of reaction turbine, Introduction to new types of turbine, Deriaz ( Diagonal ), Bulb, Tubular turbines, Problems.

Unit V Dimensional Analysis and Model Similitude: Dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh’s method and

Buckingham’s π-theorem, model studies and similitude, dimensionless numbers and their significance. Unit quantities, specific speed and model relationships for turbines, scale effect, cavitations – its causes, harmful effects and prevention, Thomas cavitation factor, permissible installation height, Problems.

Unit VI Centrifugal Pumps: Classification, velocity vector diagrams and work done, manometric

efficiency, vane shape, head capacity relationship and pump losses, pressure rise in impeller, minimum starting speed, design considerations, multi-stage pumps. Similarity relations and specific speed, net positive suction head, cavitation and maximum suction lift, performance characteristics. Brief introduction to axial flow, mixed flow and submersible pumps, Problems.

Unit VII Reciprocating Pumps: Construction and operational details, discharge coefficient, volumetric

efficiency and slip, work and power input, effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram (pressure – stroke length plot), separation, air vessels and their utility, rate of flow into or from the air vessel, maximum speed of the rotating crank, characteristic curves, centrifugal vs reciprocating pumps, brief introduction to screw, gear, vane and radial piston pumps, Problems.

Unit VIII Hydraulic systems: Function, construction and operation of Hydraulic accumulator, hydraulic intensifier, hydraulic crane, hydraulic lift and hydraulic press, Fluid coupling and torque converter, Hydraulic ram, Problems.

TEXT BOOKS : • Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics – Modi & Seth, Pub. - Standard Book House, N.Delhi • Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal, Metropolitan

REFERENCE BOOKS : • Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines – S S Rattan, Khanna Publishers • Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines – S K Som and G Biswas, Tata McGraw Hill

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering – D S Kumar, S K Kataria and Sons Note: 1. In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each

unit. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 307 E INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES & GAS TURBINES Sessional : 50 Marks

L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. UNIT – I Air Standard Cycles: Internal and external combustion engines; classification of I.C.

Engines, Cycles of operation in four stroke and two stroke I.C. Engines, Wankel Engines, Assumptions made in air standard cycle; Otto cycle; diesel cycle, dual combustion cycle, comparison of Otto, diesel and dual combustion cycles; sterling and Ericsson cycles; air standard efficiency, specific work output, specific weight; work ratio; mean effective pressure; deviation of actual engine cycle from ideal cycle. Problems.

UNIT – II Carburetion, fuel Injection and Ignition systems: Mixture requirements for various operating conditions in S.I. Engines; elementary carburetor, Requirements of a diesel injection system; types of inject systems; petrol injection, Requirements of ignition system; types of ignition systems ignition timing; spark plugs. Problems.

UNIT – III Combustion in I.C. Engines : S.I. engines; Ignition limits; stages of combustion in S.I. Engines; Ignition lag; velocity of flame propagation; detonation; effects of engine variables on detonation; theories of detonation; octane rating of fuels; pre-ignition; S.I. engine combustion chambers, Stages of combustion in C.I. Engines; delay period; variables affecting delay period; knock in C.I. engines, Cetane rating; C.I. engine combustion chambers.

UNIT – IV Lubrication and Cooling Systems: Functions of a lubricating system, Types of lubrication system; mist, wet sump and dry sump systems; properties of lubricating oil; SAE rating of lubricants, engine performance and lubrication, Necessity of engine cooling; disadvantages of overcooling; cooling systems; air-cooling, water cooling; radiators.

UNIT – V Engine Testing and Performance: Performance parameters: BHP, IHP, mechanical efficiency, brake mean effective pressure and indicative mean effective pressure, torque, volumetric efficiency; specific fuel consumption (BSFC, ISFC), thermal efficiency; heat balance; Basic engine measurements; fuel and air consumption, brake power, indicated power and friction power, heat lost to coolant and exhaust gases; performance curves. Problems.

UNIT – VI Air pollution from I.C. Engine and Its remedies: Pollutants from S.I. and C.I. Engines, Methods of emission control; alternative fuels for I.C. Engines; the current scenario on the pollution front.

UNIT – VII Rotary Compressors: Root and vane blowers; Static and total head values; Centrifugal compressors- Velocity diagrams, slip factor, ratio of compression, pressure coefficient, pre-whirl; Axial flow compressor- Degree of reaction, polytropic efficincy, surging, choking and stalling, performance characteristics, Problems.

UNIT – VIII Gas Turbines: Brayton cycle; Components of a gas turbine plant; open and closed types of gas turbine plants; Optimum pressure ratio; Improvements of the basic gas turbine cycle; multi stage compression with inter-cooling; multi stage expansion with reheating between stages; exhaust gas heat exchanger, Applications of gas turbines. Problems.

Text Books: 1. Internal Combustion Engines –V. Ganesan, Pub.-Tata McGraw-Hill.

2.Gas Turbines - V. Ganesan, Pub.- Tata McGraw Hill. 3. Engineering fundamental of the I.C.Engine – Willard W. Pulkrabek Pub.-PHI,India

Reference Books: 1. Internal Combustion Engines & Air pollution- Obert E.F, Pub.-Hopper & Row Pub., New York

A-PDF Split DEMO


2.Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals- John B. Heywood, Pub.-McGraw Hill, New York Note: In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit.

Students will be required to attempt 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 309 E MANUFACTURING SCIENCE

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs Unit I Mechanism of Metal Cutting: Deformation of metal during machining, nomenclature of

lathe, milling tools, mechanics of chip formation, built-up edges, mechanics of orthogonal and oblique cutting, Merchant cutting force circle and shear angle relationship in orthogonal cutting, factors affecting tool forces. Cutting speed, feed and depth of cut, surface finish. Temperature distribution at tool chip interface. Numericals on cutting forces and Merchant circle.

Unit II Cutting Tool Materials & Cutting Fluids: Characteristics of tool materials, various types

of cutting tool materials, coated tools, cutting tool selection, Purpose and types of cutting fluids, basic actions of cutting fluids, effect of cutting fluid on tool life, selections of cutting fluid.

Unit III Tool Wear and Machinability: Types of tool wear, tool life, factors governing tool life,

Machinability: Definition and evaluation. Economics of machining. Numericals on tool life.

Unit IV Gear Manufacturing: Introduction, methods of manufacture. Gear generation and forming:

Gear cutting by milling, single point form tool, gear hobbing and shaping. Gear finishing operations: Gear shaving, gear burnishing, gear grinding, lapping.

Unit V Unconventional Machining Processes: Abrasive jet machining: Principles, applications,

process parameters. Ultrasonic machining: Principles, applications, analysis of process parameters. Electro-chemical machining and grinding: Principles, classifications, choice of electrolytes, applications. Electric discharge machining: Principles, selection of tools materials and dielectric fluid. Electron beam machining: Generation of electron beam, relative merits and demerits. Laser beam machining: Principles and applications.

Unit VI Jigs & Fixtures: Introduction, location and location devices, clamping and clamping

devises, Drill Jigs, Milling Fixtures. Unit VII Manufacturing Accuracy: Product cycle in manufacturing, part print analysis, location

principles, tolerance stacking, accuracy of machining, operation selection, tolerance analysis.

Unit VIII Metrology & Machine Tools Testing: Tolerances, limits and fits, methods of linear

measurement and angular measurement, Go and No Go gauges. Introduction to Machine tools testing, measuring instruments used for testing, test procedures, acceptance tests of machine tools.

Text Books 1. Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and machine Tools: P.N. Rao, T.M.H, New Delhi 2. Introduction to Jig and Tool Design: Kempster M.H.A, Hodder & Stoughton, England

Reference Books 1. Principles of Machine Tools – G.C. Sen & A. Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2. Manufacturing Engg.& Tech, Kalpakian, Serope Addison -Wisly Publishing Co. New York. 3. Modern Machining Processes: P.C. Pandey & H.S. Shan, T.M.H. Company, New Delhi

A-PDF Split DEMO


4. Text Book of Production Engineering: P.C. Sharma, S.Chand & Sons. Note: In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit.

Students will be required to attempt 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME – 311 E APPLIED NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES AND COMPUTING L T P Sessional marks : 50 3 1 - Theory marks : 100 Total marks : 150 Duration of exam : 3 hrs

UNIT – I ERRORS IN NUMERICAL CALCULATIONS

Introduction, Numbers and their accuracy, Absolute, relative and percentage errors and their analysis, General error formula.

UNIT – II INTERPOLATION AND CURVE FITTING

Taylor series and calculation of functions, Introduction to interpolation, Lagrange approximation, Newton Polynomials, Chebyshev Polynomials, Least squares line, curve fitting, Interpolation by spline functions.

UNIT – III NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION

Approximating the derivative, Numerical differentiation formulas, Introduction to Numerical quadrature, Newton-Cotes formula, Gaussion Quadrature.

UNIT – IV SOLUTION OF NONLINEAR EQUATIONS

Bracketing methods for locating a root, Initial approximations and convergence criteria, Newton- Raphson and Secant methods, Solution of problems through a structural programming language such as C or Pascal.

UNIT – V SOLUTION OF LINEAR SYSTEMS

Direct Methods, Gaussian elimination and pivoting, Matrix inversion, UV factorization, Iterative methods for linear systems, Solution of problems through a structured programming language such as C or Pascal.

UNIT – VI EIGEN VALUE PROBLEMS

Jacobi, Given’s and Householder’s methods for symmetric matrices, Rutishauser method for general matrices, Power and inverse power methods.

UNIT – VII SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Introduction to differential equations, Initial value problems, Euler’s methods, Heun’s method, Runge-Kutta methods, Taylor series method, Predictor-Corrector methods, Systems of differential equations, Boundary valve problems, Finite-difference method, Solution of problems through a structured programming language such as C or Pascal.

UNIT – VIII PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS, EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS

Solution of hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic equations, The eigenvalue problem, The power method and the Jacobi’s method for eigen value problems, Solution of problems through a structural programming language such as C or Pascal.

Text Books:

1. Numerical Methods for Mathematics, Science and Engineering by John H.Mathews, PHI New Delhi. 2. Applied Numerical Methods – Carnahan, B.H., Luthar, H.A. and Wilkes, J.O., Pub.- J. Wiley, New York

Reference Books:

1. Numerical Solution of Differential Equations, by M.K. Jain, Published by Wiley Eastern, New York. 2. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis by S.D. Sastry, Published by Prentice Hall of India. 3. Numerical Methods – Hornbeck, R.W. , Pub.- Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.

Note : 1. Programming exercises may be done in MATLAB. 2. The Instructor of the course may cover the use of software MATHEMATICA in the

tutorial class. 3. In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question

from each unit. The students will be required to attend only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 313 E KINEMATICS OF MACHINES LAB

Sessional : 25 Marks L T P Practical : 25 Marks - - 2 Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

List of Experiments :

1. To study various types of Kinematic links, pairs, chains and Mechanisms. 2. To study inversions of 4 Bar Mechanisms, Single and double slider crank mechanisms.

3. To plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank rotation for single

slider crank mechanism.

4. To find coefficient of friction between belt and pulley. 5. To study various type of cam and follower arrangements.

6. To plot follower displacement vs cam rotation for various Cam Follower systems.

7. To generate spur gear involute tooth profile using simulated gear shaping process.

8. To study various types of gears – Helical , cross helical worm, bevel gear.

9. To study various types of gear trains – simple, compound, reverted, epicyclic and differential.

10. To find co-efficient of friction between belt and pulley.

11. To study the working of Screw Jack and determine its efficiency.

12. Create various types of linkage mechanism in CAD and simulate for motion outputs and study

the relevant effects.

13. Creation of various joints like revolute, planes, spherical, cam follower and study the degree of freedom and motion patterns available.

14. To design a cam profile by using the requirement graph using on-line engineering handbook and

verify the same using a 3D mechanism on CAD.

Note : 1. At least Ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.

2. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. However these experiments should include experiments at Sr. No. 12, 13 and 14. Remaining two experiments may either be performed from the

A-PDF Split DEMO


above list or as designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 315 E FLUID MACHINES LAB.

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks

- - 2 Practical : 25 Marks

Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam.: 3 Hrs. List of Experiments : 1. To study the constructional details of a Pelton turbine and draw its

fluid flow circuit.

2. To draw the following performance characteristics of Pelton turbine-constant head, constant-speed and constant efficiency curves.

3. To study the constructional details of a Francis turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit. 4. To draw the constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency

performance characteristics of Francis turbine. 5. To study the construction details of a Kaplan turbine and draw its fluid flow circuit. 6. To draw the constant head, speed and efficiency curves for a Kaplan turbine. 7. To study the constructional details of a Centrifugal Pump and draw its characteristic curves. 8. To study the constructional details of a Reciprocating Pump and draw

its characteristics curves.

A-PDF Split DEMO


9. To study the construction details of a Gear oil pump and its performance curves. 10. To study the constructional details of a Hydraulic Ram and determine its various efficiencies.. 11. To study the constructional details of a Centrifugal compressor. 12. To study the model of Hydro power plant and draw its layout.

NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.

2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 317 E I.C. ENGINES & GAS TURBINES LAB

Sessional : 25 Marks Practical : 25 Marks L T P Total : 50 Marks - - 2 Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs. List of Experiments : 1. To study the constructional details & working principles of two-stroke/

four stroke petrol engine.

2. To study the constructional detail & working of two-stroke/ four stroke diesel engine.

3. Analysis of exhaust gases from single cylinder/multi cylinder diesel/petrol engine by Orsat

Apparatus.

4. To prepare heat balance sheet on multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine.

5. To find the indicated horse power (IHP ) on multi-cylinder petrol engine/diesel engine by

Morse Test.

6. To prepare variable speed performance test of a multi-cylinder/single cylinder petrol engine/diesel engine and prepare the curves (i) bhp, ihp,fhp, vs speed ( ii) volumetric efficiency & indicated specific specific fuel consumption vs speed.

7. To find fhp of a multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine by Willian’s line method & by

motoring method.

A-PDF Split DEMO


8. To perform constant speed performance test on a single cylinder/multi-cylinder diesel engine & draw curves of (i) bhp vs fuel rate, air rate and A/F and (ii) bhp vs mep, mech efficiency & sfc.

9. To measure CO & Hydrocarbons in the exhaust of 2- stroke / 4-stroke petrol engine.

10. To find intensity of smoke from a single cylinder / multi-cylinder diesel engine.

11. To draw the scavenging characteristic curves of single cylinder petrol engine.

12. To study the effects of secondary air flow on bhp, sfc, Mech. Efficiency & emission of a two-stroke petrol engine.

NOTE: 1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.

2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining

three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 319 E APPLIED NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES AND COMPUTING LAB.

L T P Sessional marks : 25 - - 2 Practical marks : 25

Total marks : 50 Duration of exam : 3 hrs

The students will be required to carry out the following exercises, that are based on the theory course ME-311 Numerical Methods and Computing, with the help of MATLAB software / Pascal / C / C++ on personal computer.

1. Solution of Non-linear equation in single variable using the method of successive bisection. 2. Solution of Non-Linear equation in single variable using the Newton Raphson, Secant, Bi –

Section and Modified Eualer’s, method.

3. Solution of a system of simultaneous algebraic equations using the Gaussian elimination procedure.

4. Solution of a system of simultaneous algebraic equations using the Gauss-Seidel iterative method.

5. Solution of a system of simultaneous algebraic equations using the Gauss-Seidel iterative method

employing the technique of successive relaxation.

6. Numerical solution of an ordinary differential equation using the Euler’s method.

7. Numerical solution of an ordinary differential equation using the Runge - Kutta 4th order method.

8. Numerical solution of an ordinary differential equation using the Predictor – corrector method.

9. Numerical solution of a system of two ordinary differential equation using Numerical intergration.

10. Numerical solution of an elleptic boundary value problem using the method of Finite Differences.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME – 321 E PRACTICAL TRAINING – I

At the end of fourth semester each student would undergo six weeks Practical Training in an industry/ Professional organization / Research Laboratory with the prior approval of the Director-Principal/ Principal of the concerned college and submit a written typed report along with a certificate from the organization. The report will be a evaluated during V Semester by a Board of Examiners to be appointed by the Director-Principal/ Principal of the concerned college who will award one of the following grades:

Excellent : A Good : B Satisfactory : C Not satisfactory : F

A student who has been awarded ‘F’ grade will be required to repeat the practical training.

A-PDF Split DEMO



B.E 3rd YEAR (SEMESTER – VI) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Effective from the Session 2005-06

Course No. Course Title Teaching schedule Marks for

class work


Total Marks

Duration of

Exam. L T P Total Theory Practical

ME-302 E Dynamics of Machines 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-304 E Machine Design - II 3 2 - 5 50 100 - 150 4 ME-306 E Heat Transfer 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-308 E Automatic Controls 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-310 E Measurements & Instrumentation 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-312 E Industrial Engineering 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-314 E Dynamics of Machines lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-316 E Heat Transfer Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-318 E Measurements & Instrumentation

Lab. - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3

Professional Practices (Proficiency)*

- - - - 50 - - 50 3

Total 18 7 6 31 425 600 75 1100 Note: 1. Practical training of 6- weeks duration during summer vacations and its

evaluation in the VIIth Semester.


*3. Overview of the state of the art technology and practices in the industry

presented by senior professionals from Industry.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 302 E DYNAMICS OF MACHINES Sessional : 50 Marks Theory : 100 Marks L T P Total : 150 Marks 3 1 - Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Static and Dynamic Force Analysis : Static force analysis of planer mechanisms, dynamic

force analysis including inertia and frictional forces of planer mechanisms. Unit II Dynamics of Reciprocating Engines : engine types, indicator diagrams, gas forces,

equivalent masses, inertia forces, bearing loads in a single cylinder engine, crankshaft torque, engine shaking forces.

Unit III Balancing of Rotating Components : static balance, dynamic balance, balancing of

rotating masses, two plane balancing, graphical and analytical methods, balancing of rotors, balancing machines, field balancing.

Unit IV Balancing of Reciprocating Parts : Balancing of single cylinder engine, balancing of multi

cylinder; inline, radial and V type engines, firing order. Unit V Governors : introduction, types of governors, characteristics of centrifugal governors,

gravity controlled and spring controlled centrifugal governors, hunting of centrifugal governors, inertia governors.

Unit VI Dynamometers : types of dynamometers, Prony brake, rope brake and band brake

dynamometers, belt transmission dynamometer, torsion dynamometer, hydraulic dynamometer.

Unit VII Gyroscope : gyroscopes, gyroscopic forces and couples, gyroscopic stabilization, ship

stabilization, stability of four wheel and two wheel vehicles moving on curved paths. Text Books:

1. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines : Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok kumar Mallik, Third Edition Affiliated East-West Press.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms : Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph Uicker, Jr. Second Edition Mc Graw Hill, Inc

Reference Books:

1. Mechanism and Machine Theory : J.S. Rao and R.V. Dukkipati, New age International. 2. Theory and Machine (S I units) S.S. Rattan, Tata McGrawHill.

Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, at least one question from each unit & students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 304 E MACHINE DESIGN –II

Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 2 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 4 hrs.

Unit I Design for Production ; Erogonomic and value engineering considerations in design, Role of processing in design, Design considerations for casting, forging and machining. Variable Loading : Different types of fluctuating/ variable stresses, Fatigue strength considering stress concentration factor, surface factor, size factor, reliability factor etc., Fatigue design for finite and infinite life against combined variable stresses using Goodman and Soderberg’s Criterion, Fatigue design using Miner’s equation, Problems.

Unit II Shafts : Detailed design of shafts for static and dynamic loading, Rigidity

and deflection consideration.

Unit III Springs : Types of Springs, Design for helical springs against tension and their uses, compression and fluctuating loads, Design of leaf springs, Surging phenomenon in springs, Design Problem.

Unit IV Bearings : design of pivot and collar bearing , Selection of ball and roller

bearing based on static and dynamic load carrying capacity using load-life relationship, Selection of Bearings from manufacturer’s catalogue, types of lubrication – Boundary, mixed and hydrodynamic lubrication, Design of journal bearings using Raimondi and Boyd’s Charts, Lubricants and their properties, Selection of suitable lubricants, Design Problems.

Unit V Gears : Classification, Selection of gears, Terminology of gears, Force analysis, Selection of material for gears, Beam & wear strength of gear tooth, Form or Lewis factor for gear tooth, Dynamic load on gear teeth -Barth equation and Buckingham equation and their comparison, Design of spur, helical, bevel & worm gear including the Consideration for maximum power transmitting capacity, Gear Lubrication, Design Problems.

Text Books: 1. Mechanical Engg. Design- Joseph Edward Shigley-Mc Graw Hill Book

Co. 2. Design of Machine Elements – V.B. Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New

Delhi. Reference Books :

1. Engineering design – George Dieter, McGraw Hill, New York. 2. Product Design and Manufacturing –: A.K.Chitale and R.C.Gupta, PHI,

New Delhi.

A-PDF Split DEMO


3. Machine Design An Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton,Second Edition –Addison Wisley Longman

4. Machine Design : S.G. Kulkarni , TMH , New Delhi.

Note : 1. In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, at least one question from each unit & students will be required to attempt only 5 questions. 2. The paper setter will be required to mention in the note of the question paper that the use of only PSG Design Data book is permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME –306E HEAT TRANSFER

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam :3 Hrs. UNIT I Basics and Laws : Definition of Heat Transfer, Reversible and irreversible processes,

Modes of heat flow, Combined heat transfer system and law of energy conservation. UNIT II Steady State Heat Conduction : Introduction, I-D heat conduction through a plane

wall, long hollow cylinder, hollow sphere, Conduction equation in Cartesian, polar and spherical co-ordinate systems, Numericals. UNIT III Steady State Conduction with Heat Generation : Introduction, 1 – D heat conduction

with heat sources, Extended surfaces ( fins), Fin effectiveness 2-D heat conduction , Numericals.

UNIT IV Transient Heat Conduction : Systems with negligible internal resistance, Transient

heat conduction in plane walls, cylinders, spheres with convective boundary conditions, Chart solution, Relaxation Method, Numericals.

UNIT V Convection: Forced convection-Thermal and hydro-dynamic boundary layers, Equation of

continuity, Momentum and energy equations, Some results for flow over a flat plate and flow through tube, Fluid friction and heat transfer ( Colburn analogy ), Free convection from a vertical flat plate, Empirical relations for free convection from vertical and horizontal o\planes & cylinders, Numericals.

UNIT VI Thermal Radiation: The Stephen-Boltzmann law, The black body radiation, Shape factors

and their relationships, Heat exchange between non black bodies, Electrical network for radiative exchange in an enclosure of two or three gray bodies, Radiation shields, Numericals.

UNIT VII Heat Exchangers: Classification, Performance variables, Analysis of a parallel/counter

flow heat exchanger, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Numericals. UNIT VIII Heat Transfer with Change of Phase: Laminar film condensation on a vertical plate, Drop-

wise condensation, Boiling regimes, Free convective, Nucleate and film boiling, Numericals.

Text Books : 1. Heat Transfer – J.P. Holman, John Wiley & Sons, New York. 2. Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer–Incropera, F.P. & Dewill, D.P –John Willey New York. Reference Books : 1. Conduction of Heat in Solids – Carslow, H.S. and J.C. Jaeger – Oxford Univ. Press. 2. Conduction Heat Transfer – Arpasi, V.S. – Addison – Wesley. 3. Compact Heat Exchangers – W.M. Keys & A.L. Landon, Mc. Graw Hill. 4. Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer – Siegel, R. and J.R. Howell, Mc. Graw Hill. 5. Heat Transmission – W.M., Mc.Adams , Mc Graw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


NOTE : 1. In the semester examination, the examiner will set Eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

2. The paper setter will be required to mention in the note of question

paper that the use of Steam tables, Charts, Graphical plots is permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 308 E AUTOMATIC CONTROLS L T P Sessional Marks : 50 3 1 - Theory Marks : 100 Total Marks : 150 Duration of Exam : 3 hrs. Unit I Introduction And Applications: Types of control systems ; Typical Block Diagram :

Performance Analysis; Applications – Machine Tool Control, Boiler Control, Engine Governing, Aerospace Control, Active Vibration Control; Representation of Processes & Control Elements – Mathematical Modeling. Block Diagram Representation, Representation of Systems or Processes, Comparison Elements; Representation of Feedback Control systems – Block Diagram & Transfer Function Representation, Representation of a Temperature, Control System, Signal Flow Graphs, Problems.

Unit II Types of Controllers : Introduction : Types of Control Action; Hydraulic Controllers;

Electronic Controllers; Pneumatic Controllers; Problems. Unit III Transient And Steady State Response: Time Domain Representation; Laplace Transform

Representation; System with Proportional Control; Proportional – cum – Derivative control; Proportional – cum – Integral Control; Error Constants; Problems.

Unit IV Frequency Response Analysis: Introduction; Closed and Open Loop Transfer Function;

Polar Plots; Rectangular Plots; Nichols Plots: Equivalent Unity Feed Back Systems; Problems.

Unit V Stability Of Control Systems : Introduction; Characteristic Equation; Routh’s Criterion;

Nyquists Criterion, Gain & Phase Margins: Problems. Unit VI Root Locus Method : Introduction; Root Ioci of a Second Order System; General Case;

Rules for Drawing Forms of Root Ioci; Relation between Root Locus Locations and Transient Response; Parametric Variation; Problems.

Unit VII Digital Control System : Introduction; Representation of Sampled Signal; Hold Device;

Pulse Transfer Function; Block Diagrams; Transient Response; Routh’s Stability Criterion; Root Locus Method; Nyquists Criterion; Problems.

Unit VIII State Space Analysis Of Control Systems: Introduction; Generalized State Equation;

Techniques for Deriving System State – Space Equations; Transfer Function from State Equations; Solution of State Vector Differential Equations; Discrete Systems; Problems.

Text Books :

1. Theory & Applications of Automatic Controls by B.C. Nakra, Published by New Age International Pvt. Ltd. Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Modern Control Engg. by Ugata, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

Reference Books : 1. Automatic Control Systems by Kuo’ Published by Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. 2. Control System Engineering, I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age , New Delhi.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME – 310 E MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION


Total marks : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit I Instruments and Their Representation : Introduction, Typical Applications of Instrument Systems, Functional Elements of a Measurement System, Classification of Instruments, Standards and Calibration.

Unit II Static and Dynamic characteristics of Instruments : Introduction, Accuracy, Precision,

Resolution, Threshold, Sensitivity, Linearity, Hysteresis, Dead Band, Backlash, Drift, Formulation of Differential Equations for Dynamic Performance- Zero Order, First Order and Second order systems, Response of First and Second Order Systems to Step, Ramp, Impulse and Harmonic Functions.

Unit III Transducer Elements : Introduction, Analog and Digital Transducers, Electromechanical;

Potentiometric, Inductive Self Generating and Non-Self Generating Types, Electromagnetic, Electrodynamic, Eddy Current, Magnetostrictive, Variable Inductance, Linearly Variable Differential Transformer, Variable Capacitance, Piezo-Electric Transducer and Associated Circuits, Unbonded and Bonded Resistance Strain Gages. Strain Gage Bridge circuits, Single Double and Four Active Arm Bridge Arrangements, Temperature Compensation, Balancing and Calibration, Ionisation Transducers, Mechano Electronic Transducers, Opto-Electrical Transducers, Photo Conductive Transducers, Photo Volatic Transducers, Digital Transducers, Frequency Domain Transducer, Vibrating String Transducer, Binary codes, Digital Encoders.

Unit IV Intermediate, Indicating and Recording Elements : Introduction Amplifiers, Mechanical,

Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Optical, Electrical Amplifying elements, Compensators, Differentiating and Integrating Elements, Filters, Classification of Filters, A-D and D-A Converters, Digital Voltmeters (DVMs), Cathode Ray Oscillo scopes (CROs), Galvanometric Recorders, Magnetic Tape recorders, Data Acquisition Systems, Data Display and Storage.

Unit V Motion, Force and Torque Measurement : Introduction, Relative motion Measuring

Devices, Electromechanical, Optical, Photo Electric, Moire-Fringe, Pneumatic, Absolute Motion Devices, Seismic Devices, Spring Mass & Force Balance Type, Calibration, Hydraulic Load Cell, Pneumatic Load Cell, Elastic Force Devices, Separation of Force Components, Electro Mechanical Methods, Strain Gage, Torque Transducer, Toque Meter.

Unit VI Pressure and Flow Measurement : Pressure & Flow Measurement, Introduction :

Moderate Pressure Measurement, Monometers, Elastic Transducer, Dynamic Effects of Connecting Tubing, High Pressure Transducer, Low Pressure Measurement, Calibration and Testing, Quantity Meters, Positive Displacement Meters, Flow Rate Meters, Variable Head Meters, Variable Area Meters, Rotameters, Pitot-Static Tube Meter, Drag Force Flow Meter, Turbine Flow Meter, Electronic Flow Meter, Electro Magnetic Flow meter. Hot-Wire Anemometer.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Unit VII Temperature Measurement : Introduction, Measurement of Temperature, Non Electrical Methods – Solid Rod Thermometer, Bimetallic Thermometer, Liquid-in-Glass thermometer, Pressure Thermometer, Electrical Methods – Electrical Resistance Thermometers, Semiconductor Resistance Sensors (Thermistors), Thermo–Electric Sensors, Thermocouple Materials, Radiation Methods (Pyrometry), Total Radiation Pyrometer, Selective Radiation Pyrometer.

Unit VIII Basic Statistical Concepts : Types of Measured Quantities (Discrete and Continuous),

Central Tendency of Data, Mode, Median, Arithmetic Mean, Best Estimate of true Value of Data, Measures of Dispersion, Range, Mean Deviation, Variance, Standard Deviation, Normal Distribution, Central Limit Theorem, Significance Test, Method of Least Squares, Graphical Representation and Curve Fitting of Data.

Text Books : 1. Measurement systems Application and Design. Ernest O. Doebelin, Tata McGraw Hill Edition

(Fourth Edition) 2002. 2. Measurement and Instrumentation in Engineering, Francis S. Tse and Ivan E. Morse, Marcel

Dekker. Reference Books :

1. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – Alan S. Morris Prentice Hall of India. 2. Mechanical Measurements : T.G. Beckwith, W.L. Buck and R.D. Marangoni Addison Wesley. 3. Instrumentation, Measurement and Analysis – B.C. Nakra and K.K. Chaudhary, TMH. 4. Mechanical Measurements by D. S. Kumar, Kataria & Sons.


A-PDF Split DEMO


35. ME- 312 E INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Sessional : 50 Marks L T Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Examination: 3 Hrs UNIT - I Definition of Industrial Engineering: Objectives, Method study, Principle of motion economy, Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement - various methods, time study PMTS, determining time, Work sampling, Numericals. UNIT - II Productivity & Workforce Management :Productivity - Definition, Various methods of measurement, Factors effecting productivity, Strategies for improving productivity, Various methods of Job evaluation & merit rating, Various incentive payment schemes, Behavioural aspects, Financial incentives. UNIT - III Manufacturing Cost Analysis: Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job costing, Recovery of overheads, Standard costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labour, material, overhead in volume, rate & efficiency, Break even Analysis, Marginal costing & contribution, Numericals. UNIT - IV Materials Management : Strategic importance of materials in manufacturing industries, Relevant costs, Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Economic batch quantity (EBQ) with & without shortage, Purchase discounts, Sensitivity analysis, Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss Systems, Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective inventory control - ABC, FSN, SDE, VED and three dimensional, Numericals. UNIT - V Quality Management: Definition of quality, Various approaches, Concept of quality assurance systems, Costs of quality, Statistical quality Control (SQC), Variables & Attributes, X, R, P & C - charts, Acceptance sampling, OC - curve, Concept of AOQL, Sampling plan - Single, Double & sequential, Introduction to TQM & ISO - 9000. UNIT - VI Production Planning & Control (PPC) : Introduction to Forecasting - Simple & Weighted moving average methods, Objectives & variables of PPC, Aggregate planning - Basic Concept, its relations with other decision areas, Decision options - Basic & mixed strategies, Master production schedule (MPS), Scheduling Operations Various methods for line & intermittent production systems, Gantt chart, Sequencing - Johnson algorithm for n-Jobs-2 machines, n- Jobs-3 machines, 2 Jobs n-machines, n-Jobs m-machines Various means of measuring effectiveness of PPC, Introduction to JIT, Numericals. UNIT - VII Management Information Systems (MIS) : What is MIS ? Importance of MIS, Organizational & information system structure, Role of MIS in decision making, Data flow diagram, Introduction to systems analysis & design, Organizing information systems. UNIT – VIII Product Design and Development: Various Approaches, Product life cycle, Role 3S’s – Standardization, Simplification, Specialization, Introduction to value engineering and analysis, Role of Ergonomics in Product Design. Text Books: 1. Production & Operations Management - Chary, TMH, New Delhi. 2. Management Information Systems - Sadagopan, PHI New Delhi.

3. Modern Production Management – S.S. Buffa, Pub.- John Wiley. Ref.Books: 1. Operations Management - Schroeder, McGraw Hill ISE.

2. Operation Management - Monks, McGraw Hill ISE. 3. Production & Operations Management - Martinich, John Wiely SE. 4. Industrial & Systems Engineering - Turner, MIZE, CHASE, Prentice Hall Pub.

A-PDF Split DEMO



A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 314 E DYNAMICS OF MACHINE LAB

Sessional : 25 Marks L T P Practical : 25 Marks - - 2 Total : 50Marks

Duration of Exam : 3 hrs.


1. To perform experiment on Watt and Porter Governors to prepare performance characteristic Curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.

2. To perform experiment on Proell Governor to prepare performance characteristic

curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.

3. To perform experiment on Hartnell Governor to prepare performance characteristic Curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.

4. To study gyroscopic effects through models. 5. To determine gyroscopic couple on Motorized Gyroscope.

6. To perform the experiment for static balancing on static balancing machine.

7. To perform the experiment for dynamic balancing on dynamic balancing machine.

8. Determine the moment of inertial of connecting rod by compound pendulum method and

tri-flair suspension pendulum.

Note : 1. Ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester. 2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments should be performed as designed & set by the concerned Institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 316 E HEAT TRANSFER LAB.

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks - - 2 Practical : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3Hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. To determine the thermal conductivity of a metallic rod. 2. To determine the thermal conductivity of an insulating power.

3. To determine the thermal conductivity of a solid by the guarded hot plate method.

4. To find the effectiveness of a pin fin in a rectangular duct natural convective condition and

plot temperature distribution along its length.

5. To find the effectiveness of a pin fin in a rectangular duct under forced convective and plot temperature distribution along its length.

6. To determine the surface heat transfer coefficient for a heated vertical tube under natural

convection and plot the variation of local heat transfer coefficient along the length of the tube. Also compare the results with those of the correlation.

7. To determine average heat transfer coefficient for a externally heated horizontal pipe under

forced convection & plot Reynolds and Nusselt numbers along the length of pipe. Also compare the results with those of the correlations.

8. To measure the emmisivity of the gray body (plate) at different temperature and plot the

variation of emmisivity with surface temperature.

9. To find overall heat transfer coefficient and effectiveness of a heat exchange under parallel and counter flow conditions. Also plot the temperature distribution in both the cases along the length of heat of heat exchanger.

10. To verify the Stefen-Boltzmann constant for thermal radiation.

11. To demonstrate the super thermal conducting heat pipe and compare its working with that of

the best conductor i.e. copper pipe. Also plot temperature variation along the length with time or three pipes.

12. To study the two phases heat transfer unit.

13. To determine the water side overall heat transfer coefficient on a cross-flow heat exchanger.

14. Design of Heat exchanger using CAD and verification using thermal analysis package eg. I-

Deas etc. Note: 5. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


6. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 318 E MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION LAB.

Sessional : 25 Marks L T P Practical : 25 Marks - - 2 Total : 50 Marks

Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :

1. To Study various Temperature Measuring Instruments and to Estimate their Response times. (a) Mercury – in glass thermometer (b) Thermocouple (c) Electrical resistance thermometer (d) Bio-metallic strip

2. To study the working of Bourdon Pressure Gauge and to check the calibration of the gauge in a dead-weight pressure gauge calibration set up.

3. To study a Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) and use it in a simple experimental set up to measure a small displacement.

4. To study the characteristics of a pneumatic displacement gauge. 5. To measure load (tensile/compressive) using load cell on a tutor. 6. To measure torque of a rotating shaft using torsion meter/strain gauge torque transducer. 7. To measure the speed of a motor shaft with the help of non-contact type pick-ups (magnetic or

photoelectric). 8. To measure the stress & strain using strain gauges mounted on simply supported

beam/cantilever beam. 9. To measure static/dynamic pressure of fluid in pipe/tube using pressure transducer/pressure

cell. 10. To test experimental data for Normal Distribution using Chi Square test. 11. To learn the methodology of pictorial representation of experimental data and subsequent

calculations for obtaining various measures of true value and the precision of measurement using Data acquisition system/ calculator.

12. Vibration measurement by Dual Trace Digital storage Oscilloscope. 13. To find out transmission losses by a given transmission line by applying

capacitive /inductive load. 14. Process Simulator.

Note:

1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester. 2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three

experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the Syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO



B.E 4th YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, SEMESTER – VII


Notes: *1. Students will be permitted to opt for any elective run by the other departments.

**2. Students have to opt an elective from the list of department electives - I. 3. Project load will be treated as 2 hrs. per week for Project co-ordinator and 1 hr. for

each participating teacher. Project will commence in VIIth semester where the students will identify the Project problems, complete the design/procure the material/start the fabrication/complete the survey etc. depending upon the nature of the problem. Project will continue in VIIIth semester.

4. Assessment of Practical Training-II, which will be based on seminar, Viva-Voce, report and certificate for the practical training taken at the end of VIth semester. According to performance Letter Grades A, B, C, F are to be awarded. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade is required to repeat Practical Training.

5. Students will be allowed to use the non-programmable scientific calculator. However, sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

Teaching schedule

Marks for

Examination

Course No.

Course Title

L T P Total

Marks for

class work Theory Practica

l

Total Marks

Duration of

Exam.

ME-401 E Automobile Engg. 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-403 E Ref. & Air-conditioning 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-405 E Operations Research 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 Open Elective* 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 Deptt. Elective–I ** 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-407E Automobile Engg. Lab - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-409 E R. A. C. Lab. - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-411 E Project - - 4 4 50 - - 50 3 ME-413 E Practical Training - II - - 2 2 - - - - 3

Total 15 5 10 30 350 500 50 900

A-PDF Split DEMO


List of Electives Electives - I L T P 1. ME 451E Finite Element Methods 3 – 1 – 0 2. ME 453 E Energy Management Principles 3 – 1 – 0 3. ME 455 E Engineering Design 3 – 1 – 0 4. ME 457 E Computer Integrated Manufacturing 3 – 1 – 0 5. ME 459 E Manufacturing Management 3 – 1 – 0 6. ME 461 E Reliability Engineering 3 – 1 – 0 7. ME 463 E Solar Energy Engineering 3 – 1 – 0 8. ME 465 E Design of Heat Exchangers 3 – 1 – 0 9. ME 467 E Value Engineering 3 – 1 – 0

----------------:--------------------

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 401 E AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3Hrs.

Unit I Introduction to Automobiles : Classification, Components, Requirements of Automobile Body; Vehicle Frame, Separate Body & Frame, Unitised Body, Car Body Styles, Bus Body & Commercial Vehicle Body Types; Front Engine Rear Drive & Front Engine Front Drive Vehicles, Four Wheel Drive Vehicles, Safety considerations; Safety features of latest vehicle; Future trends in automobiles.

Unit II Clutches : Requirement of Clutches – Principle of Friction Clutch – Wet Type & Dry Types; Cone Clutch, Single Plate Clutch, Diaphragm Spring Clutch, Multi plate Clutch, Centrifugal Clutches, Electromagnetic Clutch, Over Running Clutch; Clutch Linkages.

Unit III Power Transmission : Requirements of transmission system; General

Arrangement of Power Transmission system; Object of the Gear Box; Different types of Gear Boxes; Sliding Mesh, Constant Mesh, Synchro- mesh Gear Boxes; Epi-cyclic Gear Box, Freewheel Unit. Overdrive unit-Principle of Overdrive, Advantage of Overdrive, Transaxle, Transfer cases.

Unit IV Drive Lines, Universal Joint, Differential and Drive Axles: Effect of driving thrust and

torque reactions; Hotchkiss Drive, Torque Tube Drive and radius Rods; Propeller Shaft, Universal Joints, Slip Joint; Constant Velocity Universal Joints; Front Wheel Drive; Principle, Function, Construction & Operation of Differential; Rear Axles, Types of load coming on Rear Axles, Full Floating, Three quarter Floating and Semi Floating Rear Axles.

Unit V Suspension Systems : Need of Suspension System, Types of Suspension; factors

influencing ride comfort, Suspension Spring; Constructional details and characteristics of leaf springs.

Unit VI Steering System : Front Wheel geometry & Wheel alignment viz. Caster, Camber, King

pin Inclination, Toe-in/Toe-out; Conditions for true rolling motions of Wheels during steering; Different types of Steering Gear Boxes; Steering linkages and layout; Power steering – Rack & Pinion Power Steering Gear, Electronics steering.

Unit VII Automotive Brakes, Tyres & Wheels : Classification of Brakes; Principle and

constructional details of Drum Brakes, Disc Brakes; Brake actuating systems; Mechanical, Hydraulic, Pneumatic Brakes; Factors affecting Brake performance, Power & Power Assisted Brakes; Tyres of Wheels; Types of Tyre & their constructional details, Wheel Balancing, Tyre Rotation; Types of Tyre wear & their causes.

Unit VIIIEmission Control System & Automotive Electrical : Sources of Atmospheric Pollution from the automobile, Emission Control Systems – Construction and Operation of Positive Crank Case Ventilation ( PVC) Systems, Evaporative Emission Control, Heated Air Intake System, Exhaust Gas Recirculation ( ECR ) Systems, Air Injection System and Catalytic

A-PDF Split DEMO


Converters; Purpose construction & operation of lead acid Battery, Capacity Rating & Maintenance of Batteries; Purpose and Operation of Charging Systems, Purpose and Operations of the Starting System; Vehicle Lighting System.

Text Books: 1. Automobile Engineering by Anil Chhikara, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi. 2. Automobile Engineering by Dr. Kirpal Singh, standard Publishers Distributors. Reference Books: 1. Automotive Mechanics – Crouse / Anglin, TMH. 2. Automotive Technology – H.M. Sethi, TMH, New Delhi. 3. Automotive Mechanics – S.Srinivasan, TMH, New Delhi. 4. Automotive Mechanics – Joseph Heitner, EWP. 5. Motor Automotive Technology by Anthony E. Schwaller – Delmer Publishers, Inc. 6. The Motor Vehicle – Newton steeds Garrett, Butter Worths.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME-403 E REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory :100Marks Total :150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3Hrs.

Unit I Introduction: Definition of refrigeration & air conditioning; Necessity; Methods of refrigeration; Unit of refrigeration; Coefficient of performance (COP), Fundamentals of air-conditioning system; Refrigerants- Definition, Classification, Nomenclature, Desirable properties, Comparative study, secondary refrigerants, Introduction to eco-friendly Refrigerants; Introduction to Cryogenics.

Unit II Air Refrigeration System: Carnot refrigeration cycle. Temperature. Limitations; Brayton

refrigeration or the Bell Coleman air refrigeration cycle; Necessity of cooling the aero plane; Air craft refrigeration systems, Simple cooling and Simple evaporative types, Boot strap and Boot strap evaporative types, Regenerative type and Reduced Ambient type system, Comparison of different systems, problems.

Unit III Vapour Compression (VC) Refrigeration Systems: (A) Simple Vapour Compression

(VC) Refrigeration systems-Limitations of Reversed Carnot cycle with vapour as the refrigerant; Analysis of VC cycle considering degrees of sub cooling and superheating; VC cycle on p-v, t-s and p-h diagrams; Effects of operating conditions on COP; Comparison of VC cycle with Air Refrigeration cycle. (B) Multistage Ref. Systems- Necessity of compound compression, Compound VC cycle , Inter-cooling with liquid sub –cooling and / or water inter cooler: Multistage compression with flash inter-cooling and / or water inter-cooling; systems with individual or multiple expansion valves; Individual compression system with individual or multiple expansion valves; Individual compression systems with individual or multiple expansion valves but with and without intercoolers.

Unit IV Other Refrigeration Systems: (A) Vapour Absorption Refrigeration Systems – Basic

Systems, Actual COP of the System, Performance, Relative merits and demerits; Properties of aqua ammonia; Electrolux Refrigeration; Problems. (B) Steam Jet Refrigerating System- Introduction, Analysis, Relative merits and demerits, Performance Applications, Problems. (C) Cascade Refrigerating Systems-Necessity Selection of Pairs of refrigerants for the system, Concept of cascade temperature, Analysis, Multistaging, Comparison with V.C. systems, Applications, Problems.

Unit V Psychrometry of Air & Air Conditioning Processes: Properties of moist Air-Gibbs Dalton

law, Specific humidity, Dew point temperature, Degree of saturation, Relative humidity, Enthalpy, Humid specific heat, Wet bulb temp., Thermodynamics wet bulb temp., Psychrometric chart; Psychrometry of air-conditioning processes, Mixing Process, Basic processes in conditioning of air; Psychrometric processes in air washer, Problems.

Unit VI Air- Conditioning Load Calculations: Outside and inside design conditions; Sources of heating load; Sources of cooling load; Heat transfer through structure, Solar radiation,

A-PDF Split DEMO


Electrical applications, Infiltration and ventilation, Heat generation inside conditioned space; Apparatus selection; Comfort chart, Problems.

Unit VII Air Conditioning Systems with Controls & Accessories: Classifications, Layout of plants;

Equipment selection; Air distribution system; Duct systems Design; Filters; Refrigerant piping; Design of summer air-conditioning and Winter air conditioning systems; Temperature sensors, Pressure sensors, Humidity sensors, Actuators, Safety controls; Accessories; Problems.

Unit VIII Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipments: Type of compressors and their performance

curves; Types of Condensers, Heat transfer in condensers; Types of expansion devices; types of evaporators, Cooling and Dehumidifying coils, Problems.

Text Books :

1. Refrigeration & Air conditioning –R.C. Jordan and G.B. Priester, Prentice Hall of India. 2. Refrigeration & Air conditioning –C.P. Arora, TMH, New Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. A course in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning – Arora & Domkundwar, Dhanpat Rai & Sons. 2. Refrigeration & Air conditioning –W.F. Stocker and J.W. Jones, TMH, New Delhi. 3. Refrigeration & Air conditioning- Manohar Prasad Wiley Estern limited, New Delhi.

Note : In the semester examination the examiner will set eight questions in all one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 405 E OPERATIONS RESEARCH L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction: Definition, role of operations research in decision-making, applications in

industry. Concept on O.R. model building –Types & methods. Unit II Linear Programming (LP): Programming definition, formulation, solution- graphical,

simplex Gauss-Jordan reduction process in simplex methods, BIG-M methods computational, problems.

Unit III Deterministic Model: Transportation model-balanced & unbalanced, north west rule,

Vogel’s Method, least cost or matrix minimal, Stepperg stone method, MODI methods, degeneracy, assignment, traveling salesman, problems.

Unit IV Advanced Topic Of LP: Duality, PRIMAL-DUAL relations-its solution, shadow price,

economic interpretation, dual-simplex, post-optimality & sensitivity analysis, problems. Unit V Waiting Line Models: Introduction, queue parameters, M/M/1 queue, performance of

queuing systems, applications in industries, problems.

Unit VI Project Line Models: Network diagram, event, activity, defects in network, PERT & CPM, float in network, variance and probability of completion time, project cost- direct, indirect, total, optimal project cost by crashing of network, resources leveling in project, problems.

Unit VII Simulation: Introduction, design of simulation, models & experiments, model validation, process generation, time flow mechanism, Monte Carlo methods- its applications in industries, problems.

Unit VIII Decision Theory: Decision process, SIMON model types of decision making

environment- certainty, risk, uncertainty, decision making with utilities, problems. Text Books:

1. Operation Research – TAHA, PHI, New Delhi. 2. Principle of Operations Research – Ackoff, Churchaman, arnoff, Oxford IBH, Delhi.

Reference Books : 1. Operation Research- Gupta & Sharma, National Publishers, New Delhi. 2. Quantitative Techniques- Vohra, TMH, New Delhi 3. Principles of operation Research (with Applications to Managerial Decisions) by H.M.Wagher,

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. 4. Operation Research – Sharma, Gupta, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi. 5. Operation Research – Philips, Revindran, Solgeberg, Wiley ISE.

Note: Paper setter will set eight questions, at least one from each unit. Students are required to answer five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 407 E AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING LAB

Sessional : 25 Marks L T P Practical : 25 Marks - - 2 Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3Hrs.


1. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and operation of the following Automotive Engine Systems & Sub Systems.

(a) Multi-cylinder : Diesel and Petrol Engines. (b) Engine cooling & lubricating Systems. (c) Engine starting Systems. (d) Contact Point & Electronic Ignition Systems.

2. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and operation of the

following Fuels supply systems: (a) Carburetors (b) Diesel Fuel Injection Systems (c) Gasoline Fuel Injection Systems.

3.. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and operation of the

following Automotive Clutches. (a) Coil-Spring Clutch (b) Diaphragm – Spring Clutch. (c) Double Disk Clutch.


following Automotive Transmission systems. (a) Synchromesh – Four speed Range. (b) Transaxle with Dual Speed Range. (c) Four Wheel Drive and Transfer Case. (d) Steering Column and Floor – Shift levers.


following Automotive Drive Lines & Differentials. (a) Rear Wheel Drive Line. (b) Front Wheel Drive Line. (c) Differentials, Drive Axles and Four Wheel Drive Line.

6. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and operation of the following Automotive Suspension Systems.

(a) Front Suspension System. (b) Rear Suspension System.

7. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and operation of the following Automotive Steering Systems.

(a) Manual Steering Systems, e.g. Pitman –arm steering, Rack & Pinion steering. (b) Power steering Systems, e.g. Rack and Pinion Power Steering System. (c) Steering Wheels and Columns e.g. Tilt & Telescopic steering Wheels, Collapsible

Steering Columns.

A-PDF Split DEMO



following Automotive Tyres & wheels. (a) Various Types of Bias & Radial Tyres. (b) Various Types of wheels.


Automotive Brake systems. (a) Hydraulic & Pneumatic Brake systems. (b) Drum Brake System. (c) Disk Brake System. (d) Antilock Brake System. (e) System Packing & Other Brakes.

10. To study and prepare report on the constructional details, working principles and operation of Automotive Emission / Pollution control systems.

11. Modeling of any two automotive systems on 3D CAD using educational softwares (eg. 3D

modeling package/Pro Engineering/I-Deas/ Solid edge etc.)

12. Crash worthiness of the designed frame using Hypermesh and LS-Dyna solver or other software.

NOTE : 1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.

2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or as designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 409 E REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING LAB.

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks - - 2 Practical : 25 Marks Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam : 3Hrs. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :

1. To study the vapour compression Refrigeration System and determine its C.O.P. and draw

P-H and T-S diagrams.

2. To Study the Mechanical heat pump and find its C.O.P.

3. To study the Air and Water heat pump and find its C.O.P.

4. To study the cut- sectional models of Reciprocating and Rotary Refrigerant compressor.

5. To study the various controls used in Refrigerating & Air Conditioning systems.

6. To study the Ice- plant, its working cycle and determine its C.O.P and capacity.

7. To study the humidification, heating, cooling and dehumidification processes and plot

them on Psychrometric charts.

8. To determine the By-pass factor of Heating & Cooling coils and plot them on

Psychrometric charts on different inlet conditions.

9. To determine sensible heat factor of Air on re-circulated air-conditioning set up.

10. To study the chilling plant and its working cycle.

Note : 1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester.

2. At least seven experiments should be performed form the above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or as designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 411 E PROJECT

L T P Sessional : 100 Marks - - 6 Practical : 100 Marks Total : 200 Marks Duration of Exam : 3Hrs.

Project involving design/ fabrication/ testing computer simulation/ case studies etc. which is commenced in VIIth Semester, will be completed in VIIIth Semester and will be evaluated through a panel of examiners consisting of HOD of the concerned department, project coordinator and one external examiner to be appointed by the University.

The student will be required to submit three copies of his/her project report to the office of the concerned department for record (one copy each for the deptt. Office, participating teacher and college library).

Project coordinator will be assigned the project load of 2 hrs., per week while the participating teachers will be assigned 1 hr. load for the same.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME – 413 E PRACTICAL TRAINING – II

At the end of sixth semester each student would undergo six weeks Practical Training in an Industry/ Professional / Organization/ Research Laboratory with the prior approval of the Director-Principal/ Principal of the concerned college and submit a written typed report along with a certificate from the organization. The report will be a evaluated during VII Semester by a Board of Examiners to be appointed by the Director-Principal/ Principal of the concerned college who will award one of the following grades:

Excellent : A Good : B Satisfactory : C Not satisfactory : F

A student who has been awarded ‘F’ grade will be required to repeat the practical training.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 451 E FINITE ELEMENT METHODS

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Fundamental Concepts : Introduction; Historical Background, Stresses and Equilibrium, Boundary

Conditions, Strain-displacement, Relations, Stress- strain Relations, Temperature Effects, Potential Energy and Equilibrium; The Rayleigh-Ritz Method, Galerkin’s method. Saint Venant’s Principle, Matrix Algebra, Gaussian Elimination.

Unit II One-Dimensional Problems: Introduction; Finite Element Modeling, Coordinates and a Shape Functions, The Potential Energy Approach; The Galerkin Approach, Assembly of the Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector. Properties of Stiffness Matrix, The Finite Element Equations; Treatment of Boundary Conditions, Quadratic Shape Functions; Temperature effects.

Unit III Two-Dimensional Problems using Constant Strain Triangles: Introduction, Finite Element Modeling, Constant Strain Triangle, Problem Modeling and Boundary conditions; Axis Symmetric Solids subjected to Axis Symmetric Loading:- Introduction, Axis Symmetric Formulation, Finite Element Modeling; Triangular Element, Problem Modeling and Boundary conditions.

Unit IV Two Dimensional Isoparametric Elements and Numerical Integration: Introduction, The Four- Node quadrilateral, Numerical Integration Stress Calculations, High – Order Element; Nine-Node quadrilateral, Eight-Node Quadrilateral, Six-Node triangle, Comment on Midside Node; Problems. Unit V Beams & Frames: Introduction, Finite Element formulation, Load Vector, Boundary considerations, Shear Force and Bending Moment, Beams on Elastic supports, Plane Frames, Simple Numerical. Unit VI Three-Dimensional Problems in Stress Analysis: Introduction, Finite Element Formulation, Stress Calculations, Mesh Preparation, Hexahedral Elements and Higher- order Elements, Problem Modeling.

Unit VII Scalar Field Problems : Introduction, Steady-state Heat Transfer,: Introduction One-Dimensional Heat Conduction, Heat transfer in thin Fins, Two-dimensional steady-state Heat conduction, Potential Flow, Seepage, Fluid flow in Ducts. Unit VIII Dynamic Considerations: Introduction, Formulation, Element Mass Matrices: Evaluation of Eigen values and Eigenvectors, Interfacing with previous Finite Element Programs and a program for determining critical speeds of Shafts.

Text Books : 1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering Analysis by Tirupathi R. Chandruipatala and Ashok R.

Belagundu. Prentice Hall 2. The Finite Element Method in Engineering by S.S.Rao, Peragamon Press, Oxford. Reference Books: 1. Finite Element Procedures , by Klaus Jurgen Bathi, Prentice Hall. 2. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, by Cook, Malkus and Plesha, John Wiley. 3. The Finite Element Method by Zienkiewicz published by Mc Graw Hill. 4. An Introduction to Finite Element Method by J.N. Reddy published by Mc Graw Hill. Note : In the Semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions. At least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME– 453 E ENERGY MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. UNIT I Planning for Energy Management : Initiation phase, Audit and analysis phase;

Implementation phase; General methodology for building and site energy audit; Site survey, Methodology; Site survey-Electrical system, Steam & water systems; Building survey methodology; Basic energy audit instrumentation; Measurements for building surveys.

UNIT II Management of Heating and Cooling General Principles : The requirements for human

comfort; Description of typical systems-dual duct HVAC system, Multi zone HVAC systems, Variable an volume system, Terminal reheat system, Evaporative HVAC systems; Modeling of heating and cooling loads in buildings; Problems.

UNIT III Electrical load and Lighting Management : General principles; Illumination and human

comfort; Basic principles of lighting system; Typical illumination system and equipment; Fundamentals of single phase and 3-phase A.C. circuits; Energy management opportunities for lighting systems, Motors and electrical heat; Electrical load analysis and their parameters; Peak, demand control; Problems.

UNIT IV Management of Process Energy : General Principles; Process heat; Combustion; Energy

saving in condensate return, Steam generation & distribution, auto-motive fuel control, hot water and water pumping, direct & indirect fired furnaces over; Process electricity; Other process energy forms – compressed air & manufacturing processes; Problems.

UNIT V Economics of Efficient Energy Use : General Consideration Life Cycle Costing, Break

Even Analysis, Cost of Money, Benefit / Cost Analysis, Pay Back Period Analysis, Present Worth Analysis, Equivalent Annual Cost Analysis, Capital Cost Analysis, Perspective Rate of Return. Problems.

UNIT VI Integrated Building System : General Principles; Environmental conformation; Passive design consideration; Building envelope design consideration; Integration of building system; Energy storage ; Problems.

UNIT VII Use of Computer for Energy Management : Energy management; Energy management principle involving computers, Basics of computer use; Analysis – Engineering & Economic calculations, Simulation, Forecast, CAD/CAM; Controls – Microprocessor & minicomputers, Building cycling & control, Peak demand limiting & control; Industrial Power management; Problems.

Text Books : 1. Energy management Principles by Craig B. Smith, Published by Pergamon Press. 2. Energy systems and developments – Jyoti Parikh, Oxford University Press. Reference Books :

1. Energy – resources, demand and conservation with reference to India – Chaman Kashkari, TMH. 2. Integrated renewable energy for rural development– Proc. of natural solar energy convention, Calcutta.

NOTE : In the semester examination, the examiner will set Eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 455 E ENGINEERING DESIGN Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Design Philosophy : Definition of Design, Difference between Science, Engineering and

Technology, Morphology of Design, Definition of Product Design, Design by Evolution, Design by Innovation, Invention and Brainstorming.

Unit II Considerations Dictating Mechanical Design : Basic Considerations- Convenience of Use,

Maintenance Cost and Appearance; Operational Considerations: Operational Requirements - Strength ( Volume & Surface ), Rigidity ( proper and contact ), Vibration, Thermal Resistance etc.; Design for Strength, Design for Rigidity. Design for Stability ( buckling ) with Illustrations; Functional Requirements – Conformiting ( among various components ), Concept of Synthesis and Assembly, Role of Fits, Tolerance and Process Capability.

Unit III Human Engineering : Human factors in Engineering Design, Man-machine Systems, Human

Physical Activities and Human Control of Systems, Visual Displays of Static and Dynamic Information, Work Environment – Illumination, Atmospheric Conditions, Noise etc.

Unit IV Ingenuity in Design : Tips to increase Strength and Rigidity of m/c components, Concept

of Standardization. Simplification ( Preferred numbers or Renard series ). Concept of Slim Design – Use of Reinforcement, Ribs, Corrugations, Laminations etc. – their Design Analysis; Designation of different types of Fits, Design of Interference Fit Joints, Cumulative Fatigue Failure & Minor’s Equation.

Unit V Modeling, Analogy & Simulation : Types of Models and their uses with emphasis on

Mathematical Modeling, Importance of Analogy in Design, Electrical – Mechanical Analogy, Membrane Analogy. Similitude and Scale Models.

Unit VI Material Selection: Spectrum of material properties: Performance Characteristics of materials,

Evaluation Methods for material selection – Cost vs Performance Relations, Weighted- property Index, Value Analysis – Illustrations.

Unit VII Interactions of Materials, Processing and Design : Role of processing in design, Economics of

Manufacturing, Design for Casting, Design for Machining, Design for Welding, Design for Powder Metallurgy, Design for Assembly.

Unit VIII Cost Analysis: Objectives, Costs Classification, Cost Estimate Methods, Labour Costs,

Product Pricing. Text Books :

1. Product Design and Manufacturing – A.Kale & R.C. Gupta, P H I, New Delhi. 2. Engineering Design–A material & Processing Approach – George Dietor, McGraw Hill

Reference Books : 1. Machine Elements - C.B. Rovoloky et.al., MIR Punleshan, Moscow. 3. Mechanical Engg. Design – Joseph Shigley Published by MGH. 4. Engineering Design Process : Yousef Haik, Books/Cole 2003.

Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 457 E COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs Unit I Introduction : CAD/CAM Definition, Computer Technology-central processing unit

(CPU), types of memory, input/output, the binary number system, computer programming languages. Automation- Types of automation, CIM, reasons for automating, automation strategies.

Unit II Conventional Numerical Control: Basic components of NC system, the NC procedure, NC

coordinate systems, NC motion control system, applications of numerical control, advantages and disadvantages of NC, computer controls in NC, problems with conventional NC, NC controller technology, computer numerical control, functions of CNC, advantages of CNC, Direct numerical control, components of a DNC system, functions of DNC, advantages of DNC.

Unit III NC Part Programming: Introduction, the punched tape in NC, tape coding and format, NC

words, manual part programming, computer assisted part programming, the part programmer’s job, the computer’s job, NC part programming languages. The APT language: Geometry, statements, motion statements, post processor statements, auxiliary statements.

Unit IV Robotics Technology : Joints and links, common robot configurations, work volume, drive

systems, types of robot control, accuracy and repeatability, end effectors, sensors in robotics, applications of robots.

Unit V Automated Material Handling & FMS: The material handling function, types of material

handling equipment, conveyor systems, types of conveyors, automated guided vehicle systems, applications. FMS-Components, types of systems, applying FMS technology, FMS workstation, planning.

Unit VI Computer Aided Quality Control: Introduction, terminology in Quality Control, the

computer in QC, contact and non-contact inspection methods-optical and non-optical, and computer aided testing.

Unit VII Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems: Introduction, types, machine tools and

related equipments, material handling systems, computer control systems, function of the computer in a CIMS, CIMS benefits.

Text Books: 1. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Groover M.P,

Prentice Hall of India. 2. CAD/CAM – Groover M.P, Zimmers E.W, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books: 1. Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Nanua Singh, John Wiley

Note : The paper setter will set 8 questions taking at least one question from each unit . Students will be required to answer only five.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME 459 E MANUFACTURING MANAGEMENT L T P Sessional : 50 Marks

3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs Unit I Manufacturing Systems Designs: Definition, Systems, Subsystems, Systems

Approach Fundamentals, Systems Approach for designing, Manufacturing Systems, Systematic Layout Planning (SLP),Computerized Plant Layout- CRAFT, ALDEP, CORELAP, Assembly Line balancing, Problems and solutions of assembly lines, Group Technology & Cellular Systems, Classification & Grouping, overview of FMS. Strategic consideration for comparison of various systems.

Unit II Manufacturing Systems Economics: Concept of time value of money, Preparation

of time profile of project, Single payment, Equal Series payment, various machine and project selection & evaluation techniques: Payback period, Present worth, Equivalent annual cost, Cost- benefit ratio, Evaluation for both equal & unequal life. Depreciation concept various methods-straight line, declining balance, Sum of the digits, Sinking fund.

Unit III New Product Development (NPD): Product Development, Customer Need,

Strategies for New Product Development, Product life cycle, Product status. Corporate Design Strategies, Japanese Approach to NPD. PUGH total Design approach, PAHL & BEITZ Approach, Project Approach, Cross functional Integration –Design, manufacturing, Marketing, Concurrent Engineering, Modular Design, Standardization Value Engineering & Analysis.

Unit IV Manufacturing Planning & Control Systems: Overview of Aggregate Planning

Models, Linear Decision Rules, Management Coefficient, Direct Search Methods, Master Production Schedule, Modular Bill and Materials, Capacity planning & control, language, medium range, short range capacity planning, Just- in Time (JIT), Manufacturing –Philosophy, Elements, KANBAK, effects on layout, workers & vendors, optimized production technology (OPT).

Unit V Forecasting Methods: Forecasting Framework, Forecasting cost and accuracy,

Forecasting Uses and Methods – Delphi, Exponential Smoothing, Forecasting Errors – MAD, Regression Methods _ Linear Model for single & multiple variables, Brief idea of computerized forecasting systems.

Unit VI Material Requirements Planning (MRP): Definition of MRP systems. MRP versus

Order point, MRP Elements, Types of MRP – MRP I & II. Structured Bill of Materials. Regenerative & Net change MRP, Operating an MRP, Integration of Production & Inventory Control.

Unit VII Maintenance & Reliability: Concept of preventive & breakdown maintenance,

maintenance cost, optimal preventive maintenance simple replacement models- individual and group replacement, MAPI - methods, reliability definitions, failure analysis and curve, systems reliability- series parallel, redundancy, methods of

improving reliability, MTBF, MTTR, Maintainability, availability, brief concept of tero-technology.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Text Books:

1. Operations Management – SCHOROEDER, MGH, New York. 2. Production Operations Management – CHARY, TMH, New Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Production Operations Management – ADAM & EBERT, PHL, New Delhi 2. Operational Management –MONKS, McGraw Hill, Int. 3. Production & Operations Management – I. Hill, Prentice Hall, Int. 4. Production Planning & Inventory Control – NARASIMHAM etal, PHL, New Delhi 5. Production & Operation Management- Panneerselvam, PHI, New Delhi 6. Managing for total Quality-LOGOTHETIS, PHI, New Delhi 7. Concept of Reliability Engineering –L.S. Srinath, Affiliated East West. 8. Revolutionizing Product Development – WHEELWRIGHT & CLARK, Free Press. 9. Management in Engineering – FREEMAN-BALL & BALKWILL, PHI, New Delhi. 10. Production & Operations Management – MARTINICH, John Wiely SE, New Delhi.

Note :In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 461 E RELIABILITY ENGINEERING Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Reliability: Definition; Probability Concept; Addition of Probabilities;

Complimentary Events; Kolmogorov Axioms. Unit II Failure Data Analysis: Introduction, Mean Failure Rate, Mean Time to

Failure ( MTTF ), Mean Time between Failures ( MTBF), Graphical Plots, MTTF in terms of Failure Density, MTTF in Integral Form.

Unit III Hazard Models: Introduction, Constant Hazard; Linearly Increasing Hazard, The Weibull

Model, Density Function and Distribution Function, Reliability Analysis, Important Distributions and their Choice, Standard Deviation and Variance.

Unit IV Conditional Probability: Introduction, Multiplication Rule, Independent Events, Vernn

Diagram, Hazard Rate as conditional probability, Bayes Theorem. Unit V System Reliability: Series. Parallel and Mixed Configurations, Complex Systems, Logic

Diagrams, Markov Models.

Unit VI Reliability Improvement & Repairable Systems: Redundancy, Element, Unit and standby Redundancy, Optimization; Reliability – cost trade- off, Introduction to Repairable Systems, Instantaneous Repair Rate, MTTR, Reliability and Availability Functions, Important Applications.

Unit VII Fault-Tree Analysis and Other Techniques: Fault-tree Construction, Calculation of

Reliability, Tie- set and Minimal Tie-set.

Unit VIII Maintainability and Availability : Introduction, Maintenance Planning, Reliability and Maintainability trade – off.

Text Books:

2. Reliability Engineering, L.S. Srinath, Affiliated East-West Press, New Delhi. 3. Reliability Engineering, A.K.Govil, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Reliability Engineering, L.Balagurusamy, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi, 1984. 2. Reliability Based Design, S. Rao, Mc-Graw Hill, 1992. 3. Reliability in Engineering Design, K.C. Kapur and L.R. Lamberson, Wiley Publications. 4. Reliability Engineering, D.J. Smith, 1972, E.W. Publications.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 463 E SOLAR ENERGY ENGINEERING

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Practical : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Solar Radiation: Introduction, solar system – sun, earth and earth-sun angles,

time, derived solar angles, estimation of solar radiation (direct and diffuse), measurement systems – phyrheliometers and other devices.

Unit II Effect of Solar radiation upon structures: Steady state heat transmission, solar

radiation properties of surfaces, shading of surfaces, periodic heat transfer through walls and roofs.

Unit III Solar Collectors: Flat plate and concentrating – comparative study, design and

materials, efficiency, selective coatings, heliostats. Unit IV Heating Applications of Solar Energy: Air and Water heating systems, thermal

storages, solar bonds, solar pumps, solar lighting systems, solar cookers, solar drying of grains.

Unit V Cooling Applications of Solar Systems: Continuous and Intermittent vapour

absorption systems for cooling applications, absorbent – refrigerant combination, passive cooling systems.

Unit VI Solar Electric Conversion Systems: Photovoltaics, solar cells, satellite solar

power systems. Unit VII Effects on Environment, economic scenario, ozone layer depletion, green

house effect, global warming, Remedial measures by international bodies. Text Books:

1. Solar Energy – S P Sukhatme, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Solar Energy Process – Duffie and Bechman, John Wiley

Reference Books:

1. Applied Solar Energy – Maniel and Maniel, Addison Wiley 2. Solar Energy: Fundamentals and Applications – R P Garg and Jai Prakash, TMH.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 465 E DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. UNIT I Classification of Heat exchangers: Introduction ; Recuperation and regeneration, Transfer

processors, Geometry of construction–tubular heat exchangers, plate heat exchangers, extended surface heat exchanges, Heat transfer mechanisms, Flow arrangements, Selection of heat exchangers.

UNIT II Basic Design Methods of Heat Exchanges: Introduction, Arrangement of flow path in heat

exchangers , Basic equations in design, Overall heat transfer coefficient , Log mean temperature difference method for heat exchanger analysis , The ∈-NTU method for heat exchanger analysis, Heat exchanger design calculation, Variable overall heat transfer coefficient , Heat exchanger design methodology.

UNIT III Design Correlations for Condensers and Evaporators :Introduction, Condensation, Film

condensation on a single horizontal tube-laminar film condensation, forced convection, Film condensation in tube bundles-effect of condensate inundation, effect of vapor shear, Combined effects of inundation and vapor shear, Condensation inside tubes-condensation in vertical tubes, Flow boiling-sub-cooled boiling, flow pattern, flow boiling correlations.

UNIT IV Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers: Introduction, Basic components-shell types, tube

bundle types, tubes and tube passes, tube layout, baffle type and geometry, allocation of streams, Basic design procedure of a heat exchanger-preliminary estimation of unit size, rating of preliminary design, Shell-slide heat transfer and pressure drop-shell-side heat transfer coefficient, shell-side pressure drop, tube-side pressure drop, Bell-Delaware method.

UNIV V Compact Heat Exchangers: Introduction, Plate-fin heat exchangers, tube-fin heat

exchangers, Heat transfer and pressure drop-heat transfer, pressure drop for finned-tube exchangers, pressure drop for plate-fin exchangers.

UNIT VI Gasketed Plate Heat Exchangers: Introduction, Mechanical features-plate pack and frame,

plate types, Operational characteristics-main advantages, performance limits, Passes and flow arrangements, Application-corrosion, maintenance, Heat transfer and pressure drop calculations-heat transfer area, mean flow channel gap, channel equivalent diameter, heat transfer coefficient, channel pressure drop, port pressure drop, overall heat transfer coefficient, heat transfer surface area, performance analysis, Thermal performance.

UNIT VII Condensers and Evaporators: Introduction, Shell-and-tube condensers-horizontal shell-

side condensers, vertical shell-side condensers, vertical tube-side condensers, horizontal in-tube condensers, Steam turbine exhaust condensers, Plate condensers, Air-cooled condensers, Direct contact condensers, Thermal design of shell-and-tube condensers, Design and operational considerations, Condensers for refrigeration and air-conditioning-water cooled condensers, air-cooled condensers, evaporative condensers, Evaporative for

A-PDF Split DEMO


refrigeration and air-conditioning-water-cooling evaporators (chillers), air-cooling evaporators (air coolers), Thermal analysis-shah correlation, Kandlikar correlation, Gungor and Winterton correlation, Standards for evaporators and condensers.

UNIT VIII Regenerators: Classifications-fixed bed regenerators, rotary regenerators, basic design

method, Influence of fluid bypass carry-over, Pressure drop evaluation, The rating problem, surface geometrical properties, Pressure drop, Sizing problem.

Text Books: 1. Heat Exchangers, Sadik Kakac, Hongtan Hiu , CRC Press. 2. Principles of Heat Transfer, F.Krieth & M.S. Bohn, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., Delhi. Reference Books:

1. Heat exchangers, Design and Theory Source Book, N.H. Afgan and Schliinder MGH. 2. Compact Heat Exchanger, W.M. Kays & A.L. London, MGH.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 467 E VALUE ENGINEERIN

L T P Sessional marks : 50 3 1 - Theory marks : 100

Total marks : 150 Duration of exam : 3Hrs

PART- A UNIT – I Introduction:

Value Engineering concepts, Advantages, Applications, Problem recognition, and role in productivity criteria for comparison, element of choice.

UNIT – II Organisation:

Level of VE in the organization, Size and skill of VE staff, small plant VE activity. Unique and quantitative evaluation of ideas.

PART- B UNIT – III Analysis Of Function:

Anatomy of the function, Use esteem and exchange values, Basic vs secondary vs. unnecessary functions.

UNIT – IV Value Engineering Techniques: Selecting products and operation for VE action, VE programmes, determining and evaluating function(s) assigning rupee equivalents, developing alternate means to required functions, decision making for optimum alternative, Use of decision matrix, Queuing theory and Monte Carlo method, make or buy, Measuring profits, Reporting results, Follow up, Use of advanced technique like FAST (Function Analysis System) Tech.

Reference and Text Books:

1. Techniques of Value analysis and engineering – Miles, Pub.- McGraw Hill. 2. Value Management – Heller Pub.- Addison Wesley. 3. Value Analysis and Value – Oughson, Pub.- Pitman.

Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, taking two questions from each unit. The students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all, taking at least two questions from each Part.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MAHARSHI DAYANAND UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS B.E 4th YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, SEMESTER – VIII


Teaching schedule

Marks for Examination Course No. Course Title

L T P Total

Marks for class work Theory Practi

cal

Total Marks

Duration of

Exam

ME-402 E CADM 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-404 E Power Plant Engg. 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-406 E Mechanical Vibrations 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME- Deptt. Elective-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME- Deptt. Elective-III 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150 3 ME-408 E C ADM Lab. - - 2 2 25 - 25 50 3 ME-413 E Project - - 6 6 50 - 100 150 3 ME-410 E Independent Study

Seminar - - 4 4 50 - - 50 3

GFME-412 E General Fitness for the Profession*

- - - - 50 - 100 150 3

Total 15 5 12 32 425 500 225 1150 NOTE : 1. PROJECT LOAD WILL BE TREATED AS 2 HRS. PER WEEK FOR THE PROJECT- CO-

ORDINATOR AND 1HR. FOR EACH PARTICIPATING TEACHER. PROJECT INVOLVING DESIGN, FABRICATION, TESTING, COMPUTER SIMULATION, CASE STUDIES ETC., WHICH HAS COMMENCED IN VIITH SEMESTER WILL BE COMPLETED IN VIIITH SEMESTER.

2. For ME-410 E, a student will select a topic in emerging areas of Mech. Engg. and

study independently. He will give seminar talk on the same.

*3. Overview of the state of art technology and practices in the industry presented by technical experts from industry in emerging areas. Along with VIIIth Semester Exam., there will be evaluation for General Fitness for the Profession by a team consisting of Principal / Director, HOD of concerned department and external examiner appointed by University.

4. Students will be allowed to use the non-programmable scientific calculator.

However, sharing of calculator will not be permitted.

A-PDF Split DEMO


LIST OF ELECTIVES (EIGHTH SEMESTER, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING) Electives - II L T P 1. ME- 452 E Optimization Methods for Engineering systems 3 – 1 – 0 2. ME- 454 E Machine Tool Design 3 – 1 – 0 3. ME- 456 E Total Quality Control 3 – 1 – 0 4. ME- 458 E Pumps, Blowers & Compressors 3 – 1 – 0 5. ME- 460 E Design of Air-conditioning Systems 3 – 1 – 0 6. ME- 462 E Computer Aided Vehicle Design 3 – 1 – 0 7. ME- 464 E Mechatronics 3 – 1 – 0 8. ME -466 E Flexible Manufacturing System 3 – 1 – 0 9. ME -468 E Non conventional Energy 3 – 1 – 0

EIGHTH SEMESTER Electives - III L T P 1. ME-482 E Maintenance Engineering 3 – 1 – 0

2. ME-484 E Robotics Engineering 3 – 1 – 0

3. ME-486 E Ergonomics and Work Place Design 3 – 1 – 0

4. ME-488 E Modern Manufacturing Processes 3 – 1 – 0

5. ME-490 E Cryogenics Engineering 3 – 1 – 0

6. ME-492 E Entrepreneurship 3 – 1 – 0

7. ME-494 E Facilities Planning 3 – 1 – 0

8. ME-496 E Advances in Gas Turbines and Rocketry 3 – 1 – 0

9. ME-498 E Emerging Automotive Technologies 3 – 1 – 0

10. ME-500 Design For Manufacturing 3 – 1 – 0

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 402 E COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & MANUFACTURING

Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. UNIT – I Introduction: Introduction to CAD/CAM, Historical developments, Industrial look at

CAD/CAM, Introduction to CIM; Basics of geometric and solid modeling, explicit, implicit, intrinsic and parametric equations, coordinate systems.

UNIT – II Transformations: Introduction, transformation of points and line, 2-D rotation, reflection, scaling and combined transformation, homogeneous coordinates, 3-D scaling, shearing, rotation, reflection and translation, combined transformations, orthographic and perspective projections, reconstruction of 3-D objects.

UNIT – III Curves: Algebraic and geometric forms, tangents and normal, blending functions reparametrization, straight lines, conics, cubic splines, Bezier curves and B-spline curves.

UNIT – IV Surfaces: Algebraic and geometric forms, tangents and normal, blending functions, reparametrization, sixteen point form, four curve form, plane surface, ruled surface, surface of revolution, tabulated cylinder, bi-cubic surface, bezier surface, B-spline surface.

UNIT – V Solids: Solid models and representation scheme, boundary representation, constructive solid geometry, sweep representation, cell decomposition, spatial occupancy enumeration.

UNIT – VI Automation and Numerical Control: Introduction, fixed, programmable and flexible automation, types of NC systems, MCU and other components, NC manual part programming, coordinate systems, G & M codes, Part program for simple parts, computer assisted part programming.

UNIT – VII Group Technology: Part families, part classification and coding, production flow analysis, Machine cell design, Advantages of GT

UNIT – VIII Flexible Manufacturing Systems & Computer aided process planning: Introduction, FMS components, types of FMS, FMS layouts, planning for FMS, advantages and applications Coventional process planning, types of CAPP, Steps in variant process planning, planning for CAPP.

Text Books: 1. CAD/ CAM by Groover and Zimmer, Prantice Hall. 2. CAD/ CAM Theory and Practice by Zeid, McGraw Hill 3. Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing by Kundra, Rao & Tiwari, TMH. Reference Books : 1 CAD/CAM ( Principles, Practice & Manufacturing Management ) by Chirs Mc Mohan & Jimmie

Browne, Published by Addison- Wesley. Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, at

least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 404 E POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

Sessional Marks : 50 L T P Theory Marks : 100 3 1 - Total Marks : 150

36. Duration of Exam :3 Hrs.

37. 38. Unit I Introduction: Energy resources and their availability, types of power plants,

selection of the plants, review of basic thermodynamic cycles used in power plants.

39. Unit II Hydro Electric Power Plants : Rainfall and run-off measurements and

plotting of various curves for estimating stream flow and size of reservoir, power plants design, construction and operation of different components of hydro-electric power plants, site selection, comparison with other types of power plants.

Unit III Steam Power Plants: Flow sheet and working of modern-thermal power plants,

super critical pressure steam stations, site selection, coal storage, preparation, coal handling systems, feeding and burning of pulverized fuel, ash handling systems, dust collection-mechanical dust collector and electrostatic precipitator.

40. Unit IV Combined Cycles: Constant pressure gas turbine power plants,

Arrangements of combined plants ( steam & gas turbine power plants ), re-powering systems with gas production from coal, using PFBC systems, with organic fluids, parameters affecting thermodynamic efficiency of combined cycles. Problems.

41. Unit V Nuclear Power Plants: Principles of nuclear energy, basic nuclear reactions,

nuclear reactors-PWR, BWR, CANDU, Sodium graphite, fast breeder, homogeneous; gas cooled. Advantages and limitations, nuclear power station, waste disposal.

42. Unit VI Power Plant Economics: load curve, different terms and definitions, cost of

electrical energy, tariffs methods of electrical energy, performance & operating characteristics of power plants- incremental rate theory, input-out put curves, efficiency, heat rate, economic load sharing, Problems.

43. Unit VII Non-Conventional Power Generation: Solar radiation estimation, solar

energy collectors, low, medium & high temperature power plants, OTEC, wind power plants, tidal power plants, geothermal power plants.

44. Unit VIII Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Fuel cell, MHD power generation-

principle, open & closed cycles systems, thermoelectric power generation, thermionic power generation.

Text Books :

1. Power station Engineering and Economy by Bernhardt G.A. skrotzki and William A. Vopat – Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Campany Ltd., New Delhi

2. Power Plant Engineering : P.K. Nag Tata McGraw Hill second Edition 2001. Reference Books :

1. Power Plant Engg. : M.M. El-Wakil McGraw Hill 1985.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ote : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME 406 E MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Fundamentals : Importance of Study of Vibrations, Classifications of Vibrations, Free and

Forced, Undamped and Damped, Linear and Non-linear, Deterministic and Random, Harmonic Motion, Vector and Complex Number Representations, Definitions and Terminology, Periodic Functions, Harmonic Analysis, Fourier Series Expansion.

Unit II Free and Damped Vibrations : Single Degree of Freedom system, D’Alemberts Principal,

Energy Methods, Rayleighs Method, Application of these Methods, Damped Free Vibrations, Logarithmic Decrement, Under Damping, Critical and Over Damping, Coulomb Damping.

Unit III Harmonically Excited Vibrations : Forced Damped Harmonic Vibration of Single Degree

of Freedom Systems, Rotating Unbalance, Rotor Unbalance, Critical Speeds and Whirling of Rotating Shafts, Support Motion, Vibration Isolation, Energy Dissipated by Damping, Equivalent, Viscous Camping, Structural Damping Sharpness of Resonance, Vibration Measuring Instruments.

Unit IV Transient Vibrations : Impulse Excitation, Arbitrary Excitation, Response to Step

Excitions, Base Excitation Solution by Laplace Transforms, Response Spectrum, Runge-Kutta Method.

Unit V Two Degrees of Freedom Systems : Introduction to Multi-Degree of Freedom Systems,

Normal Mode Vibrations, Coordinate Coupling, Principal Coordinates, Free Vibrations in Terms of Initial Conditions, Forced Harmonic Vibrations, Vibration Absorber, Centrifugal Vibration Absorber, Vibration Damper.

Unit VI Multi degrees of Freedom Systems and Numerical Methods Introduction, Influence

Coefficients, Stiffness Matrix, Flexibility Matrix, Natural Frequencies and Normal Modes, Orthogonality of Normal Modes, Dunkerley’s Equation, Method of Matrix Iteration, The Holzer Type Problem, Geared and Branched Systems, Beams.

Unit VII Normal Mode Vibration of Continuous System: Vibrating String, Longitudinal

Vibrations of Rod, Torsional Vibrations of Rod, Lateral Vibrations of Beam. Text Books :

1. Theory of Vibrations with Applications W.T. Thomson, Prentice Hall of India. 2. Mechanical Vibration : G.K. Grover and S.P. Nigam, Nem Chand and Sons

Reference Books :

1. Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations J.S. Rao and K. Gupta, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. Mechanical Vibrations S.S. Rao, Addison – Wesely Publishing Company

ote : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, at least one question from each unit & students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 408 E COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & MANUFACTURING LAB

Sessional : 25 Marks L T P Theory : 25 Marks - - 2 Total : 50 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs The students will be required to carry out the following exercises using software packages (e.g. 3D modeling package/ Pro Engineer/ I-Deas/ Solid Edge etc.).

1. Implement simple programmes for the graphics representation of

(i) Transformation and projections.

(ii) Conic Sections, cubic splines, and B-splines.

(iii) Surfaces- Bilinear, Bicubic surface patch and Bezier surface.

2. CAD Modelling Assignments.

(i) Construction of simple machine parts and components.

(ii) Modelling of machine components.

• Surface of a Diffuser section, Propeller.

• Gear blank and other mechanical parts.

• Mechanical assembly of parts.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME-410 E INDEPENDENT STUDY SEMINAR

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks - - 4 Total : 50 Marks

The student will select a topic in emerging areas of Mech. Engg. and study independently. He will give a seminar talk on the same before the committee constituted by the head of the dept. The committee should comprise of at least three faculty members from Thermal, Production & Design specializations.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME-412 E| GENERAL FITNESS FOR THE PROFESSION

L T P Class Work : 50 Marks - - - Practical : 100 Marks Total Marks : 150 Marks At the end of each year students will be evaluated on the basis of their performance in various fields. The evaluation will be made by the panel of experts/examiners/teachers to be appointed by the Principal/Director of the College. A specimen perform indicating the weight age to each component/ activity is given below :- Name : ________________________ College Roll No. __________________________________ Univ.Roll No.____________ _______ Branch ________________________________ Year of Admission ____________.____________ I. Academic Performance (15 Marks) : (a) Performance in University Examination :- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sem. Result %age of Number of Attempt Marks in which the Sem. obtained exam. has been cleared --- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I

II III IV V VI VII --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- II. Extra Curricular Activities (10 Marks) : Item Level of Participation Remarks (Position Obtained) Indoor Games ______________________________ ________________________ (Specify the ______________________________ ________________________ Games ______________________________ Outdoor Games ______________________________ (Specify the ______________________________ Games) ______________________________ Essay ______________________________ Competition ______________________________ ______________________________ Scientific ______________________________ Technical ______________________________

A-PDF Split DEMO


Exhibitions ______________________________ Debate ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Drama ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Dance ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Music ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Fine Arts ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Painting ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Hobby Club ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ N.S.S. ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Hostel Management ______________________________ Activities ______________________________ ______________________________ Any other ______________________________ activity (Please ______________________________ Specify) ______________________________ III. Educational tours/visits/Membership of Professional Societies (5 Marks) 1. _____________________________________________ 2. _____________________________________________ 3. _____________________________________________ 4. _____________________________________________ 5. _____________________________________________ 6. _____________________________________________

A-PDF Split DEMO


IV. Contribution in NSS Social Welfare Floor Relief/draught relief/Adult Literacy mission/Literacy Mission/Blood Donation/Any other Social Service (5 Marks)

1. _____________________________________________ 2. _____________________________________________ 3. _____________________________________________ 4. _____________________________________________ 5. _____________________________________________ 6. _____________________________________________ V. Briefly evaluate your academic & other performance & achievements in the Institution (5

Marks) _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ VI. Performance in Viva voce before the committee (10 Marks) _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ *Marks obtained 1.( )+II( )+III( )+IV( )+V( )+VI( ) = **Total Marks : Member Member Member Member Member

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 452 E OPTIMIZATION METHODS FOR ENGINEERING SYSTEMS Sessional : 50 Marks L T P Theory : 100 Marks 3 1 - Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction: Engineering Applications; Statement of the Optimal Problem:

Classification; Optimization Techniques. Unit II Classical Methods: Single Variable Optimization; Multivariable Optimization without any

Constraints with Equality and Inequality Constraints. Unit III One-Dimensional Minimization Methods: Uni-model Function; Elimination Methods –

Dichotomous Search, Fibonacce and Golden Section Methods; Interpolation Methods – Quadratic and Cubic Interpolation Methods.

Unit IV Unconstrained Minimization Methods: Univariate, Conjugate Directions, Gradient and

Variable Metric Methods. Unit V Constrained Minimization Methods: Characteristics of a constrained problem; Direct

Methods of feasible directions; Indirect Methods of interior and exterior penalty functions. Unit VI Geometric Programming : Formulation and Solutions of Unconstrained and Constrained

geometric programming problems. Unit VII Dynamic Programming: Concept of Sub-optimization and the principle of optimality;

Calculus, Tabular and Computational Methods in Dynamic Programming; An Introduction to Continuous Dynamic Programming.

Unit VIII Integer Programming : Gomory’s Cutting Plane Method for Integer Linear

Programming; Formulation & Solution of Integer Polynomial and Non-linear problems. Text Books :

1. Optimization ( Theory & Applications ) – S.S. Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering - Ashok D.Belegundu and

Tirupathi R Chandrupatla -- Pearson Education. Reference Books :

1. Optimization: Theory and Practice, C.S.G. Beveridge and R.S. Schechter, MGH, New York.

Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 454 E MACHINE TOOL DESIGN


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction: Kinematics of Different Types of Machine Tools, Selection of Cutting

Conditions and Tools, Calculation of Cutting Force on Single Point and Multipoint Tools, Hole Machining, Calculation of Power, Accuracy Requirements and Standards.

Unit II Design of Rotary Drives: Design of Spindle Drives, AC Motors with Stepped Drive, DC and AC Variable Speed Drive Motors Characteristics and Selection, Principle of Speed Controllers, Timings Belts and other Types of Transmission Belting, Pulleys, Closed Loop Operation of Main Drives, Rotary Indexing Drives.

Unit III Design of Feed Drives: Feed Drive using Feed Boxes, Axes Feed Drive of CNC Drives, DC and AC Servomotors, Types characteristics Controllers and Their Selection, Ball Screws and Friction Screws- Guide Ways, Linear Motion Systems, Design Calculations of Drives, Closed Loop Operations of Feed Drives, Linear Indexing Drives.

Unit IV Control Elements : Single and Multi Axis CNC Controllers, Hydraulic Control, Pneumatic Control, Limit Switches, Proximity Switches, Sequencing Control using Hard Wired and PLC Systems.

Unit-V Design of Machine Tool Structures: Static and Dynamic Stiffness, Dynamic Analysis of cutting process, Stability, Forced Vibration, Ergonomics and Aesthetics in Machine Tool Design.

Unit VI Design of Spindle and Spindle Supports : Function of Spindles, Design Requirements, Standard Spindle Noses, Design Calculations of Spindles, Bearing Selection and Mounting.

Unit VII Finite Elements Analysis of M/C Tool Structures: Examples of Static, Dynamic and Thermal Analysis and Optimization of Typical Machine Tool Structures Like Column, Table, Over-arm, Knee using a Finite Element Analysis Package.

Unit VIII Design of Special Purpose Machines : Modular Design Concepts, Standard Modules, Example of Design of a Typical SPM with CNC, Transfer Machines.

Text Books: 1. “ Machine Tool Design” Mehta, N.K. Tata McGraw Hill, 2. Design Principal of Cutting Machine Tools : Koenigs berger f. Pergman Press Oxford.

Reference Books : 1. “Machine Tool Design”, Vol I and Vol III, Mir Publishers, Moscow, Macherkan.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 456 E TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Quality Control: Introduction, objectives, quality of design, quality of production, quality of

conformance to design, quality of inspection, process monitoring, quality and productivity, quality cost. Advantages of Statistical Quality Control in Industry.

Unit II Fundamentals of Statistics and Probability in Quality Control: Events and probability, laws of probability. Statistical Distributions: Normal, Binomial and Poisson distribution, their importance in SQC. Poisson Probability as approximation to Normal Probability, use of Normal and Poisson distribution tables.

Unit III Control Charts for Variables: Fundamentals of process control, tools of process control,quality characteristic, Design and use of Control Charts for Variables: Trial control limits, control limits for future use, revision of control limits. Cause and effect diagram, inferences on the state of the process from control charts, Type I and Type II errors and methods to reduce them. Use of X (X bar) charts and R- charts, X (X bar) and σ- charts. Efficiency of a control chart. OC curve of a control chart. Computing average run length for X- chart.

Unit IV Trend Control Charts, Control Charts with Reject Limits and Modified Control Charts. Relationship between Specification Limits and Control Chart Limits, Process capability analysis and its importance in quality of conformance.

Unit V Control Charts for Attributes : Defects and Defectives, control charts for fraction defectives and percent fraction defectives and number of defectives. Control charts for number of defects. Comparison of control charts for variables with the charts for attributes. Computing Average run length for a p- chart.

Unit VI Product Control and its Tools. Fundamentals of lot-by-lot acceptance sampling by attributes: Notations, OC curve and its importance in acceptance sampling, AQL and LTPD for a sampling plan, Producer and consumer risks, Single and Double sampling plans and constructing OC curves, interpretation of the operating characteristics curve, Effect of change of sample size and acceptance number on OC curve, ATI, ASN, AOQ and AOQL concepts, economics of inspection. Item- by- item sequential sampling plans, OC curve and ASN curve for sequential sampling plan.

Unit VII Standard Sampling Plans: Types of Standard Sampling Plans, Difference between Acceptance-Rectification and Acceptance- Rejection Plans, single and double sampling plans based on AOQL and LTPD. Sampling plans based on Mil-Standards 105 E.

Unit VIII Motivation for quality assurance, zero defect program, quality circles, total quality management. Indian Standards on Process and Product Control. ISO-9000 Standards.

Text Books : 1. Quality control Application – By Hansen BL, Ghare PH; Prentice Hall of India. 2. Statistical Quality Control - By E.L. Grant & R.S. Levenworth; T MH.

Reference Books : 1. Quality Control – Paranthaman, D.; Tata McGraw Hill, India 2. Quality Planning and Analysis – Juran J.M. and F.M. Gryna, TMH, India 3. Total Quality Control – By Feigenbaum, A.V.; McGraw Hill International. 4. Statistical Quality Control – By Montgomery, D.C.; John Wiley & Sons (Asia)

A-PDF Split DEMO


Note : 1. Statistical Q.C. Tables will be supplied in examination. 2.The paper setter will set Eight questions, taking at least one from each unit. Students will

be required to answer only five.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 458 E PUMPS, FANS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Pumps: Theory of centrifugal pump impeller, vortex theory, design of impeller, volute

and diffusers, specific speed and design constants. Unit II Design of Mixed Flow Impellers: Geometric relationship, axial flow pumps, design, use

of aerofoil data for impeller design, guided vane, pump casting. Unit III Fans: Fan laws, performance coefficients, effect of change in fan speed, density. Series

and parallel operation, fan design losses, blade shape, casings. Unit IV Propeller Fans: Cross flow fans, principle of operation, applications, regulation of volume

flow. Sources of vibration in fans, noise, attenuation testing. Unit V Blowers: Types, centrifugal and axial, design procedure, selection, performance, special

application, control of volume flow. Unit VI Performance Estimation: Instrumentation test rig layout, measurement of pressure,

temperature, use of hot wire anemometer, boundary layer probes, measurement of sound. Unit VII Compressors: Centrifugal compressor, multistage arrangement, blade design, types of

diffusers, performance, series and parallel operation. Unit VIII Axial Flow Compressors: Cascade theory, efficiency, two dimensional cascade, velocity

triangles and stage loading, stage reactions, losses compressor testing procedure. Text Books :

1. Val, S. Lobanoff, and Robert, R. Ross, “Centrifugal Pumps Design and Application”, Jaico Publishing House

2. Allam Wallis, R., “Axial Flow and Ducts”, John Wiley and Sons Reference Books :

1. Ronald, P. Lapina, “Estimating Centrifugal Compressor Performance”, Gulf Pub. Company


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 460 E DESIGN OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. UNIT - I Air Conditioning Systems, Hydronic Piping Systems And Terminal Units:

Scope of air conditioning, All-water (Hydronic) air- conditioning systems, All-air air- conditioning systems, Human comfort, Comfort standards, Hydronic piping systems - Piping arrangements, Series loop, One-pipe main, Two-pipe direct and revere returns, Three-pipe and four pipe systems, Terminal units- Radiators, Convectors, Baseboard, Fin-tube, Radiant panels, Unit heaters, Fan-coil and induction units, Selection of terminal units, System design procedure.

UNIT – II Heat Transfer In Building Structures And Load Calculation: Fabric heat gain, Overall heat transfer coefficient, Periodic heat transfer through walls and roofs, Empirical methods to evaluate heat transfer through wall and roofs, Infiltration, Passive heating and cooling of buildings, Internal heat gains, System heat gains, Break-up of ventilation load and effective sensible heat factor, cooling-load estimate, Heating-load estimate, Psychometric calculations for cooling.

UNIT – III Psychometric Analysis Of The Air Conditioning System:

Determining moist air properties, The psychrometric chart, Air conditioning processes, Determining supply air conditions, Sensible heat ratio, The RSHR or condition line, Coil process line, The contact factor and bypass factor, The effective surface temperature, Reheat, Part load operation and control, Fan heat gains, Comfort chart.

UNIT – IV Fluid Flow In Piping And Ducts:

The continuity equation, The flow energy equation, Pressure loss in closed and open systems, Total, static and velocity pressures in piping, Pressure loss in pipe fitting, System pipe sizing, Friction loss from air flow in ducts, duct fittings at fan inlet and outlet, Duct system pressure loss, Duct design methods.

UNIT – V Fans, Air Distribution Devices And Centrifugal Pumps: Fan - Types, Performance characteristics, Selection, Ratings, Selection of optimum conditions, Laws, Arrangement and installation, Air distribution devices – Air patterns, Location, Types, Selection, Accessories, Return air devices, Sound and its control, Pumps – Types, Characteristics, Similarity laws, Net positive suction head, The expansion and compression tanks, Air control and venting.

UNIT – VI Planning And Designing The Hvac System:

Classification of A/C systems- Single zone, Reheat, Multi zone, Dual duct, Variable air volume, All-water systems, Air water systems, Unitary air conditioners, Rooftop units, Air handling units, Procedures for designing a hydronic system, Calculating the heating load, Type, location and selection of terminal units, Piping system arrangements, Flow rates and temperature, Pipe sizing, Duct layout, Pump selection, Boilers selection, Compressor tanks, Procedure for designing and all-air system, Calculating the cooling load, Type of system, Equipment and duct locations, Duct sizes, Air distribution devices,

A-PDF Split DEMO


Reference Books: 1. Air Conditioning Principles and Systems by Edward G. Pita, Published by PHI, New Delhi 2. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by C.P. Arora, Published by TMH, New Delhi. 3. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by W.F. Stocker and J.W. Jones, Published by TMH, New

Delhi. 4. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by Manohar Prasad, , Published by Wiley Eastern Limited,

New Delhi.

Note: 1. In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions in all covering the entire syllabus and students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

2. Use of scientific calculator will be allowed in the examination. However

programmable calculator and cellular phone will not be allowed.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 462 E COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. PART-A Unit I Vehicle Frame and Suspension: Study of Loads-Moments and Stresses on Frame

Members. Computer Aided Design of Frame for Passenger and Commercial Vehicles. Computer Aided Design of Leaf Springs-Coil Springs and Torsion Bar Springs.

Unit II Front Axle and Steering Systems: Analysis of Loads-Moments and Stresses at different

sections of Front Axle. Determination of Bearing Loads at Kingpin Bearings. Wheel Spindle Bearings. Choice of Bearings. Determination of Optimum Dimension and Proportions for Steering Linkages ensuring minimum error in Steering.

Unit III Drive Line and Read Axle : Computer Aided Design of Propeller Shaft. Design of Final

Drive Gearing. Design details of Full-floating., Semi-floating and Three Quarter Floating, Rear Axle Shafts and Rear Axle Housings.

PART-B Unit IV Clutch: Torque capacity of Clutch. Computer Aided Design of Clutch Components.

Design details of Roller and Sprag Type of Clutches. Unit V Gear Box : Computer Aided Design of Three Speed and Four Speed Gear Boxes. Note : Use of Software Packages for Analysis and Design of Mechanical Systems may be used for Design Problem. Text Books :

1. Dean Averns,Automobile Chassis Design, llliffe Books 2. Heldt, P.M., Automotive Chassis, Chilton Co., New York

Reference Books:

1. Steeds.W., Mechanics of Road Vehicles, llliffee Books Ltd., London 2. Giles, J.G. Steering, Suspension and Tyres, llliffee Books Ltd., London,. 3. Newton, Steeds & Garret, Motor Vehicle, llliffee Books Ltd., London,. 4. Heldt, P.M. Torque Converter, Chilton Book Co., New York,

Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all, taking two questions each from Units I, II, III & one question each from Units IV & V. The students will be required to attempt 3 questions from PART-A & two questions compulsorily from Part-B .

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 464 E MECHATRONICS


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction and Basics: What is Mechatronics?; A Measurement System with its

constituent elements; Open and Closed Loop Systems; Sequential Controllers; Micro-processor Based Controllers; The Mechatronic Approach.

Unit II Hardware of Measurement Systems; A review of Displacement, Position Velocity,

Motion, Force, Fluid Pressure, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature, Light Sensors / alongwith Performance Terminology; Selection of Sensors; Input Data by Switches; Signal Conditioning; Brief Review of Operational Amplifier; Protection; Fitering; Wheat Stone Bridge; Digital Signals; Multiplexers; Data Acqusition; Digital Signal Processing; Pulse Modulation; Data Presentation Systems – Displays; Data Presentation Elements; Magnetic Recording; Data Acquisition Systems; Testing & Calibration; Problems.

Unit III Pneumatic, Hydraulic, Mechanical and Electrical Actuation Systems: Pneumatic and

Hydraulic Systems; Directional Control Valves; Valve Symbols; Pressure Control Valves; Cylinder Sequencing; Process Control Valves; Rotary Actuators; Mechanical Systems – Types of Motion, Kinematic Chains, Cams, Gear Trains, Ratchet & Pawl, Belt & Chain Drives, Bearings, Mechanical Aspect of Motor Selection; Electrical Systems; Mechanical & Solid State Switches; Solenoids; D.C. & A.C. Motors; Stepper Motors; Problems.

Unit IV System Modeling and Performance: Engg. Systems; Rotational – Translational Systems;

Electro-mechanical Systems; Hydraulic – Mechanical Systems; A review of modeling of First and Second Order Systems and Performance Measures; Transfer Functions for first order System, Second Order System, Systems in series & Systems with Feedback Loops; Frequency Response of First Order and Second Order Systems; Bode Plots: Performance Specifications: Stability; Problems.

Unit V Closed Loop Controllers: Continuous and Discrete Processes – Lag, Steady State Error;

Control Modes; Two- step Mode; Proportional Mode – Electronic Proportional Controllers; Derivative Control – Proportional plus Derivative Control; Integral Control - Proportional plus Integral Control; PID Controller – Operational Amplifier PID Circuits; Digital Controllers – Implementing Control Modes; Control System Performance; Controller Tuning – Process Reaction Method & Ultimate Cycle Method; Velocity Control; Adaptative Control; Problems.

Unit VI Digital Logic and Programmable Logic Controllers : A Review of Number Systems &

Logic Gates; Boolean Algebra; Kanaugh Maps; Sequential Logic; Basic Structure of Programmable Logic Controllers; Input/ Output Processing; Programming; Timers, Internal Relays and Counters; Master & Jump Controls; Data Handling; Analogue Input/ Output; Selection of a PLC; Problems.

Unit VII Microprocessors and Input/Output Systems: Control; Microcomputer Structure; Micro-

controllers; Applications; Programming Languages; Instruction Sets; Assembly Language

A-PDF Split DEMO


Programs; Subroutines; Why C Language ? A review of Program Structure, Branches, Loops, Arrays, Pointer; Examples of Programs; Interfacing; Input/ Output; Interface Requirements; Peripheral Interface Adaptors; Serial Communication Interface; Examples of Interfacing; Problems.

Unit VIII Design and Mechatronics: Design Process; Traditional and Mechantronics Design;

Possible Mechatronics design solutions for Timed Switch, Wind Screen Wiper Motion, Bath Room Scale, A Pick & Place Robot, Automatic Camera, Engine Management System & Bar Code Recorder.

Text Books : 1. Mechatronics by W. Bolton, Published by Addition Wesley.

2. Mechatronics System Design – Devdas Shetty and Richard A. Kolx Brooks/ Cole 1997. Reference Books :

1. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measuring System : david G. Alciation and Michael B. Hist and Tata McGraw Hill

2. Mechtronics – Sensing to Implementation - C.R.Venkataraman, Sapna

Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 466 E FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Automation: Types of automation, reasons for automating, automation strategies, Detroit-

type automation: Automated flow lines, methods of work part transport, Transfer mechanisms, buffer storage, automation for machining operations.

Unit II Automated assembly systems: Design for automated assembly, types of automated

assembly systems, part feeding devices, quantitative analysis of the delivery system operation, analysis of a single-station assembly machine, numericals.

Unit III Group Technology: Part families, parts classification and coding, types of classification

and coding systems. Machine cell design: The composite part concept, types of cell designs, determining the best machine arrangement, benefits of group technology.

Unit IV Flexible Manufacturing Systems: Components of an FMS, types of systems, where to

apply FMS technology, FMS work stations. Material handling and storage system: Functions of the handling system, FMS layout configurations. Material handling equipment. Computer control system: Computer function, FMS data file, system reports. Planning the FMS, analysis methods for FMS, applications and benefits.

Unit V Robotic technology: Joints and links, common robot configurations, work volume, types

of robot control, accuracy and repeatability, other specifications, end effectors, sensors in robotics.

Unit VI Robot programming: Types of programming, lead through programming, motion

Programming, interlocks, advantages and disadvantages. Robot languages: Motion programming, simulation and off-line programming, work cell control.

Unit VII Robot applications: Characteristics of robot applications, robot cell design, types of robot

applications: Material handling, processing operations, assembly and inspection. Text Books:

3. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Groover M.P, Prentice Hall of India. 4. CAD/CAM – Groover M.P, Zimmers E.W, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books: 1. Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Nanua Singh, John Wiley and Sons, 1998. 2. Production Management Systems: A CIM Perspective Browne J, Harhen J, Shivnan J, Addison Wesley, 2nd Ed. 1996. Note : In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question

from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 468 E NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Introduction: Trends of energy consumption, sources of energy – conventional and

renewable, fossil fuel – availability and limitations, need to develop new energy sources. Unit II Solar Energy: Solar radiation characteristics and estimation, Solar Collectors, Flat Plate

and concentrating types. Their comparative study, design and material selection, efficiency. Selective paints and surfaces. Heating of air and water for building and other uses. Thermal storages, Solar Ponds, Solar pumps, solar Power, Solar Cookers etc. Direct Conversion of Solar energy to electricity and its various uses, materials, limitations and costs.

Unit III Bio-conversion: Generation of bio-gas, digesters and their design, selection of material,

feed to digester, paralytic gasification, production of hydrogen, Algae production and the their uses.

Unit IV Wind Energy: Types of rotors, horizontal axis and vertical axis systems, system design

and site selection. Unit V Geo-thermal Energy: Sites, potentiality and limitation, study of different conversion

systems. Unit VI Tidal Energy: Sites, potentiality and possibility of harnessing from site, limitations. Unit VII Ocean Thermal Energy: Principle of utilization and its limitations, description of various

systems. Unit VIII Other non-conventional energy sources: Fluidized bed combustions, heat from waste and

other sources.

TEXT BOOKS : 1. Solar Energy Utilization – G.D. Rai 2. Solar Heating and Cooling – Duffie and Bakeman

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1. Power Plant Technology – M.M EL – Wakil, McGraw Hill Book Co. 2. Power Plant Engineering – P C Sharma, S K Kataria and Sons

Note : In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions, at least one question from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 482 E MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I Introduction: Evolution of maintenance, objective of maintenance, maintenance policies and philosophies, maintenance concept maintenance management & terotechnology, relationship with other functional areas, importance of maintenance, elements of good maintenance, economics of maintenance, training and safety aspects in maintenance.

UNIT II Maintenance Strategies: Classification of maintenance programs, corrective, preventive and predictive maintenance, comparison of maintenance programs, preventive maintenance- concept functions, benefits, limitations.

UNIT III Condition Based Maintenance (CBM); Objectives, what to monitor, when to monitor, principles of CBM, condition based maintenance techniques, manual inspections, performance monitoring, vibration monitoring, current monitoring, oil debris/spectroscopy, thermography and corrosion monitoring, steps in implementation of CBM, benefits of CBM.

UNIT IV Reliability Centred Maintenance ( RCM): RCM logic, maintenance and RCM, benefits of RCM, total productive maintenance ( TPM), introduction, key supporting elements of TPM, methodology, evaluation and benefits.

UNIT V Non-Destructive Testing ( NDT): Purpose and challenges; Techniques, visual aids-boroscopes, endoscopes, fibre obtics scanners, magnetic particles inspection, liquid penetrants, eddy current, ultrasonic radiography, selection of NDT techniques, merits/demerits and applications of various techniques.

UNIT VI Maintenance Planning and Control: Basic ingredients, basic steps in maintenance management, maintenance planning and control system, documentation, maintenance productivity areas for improvement.

UNIT VII Reliability, Maintenance & Availability: Techniques for improvement of operational reliability, safety and availability of machines and production systems, maintainability criteria, checklist to assess the maintainability of a system, maintainability programs, objectives, key issues in availability improvement program, fault diagnosis, pareto principle Ishikawa diagram.

UNIT VIII Application of Computers to maintenance management: Data processing systems for integrated maintenance, maintenance information and reporting systems.

Text Books : 1. Maintenance planning and control - Higgin L.R. Mc Graw Hill Book Company

A-PDF Split DEMO


2. Maintenance planning and control - Kelley Anthony, East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., Reference Books :

1. Maintainability principle and practices – Blanchard B.S., Lowey E.E., Mc Graw Hill.

2. Practical NDT – Raj B., Jayakumar T., Thavasimutyi K., Narora Publishing House. 3. Engineering maintenance management – Niebel Benjamin W., Marcel Dekher.

Note : Eight questions will be set by the examiner, taking at least one question from

each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 484 E ROBOTICS ENGINEERING


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots; Robot Classification – Drive

Technologies, Work-Envelope Geometries, Motion Control Methods, Applications; Robot Specifications – No. of Axes, Capacity and Speed, Reach and Stroke, Tool Orientation, Repeatability, Precision, Accuracy, Operating Environment, An Example; Rhino X-3.

Unit II Direct Kinematics: The Arm Equation Homogenous Co-ordinates – Frames, Translations

and Rotations, Composite Homogenous Transformations; Screw Transformations; Link Co-ordinates; The Arm Equation; A Five-Axis Articulated Robot; A Four-Axis Scara Robot; A Six-Axis Articulated Robot; Problems.

Unit III Inverse Kinematics: Solving the Arm Equation: The Inverse Kinematics Problem;

General Properties of Solutions; Tool Configuration; Inverse Kinematics of a Five-Axis Articulated Robot, Four-Axis Scara Robot, Six-Axis Articulated Robot and Three-Axis Planer Articulated Robot; A Robotic Work Cell; Problems.

Unit IV Work Space Analysis and Trajectory Planning : Work Space Analysis; Work Envelope of

a Five-Axis Articulated Robot; Work Envelope of a Four Axis Scrara Robot; Work Space Fixtures; The Pick and Place Operation; Continuous Path Motion; Interpolated Motion; Straight Line Motion; Problems.

Unit V Differential Motion and Statics : The Tool Configuration Jacobian Matrix; Joint – Space

Singularties; Generalised Inverses; Resolved – Motion Rate Control; n > 6; Rate Control of Reduntant Rebots : n > 6; Rate Control using ( 1) – Inverses; The Manipulator Jacobian; Induced Joint Torques and Forces; Problems.

Unit VI Manipulator Dynamics : Lagrange’s Equation; Kinetic & Potential Energy; Generalised

Force; Lagrange – Euler Dynamic Model; Dynamic Models of a Two-Axis Planer Articulated Robot and A Three-Axis SCARA Robot; Direct & Inverse Dynamics; Recuresive Newton - Euler Formulation; Dynamic Model of a One-Axis Robot; Problems.

Unit VII Robot Control : The Control Problems; State Equations; Constant Solutions; Linear

Feedback Systems; Single-Axis PID Control; PD-Gravity Control; Computed –Torque Control; Variable-structure Control; Impedance Control; Problems.

Text Books: 1. Fundamental of Robotics (Analysis & Control ) by Robert J.Schilling, Published by PHI, Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Introduction to Robotics ( Mechanics & Control ) by John J. Craig, Published by Addition

Wesley ( Intl. Student Edition ).

A-PDF Split DEMO


Reference Books:

1. Analysical Robotics & Mechatronics by Wolfram Stadler, Published by Mc-Graw Hill, Inc., New Delhi.

2. Industrial Robotics - Technology, Programming & Applications by Mikell P. Grover,

Weiss, Nagel and Ordef , Published by Mc-Graw Hill International Edition.

3. A Robot Engg. Test Book - Mohsen Shahinpoor, Harper & Low, Publishing New York.

4. Robotic Engineering – An Integrated Approach : Richard D.Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin PHI 1989.

5. Foundations of Robotics Analysis and Control - Tsuneo Yashikawa MIT Press 1990,

Indian Reprint 1998. 6. Robots and Control - R.K.Mittal and I.J.Nagrath - Tata McGraw Hill 2003.


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 486 E ERGONOMICS AND WORK PLACE DESIGN


Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Basic Principles of Ergonomics, Anthropometry, Posture and Health; Anthropometry

Practical; Displays, Controls and HMI; Tools and Equipment Design; Workplace Design and Assessment; Task Analysis; Questionnaire and Interview Design; Product Design and Evaluation; Designing for manufacture and maintenance; Health and Safety Legislation and Ergonomics.

Unit II Application of Ergonomics Principles, Cognitive Ergonomics, Human Information

Processing; Memory; Reading; Perception; Navigation; Problem Solving; Decision Making, Human-Computer Interaction, Input/Output Technology, Usability; Evaluation; Health problems.

Unit III Future Systems, Job Design, Scientific Management, Enrichment, Enlargement, Rotation,

Cells, Shift work, Management Style and Job Design, Change Management. New Technology, Unemployment, Deskilling, Introducing new technology. Questionaire design and assessment. Task analysis techniques. Measurement of human error and risk. Use of simulation and prototypes. Product Evaluation. Experimental Design.

Unit IV Case Studies: A set of case studies will be used to demonstrate how ergnomics has lead to

changes in work activity, safety and product design. Case studies will include advanced computer applicatons, workplace assessment and re-design, accident analysis and industrial inspection, and in manufacturing. Students will be required to apply the principles to a real life ergonomic design as applied to a product, service or computer application.

Text Books: 1. Work Design: Industrial Ergonomics – Knoz, Stephan A., Johnson, Steven, Holcomb

Hathaway, Scottsdale, AZ. 2. Human factors in engineering and design – Sanders, M.S. & McCormick, E.J., 6th ed.,

McGraw-Hill, New York. Reference Books:

1. Ergonomics: Man in his working environment- Murrell, K.F.H, Champan & Hall, London. 2. Man – Machine Engineering – Chapanis A: Wordsworth Publishing Co. 3. The Practice and Management of Industrial Ergonomics – Alexander, D.C., Prentice-Hall,

Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 4. Textbook of Work Physiology – Astrand, P.O. & Rhodahl, K.– McGraw-Hill, New York. 5. Human Factors in Lighting – Boyce, P.R. Macmillan, New York. 6. The Ergonomics of Workspaces and Machines : A design manual – Clark, T.S. & Corlett, E.N.

Taylor & Francis, London. 7. Ergonomics at work. Oborne, D Wiley, London. 8. Bodyspace–Anthropometry, Ergonomics and Design. – Pheasant, S. Taylor & Francis,.

Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questionsin all ,

taking at least two question from each unit. The students have to attempt 5 questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 488 E MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks

Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Mechanical Processes: Ultrasonic Machining- Elements of process, cutting tool system

design, effect of parameters, economic considerations, applications, limitations of the process, advantages and disadvantages. Abrasive Jet Machining- Variables in AJM, metal removal rate in AJM. Water Jet Machining- Jet cutting equipments, process details, advantages and applications.

Unit II Electrochemical and Chemical Metal Removal Processes: Electrochemical Machining-

Elements of ECM process, tool work gap, chemistry of the process, metal removal rate, accuracy, surface finish and other work material characteristics, economics, advantages, applications, limitations. Electrochemical Grinding - Material removal, surface finish, accuracy, advantages, applications.

Unit III Thermal Metal Removal Processes: Electric Discharge Machining (EDM) or spark erosion

machining processes, mechanism of metal removal, spark erosion generators, electrode feed control, dielectric fluids, flushing, electrodes for spark erosion, selection of electrode material, tool electrode design, surface finish, machining accuracy, machine tool selection, applications. Wire cut EDM. Laser beam machining (LBM)- Apparatus, material removal, cutting speed and accuracy of cut, metallurgical effects, advantages and limitations.

Unit IV Plasma Arc Machining (PAM): Plasma, non thermal generation of plasma, mechanism of

metal removal, PAM parameters, equipments for D.C. plasma torch unit, safety precautions, economics, other applications of plasma jets. Electron Beam Machining (EBM) - Generation and control of electron beam, theory of electron beam machining, process capabilities and limitations.

Text Books :

1. Modern Machining Processes – P.C.Pandey, H.S.Shan, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Machining Science- Ghosh and Malik, Affiliated East-West Press

Reference Books :

1. Non Traditional Manufacturing Processes- Benedict G.F, Marcel Dekker 2. Advanced Methods of Machining- Mc Geongh J.A, Chapman and Hall

Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions in all , taking at least 2 questions from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


45. ME- 490 E CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs Unit I Introduction: Limitations of vapour compression system for production of low

temperature, multistage system, cascade system, production of solid carbon dioxide, magnetic cooling.

Unit II Cryogenic Gases: Properties of cryogenic fluids – oxygen, nitrogen, air, hydrogen and

helium, Joule- Thomson effect and liquefactions of gases, liquefaction of air, hydrogen and helium, critical components of liquefiers, rectifier columns, separation of air, separation of helium from natural gas, distillation of liquid hydrogen, purification.

Unit III Low Temperature Thermometry: Temperature scales, gas-vapour pressure thermometry,

adiabatic demagnetization. Unit IV Insulation: Vacuum insulation, gas filled powders and fibrous materials, solid forms,

comparison of various insulating materials. Unit V Storage: Types of insulated storage containers, various design considerations, safety

aspects – flammability hazards and high-pressure gas hazards. Unit VI Transportation: Two phases flow, transfer through insulated and un-insulated lines, liquid

line indicators, pumps and valves for cryogenic liquids. Unit VII Applications: Industrial applications, research and development; Mechanical, thermal and

thermoelectric properties of structural materials at cryogenic temperatures. Text Books :

1. Cryogenics and refrigeration – Coldin 2. Experimental techniques in low temperature physics – G.K. White, Clayrendon Press, Oxford

Reference Books:

1. Cryogenic research and applications – Marshall Sitting and Stephen Kid, D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc USA

2. Cryogenics – Bailey C A. 3. Refrigeration and air conditioning – Spark and Dillo

Note: In the semester examination, the examiner will set eight questions from each unit. The students will be required to attempt only five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 492 E ENTREPRENEURSHIP

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 4 - - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks

Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs. Unit I Engineering Economics: Definition and concept, Importance of Economics for engineers,

present value , Wealth, Goods, Wants, Value and price , capital, money, utility of consumer and producer goods.

Unit II Costing: Introduction, Elements of cost, Prime cost, Overhead, Factory cost, Total cost, Selling Price, Nature of cost, Types of Cost.

Unit III Depreciation: Definition and concept, Causes of Depreciation, Methods of calculating depreciation.

Unit IV Economic analysis of investment and selection of alternatives: Introduction, Nature of selection problem, Nature of replacement problem, Replacement of items which deteriorate, Replacement of machines whose operating cost increase with time and the value of money also changes with time, methods used in selection of investment alternatives.

Unit V Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurship, Role of entrepreneur in Indian economy, Characteristics of all entrepreneur, Types of entrepreneurs, some myths and realities about entrepreneurship.

Unit VI Small scale Industries: Introduction, Role and scope of small scale industries, concept of small scale and ancillary industrial undertaking, How to start a small scale industry, Steps in launching own venture, procedure for registration of small scale industries, various development agencies-their functions and role in industrial and entrepreneurship development, Infrastructure facilities available for entrepreneurship development in India.

Unit VII Product planning and Development: Introduction, Requirement of a good product design, product development approaches, Product development process, Elements of concurrent engineering, quality function development, Rapid prototyping, Various controlling agencies involved their role and formalities for getting clearance before starting individual venture.

Unit VIII Preparation of feasibility Project Report: Tools for evaluation of techno economic feasibility project report, SWOT analysis.

Text Books :

1. The practice of Entrepreneurship - G.G. Meredikh, R.E. Nelson and P.A. Neck 2. Handbook of Entrepreneurship - Rao and Pareek Reference Books : 1. Automobile Engineering - K.M. Gupta Umesh Publication 2. Engineering Economics - Tarachand 3. Industrial Engineering and Management - Ravi Shankar Note : The paper setter will set 8 questions taking at least one question from each unit . Students

will be required to answer only five.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 494 E FACILITIES PLANNING L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs Unit I General: Concepts and factors governing plant location, location economics, rural vs.

urban plant sites, case studies:- (i) Selection of a site for software company. (ii) Selection of a site for XYZ Company: Analysis of alternatives. Introduction of plant layout, principles and objectives of effective layout, advantages of good layout, symptoms of bad layout. Types of plant layout, their features, application and comparison. Introduction to group technology; its relevance, application and advantages.

Unit II Planning the layout: Factors influencing plant layout; material factors, machinery factors,

man factors, movement factors, waiting factors, service factors change factors building factors, workstation design, methods of plant and factory layout, plant layout procedure, factory building, types of factory building, building equipments, common problems in plant layout, tool and techniques of layout, operation process chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, evaluating alternate layout-various methods.

Unit III Line balancing: Objectives in line balancing problems, constraints in line balancing

problems, terminology in assembly line, preventive measures to achieve a balanced production line. Types of line balancing. (a) Assembly line balancing. (b) Fabrication line balancing, Heuristic and other method of line balancing, simple numerical problems in line balancing.

Unit IV Materials handling : Objectives of materials handling, functions and principles of

materials handling, method of material handling system, types of material handling system, material handling engineering survey, basic features of handling, various materials handling considerations including combined handling, space for movements, analysis of handling methods, economical and technical considerations of handling equipment, cost analysis of material handling systems.

Unit V Material handling equipments : Introduction, types of material handling equipment,

selection and maintenance of material handling equipments, characteristics of material handling equipments such as conveyers, cranes, hoist, mobile equipment’s etc. Amount of equipment required and predicting in process inventory by graphical technique.

Unit VI Travel Chart: Procedure for travel charting, numerical problem on optimum arrangement

of various departments or shops under given constraints and to check their effectiveness. Text Books: 1. Plant layout and design -By Moore 2. Plant layout and material handling - By Apple Reference Books 1. Plant layout - By Shubhin Note : In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 496 E GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSION

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs Unit I Compressible Flow: Wave propagation and sound velocity; Mach number and

compressible flow regimes; basic equations for one-dimensional compressible flow, isentropic flow relations; area-velocity relation; normal shock waves, relation between upstream and downstream flow parameters

Unit II Gas Turbine Systems and Cycles: System of operation of gas turbines-constant volume

and constant pressure gas turbines; thermodynamics of Brayton cycle; regeneration-inter-cooling, reheating and their combinations; closed cycle and semi-closed cycle gas turbines; gas v/s I.C engines and steam turbines.

Unit III Compressors: Classification-positive displacement and dynamic compressors, Operation

of single stage reciprocating compressors; best value of index of compression; isothermal efficiency; effect of clearance and volumetric efficiency; multi-stage compression; air motors. Centrifugal compressors; static and total head values; velocity vector diagrams; slip factor; pressure coefficient and pre-whirl. Axial flow compressors; degree reaction and polytropic efficiency Performance characteristics; surging, choking and stalling.

Unit IV Combustion Systems: Types, combustion process, combustion intensity efficiency and

pressure loss. Unit V Air-breathing Propulsion Systems: Principle of jet propulsion; analysis and performance

characteristics of turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and pulsejet; thrust power and propulsion efficiency.

Unit VI Rocket Propulsion: Operating principle; solid and liquid propellants, performance

analysis-calculations for specific impulse and propulsive efficiency.

TEXT BOOKS :

1. GAS TURBINE THEORY – COHEN AND ROGERS 2. Principle of Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbine – Zucrow M J

REFERENCES BOOKS :

1. Heat Engineering – Vasandani V P and Kumar D S, Metropolitan Book Co Pvt Ltd Note : In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 498 E EMERGING AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGIES L T P Sessional : 50 Marks 3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks Total : 150 Marks Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs. UNIT I The Future Of The Automotive Industry : Challenges and Concepts for the 21st century.

Crucial issues facing the industry and approaches to meet these challenges. UNIT II Fuel Cell Technology For Vehicles : What is fuel cell, Type of fuel cell, Advantages of

fuel cell. Current state of the technology. Potential and challenges. Advantages and disadvantages of hydrogen fuel.

UNIT III Latest Engine Technology Features : Advances in diesel engine technology. Direct fuel

injection Gasoline engine. Diesel particulate emission control. Throttling by wire. Variable Valve Timing, Method used to effect variable Valve Timing. Electromagnetic Valves, Camless engine actuation.

UNIT IV 42 Volt System : Need, benefits, potentials and challenges. Technology Implications for

the Automotive Industry. Technological evolution that will occur as a result of the adoption of 42 volt systems.

UNIT V Electrical And Hybrid Vehicles : Types of hybrid systems, Objective and Advantages of

hybrid systems. Current status, Future developments and Prospects of Hybrid Vehicles UNIT VI Integrated Starter Alternator: Starts stop operation, Power Assist, Regenerative Braking.

Advanced lead acid batteries, Alkaline batteries, Lithium batteries, Development of new energy storage systems, Deep discharge and rapid charging ultra capacitors.

UNIT VII X-By Wire Technology : What is X-By Wire, Advantage over hydraulic systems. Use of

Automotive micro controllers. Types of censors. Use of actuators in an automobile environment.

UNIT VIII Vehicles Systems : Constantly Variable Transmission, Benefits, Brake by wire,

Advantages over power Braking System. Electrical assist steering, Steering by wire, Advantages of Steering by wire. Semi-active and fully-active suspension system. Advantages of fully active suspension system.

Text & Reference Books :

1. Advanced Vehicle Technologies by Heinz Heisler-SAE International Publication.

2. Electric and Hybrid Electric vehicles by Ronald K. Jurgen.- SAE International Publication 3 .Electronic Braking, Traction and Stability control-SAE Hardbound papers. 4. Electronics steering and suspension systems- SAE Hardbound papers. 5. 42 Volt system by Daniel J. Holt- SAE International Publication 6. Diesel Particulate Emission by J.H. Johnson- SAE Hardbound papers. 7. Fuel Cell Technologies for vehicles by Richard Stobart- SAE Hardbound papers.

Note : In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from


A-PDF Split DEMO


ME- 500 E DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING L T P Sessional marks : 50 3 1 - Theory marks : 100 Total marks : 150 Duration of exam : 3 hrs UNIT I Introduction to Product Design

Definition, Design by Evolution &Innovation, Essential Factors of Product Design and Cycle. The morphology of Design and Flowcharting, Role of Allowances, Process Capability and Tolerance in Detailed Design and Assembly, Summary of Detailed Design Phase.

UNIT II Product Design Practice and Industry Introduction, Product strategies, Analysis of the product & Three S’s, The Designer : Myth & Reality, Basic Design Considerations, Types of models designed by Industrial Designers, Role of aesthetic in Product Design & Function Design practice.

UNIT III. Strength, stiffness & Rigidity Consideration in Product Design Force flow lines, Balanced Design, Criterion & Objectives of Design, Mapping of Principal Stresses, Plastic Design, Practical Ideas for material saving in Design, Ribs, Corrugations, Laminates & Membranes.

UNIT IV. Production Processes & Design for Production-Metal parts Introduction, Primary Processes, Producibility Requirements in the Design of Machine Components, Design for Machining ease etc.

UNIT V. Material Processing & Designing with Plastics, Rubber & Ceramics Properties & Classifications, Transfer moulding, Forming & drawing of Plastic sheets, Design of Plastic parts etc, Approach to design with plastics etc , Design recommendations for rubber Parts etc,

UNIT VI. Optimization & Economic Factors in design Classifications of Design approaches, Optimizations by differential calculus, Lagrange

Multipliers, Simplex Method, Geometric programming, Product Value, Design for Safety, Reliability & Environmental Considerations, Economic analysis, Samual Eilon Model.

UNIT VII. Human Engg considerations & Modern Approaches to product Design Human being as Applicator of forces, Anthropometry, Design of Controls & displays; Value Engineering, Historical prospective, Nature & measurement of value, The value analysis of Job plan. Concurrent Design. Q.F.D.

UNIT VIII Role of computer in product Design, Manufacturing & Management Product cycle & CAD/CAM, Role of computers n Manufacturing & Design process, Creation of Manufacturing data base, Communication network, Group technology, Production flow analysis, CIM, CAPP.

TEXT BOOKS: 1.Product Design & Manufacturing –A.K. Chitale, R.C. Gupta, Pub.-PHI 2. The Engineering Design Process- Alita Ertas & J.C. Jones, Pub- John Wiley & Sons

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Fundamentals of Engineering Design,-Asimow.M., Pub-P H, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. 2. Design for Manufacturing- Trucks.F., Society of Manufacturing Engineers , Dearborn(Michigan). 3. Innovation in Design- French M., Pub- McGraw Hill, New York. 4. Cost reduction in product design- Chow W.W, Van Nonstrand Reinhold, New York. 5. Fundamentals of process Engineering-Kovan, V. Pub- MIR , Moscow. 6. Hand Book of Product Design for manufacturing- Bralla, McGraw Hill, New York. 7. Human factors Engineering- McCormic, E.J., Pub.MGH. NEW YORK. 8. Value Engineering- A Systematic Approach, Mudge,A.E., Pub.MGH. New York

Note : In the semester examination the examiner will set 8 questions, at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ANNEXURE - III

A-PDF Split DEMO


SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR MASTER OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

(Three Year Programme) SEMESTER-I ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Paper Nomenclature of Paper Duration Max. Marks Total No. of Exam Theory Sessional ---------------------------------------------------------------------- MCA-101 Computer Fundamentals 3 Hours 50 10 60 and Problem Solving Through C MCA-102 Computer Organisation 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-103 Discrete Mathematical 3 Hours 50 10 60 Structure MCA-104 Structured System Analysis 3 Hours 50 10 60 and Design MCA-105 Computer Oriented Numerical 3 Hours 50 10 60 and Statistical Methods Using C MCA-106 Software Laboratory-I 4 Hours 40 C (Based on MCA-101) MCA-107 Software Laboratory-II 4 Hours 40 C (Based on MCA-105) MCA-108 Seminar 20 ______________________________________________________________________ Total : 400 ______________________________________________________________________ SEMESTER-II MCA-201 Data Structures Using C 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-202 Software Engineering 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-203 System Simulation 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-204 Computer Oriented 3 Hours 50 10 60 Optimization Techniques MCA-205 Object Oriented Systems 3 Hours 50 10 60 and C ++ MCA-206 Software Laboratory-III 4 Hours 40 C Language (Based on MCA-201) MCA-207 Software Lab-IV 4 Hours 40 C++ (Based on MCA-205) MCA-208 Seminar 20 _____________________________________________________________________ Total: 400 _____________________________________________________________________

A-PDF Split DEMO


SEMESTER-III ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Paper Nomenclature of Paper Duration Max. Marks Total No. of Exam Theory Sessional ---------------------------------------------------------------------- MCA-301 Data Base Systems 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-302 Visual Programming using VB 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-303 Computer Networks 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-304 Operating System 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-305 Windows Programming & 3 Hours 50 10 60 Visual C++ MCA-306 Software Laboratory-V 4 Hours 40 ORACLE (Based on MCA-301) MCA-307 Software Laboratory-VI 4 Hours 40 VISUAL PROGRAMMING (based on MCA-302 & MCA-305) MCA-308 Seminar 20 _____________________________________________________________________ Total: 400 _____________________________________________________________________ SEMESTER-IV MCA-401 JAVA Programming 3 Hours 50 10 60 and Internet Applications MCA-402 Computer Architecture & 3 Hours 50 10 60 Parallel Processing MCA-403 LINUX and Shell Programming 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-404 Elective-I 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-405 Elective-II 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-406 Software Laboratory-VII 4 Hours 40 JAVA Programming (Based on MCA-401) MCA-407 Software Laboratory-VIII 4 Hours 40 LINUX & Shell Programming (Based on MCA-403) and CASE Tools MCA-408 Seminar 20 _____________________________________________________________________ Total: 400 _____________________________________________________________________ List of Elective Papers i) Principles of Programming Languages ii) System Programming iii) Advanced Database Systems iv) Microprocessors and Interfaces v) Design and Analysis of Algorithms vi) Software Project Management vii) Management Information System viii) Data Mining and Warehousing ix) Theory of Computation x) Network Management & Programming

A-PDF Split DEMO


SEMESTER-V ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Paper Nomenclature of Paper Duration Max. Marks Total No. of Exam Theory Sessional ---------------------------------------------------------------------- MCA-501 Computer Graphics 3 Hours 50 10 60 and Multimedia MCA-502 Artificial Intelligence 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-503 Web Engineering 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-504 Elective-I 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-505 Elective-II 3 Hours 50 10 60 MCA-506 Software Laboratory-IX 4 Hours 40 PROLOG Programming and Graphics (Based on MCA-501 & MCA-502) MCA-507 Software Laboratory-X 4 Hours 40 HTML,CGI using PERL,JSP, XML (Based on MCA-503) MCA-508 Seminar 20 _____________________________________________________________________ Total: 400 _____________________________________________________________________ List of Elective Papers i) Compiler Construction ii) Internet and Intranet Engineering iii) Principles of Finance & Accounting iv) E-Commerce v) Software Testing and Quality Assurance vi) Neural Networks vii) Fuzzy Logic viii) Programming in C# ix) Professional Issues in I.T. x) Human Computer Interaction SEMESTER-VI MCA-601 Project (100 Evaluation, 50 Viva-voce, 50 Internal Ass.) 200 Grand Total for all Semesters 2200

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-101 COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS & PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH C Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Computer Fundamentals: Computer components, characteristics & classification of computers, hardware & software, peripheral devices. Algorithmic Development: Techniques of problem solving, Flowcharting, decision table, Structured programming concepts, Modular Programming, Algorithms for searching, sorting and merging. Programming methodologies: top-down and bottom-up programming. Elements of C : C character set, identifiers and keywords, Data types : declaration and definition. Operators : Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, unary, assignment and conditional operators and their hierarchy & associativity. Data input/output. Control statements : Sequencing, Selection : if and switch statement; alternation, Repetition : for, while, and do-while loop; break, continue, goto. Functions : Definition, prototype, passing parameters, recursion. Data Structures : arrays, struct, union, string, data files. Pointers : Declaration, operations on pointers, array of pointers, pointers to arrays. References : • Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot P. Koffman, Problem Solving and

Program Design in C, 3rd Ed., Addison Wesley, 2000. • Al Kelley, Ira Pohl, A Book on C, Programming in C, 4th Ed.,Addison

Wesley, 2000. • Yashwant Kanetker, Let us C, BPB Publications. • Gottfried, Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-102 Computer Organisation

Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Information Representation : Number systems, BCD codes, character codes, error detecting and correcting codes, fixed-point and floating point representation of information. Binary arithmetic operations, Booths multiplication. Binary Logic : Boolean algebra, boolean functions, truth tables, canonical and standard forms, simplification of boolean functions, digital logic gates. Combinational Logic : Design procedure, adders, subtractors, encoders, decoders, multiplexers, demultiplexers and comparators. Sequential Logic : Flip-flops, shift registers and counters. Memory System : Memory parameters, semiconductor RAMs, ROMs, magnetic and optical storage devices. CPU organisation : Processor organisation, Machine instructions, instruction cycles, instruction formats and addressing modes, microprogramming concepts, microprogram sequencer. I/O Organization : I/O interface, interrupt structure, transfer of information between CPU/memory and I/O devices, and IOPs. References : • Mano, M. Morris Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall

of India Pvt. Ltd., 2000. • Rajaraman, V., Radhakrishanan,T., An Introduction To Digital

Computer Design,Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 4th Ed. • Hayes, J.P., Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw Hill,

1998, Third Ed. • Heuring, V.P., Jordan, H.F., Computer Systems Design and

Architecture, Addison Wesley, 2000.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-103 DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 GROUP AND SUBGROUPS: Group axioms, Permutation Groups, Subgroups, Cosets, Normal subgroups, Semi-groups, FREE Semi-groups, Applications, (modular arithmatic, error correcting codes, grammars, language, Finite State Machine). Graphs: Directed and undirected graphs, chains, Circuits, paths, Cycles, connectivity, Adjacency and incedence matrices, Minima's path Application(Flow charts and state transition graphs, algorithms for determining cycle and minimal paths, polish notation and trees, flows in networks). Lattices and Boolean Algebra: Relations to partial ordering, Lattices, Hasse diagram, Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra as algebraic structures with two operations basic results truth values and truth tables. The algebra of propositional function. The Boolean algebra of truth values, Applications (Switching circuits, Gate circuits). Finite Fields: Definition Representation, Structure, Integral domain Irreducible polynomial, Polynomial roots, Splitting field. REFERENCES: • Alan Doerr, Kenneth Levaseur, APPLIED DISCRETE STRUCTURES FOR

COMPUTER SCIENCE, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. • Scymour Lipschutz, Marc Lars Lipson, DISCRETE MATHEMATICS, McGRAW-

HILL international editions, Schaum's Series. • Bernard Kolman,Robert C.Busby,DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES FOR

COMPUTER SCIENCE, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. • Kenneth G.Rosen: DISCRETE MATHEMATICS and ITS APPLICATIONS, McGRAW-

HILL INTERNATIONAL EDITIONS, Mathematics series.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-104 STRUCTURED SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 System Concepts & the Information System Environment, The System Development Life Cycle, Role of the System Analyst, Automated Tools for System Development. System Analysis: Requirement determination and specification, feasibility study, Information gathering, structuring system requirements, process modelling, logic modelling and conceptual data modelling. System Design : Designing forms and reports, interface and dialogues, databases, process, output/input, files. Implementation: Preparing for implementation, planning, test plans, program development, implementation management, changeover and routine operations. Maintenance and Review: Types of maintenance, Cost of maintenance, performance evaluation. References : • Modern System Analysis & Design, Hoffer J.A., George J.F.,

Valacich J.S., Addison-Wesley, Second Edition. • Practical SSADM 4 3/e, A Complete Tutorial Guide, Philip Weaver,

Nicholas Lambrou & Matthew Walkley, Addison-Wesley. • Systems Analysis and Design, Awad E.M., Galgotia Booksource. • Elements of System Analysis, Gore M. & Stubbe J., Galgotia

Booksource, Third Edition. • Introducing System Analysis and Design, Lee, Galgotia Booksource,

Combined Volume Set.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-105 COMPUTER ORIENTED NUMERICAL AND STATISTICAL METHODS USING C

Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Computer Arithmatic : Floating point representation of numbers, arithmatic operations with normalized floating point numbers and their consequences. Error in number representation - pitfalls in computing. Iterative Methods: Bisection, False position, Newton-Raphson methods, Discussion of convergences, Polynomial evaluation, Solving polynomial equations (Bairstow's Method). Solving of Simultaneous Linear Equations and ordinary Differential Equations: Gauss elimination method, Ill-conditioned equations, Gauss-Seidal iterative method, Taylors series and Euler methods, Runge-kutta methods, Predictor corrector methods. Numerical Differentiation and Integration : Differentiation formulae based on polynomial fit, Pitfalls in differentiation, Trapezoidal, Simpson's rules and Gaussian Quadrature. Interpolation and Approximation : Polynomial interpolation, Difference tables, Inverse interpolation, Polynomial fitting and other curve fitting. Approximation of functions by Taylor series and Chebyshev polynomials. Statistical methods: Sample distributions, Test of Significance, n2, t and F test. Analysis of Variance : Definition, Assumptions, Cochran's Theorem, One-way classification, ANOVA Table, Two-way classification (with one observation per cell). Time Series Analysis : Components and Analysis of Time Series, Measurement of Trend, Seasonal fluctuations and Cyclic movement. References : • Gupta S.P. and Kapoor, V.K., Fundamentals of Applied station

statistics, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1996. • Gupta S.P. and Kapoor, V.K., Fundamentals of Mathematical

statistics, Sultan Chand and Sons, 1995. • Rajaraman V., Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall,

India. • Graybill, Introduction to Statistics, McGraw. • Anderson, Statistical Modelling, McGraw.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-201 DATA STRUCTURES USING C Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction to Data Structures, Primitive and Composite, Arrays, Matrices, Sparse Matrices, String representation and manipulation, Stack, Queue, Dequeue, Linked lists, Trees, Binary trees, Threaded Binary tree, Balanced tree, Different tree traversal algorithms, Representation of Graphs and Applications, various searching and sorting techniques, Hashing, Dynamic Memory Management. References: • Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J Augernstein and Aarson M.Tanenbaum, Data

Structures using C and C ++, PHI, New Delhi (1997) • Trembley, J.P. and Sorenson P.G.An Introduction to Data

Structures with Applications, McGraw-Hill International Student Edition, New York(1984

• Seymour Lischutz, Data Structures, McGraw-Hill Book Company, Schaum's Outline Series, New York(1986).

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-202 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Software and software engineering - Software characteristics, software crisis, software engineering paradigms. Planning a software project - Software cost estimation, project scheduling, personnel planning, team structure. Software configuration management, quality assurance, project monitoring, risk management. Software requirement analysis - structured analysis, object oriented analysis and data modeling, software requirement specification, validation. Design and implementation of software - software design fundamentals, design methodology (structured design and object oriented design), design verification, monitoring and control, coding. Software reliability - metric and specification, fault avoidance and tolerance, exception handling, defensive programming. Testing - Testing fundamentals, white box and black box testing, software testing strategies: unit testing, integration testing, Validation testing, System testing, debugging. Software maintenance - maintenance characteristics, maintainability, maintenance tasks, maintenance side effects. CASE tools. References : • Pressman S. Roger, Software Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill. • Jalote Pankaj, An integrated Approach to Software,

Engineering, Narosa Publishing House • Sommerville Ian, Software Engineering, 5th ed., Addison

Wesley-2000 • Fairley Richard, Software Engineering Concepts, Tata McGraw Hill

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-203 SYSTEM SIMULATION Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 INTRODUCTION: Concept of System, stochastic activities, continuous and discrete systems, system modeling, principals used in modeling. SIMULATION OF SYSTEM : Concepts of simulation of continuous system with the help of examples; use of integration formulas; concepts of discrete system simulation with the help of examples. Generation of random numbers, Generation of non-uniformly distributed random numbers. SIMULATION OF QUEUING SYSTEMS: Basic concepts of queuing theory, Simulation of single - server, two-server and general queuing systems. SIMULATION IN INVENTORY CONTROL AND FORECASTING: Elements of inventory theory, inventory models, Generation of Poison and Erlang variates, forecasting and aggression analysis. DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS: Experiment layout and Validation. SIMULATION LANGUAGES : Continuous and discrete simulation languages, Black-Structured continuous simulation languages, Expression based languages, Discrete system simulation languages: GPSS, SIMCRIPT, SIMULA, Factors in selection of discrete system simulation languages. References: • Gordon G. :"System Simulation" , Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

New Delhi-1993 • Narsingh Deo : "System Simulation with Digital Computer", PHI,

New Delhi, 1993 • Payne, James A. : Introduction to Simulation: Programming

Techniques and Methods of Analysis. Mcgraw-Hill International Editions, Computer Science Series, New York(1998).

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-204 COMPUTER ORIENTED OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction : The Historical development, Nature, Meaning and Management Application of Operations research. Modelling, It's Principal and Approximation of O.R.Models, Main characteristic and phases, General Methods of solving models, Scientific Methods, Scope, Rule on Decision Making and development of Operation Research in India. Linear Programming : Formulation, Graphical solution, standard and matrix forms of linear programming problems, Simplex method and its flow chart, Two phase Simplex method, Degeneracy. Dualily : Introduction, Definition, General Rule for converting any primar into its Dual, Dual Simplex method and its flow chart. Integer Programming: Importance and Applications, Gomorg's all integer programming problem technique, Branch and Bound Method. Queuing Models : Introduction, Applications, Characteristic Waiting and Ideal time costs, Transient and Steady states, Kendall's Notations, M/M/1, M/M/C, M/Ek/1 and Deterministic Models. (No Mathematical derivations included). PERT and CPM : Basic steps in PERT and CPM, Forward and Backward computation, Representation in Tabular form, Slack and Critical path, Difference between CPM and PERT, Float. References : • Gupta P.K., Hira and D.S., Operation Research, Sultan Chand & Sons,

New Delhi, 1994. • Kanti Swarup, Gupta P.K. & Man Mohan, Operation Research, Sultan

Chand & sons, New Delhi, 1990. • Mittal, K.V., Optimization Methods in Operations Research and

System Analysis, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1992.

• Rao S.S., Optimization Theory and Applications,Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi, 1991.

• Sharma, S.D., Operations Research, Kedar Nath and Ram Nath, Meerut, 1996.

• Taha, H.A., Operation Research - An Introduction, McMillan Publishing Co, New York, 1986.

• Bazara, Operation Research & Networking, Wiley. • Avieral, Optimization Techniques.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-205 OBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEMS AND C++ Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Object-Oriented Concepts: Data abstarction, encapsulation, Classes and objects, modularity, hierarchy, typing, concurrency, persistence. Object-Oriented Methodology: Advantages and disadvantages of OO methodologies. Modeling, Domain analysis. OMT Methodology- Object Model, links and associations, multiplicity, link attributes, role names, ordering qualification, aggregation, generalization and inheritance, abstract class, meta data, object diagram. Dynamic Model-events, states, scenarios,event traces, state diagram. Functional Model-data flow diagrams. Analysis, System design and Object design. Programming in C++: Data Types, structs vs classes, static data & member function, constant parameters & member functions, friend functions & friend classes, role of constructors & destructors, dynamic objects, operator overloading, function overloading, inheritance, virtual functions, abstract class, virtual class, template functions & template classes, exception handling, file stream classes, ASCII & Binary files, sequential & random access to a file. References : • Rumbaugh, J. et. al., Object-Oriented Modelling and Design,

Prentice Hall of India, 1998 • Booch, Grady, Object Oriented Analysis & Design, Addison Wesley,

1994 • Stroustrup, B., The C++ Programming Language, Addison-Wesley,1993 • Lippman, C++ Primer, 3/e, Addison-Wesley • Balaguruswami, E., Object Oriented Programmming In C++, Tata

McGraw-Hill,1998 • Schildt, Herbert, C++ : The Complete Reference, 2/e, Tata McGraw-

Hill,1998

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-301 DATABASE SYSTEMS Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Basic Concepts: A Historical perspective, File Systems vs. DBMS, Characteristics of the Data Base Approach, Abstraction and Data Integration, Database users, Advantages and Disadvantages of a DBMS, Implication of Data Base approach. Data Base Systems Concepts and Architecture: Data Models, Schemas and Instances, DBMS architecture and Data Independence, Data base languages & Interfaces, DBMS functions and component modules. Entity Relationship Model : Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes & Keys, Relationships, Relationship Types, Roles and Structural Constraints, Design issues, weak entity types, E-R Diagrams. Design of an E-R Database Schema, Reduction of an E-R Schema to Tables, The Unified Modeling Language (UML). Relational Data Model : Relational model concepts, Integrity constraints over Relations, Relational Algebra - Basic Operations. SQL : Data Definition, Constraints, & Schema Changes in SQL, Insert, Delete & update statements in SQL, view in SQL, Specifying Constraints and Indexes in SQL, Queries in SQL. A Relational Data Base Management System : ORACLE - A Historical perspective, Basic structure, Data base Structure and its manipulation in ORACLE, Storage Organisation in ORACLE Programming ORACLE Applications. Conventional Data Models : An overview of Network and Hierarchical Data Models. Relational Data Base Design : Functional Dependencies, Decomposition, Desirable properties of decomposition, Normal forms based on primary keys (1 NF, 2 NF, 3 NF and BC NF). Practical Data Base Design : Role of Information systems in Organizations, Database design process, physical database design in Relational Databases. Transaction Processing Concepts : Introduction to Transaction Processing, Transaction & System Concepts, Properties of Transaction, Schedules and Recoverability, Serializability of Schedules. Concurrency Control Techniques : Locking Techniques, Time stamp ordering, Multiversion Techniques, Optimistic Techniques, Granularity of Data Items.

A-PDF Split DEMO


Recovery Techniques : Recovery concepts, Recovery Techniques in centralized DBMS. Data Base Security : Introduction to Database Security issues. References : • Elmasri & Navathe: Fundamentals of Database systems, 3rd

Edition, Addison Wesley, New Delhi. • Korth & Silberschatz : Database System Concept, 4th Edition,

McGraw Hill International Edition. • Raghu Ramakrishnan & Johannes Gehrke: Database Management

Systems, 2nd edition, Mcgraw Hill International Edition. • C.J.Date : An Introduction to Data bases Systems 7th

Edition, Addison Wesley, New Delhi. • Bipin C.Desai : An Introduction to Database System, Galgotia

Publication, New Delhi • Abbey, Abramson & Corey : Oracle 8i-A Beginner's Guide Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Company Ltd. • Ivan Bayross : SQL, PL/SQL-The Program Language of ORACLE, BPB

Publication, New Delhi.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-302 VISUAL PROGRAMMING WITH VISUAL BASIC Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Concepts of Object based Event Oriented Languages, Visual Atchitecture : Method, Statement, Properties and Event; Basic concept of Visual Program Design and comparison with Non-Visuals. The VB Integrated Development Environment and its elements : Menu bar, tool bars, project explorer, tool box, properties window, form designer, form layout, etc. The VB language and its elements : Variables, constants, arrays, collections, subroutines, functions, arguments, and control structures. Designing a VB application : Working with VB forms, form properties, adding, deleting, and managing forms at run time, coding event procedures, implementing drag and drop operations, menu designing, adding menu interface to forms, attaching code to events, dynamic menu appearance. Coding a VB application : Implementing user interface controls, common controls and their properties, dynamic controls, custom controls, control arrays, using variable, subroutines, function and control structures, accessing data through code and data controls, using DLLs in VB applications, building ActiveX clients, activeX servers, ActiveX controls, ActiveX documents, and web-enabled applications, Multiple Document Interface, Graphics Programming. Database programming(DAODC,ADODC) and Object Oriented programming with VB. References : • Visual Basic - 6 by Howard Hawee PHI • Teach yourself Visual Basic by Warner TMH • Mastering VB-6 by Evangelos Petroutsos TMH • Programming in VB-6 by J C Bradley TMH • VB-6 The Complete Reference by Jerke TMH • Visual Basic by Gery Corner.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-303 COMPUTER NETWORKS Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Network Concepts : Goals and applications of Computer Networks; Topologies; Categories of Networks - LAN, MAN, WAN, Internetworks; point-to-point and broadcast networks; Introduction to SMDS, X.25 Networks, ISDN, frame relay and ATM networks. Network architecture : Concept of protocols & services; OSI model and functions of its layers; TCP/IP reference model. Data communication concepts : Components of a data communication system; transmission modes; transmission media - guided and wireless media; introduction to switching (circuit, message and packet) and multiplexing (frequency division and time division); concept of Modems. Framing and Error control : Framing techniques; Error control- error detection & correction. Data Link Control : Acknowledgments; Elementary data-link protocols, Automatic Repeat Request; Sliding Window protocols. Medium Access Control and LANs : Multiple Access protocols of MAC sublayer - ALOHA, 1-persistent, p-persistent and non-persistent CSMA, CSMA/CD, Collision free protocols, Limited contention protocols, Wavelength Division Multiple Access, MACA, GSM, CDPD, CDMA; IEEE Standard 802 for LANs and MANs- Ethernet, token bus, token ring, DQDB, Logical Link Control; High-Spped LANs. Routing : Deterministic and Adaptive routing; Centralized and distributed routing; shortest-path; flooding; flow based; optimal; distance vector, link-state, hierarchical; routing for mobile hosts; broadcast and multicast routing; Congestion control : Principles of congestion control; Traffic shaping; choke packets; load shedding; RSVP. TCP/IP: Elements of Transport Protocols; transmission control protocol(TCP);user datagram protocol(UDP); Internet protocol(IP). References: • Computer Networks - Andrew s. Tanenbaum, PHI. • Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, fourth

edition-Fred Halsall, Addison Wesley. • Introduction to Data communications and Networking-

Behrouz, Forouzan, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. • Data and Computer Communications, fifth edition-William Stallings,

PHI.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-304 OPERATING SYSTEMS

Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introductory Concepts: Operating system functions and characteristics, historical evolution of operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S service system calls, system programs, Interrupt mechanisms. File Systems: Functions of the system, File access and allocation methods, Directory Systems: Structured Organizations, directory and file protection mechanisms, implementation issues: hierarchy of file and device management. CPU Scheduling: Levels of Scheduling, Comparative study of scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor scheduling. Storage Management: Storage allocation methods: Single contiguous allocation, Multiple contiguous allocation, Paging; Segmentation combination of Paging and Segmentation, Virtual memory concepts, Demand Paging, Page replacement Algorithms, Thrashing. Hardware Management: Hardware Organisation, Device scheduling policies. Deadlocks: Deadlock characterization, Deadlock prevention and avoidance, Deadlock detection and recovery, practical considerations. Concurrent Processes: Critical section problem, Semaphores, Classical process co-ordination problems and their solutions, Interprocess Communications. Protection: Goals of protection, mechanism & policies implementation dynamic protection structures, revocation protection schemes in UNIX / MULTICS. Case Studies: Comparative study of DOS, WINDOW, UNIX & LINUX system. References : • Peterson, J.L.& Silberschatz, A., Operating System Concept, Addison

Wesley, reading. • Brinch, Hansen, Operating System Principles, Prentice Hall of India • Haberman, A.N., Introducing to Operating System Design Galgotia

Publication, New Delhi • Tanenbaum, A.S., Operating System • Hansen P.B., Architecture Concurrent Programs,PHI • Shaw, A.C., Logic design of Operating Systems, PHI • Deitel, H.M., Operating System, John Wiley/Addison Wesley.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-305 WINDOWS PROGRAMMING WITH VISUAL C++ Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Windows basic concepts, window API, DEF files, creating windows, message, x-windows, Mouse and keyboard. Introduction to resources, designing and creating menus, pop-up menus, user defined resources. Bitmaps and dialogues; windows animation; Font basics; window controls; Font display; static controls, edit controls, list boxes, psychic windows. Overview and structure of widows programming, coding conventions; Displaying text, mouse, graphics device interfaces. Programming using visual C++. References: • Windows Programming by Charles Petzol. • Windows Programming by Jim Conger. • Visual C++ by Yashwant Kanetkar.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-401 JAVA PROGRAMMING AND INTERNET APPLICATIONS Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Internet Applications : Introduction to internet; E-Mail- Architecture & services, user agent, message format & transfer, SMTP; World Wide Web(WWW) - Domain Name System, The Client side, The Server side, Creating and locating information on the web, search engines, URL's, HTTP, FTP, Telnet; Web Browsers, Chat & Bulletin Board, USENET & NNTP (Network News Transfer Protocol). JAVA and The Internet : The JAVA programming language and its characteristics; Java run- time environment; Java compiler; Java developers kit; running Java applications and Java applets. JAVA programming : Elements of Java: Data types, scalar data types, operators & expressions, control structures. Class, objects & methods, constructors, finalizer, visibility controls, array, string & vectors, inheritance, interfaces, packages multithreading, applet programming. Exception Handling- defining and throwing exceptions, creating your own exceptions. Input/Output: streams, byte and character stream, the class Printstream, data streams, StringTokenizer class, stream tokenizers. Delegation Event Model. AWT classes, AWT controls, Layout managers & menues. References : • Computer Networks and Internets, second edition - Douglas E. Comer,

Addison-Wesley, 2000 • Programming the Internet with Java, revised edition- Darrel

Ince & Adam Freeman, Addison-wesley,2000 • Programming with Java - E.Balaguruswami, Second Edition, TMH-1998. • The Complete Refernce Java 2, Fourth edition - Herbert

Schildt (TMH),2001 • A Programmer's Guide to Java Certification, Mughal K.A.,

Rasmussen R.W., Addison-Wesley,2000

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-402 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE & PARALLEL PROCESSING

Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Fundamentals : Computational model. Evolution of computer architecture, process, thread, concurrent and parallel execution, types and levels of parallelism, classifications of parallel architectures. Relationships between languages and parallel architectures. Instruction-Level-Parallel Processors : Dependencies between instruction. Principles of Pipelining. Pipelined instruction processing. Synchronous & asynchronous pipeline. Linear Pipeline-clocking & timing control, speedup, efficiency & throughput. Non linear pipeline- reservation table, latency analysis, collision free scheduling, internal data forwarding. Superscalar pipeline design- structure, data dependencies, pipeline stalling, in-order issue, out of order issue. VLIW architecture. Branch handling- delayed branching, branch processing, multiway branching, guarded execution. Code sceduling- basic block scheduling, loop scheduling, global scheduling. Memory Hierarchy Technology : inclusion, coherence and locality, virtual memory models, TLB, paging and segmentation, memory replacement policies, cache addressing models, cache performance issues, interleaved memory organisation. Shared-Memory MIMD architectures : Dynamic interconnection networks- shared path, switching networks- crossbar & multistage networks. Cache coherence problem, Hardware based cache coherence protocol-Snoopy cache protocol, directory scheme, scalable coherent interface, hierarchical cache coherence protocol. UMA, NUMA, CC-NUMA and COMA multiprocessors. References : • Sima, D. et al., Advanced Computer Architecture, Addison Wesley,

2000 • Hwang, Kai, Advanced Computer Architecture, McGraw Hill,

International Ed. • Hwang Kai, Briggs Faye A., Computer Architecture and Parallel

Processing, McGraw Hill, International Ed. • Kain, Richard Y., Advanced Computer Architecture, PHI, 1999

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-403 LINUX & SHELL PROGRAMMING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Linux Startup User accounts, accessing linux - starting and shutting processes, Logging in and Logging out, Command line, simple commands. Shell Programming Unix file system: Linux/Unix files, inodes and structure and file system related commands, Shell as command processor, shell variables, creating command substitution, scripts, functions, conditionals, loops, customizing environment. Regular Expressions and Filters Introducing regular expressions patterns, syntax, character classes, quantifiers, introduction to egrep, sed, programming with awk and perl. The C Environment The C compiler, vi editor, compiler options, managing projects, memory management, use of makefiles, dependency calculations, memory management - dynamic and static memory, building and using static and dynamic libraries, using ldd, soname, dynamic loader, debugging with gdb. Processes in Linux Processes, starting and stopping processes, initialization Processes, rc and init files, job control - at, batch, cron, time, network files, security, privileges, authentication, Password administration, archiving, Signals and signal handlers, Linux I/O system. References: • John Goerzen: Linux Programming Bible, IDG Books, New Delhi, 2000. • Sumitabha Das: Your Unix - The Ultimate Guide, TMH, 2000. • Aho, Hopcroft and Ullman: The Design and Analysis of Computer

Algorithms, Addison Wesley.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405(Elective-i) PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Preliminaries - language paradigms, language criteria, language design trade-offs, influences on language design, bindings, type checking, and scopes, variables and data types: primitive data types, variables, structured data types. Abstraction: data abstraction, control abstraction, procedural abstraction. Formal languages and automata - The Chomsky hierarchy of formal languages, regular grammars: regular expressions, finite automata, Context-free grammars: pushdown automata, ambiguous grammars. Imperative programming - structured programming, procedure activations: parameter passing methods, scope rules, activation records. Object oriented programming - messages, methods and encapsulation, classes and polymorphism, inheritance and object orientation, design issues for object oriented languages. Functional programming - Features of functional languages, implementing functional languages, applications of functional languages. Logic programming - Formal logical systems, implementations and applications. Languages for databases - manipulating relational databases using SQL. Language constructs for parallel processing - the paradigm, multiple processes, synchronization of cooperating processes. References : • Sebesta W. Robert, Concepts of programming languages 4th

ed.,(Addison Wesley - 2000) • Appleby Doris & VandeKopple J. Julius, Programming

languages-Paradigm and practice 2nd ed. (Tata McGraw Hill - 1999) • Sethi Ravi, Programming languages 2nd ed. (Addison Wesley - 2000)

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective-ii) SYSTEM PROGRAMMING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction to System Software : Definition, Components of System Software, evolution of System Software. Assemblers : Elements of Assembly language programming, overview of assembly process, design options- one pass assembler & multi pass assembler. Macroprocessors: Basic functions, Design options-Recursive macro expansion, General purpose macro processors, Macro processing within language translators. Compilers : Overview of Compilation process, Programming Language Grammar, Scanning, Parsing, Storage allocation, Compilation of expressions, Compilation of Control Structures, Code optimization, Design options- Compiler-Compilers, P-code compilers, Interpreters. Loaders & Linkage Editors : Loading, Linking & Relocation, Program relocatibility, Overview of Linkage editing, linking for program overlays. Software Tools : Spectrum of Software tools, text editors, Program generators, debug monitors, Programming environments. References : • Beck L. Leland, System Software, 3rd ed. (Addison Wesley - 2000) • Donovan J. John, System Programming, (Tata McGraw Hill) • Dhamdhere D.M, System programming and operating system, (Tata Mc-

Graw-Hill)

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective-iii) ADVANCED DATABASE SYSTEMS Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Extended E-R Model : Subclasses, Superclasses and Inheritance, Specialization and Generalization, Constraints and Characteristics of Specialization and Generalization. Object-Oriented Data Model : Object Identity, Object Structure, and Type Constructors, Encapsulation of Operations, Methods and Persistence, Type Hierarchies and Inheritance, Complex Objects, Polymorphism, Multiple Inheritence, Versions and Configurations. Object Relational Databases : Basic Concepts of Object-Relational Systems, Object-Relational features of Oracle, An Overview of SQL3, Object-Relational support in SQL3, Nested Relational Data Model. Further Normalization : Higher Normal Forms, Multivalued Dependencies and Fourth Normal Form, Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Forms, Domain-Key Normal Form. Database System Architectures : Centralized Systems, Client-Server Systems, Server System Architecture, Parallel Systems, Distributed Systems. Distributed Databases and Client-Server Architecture : Distributed Database Concepts, Data Fragmentation, Replication and Allocation Techniques for Distributed Database Design, Types of Distributed Database Systems, Overview of Concurrency Control and recovery in Distributed Databases. An Overview of Client-Server Architecture, Distributed Databases in Oracle. Web Interfaces to Databases : Web Fundamentals, Databases and the Web, Web Servers and Sessions, Providing access to Database on WWW. The Oracle Webserver. Performance Tuning, Performance Benchmarks. Enhanced Data Models for Advanced Applications : An overview of Active Databases, Spatial Databases, Deductive Databases and Multimedia Databases. References : • Elmasri & Navathe: Fundamentals of Database systems, 3rd

Edition, Addison Wesley, New Delhi. • Korth & Silberschatz : Database System Concept, 4th Edition McGraw

Hill International Edition. • Raghu Ramakrishnan & Johannes Gehrke: Database Management

Systems, 2nd Edition, Mcgraw Hill International Edition.

A-PDF Split DEMO


• C.J.Date : An Introduction to Data bases Systems 7th Edition, Addison Wesley, New Delhi.

• Bipin C.Desai : An Introduction to Database System, Galgotia Publication, New Delhi

• Abbey, Abramson & Corey : Oracle 8i-A Beginner's Guide Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.

• Ivan Bayross : SQL, PL/SQL-The Program Language of ORACLE, BPB Publication, New Delhi.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective-iv) MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACES Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction to Microprocessor and Microcomputer : Historical background, modern microprocessors and microcomputers, architecture of pentium processor, real and protected modes of operations, addressing modes and instruction set of pentium processor, concept of RISC and CISC microprocessors. Memory Interface : Memory devices, address decoding, 8/16/32/64 - bit memory interfaces. Input-Output Interfaces : Introduction to I/O interfaces, I/O mapped I/O and memory mapped I/O, basic input interface and basic output interface, I/O port address decoding, 8/16/32 - bit wide I/O ports, 82C55 PPI. Interrupt Structure : Basic interrupt processing, interrupt instructions of pentium, operations of real and protected mode interrupts, 8259 PIC and its programming, expanding interrupt structure by cascading 8259's. Direct Memory Access : DMA data transfer and basic DMA operations, 8237 DMA controller, its programming. Bus Interface : The 8/16 - bit ISA bus and its interfacing with input & output ports, EISA 32 - bit bus and its interfacing, VESA and VL busses, PCI and PCMCIA busses. REFERENCES : • The Intel Microprocessors : Architecture, Programming, and

Interface. By Berry B. Brey (PHI). • Microcomputer Systems : Architecture, Programming, and

Design. By Liu and Gibson (PHI). • Microprocessors By DV Hall.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405(ELECTIVE-v) DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introductory Concepts : Review of important data structures and programming techniques, analyzing algorithms, asymptotic notation, recurrence relations, introductory concepts in program verification and testing, Structured design methodology. Design Structures : Outline of the general method, its illustration with several well chosen examples for the following basic algorithm design strategies :Divide & Conquer, Greedy method, Dynamic Programming, Basic search and traversal Techniques, Basic tracking, Branch and Bound. Lower Bound Theory : Comparison trees, oracles and adversary arguments, techniques for algebraic problems, lower bounds on parallel computation. NP-Hard and NP-Complete Problems : Basic concepts, Cook's theorem, examples of NP-Hard problems, approximation algorithms. References : • Horowitz, Ellis and Sahni, Sartaj, Fundamentals of Computer

Algorithms, Galgotia Publications. • Aho, Hopcroft, and Ullman, The Design and Analysis of Computer

Algorithms, Addison Wesley. • Horowitz, E. and Sahni, S., Fundamentals of Data Structure,

Galgotia Publications. • Trembley and Sorenson, An Introduction of Data Structures, with

Applications, McGraw Hill. • Goodman, S.E., and Hetedniemi, S.T., Introduction to the Design and

Analysis of Algorithms, McGraw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective-vi) SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Conventional Software Management. Evolution of software economics. Improving software economics : reducing product size, software processes, team effectiveness, automation through software environments. Principles of modern software management. A software management process framework : Life cycle phases - inception, elaboration, construction and training phase. Artifacts of the process - the artifact sets, management artifacts, engineering artifacts, pragmatics artifacts. Model based software architectures. Workflows of the process. Checkpoints of the process. Software management disciplines : Iterative process planning. Project organizations and responsibilities. Process automation. Project control and process instrumentation - core metrics, management indicators, life cycle expectations. Process discriminants. References : • Software Project management, Walker Royce, Addison Wesley, 1998. • Project management 2/e, Maylor. • Managing the Software Process, Humphrey. • Managing Global Software Projects, Ramesh, THM, 2001.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405(ELECTIVE-vii) MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Background Meaning, Nature, Need, Role, Importance, Evolution of management through information system; Relatedness of MIS with management activities. Management functions and decision making. Concept of balance MIS effectiveness and efficiency criteria. Development of MIS: Methodology and Tools techniques for systematic identification, evaluation, modification of MIS. References: • Robert G.Mudrick, Coel E.Ross, James R.Claggett,Information

Systems for Modern Management. • James A.O'Brien, Management Information Systems.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective - viii) DATA MINING AND WAREHOUSING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction : The Evolution Of Data Warehousing (The Historical Context), The Data Warehouse - A Brief History, Today's Development Environment. Principles Of Data Warehousing (Architecture And Design Techniques) : Types of Data and Their Uses, Conceptual Data Architecture, Design Techniques, introduction to the Logical Architecture. Creating The Data Asset: Business Data Warehouse Design, Populating the Data warehouse. Unlocking the Data Asset for End Users (The Use of Business Information) : Designing, Business Information Warehouses, Populating Business information Warehouses, User Access to Information, Information Data in Context. Implementing The Warehouse (Managing The Project and Environment): Obstacles to Implementation, Planning your implementation, Justifying the Warehouse, Organizational Implications of Data Warehousing, The Data Warehouse in Your Organization, Data Warehouse Management, Looking to the Future. Data Mining: Introduction: Motivation, Importance, data mining, kind of data, Functionalities, interesting patterns, Classification of data mining systems, Major issues. Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology tor Data Mining: data warehouse, operational database systems and data warehouses, Architecture, Implementation, development of data cube technology, data warehousing to data mining, Data warehouse usage. Data Preparation: Preprocess, Data cleaning, Data integration and transformation, Data reduction, Discretization and concept hierarchy generation. Data Mining Primitives, Languages, and System Architectures, graphical user interfaces. Concept Description: Characterization and Comparison, Data generalization and summarization-based characterization, Analytical characterization, analysis of attribute relevance, Mining class comparisons, Mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases. Mining Association Rules in Large Databases, Mining single-dimensional Boolean association rules from transactional databases, mining multilevel association rules from transaction

A-PDF Split DEMO


databases, Mining multidimensional association rules from relational databases and data warehouses, From association mining to correlation analysis, Constraint-based association mining. Classification and prediction, issues, classification by decision induction, Bayesian classification, classification by back propagation, classification based on concepts from association rule mining other classification methods. References: • Data Mining, Alex Berson,Stephen Smith,Korth Theorling,TMH. • Data Mining, Adriaans, Addison-Wesley Longman. • Data Warehousing in the Real World, Anahory, Addison-Wesley

Longman. • Data Mining and Warehousing, Chanchal Singh, Wiley. • Data Mining, John E, Herbert P.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective - ix) THEORY OF COMPUTATION Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Regular sets and regular expressions; Deterministic and Non-Deterministic finite automata, equivalence of deterministic and non-deterministic finite acceptors, Kleen's characterization theory for sets accepted by finite automata, finite state machines and their relations to combinatorial switching circuits, complexity, Regular sets, State equivalence and state minimization of finite automata, Algebra decomposition and structure theory, Hantmannis systems structure theory, Semgroups and Krobu Rhodes decompostion, generalized segmential machines. Chomsky to Greibiech normal form theorems, Self embedding, ambiguity, Equivalence of context free languages and sets accepted by non-deterministic push down store automata, closure properties of context free languages, Coke-Kasami-Young algorithm, top-down and bottom-up methods, Deterministic push-down automata and parsing, deterministic context free languages, Restrictions of push-down automata, parsing algoritms and compiler design. Multitape turing machines and related formalism for recognition, Unsolvability of the halting problem, reduction of post correspondence problem to the halting problem, Undecidable properties of grammars, program correctness, Algorithms complexity. References: • Lewis, H.R.& Papadimitrious, C.H. Elements of the theory of

computation.PHI • Salomma, A.K. Formal languages, Academic press. • Hopcroft,J.E.&Ullman,J.D. Formal languages and their

relation to Automata Addison-Wasley • E.V.Krishnamurthy Introductoty theory of computer science East-

West press pvt. ltd. • Zoha Mauna Mathematical theory of computation, Wiley inter-

science. • John Minsky, Theory of computation, PHI. • Greenberg M.,Introduction to Automata Theory,Addison Wesley.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-404 & MCA-405 (Elective-x) NETWORK MANAGEMENT AND PROGRAMMING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Telecommunication Network Architecture, TMN management layers, Management information Model, Management servicing and functions, Structure of management information and TMN information model, SNMP v1, SNMP2 & SNMP3, RMON1 & 2, Broadband Network Management (ATM, HFC, DSL, ASN). Introduction to networking, TCP/IP Protocol architecture, Classful internet addresses, subnets, super netting, address resolution Protocol(RAP) and RARP, IP datagram format, UDP and TCP/datagrams, ICMP its purpose, FINGER, NET STAT details & Ipconfig, Ping, TRACERT, ROUTE. Socket introduction, elementary TCP sockets, TCP client server, I/O functions, select & poll functions, socket options, elementary UDP sockets, elementary node & address conversions, echo service (TCP & UDP). Algorithms and issues in server software design: iterative connectionless servers (UDP), Iterative connection oriented services (TCP), single process, concurrent servers multiprotocol servers (TCP, UDP), multi service servers (TCP, UDP). Remote procedure call concept (RCP) : RCP models, analogy between RPC of client and server, remote programs and procedures, their multiple versions and mutual exclusion communication semantics, RPC retransmits, dynamic port mapping, authentication. Network file system, concept of data link access, debugging techniques, Routing sockets, broadcasting to mobile network. References: • Network Management Principles & Practices by Subramanian, Mani,

AWL. • SNMP, Stallings Willaim, AWL. • SNMP: A guide to Network Management, MGH. • Telecom Network Management by B.B.Wang, MGH. • Network Management by U.Black, MGH. • Unix Network Programming 2nd edition, W.Richard Stevens. • Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol. I, Douglus E.Comer. • Internetworking TCP/IP Vol. III, Douglus E.Comer, David L.Stevens. • Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol. II, Douglus E.Comer.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-501 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction : Survey of computer Graphics and its applications; Interactive and passive graphics; Introduction to GKS primitives; display processors; Graphic Devices : Display systems-refresh CRTs, raster scan and random scan monitors, Grey shades, Interlacing, beam penetration shadow mask monitors, look up tables, plasma panel, LED and LCD monitors, VGA and SVGA resolutions; Hard copy Devices-printers, plotters; Interactive Input Devices-mouse, digitizing tablet, light pen, touch panels, image scanners, voice systems, joy stick, track ball. Drawing Geometry : Coordinate system; resolution; use of homogeneous coordinate system; scan conversion: symmetrical DDA, simple DDA, Bresenhams line drawing algorithm, Circle drawing using DDA and polar coordinates, Bresenhams circle drawing algorithm, generation of ellipse. 2-D Transformations : Translation; rotation; scaling; mirror reflection; shearing; zooming; panning; input techniques-pointing, positioning, rubber band methods and dragging; tweening. Graphic operations : Clipping-line clipping using Sutherland-Cohen and midpoint sub-division algorithm, polygon clipping; window and viewport; windowing transformation; Filling-stack based fill algorithm, scan-line seed fill algorithm; 3-D Graphics : 3D modelling of objects; 3D display techniques; coordinate system; 3D transformation matrices for translation, scaling and rotation; parallel projection; perspective projection; Hidden-surface removal - Z-buffer,back face, scan-line, depth-sorting, area subdivision; Shading - modelling light intensities, gouraud shading, phong shading. Multimedia: Concepts of Hypertext/Hypermedia; multimedia applications; multimedia authoring; multimedia hardware; images; bitmaps; windows paint brush. References : • Computer Graphics - Donald Hearn, M.Pauline Baker, PHI • Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics - Newman & Sproull,

McGraw Hill • Multimedia Systems - John F. Koegel Buford, Addison Wesley • Computer Graphics Principles & Practice - Foley etc. Addison Wesley • Procedural elements of Computer Graphics – Rogers McGraw Hill • Fundamentals of Computer Graphics and Multimedia - D.P. Mukherjee,

PHI

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-502 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction: Background and history, Overview of AI applications areas. The predicate calculus: Syntax and semantic for propostional logic and FOPL, Clausal form, inference rules, resolution and unification. Knowledge representation: Network representation-Associative network & conceptual graphs, Structured representation- Frames & Scripts. Search strategies: Strategies for state space search-data driven and goal driven search; Search algorithms- uninformed search (depth first, breadth first, depth first with iterative deepening) and informed search (Hill climbing, best first, A* algorithm, mini-max etc.), computational complexity, Properties of search algorithms-Admissibility, Monotonicity, Optimality, Dominance, etc. Production system: Types of production system, Control of search in production system. Rule based expert systems: Architecture, development, managing uncertainty in expert systems(Bayesian probability theory, Stanford certainty factor algebra, Nonmonotonic logic and reasoning with beliefs, Fuzzy logic, Dempter/Shaffer and other approaches to uncertainty. Knowledge acquisition: Types of learning, learning automata, genetic algorithms, intelligent editors, learning by induction. Programming with Prolog. References : • George F. Luger, William A. Stubblefield Artificial

Intelligence, The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. • Dan W. Patterson Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert

system PHI. • Eugene Charniak, Drew McDermott Introduction to Artificial

Intelligence Addison Wesley-2000. • Nils J. Nilsson Principles of Artificial Intelligence Narosa

publishing house. • Jackson Peter, Introduction to Expert systems, 3rd ed.,

(Addison Wesley -2000). •

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-503 WEB ENGINEERING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Information Architecture The Role of Information Architect, Collaboration and Communication, Organizing information, Organizational challenges, Organizing Web Sites and Intranets, Creating Cohesive Organization Systems, Designing Navigation Systems, Types of navigation Systems, Integrated Navigation Elements, Remote Navigation Elements, Designing Elegant Navigation Systems, Searching your Web Site, Designing the Search Interface, Indexing the Right Stuff, To Search or Not To Search, Grouping Content, Conceptual Design; High-Level Architecture Blueprints, Architectural Page Mockups, Design Sketches. Dynamic HTML and Web Designing HTML Basic Concepts, Good Web Design, Process of Web Publishing, Phases of Web Site development, Structure of HTML documents, HTML Elements - Core attributes, Language attributes, Core Events, Block Level Events. Text Level Events, Linking Basics, Linking in HTML, Images and Anchors, Anchor Attributes, Image Maps, Semantic Linking Meta Information, Image Preliminaries, Image Download issues, Images as Buttons, Introduction to Layout: Backgrounds, Colors and Text, Fonts, Layout with Tables, Advanced Layout : Frames and layers, HTML and other media types. Audio Support in Browsers, Video Support, Other binary Formats. Style Sheets, Positioning with Style sheets. Basic Interactivity, and HTML: FORMS, Forms Control, New and emerging Form Elements. CGI using PERL Introduction to CGI, Alternative Technologies, The Hypertext Transport Protocol, URLs, HTTP, Browser Requests, Server Responses, Proxies, Content Negotiation, the Common Gateway Interface, The CGI Environment, Environment Variables. CGI Output, Forms and CGI, Sending Data to the Server, Form Tags, Decoding Form Input, Architectural Guidelines, Coding Guidelines, Efficiency and Optimization. Java Server Pages Basics, Integrating Scripts in JSPs, JSP Objects and Components, configuring and troubleshooting, JSP: Request and response objects, Retrieving the Contents of a an HTML form, Retrieving a Query String, Working with Beans. Cookies, Creating and Reading Cookies. Using Application Objects and Events. XML Relationship between HTML, SGML, and XML, Basic XML, Valid Documents. Ways to use XML, XML for Data Files, Embedding XML into HTML documents, Converting XML to HTML for DISPLAY, Displaying XML using CSS and XSL, Rewriting HTML as XML, The future of XML. References: • Thomas A Powell, HTML-The Complete Reference,Tata McGraw Hill. • Scott Guelich, Shishir Gundavaram, Gunther Birzniek; CGI

Programming with Perl 2/e. O'Reilly.

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Doug Tidwell, James Snell, Pavel Kulchenko; Programming Web Services with SOAP, O'Reilly.

• Pardi, XML in Action, Web Technology, PHI. • Yong, XML Step by Step, PHI. • Aaron Weiss, Rebecca Taply, Kim Daniels, Stuven Mulder, Jeff

Kaneshki, Web Authoring Desk Reference, Techmedia Publications.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505 (Elective-i) COMPILER CONSTRUCTION Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction to Compilation : Compilers and phases of compilation, analysis-synthesis model of translation, compiler construction tools. Lexical Analysis : Process of lexical analysis, finite state automata, DFA and NFA, recognition of regular expressions, LEX. Syntax Analysis : Process of syntax analysis, types of grammar, top-down and bottom-up parsing techniques, parser generator. Intermediate Code Generation : Intermediate languages, generating intermediate code for declarative statement, assignment statement, boolean expression, and case statement. Code Optimization : Introduction to code optimization, potential cases of code optimization, optimization of basic blocks, loops in flow graphs, code improving transformation. Code Generation : Issues in the design of a code generator, the target machine, dynamic storage management, translating basic blocks, a simple code generator,peephole optimization, directed acyclic graphs and basic blocks, code generation from directed acyclic graphs. Overview of syntax directed translation scheme. REFERENCES : • Compilers : Principles, Techniques & Tools, By Aho, Ullman, & Sethi

(Addison Wesley) • Principles of Compiler Design, By Aho & Ullman (Narosa

Publications) • Practice & Principles of Compiler Building with C, By Henk Alblas

et al. (PHI) • Principles of Compiler Design, By Trembley & Sorenson (McGraw Hill)

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505 (Elective-ii) INTERNET AND INTRANET ENGINEERING Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Internet Architecture Introduction to Internet and Intranets, Internet Architecture, Inter-networking issues and components, Review of TCP/IP model, Internet addressing, Ip address hierarchy and classes, IPv6, Internet routing, Interior and Exterior gateway protocols, CIDR, Multi-casting, Mobile Routing, Address Resolution Protocol(ARP), IP datagrams and datagram forwarding. Intranet Technologies Intranets integrated with LAN technologies, E-Mail representation and transfer, SMTP, MIME, E-Mail gateways, File transfer and remote file access, FTP, Network File Systems (NFS), Introduction to Novel Netware and Windows NT/2000. Web-Server & Client-Server Technology Web Servers, Web Access, Server Architectures, Links among servers, the client-server paradigm, the socket interface, DNS, CGI technologies for dynamic Web documents, WWW pages and browsing, Browser Architecture, Browser features and capabilities. Network Security and Management Aspects of security, Secure Networks and policies, Integrity mechanisms, Access control, Encryption and Authentication, Kerberoes, Packet filtering, Internet firewalls, Proxy servers, Internet control message protocol(ICMP), Network management and SNMP, MIB, Concept of Network Management Software. References: • Internet and Intranet Engineering - Technologies, Protocols and

Applications - Daniel Minoli, TMH. • Computer Networks and Internets - Douglas E.Comer, Addison Wesley. • An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking - S.Keshav, Addison

Wesley. • The ABCs of Intranets - Dyson, Coleman, Gilbert, BPB Publications. • Business Data Communications and Networking - Jerry Fitz

gerald, Alan Dennis, John Wiley and Sons. • Internet Complete, BPB Publications.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505(ELECTIVE-iii)Principles of Finance & Accounting Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Accounting - Meaning, objectives and Basic Accounting Terms. Accounting Equation, Recording of Business Transactions in Subsidiary Books, Preparation of Ledger and Trial Balance. Preparation of financial statements of a sole trader with simple adjustments. Analysis of financial statements-need for analysis of financial statements; various Tools of analysis -comparative statements, Trend analysis, common size statements, Ratio analysis. Statement of changes in financial positions. Funds Flow statement and cash flow statement. Budgetary Control - Objectives of budgetary control, Preparation of Cash budget, Fixed Budget and Flexible Budget. References : • Advanced Accounts by R.L.Gupta, Vol.I & II • Advanced Accounts by T.S.Grewal, Vol.I • Financial Management by Shashi K.Gupta.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505 (Elective-iv) E-COMMERCE Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Electronic Commerce Framework, Electronic Commerce and media Convergence, The Anatomy of E-commerce Applications. Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce, World Wide Web as the Architecture, Web Background : Hypertext publishing, Security and the Web. Client-Server Network Security, Emerging Client-Server Security Threats, Firewalls and Network Security, Data and Message Security, Digital signatures, Encrypted Documents and Electronic Mail : PGP and PEM. Legal, Ethical and other public policy issues related to Electronic Commerce : Protecting privacy, protecting Intellectual property, Copyright, trademarks and patents, Taxation and encryption policies. Consumer oriented Electronic commerce : Consumer oriented applications, Mercantile process models, Mercantile process models, Mercantile models from the Consumer's perspective-Mercantile models from the Merchant perspective. Types of Electronic Payment Systems, Digital Token- Based Electronic Payment Systems, Smart cards and Electronic payment Systems, Credit Card-Based Electronic Payment Systems, Risk and Electronic payment Systems, Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Electronic Data Interchange, EDI Applications in Business, EDI : Legal, Security and Privacy Issue, EDI and Electronic Commerce. References: • Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B. Whinston : Frontiers of Electronic

Commerce, Addison Wesley. • Efraim Turbon, Jae Lee, David King, Chung : Electronic

Commerce - A managerial perspective, Prentice-Hall International.

• Greenstein, Feinnman : Electronic Commerce, Tata McGraw-Hill. • Jeffrey F.Rayport, Bernard J.Jaworski : e-Commerce, Tata McGraw

Hill. • David Whiteley : e-Commerce, Tata McGraw Hill. • Pete Loshin, Paul A. Murphy : Electronic Commerce, Jaico

Publishing House.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505 (ELECTIVE-v) SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Testing and the related concepts: significance and potential; Testability and features of Test cases; software Testing techniques; WBT, BBT, Ticking Box testing; static analysis, symbolic testing, program mutation testing, input space, partitioning, functional program testing, data flow guided testing; software testing strategies: Approach, Issues, integration, incremental, system, alpha, Beta testing etc.; comparative evaluation of techniques: Testing tools, Dynamic analysis tools, test data generators, Debuggers, test drivers etc. : Technical Metrics for Software: Quality factors, framework, Metrics for analysis, design, testing source code etc. Object Oriented Testing: OOT strategies and issues: Test case design, interface testing; Quality assurance: concept, importance and essence; FTR, structured walk through technique etc.; SW Reliability, validation, safety and Hazards Analysis; Features affecting quality of software; SQA Plan, Quality models; ISO 9000 and SEI-CMM and their relevance. References: • Software testing by Boris Beizer, Academic Press. • Art of Testing by G.J.Myers. • Software Quality by Robert H.Dunn. • Software Reliability by J.D.Musa,Okumota, Janino, McGraw Hill.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505 (ELECTIVE-vi) ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORK Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Fundamental of Neural Networks Overview of Biological neurons, neuron concept, single layer neural network, notation and representation of neural networks, training of ANNs. Single Layer Neural network Representation of preceptron and issues, perceptron learning and training, classification, Linear seperability, structure of Hopfield nets, training, application and stability. Backpropagation Backpropagation training algorithm, application of back propagation, advance algorithms. Counter propagation networks Kohonen network, Grossberg layer, application of counter propagation, Image classification. Multilayer Neural Networks BAM structure retrieving a stored association,encoding the association, memory capacity, ART architecture,ART classification operation,cognitron and neocognitron. References: • Jock. M.Juroda, "Artificial Neural Systems". • Kevin Gurney,"Introduction to Neural Networks: (UCL Press). • Philip D. Wasserman,Neural Computing and Practice, ANZA Research

Inc.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505 (ELECTIVE-vii) FUZZY LOGIC Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction:- Crisp sets, Fuzzy sets, Representations of fuzzy sets, Extension principle for fuzzy sets; types of operatins, Fuzzy complements, Fuzzy intersections, fuzzy union, combinations of operations, Aggretation operations. Fuzzy arithmetic:- Fuzzy numbers, linguistics variables, operation on internals, Operation on fuzzy numbers, Fuzzy relations:- projections and cylinder extensions, Primary fuzzy relations, Binary relations on single set, Fuzzy equivalence relations, Fuzzy ordinary relations. Fuzzy logic:- Overview of classical logic, Multivalued logic, fuzzy propositions, fuzzy quantifiers, Interence; Conditional fuzzy proportions, conditional and qualified proposition. Quantified propositions. Uncertaionty-based information. Applications:- Approximate reasoning, pattern recognition, fuzzy databases and information retrieval systems, fuzzy linear programming, Fuzzy regerssion, Interpersonal communication. References: • George J.Keln, Boyuan, "Fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic,"P.H.I.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505(ELECTIVE-viii) PROGRAMMING IN C# Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction: C# environment, characterstics of C#. Data types: Data types, value types, reference types, default value, constants variables, scope of variables, boxing and unboxing. Operators and expressions: Arithmatic, relational, logical, bitwise, special operators, evolution of expressions, operator precedence & associativity. Control constructs: Decision making, loops. Classes & methods: Class, methods, constructors, distructors, overloading of operators & functions. Inheritance & polymorphism: visibility control, overriding, abstruct class & methods, sealed classes & methods, interfaces. Advanced features of C#: Exception handling & error handling, Interfacing with COM, automatic memory management. References: • Programming in C# By E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill • The Complete Guide to C# Programming by V.P.Jain • C# : A Beginner's Guide, Herbert Schildt,Tata McGraw Hill

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505(ELECTIVE-ix) Professional Issues in IT Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Legal Issues: Introduction to legal concepts, Basic outline of Criminal and Civil Laws, Concepts relating to laws of Contract and Commercial Law, Substantive Legal Issues, Intellectual property Issues, Cyber crime, Data protection principles and implications of the European Union Data Protection Directive, Confidentiality and privacy, Intellectual property rights, Copyright and Industrial Property, Patents, Trade Marks and laws relating to designs, Software Protection and piracy, Dealing with Copyright, Originality, Exception to Copyright infringement, Employees and freelance programs, devices to overcome protection. Software Licensing, Methods of licensing, Copyright & electronic publishing, Copyright problems posed by electronic publishing. Multimedia, licensing and related issues: Protection of Databases, Trade marks and passing off, Internet related issues, Contract issues and Law, Basic understanding of the Types of Agreements in large computerization projects – Implementation Agreements, License Agreements, Maintenance agreements etc., Enforcement issues, dispute resolution, arbitration, legislative action. Other Professional Issues: Duties of a professional, Duties to client, Duties to Employer, Duties to profession, Duties to society, Accountability for quality, timeliness and use of resources, Human relationships and change management, Avoiding computer misuse, Hacking, unauthorized access and types of Computer Crime, Introduction of Viruses, Fraud and types of Computer Fraud, Implications arising from the Draft Computer Crimes Act (Sri Lanka), Public interest and Social implications, Environmental protection, Health and safety issues, Privacy, Ethics and Codes of Professional Conduct, The need for professional ethics, Characteristics of professions, Integrity & Honesty, Competence, Professional development, judgment, knowledge of law, relations, standards, independence, Acting with responsibility, professional skill, comply with law, Confidentiality, due care, Contribute towards advancement of human welfare, Public interest, Public awareness, Basic human rights, Ethics and the Internet, Netiquette and Policy approaches, Professional relationships, Are computer professionals “Professionals”, Conflicting responsibilities and misconduct, Codes of Ethics. References: • Bott F. et al. Professional Issues in Software Engineering (2nd

edition.), UCL Press. 1995. ISBN: 1-85728-450-X BP. • Myers C., Hall T. and Pitt D., (Eds), The Responsible Software

Engineer: Selected Readings in IT Professionalism, Springer, 1997, ISBN: 3-540-76041-5.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MCA-504 & MCA-505(ELECTIVE-x) Human Computer Interaction Note: Total 10 questions are to be set by the examiner covering the entire syllabus uniformly. A candidate is required to attempt any five questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Total Marks : 60 Theory Paper : 50 Time : 3 Hours Internal Assessment: 10 Introduction & overview of HCI. Objectives of course, Course administrivia, Review of course plan, A (semi-) complete history of computer user interfaces, HCI - history and intellectual roots, Research Human information processing limitations, human decision making. Human cognitive and sensory limits, Human memory, Human problem solving, Skill acquisition, Users’ conceptual models (mental models), Decision making. Computer systems and user interfaces, human-system interaction. Input and output devices, Mechanics of particular devices, Speech input, sound and speech output, Computer architecture, Performance characteristics of humans and systems, Color issues, Computer graphics, Color representation, color maps, color range of devices. Interaction models and metaphors. Use of abstract metaphors for describing interface behavior, Use of metaphors to support user understanding, Dialog input and output techniques and purposes, Screen layout issues, Dialog interaction: types and techniques, navigation and orientation, multimedia and non-graphical dialogues, Dialog issues: response time, control, standards, look and feel, Layers model of architecture of design and windowing systems, Windows manager models, e.g., X, Macintosh, MS Windows, Hypermedia and WWW. Principles guiding well-designed human-system interaction. Paradigms for interaction, Principles to support usability, Accounting for users with disabilities. The design process - overview. The typical software development lifecycle(idealized vs. actual), User-centered design overview, “Three pillars of design”, Usability engineering overview, Reconciling UCD and usability testing. The design process - task and user needs analysis. Task analysis definition, Techniques for task analysis, Sources of information. The design process – making use of task and user data for system design. Use cases, scenarios, Structuring the information, Information architecture, User and process flows, Wireframes, Mockups, comps, Other methods of conveying structure and function

A-PDF Split DEMO


Designing for universal access. What is accessibility? What is accessible software, Examples of accessibility adaptations, What’s driving software accessibility, Implications for software organizations Verifying the design – usability evaluation and testing. Terms, Overview of methods – professional evaluation vs. testing, Usability testing, pluralistic cognitive walkthrough, When to use which method. Speech user interfaces. Attributes of speech user interfaces, Evaluating speech user interface quality. Computer-supported cooperative work; organizational and social issues. Interaction types, Computer systems for group tasks, workflow, Applications of CSCW, Socio-technical systems, impact of systems on work and vice versa, Quality of work life and job satisfaction. HCI in mission-critical and high-risk environments. Safety implications of human-computer interaction, Effects of automation, Addressing the effects Beyond the PC. Other interaction paradigms References:

• Hackos, J.T. & Redish, J.C. (1998). User and task analysis for interface design. John New York: Wiley & Sons. ISBN 0471178314.

• Norman, D. (1988). The design of everyday things. New York: Basic Books. ISBN 0-385-26774-6.




• "Designing the User Interface", B. Shneiderman, 2nd Edn., Addison-Wesley, 1992.

• "When people use computers", Mehlmann, Prentice-Hall, 1981. • "The Human Factor", Rubenstein & Hersh, Digital Press, 1984. • "The Art of Computer Conversation", Gaines & Shaw, Prentice-Hall,

1984. • "The Art of Computer Interface Design", (Ed) B. Laurel, Addison-

Wesley, 1990. • "Readings in Human-Computer Interaction", (Eds) R.Baeker &

W.Buxton, Morgan Kaufmann, 1987. • "An Introduction to Human-Computer Interaction", P. Booth, LEA,

1989. • "The Human Interface", R. Bolt, Wadsworth Inc, 1984. • "User Interface Design", H. Thimbleby, ACM Press, 1990.

A-PDF Split DEMO


• Human-Computer Interaction, Preece J, Addison-Wesley, (1996), ISBN 0-201-62769.

A-PDF Split DEMO


ANNEXURE - IV

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK (HARYANA) SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATION FOR MASTER OF ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSE IN

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION SEMESTER-I

TeachingSchedule

Marks Credits Course No. Course Title

L T P Sessional Exam Total Sessional Exam Total

Duration of Exam

MEEC-501 Advanced Microprocessor

& Micro Controllers 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-503 Satellite & Space communication

4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-505 Information & Communication Theory

4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-507 Advanced Digital Signal Processing

4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

Elective-1 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-517 Satellite Lab - - 3 50 50 50 2 2 4 3

MEEC-519 Advanced Microprocessor & Micro Controllers Lab

- - 3 50 50 50 2 2 4 3

TOTAL 20 - 6 350 600 950 14 24 38

46. ELECTIVE –1 Advanced Digital Communication Techniques (MEEC-509) Advance Mathematics for Engineers (MEEC-511) Computational methods (MEEC-513) Data Communication Networks (MEEC-515) NOTE: 1The paper setter shall set each theory paper of 100 marks covering the entire syllabus. However, the examiner shall evaluate the performance of the student in the theory paper finally by assigning one of the grades out of A, A(-), B, B(-), C, C(-), D & F. The Examination of practical courses shall also be evaluated on the basis of three grades. 2. The Sessionals of Theory/Practical Courses shall also be evaluated on the basis of these grades. 3. The choice of students for any elective shall not be binding on the Deptt. to offer it. 4. The Grading System is defined at the end of the Scheme of Studies & Examinations & will be supplied by the Univ. to the examiner(s)

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK (HARYANA) SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATION FOR MASTER OF ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSE IN

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION SEMESTER-II

TeachingSchedule



Duration of Exam

MEEC-502 Electronics System

Design 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-504 Optical Communication 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-506 VLSI Design 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-508 Wireless Mobile Communication

4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

Elective-II 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-518 VLSI Lab - - 3 50 50 100 2 2 4 3

MEEC-520 Optical communication lab - - 3 50 50 100 2 2 4 3

TOTAL 20 - 6 350 600 950 14 24 38

47. ELECTIVE –1I Reliability Engineering (MEEC-510) Switching Systems (MEEC-512) Multimedia System (MEEC-514) Statistical Models (MEEC-516) NOTE: 1The paper setter shall set each theory paper of 100 marks covering the entire syllabus. However, the examiner shall evaluate the performance of the student in the theory paper finally by assigning one of the grades out of A, A(-), B, B(-), C, C(-), D & F. The Examination of practical courses shall also be evaluated on the basis of three grades. 2. The Sessionals of Theory/Practical Courses shall also be evaluated on the basis of these grades. 3. The choice of students for any elective shall not be binding on the Deptt. to offer it. 4. The Grading System is defined at the end of the Scheme of Studies & Examinations & will be supplied by the Univ. to the examiner(s)

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK (HARYANA) SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATION FOR MASTER OF ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSE IN ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION

SEMESTER-III

TeachingSchedule



Duration of Exam

MEEC-601 Neural Networks & fuzzy

Logic 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEc-603 CDMA System 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

Elective-III 4 - - 50 100 150 2 4 6 3

MEEC-613 Seminar - - 2 50 - 50 2 - 2 -

MEEC-615 Project - - 4 50 50 100 2 2 4 3

MEEC-617 Dissertation (Phase-I) - - 4 100 - 100 4 - 4 -

TOTAL 12 - 10 350 350 700 14 14 28

ELECTIVE III Emerging Network Technologies (MEEC-605) Digital Signal Processors & Applications (MEEC-607)

48. Image Processing (MEEC-609) 49. Computer Communications (MEEC-611)

NOTE: 1The paper setter shall set each theory paper of 100 marks covering the entire syllabus. However, the examiner shall evaluate the performance of the student in the theory paper finally by assigning one of the grades out of A, A(-), B, B(-), C, C(-), D & F. The Examination of practical courses shall also be evaluated on the basis of three grades. 2. The Sessionals of Theory/Practical/ Dissertation (Phase-I)/ Seminar/ Project Courses shall also be evaluated on the basis of these grades. 3. The choice of students for any elective shall not be binding on the Deptt. to offer it. 4. The Grading System is defined at the end of the Scheme of Studies & Examinations & will be supplied by the Univ. to the examiner(s)

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK (HARYANA)

SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATION FOR MASTER OF ENGINEERING DEGREE COURSE IN ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION

SEMESTER-IV

TeachingSchedule



Duration of Exam

MEEC-602 Dissertation - - 20 150 600 750 6 24 30 3

TOTAL - - 20 150 600 750 6 24 30 -

NOTE: 1 Sessionals of Dissertation Course shall be evaluated on the basis of the grades out of A, A(-), B, B(-), C, C(-), D & F. 2. The dissertation shall be evaluated through an exam. by a Committee of Examiners consisting of Head of the Department, Dissertation supervisor & one External Examiner. The evaluation shall be based upon the above grades. 3. The grading system is defined at the end of the Scheme of Studies & Examination & will be supplied by the Univ. to the examiner(s)

A-PDF Split DEMO


Master of Engineering Electronics & Communication

(Scheme of Studies & Examination)

M.D. University, Rohtak (Haryana)

A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-501 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLERS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Design of basic microprocessor architectural Concepts: Microprocessor architecture, word Lengths, addressable memory, Microprocessor's speed architectural characteristics, registers, instruction, memory addressing architecture, ALU, GPR's Control logic & internal data bus. 2. Microprocessor Instructions & Communication: Instruction Set, Mnemonics, Basic Instruction Types , Addressing modes ,Microprocessor I/O connecting I/O put to Microprocessor ,Polling and Interrupts , Interrupt and DM. Controllers. 3. Microcontroller:Introduction 8051 architecture and programming model. Internal RAM and registers, I/O parts, Interrupt system & Instruction sets. 4. Advanced Microprocessors: Intel X86 family of advanced Microprocessor, programming model for 86 family. X85 addressing modes, instruction set, hardware. Motorola 68 XXX family of microprocessor, 68 XXX addressing modes, instruction set, hardware. 5. Microprocessor I/O: Data Communication, parallel I/O serial communication, Serial interface and UART modems, I/O devices, D/A,A/D interface, special I/O devices. 6. Developing Microprocessor Based Products: Introduction to the Design Process, Preparing the specifications, Developing a design, Implementing and Testing and design, Regulatory Compliance Testing, design tool for Microprocessor Development. Text Books: 1. C.M. Gilmore, “Microprocessors Principals and Application”, MGH 2. Rajkamal, “Embedded System, Architecture & Programming”, TMH Reference Books: 1. Berry B. Berry, “ Inter Series of microprocessors”, PHI 2. D. V. Hall, “ Microprocessor & Interfacing”, TMH 3. Peat man, “Microprocessor Based System Design”, Pearson

50. 51. NOTE: 1 In the semester exam., the examiner will set 8 questions in all

covering the entire syllabus. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.

2. Use of scientific calculator will be allowed in the exam. However, Pager, Programmable Calculator & Cellular phone etc. will not be allowed. 3. The scheme of awarding the grades to a student in the course will be supplied by the University to the examiner of answer books.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-503 SATELLITE AND SPACE COMMUNICATION L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs.

1. Introduction: Satellite communication, Brief History.

2.Orbits of satellite: Low, medium and Geo synchronous main characteristics, Angle period, Returning

period, Angle of Evaluation, Propagation Delay, Orbital Spacing.

3. Satellite Links: Delay transponders, Earth Stations, Antennas and Earth coverage, Altitude and

eclipses.

4. Earth space propagation effects: Frequency window, Free space loss, Atmospheric absorption,

Rainfall Attenuation, Ionospheric scintillation, Telemetry, Tracking and command of satellites.

5. Detection: QPSK offset QPSK and MSK. Coherent and non-coherent detection, Error rate

performance.

6. Synchronization: Principle and techniques, Multiple Access Techniques, FDMA, SPADE system,

TDMA system, concept and configuration, system timing frames format, SSMA-Basu Principles, VSAT,

Random access, space communication, link design description of operational in TELSAT and INSA T

system.

Text Books:

1. J. Martin: Communication Satellite System, PH Englewood.

2. D.C.Aggarwal: Satellite Communication, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books: 1. Tri Ha Digital Satellite Communication Tata Mc Graw Hill.

2. Harry and Vam Trees: Satellite Communication, IEEE Proceedings, 1979.

52. NOTE: 1 In the semester exam., the examiner will set 8 questions in all covering the entire syllabus. Students will be required to attempt any five questions.


A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-505 INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION THEORY

L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1.Information Theory: Concept of Information and Entropy, Shanon’s theorems, Channel Capacity Self

information, Discrete and Continuous entropy, Mutual and joint information, Redundancy.

2. Coding Theory: Source encoding & channel encoding, Error detection & Correction, Various codes

for channel coding, Rate Distortion functions.

3. Codes used in Information Theory: Linear block codes, systematic linear codes& optimum coding

for Binary symmetric channel, The Generator & parity check matrices, Syndrome decoding &

Symmetric channels, Hamming codes, Weight enumerator, Perfect codes, BCH codes , Idempotent

&Mattson Solomon polynomials, Reed Solomon codes, Justeen codes, MDS codes & generalized

BCH codes, Convolution codes & Viterbi decoding algorithm.

4. Performance of codes: Performance of linear block codes & convolution codes, code incurable error

probability Upper & lower bounds.

Text books:

1. Blahut R.E. , Theory and practice of error control codes, AWL1983.

2. Wilson, Digital Modulation and coding, Pearson

Reference Books:

1. B.P. Lathi, Communication System, Oxford

2. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory, Coding & Cryptography, TMH

3. J. Dass. , S.K. Malik & P.K. Chatterjee, Principles of digitals communication



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-507 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction of DSP: Introduction to Signal Processing, Discrete Linear Systems, superposition Principle, Unit-Sample response, stability & causality Criterion. 2. Fourier Transform & inverse Fourier transform: Frequency domain design of digital filters, Fourier transform, use of Fourier transform in Signal processing. The inverse fourier transform, Sampling continuous function to generate a sequence, Reconstruction of continuous -time signals from Discrete-time sequences. 3. DFT & FFT & Z transform with Applications: Discrete Fourier transform, properties of DFT, Circular Convolution, Fast Fourier Transform, Realizations of DFT. The Z-transform, the system function of a digital filter, Digital Filter implementation from the system function, the inverse Z- transform, properties & applications, Special computation of finite sequences, sequence of infinite length & continuous time signals, computation of fourier series & time sequences from spectra. 4. Digital Filter Structure & Implementation: Linearity, time- invariance & causality, the discrete convolution, the transfer function, stability tests, steady state response, Amplitude & Phase characteristics, stabilization procedure, Ideal LP Filter, Physical reliability & specifications.FIR Filters, Truncation windowing & Delays, design example, IIR Filters: Review of design of analog filters & analog frequency transformation. Digital frequency transformation. Design of LP filters using impulse invariance method, Bilinear transformation, Phase equalizer, digital all pass filters. 5. Implementation of Filters: Realization block diagrams, Cascade & parallel realization, effect of infinite-word length, transfer function of degree 1&2, Sensitivity comparisons, effects of finite precision arithmetic on Digital filters.

Text Books 1. Alam V. Oppenheim & Ronald W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing” PHI. 2. JG Proakis, “Digital Signal Processing”, (PHI) 3rd Edition.

Reference Books 1. Rabiner & Gold, “Theory & application of digital Signal Processing”, PHI 1992. 2. Roman kuc, “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing,” McGraw hill Edition.



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-509 ADVANCED DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES

L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Vector quantization, sub band coding of speech, audio and video signals, linear predictive coding of

speech, CELP coders, and MPEG standards for audio and video.

2. Characterization of band pass signals, and systems, ortho-normal expansion of signals, representation

of digitally modulated signals, non-linear modulation methods, with memory. Optimum demodulation for

known signals in additive Gaussian noise.

3. Probability of error fir binary and Mary signaling, DPSK demodulator, carrier and symbol

synchronization techniques, characterization of band limited channels and ISI, signal design for zero ISI,

and controlled IS I, optimum demodulator, for ISI and AWGN.

4. Liner equalization and decision feedback, equalization, adoptive equalize, fading dispersion channels,

and tapped delay line mosel optimum demodulation for binary signals over fading disperse channels,

RAKE recover.

Text Books:

1. Proakis, J.G, “Digital Communication”, Mc Graw hill 1995

2. Haykin, S., “Digital Communication”, Wiley.

Reference Books:

1. Bhattachary, “Digital Commnication Electrical & Electronic Series”, TMH

2. Couch, “Digital & Analog Commnication System”, Pearson

55. NOTE: 1 In the semester exam., the examiner will set 8 questions in all


2. Use of scientific calculator will be allowed in the exam. However, Pager, Programmable Calculator & Cellular phone etc. will not be allowed. 3. The scheme of awarding the grades to a student in the course will be supplied by the University to the

examiner of answer books.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-511 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS FOR ENGINEERS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Fourier Transforms: Introduction, Fourier Integral Theorem, Fourier Sine and Cosine Integral, Complex form of Fourier Integrals, Fourier Transforms, Inverse Fourier Transform, Properties, Modulation Theorem, Convolution Theorem for Fourier Transforms, Parseval’s Identity, Fourier Transforms of derivative of functions, Relation between Fourier and Laplace transform. 2. Z –Transform: Introduction, Properties of Z- Transform, Evaluation of inverse Z – Transform. 3. Matrices And Linear System Of Equations: Solution of linear simultaneous equations by Gaussian

elimination and its modification, Crout’s triangularization method, Iterative methods-Jacobins method,

Gauss-Seidal method, Determination of Eigen values by iteration.

4. Conformal Mapping: Conformal mapping, linear transformations, Bi-linear transformations,

Schwarz’s-Christoffel transformations.

5. Calculus Of Variations: Euler-Lagrange’s differential equation, The Brachistochrone problems and

other applications. Isoperi-metric problem, Hamilton’s Principle and Lagrange’s Equation. Rayleigh-Ritz

method, Galerkin method.

Text Book:

1. Dr. B.S. Grewal; “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers

2. Churchill, “Fourier Series and Boundary Values Problems”, McGraw Hill.

3. Galfand & Fomin, “Calculus of Variations”, Prentice Hall.

Reference Books:

1. Churchill, “Complex Variables & Applications”, McGraw Hill.

2. Elsgole, “Calculus of Variations”, Addison Wesley.

3. I.N. Sneddon.The Use of Integral Transforms”, Tata McGraw Hill.

56. NOTE: 1 In the semester exam., the examiner will set 8 questions in all



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-513 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs.

1. Computational complexity, Error analysis in science and engineering, Fourier series, Fourier Integral,

example of transforms' and orthogonal polynomials, Time series calculation of power spectra,

convolution and correlation using FETs, introduction to wavelets.

2. Evaluation of integrals, Elementary Analytical methods, Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules, Summation

of series, Gaussian Quadrature and orthogonal 1 polynomials, Multidimensional integrals.

3. Ordinary differential equations, solution in closed form, Power series methods, approximate methods,

Predictor and corrector methods, Numerical differentiation, and estimation of errors, extermination of

functions, optimization and simple search, simplex method of Nelder and Mend, Gradient based method,

Finite elements method.

4. Vectors and. matrices, solution of .linear and algebraic equations by direct and interactive methods,

Gaussian elimination , minimal residual and conjugate gradient methods, preconditioning techniques.

Text Books:

1. Kreyszig F: Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley seventh ed 1993.

2. Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Numerical Methods in Engg. & science”, Khanna Publisher

Reference Books:

1. Gerald/ Wheatley: Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education Asia, 2002.

2. S.S Sastry, “Introduction methods of Numerical analysis”,PHI

3. J.B. Scarborough, Numerical Mathematical Analysis, oxford

4. M.K. Jain, “Numerical Solution of differential Equations”, Wiley Eastern



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-515 DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORKS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction to Data Transmission: Overview of Data Communication and networking, Analog And Digital Data Transmission, Transmission Impairments, Various Transmission Media, Data Encoding. 2. Digital Data Communication Techniques: Asynchronous And Synchronous Transmission, Error

Detection and correction techniques, Physical interfaces

3. Data Link Control: Link Configurations, Protocol principles (Error control, Flow control), Bit

Oriented and character oriented protocol, Data link layer services, Link Control.

4. Multiplexing: F.D.M. Synchronous TDM, Statistical TDM

5. Communication Networking Techniques: Communication Networks, Circuit Switching, Message

Switching, Packet Switching, Local Networking Technology, The bus / tree topology, the ring topology,

Medium Access control protocols (CSMA/CD, Token ring, FDDI, DQDB).

6. Computer Communication Architecture: OSI and TCP/IP Model, Protocol And Architecture,

Networking Access protocols, Inter Networking, Transport layer Protocols, Session Service

And Protocols, and Presentation/Application protocols

7. ISDN Networks: Concepts & Architecture, Protocols

Text Books:

1. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, PHI, 4th Ed.

2. Forouzan, “Data communications and networking”, TMH

Reference Books:

1. Andrew Tanenbaum, “Computer Networking”, PHI

2 Godbole, “Data communications and network”, TMH

A-PDF Split DEMO




A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-517 SATELLITE LAB L T P Marks Credits - - 3 Exams: 50 2 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :100 4 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. (A few experiments may be designed & included in this list depending upon the infrastructure available

in the institute)

1. To Study the process of Transmitting Signal.

2. To Study the Base band Signal in a Satellite Link.

3. To estimate C/N Ratio.

4. To estimate S/N Ratio.

5. To setup digital satellite Communication Link.

6. To Study Black & White and Color T.V.

7. To plot radiation pattern of parabolic reflector.

8. To Study Satellite Communication Receiver.

9. To set up a PC to PC Sat. Com.Link using RS –232 port.

10. To measure the propagation delay of signal in a Sat.Com. Link.

11. To transmit & receive the function generator waveform through a Sat.Com. Link.

12. To set up a active & passive satellite communication link & study their difference.

NOTE: The scheme of awarding the grades to a student in the course will be supplied by the University

to the examiner.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-519 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB L T P Marks Credits - - 3 Exams: 50 2 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :100 4 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. (A few experiments may be designed & included in this list depending upon the infrastructure available

in the institute)

1. To study the architecture of 8086 Kit

2. Write an ALP to convert a hexadecimal No. to decimal No. in single step execution (DEBUG)

3. Write an ALP to enter a word from keyboard and to display

4. Write an ALP for addition of two one digit Numbers.

5. Write an ALP to display a string

6. Write an ALP reverse a string

7. Write an ALP to check whether the No. is Palindrome

8. To study the Microcontroller Kit

9. Write an ALP to generate 10 KHz frequency square wave

10. Write an ALP to generate 10 KHz & 100KHz frequency using interrupt

11. Write an ALP to interface intelligent LCD display

12. Write an ALP to interface intelligent LED display

13. Write an ALP to Switch ON alarm when Microcontroller receive interrupt

14. Write an ALP to interface one microcontroller with other using serial / parallel communication.


to the examiner.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-502 ELECTRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Review of Digital Electronics concept 2. MSI and LSI Circuits And Their Applications: Arithmetic Circuits, Comparators, Multiplexers,

Code Converters, XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates, Wired Logic, Bus Oriented Structures, Tri-

State Bus System, Propagation Delay.

3. Sequential Machines: The Concept Of Memory, The Binary Cell, The Cell And The Bouncing

Switch, Set / Reset, D, Clocked T, Clocked JK Flip Flop, Design Of Clock F/F, Conversion, Clocking

Aspects, Clock Skew, State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process, Design Steps For Traditional

Synchronous Sequential Circuits, State Reduction, Design Steps For Next State Decoders, Design Of Out

Put Decoders, Counters, Shift Registers and Memory.

4. Multi Input System Controller Design: System Controllers, Design Phases And System

Documentation, Defining The System, Timing And Frequency Considerations, Functional, Position And

Detailed Flow Diagram Development, MDS Diagram, Generation, Synchronizing Two System And

Choosing Controller, Architecture, State Assignment, Next State Decoders And Its Maps, Output

Decoders, Clock And Power Supply Requirements, MSI Decoders, Multiplexers In System Controllers,

Indirect Addressed Multiplexers Configurations, Programmable System Controllers, ROM, PLA And

PAL Based Design. Introduction to the CPLD & FPGA.

5. Asynchronous Finite State Machines: Scope, Asynchronous Analysis, Design Of Asynchronous

Machines, Cycle And Races, Plotting And Reading The Excitation Map, Hazards, Essential Hazards Map

Entered Variable, MEV Approaches To Asynchronous Design, Hazards In Circuit Developed By MEV

Method.

Text Books: 1. Fletcher, “An Engineering Approach to Digital Design” PHI 1990 2. Z. Kohavi, “Switching and Finite Automata Theory”, TMH Reference Books 1. Markovitz, “Introduction to Logic Design”, TMH 2. Mano, “ Digital Design”, PHI



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-504 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction: Advantage of optical fiber communication, Elements of fiber communication link, Ray

theory .and electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation, step index and graded index fibers,

Numerical Aperture.

2. Optical fibers, Losses & Dispersion: Attenuation, Absorption, Linear and non-linear scattering

losses, Dispersion, overall fiber dispersion, polarization, fiber bending losses, multimode step index and

graded index fibers, single mode fiber, plastic clad and all- plastic fibers, optical fiber cables, dispersion

shifted and dispersion flattered fibers, practical fiber profiles.

3. Optical Sources: Basic concepts: LED for Optical Communication, Burrus type double hetro-

structure, Surface emitting LEDs, Shape geometry, Edge emitting LEDs, LED to fiber launch systems

semiconductor Lasers Theory, modulation and characteristics, Fabry-Perot lasers quantum well lasers and

distributed feedback lasers.

4. Photo Detectors: P.I.N Photo Diodes: Theory and their characteristics, Avalanche photo diode

detectors, Theory and their band width noise in APD.

5. Optical fiber communication System: Optical transmitter circuit : LED and laser drive circuits,

optical receiver circuit; Structure, Pre amplifier, AGC, Equalization, Optical power budgeting line

loading , analog systems : analog modulation , direct modulation , sub carrier modulation , distribution

system, Optical TDM sub-carrier multiplexing ,WDM .

6. Coherent Systems :Coherent receiver, Homodyne and heterodyne detection, noise in coherent

receiver, polarization control, Homodyne receiver , Reusability and laser line-width, heterodyne receiver ,

synchronous, Asynchronous and self synchronous demodulation, phase diversity receivers.

Text books : 1. John Gowar, “Optical Communication Systems”, PHI. 2. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communication”, TMH Reference Books: 1. Franz JH & Jain VK, “Optical Communication”, Narosa Publns 2. John M. Senior, “Optical Communication”, PHI



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-506 VLSI DESIGN L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Review of MOS technology: Basic MOS Transistors, Enhancement and Depletion mode transistors, N MOS and C MOS process, thermal aspects of processing, Production of masks. 2. Electrical properties of MOS circuit : Parameters of MOS transistors, pass transistors, N MOS inverter, Pull-up to pull down ratio for an N MOS inverter, C MOS inverters, MOS transistor circuit model, Latch up on C MOS circuits. 3. Design processes : MOS Layers, stick diagrams, Design rules, AWA OX C MOS process description, double metal single poly silicon, C MOS process. 4. Basic circuit concepts: Sheets resistance, area capacitance, delay unit, inverter delay, super buffers, propagation delays. 5. Subsystem Design & Layout : Architectural issues in VLSI, switch logic, gate logic, Examples of Combinational logic, Clocked sequential circuits, other system consideration. 6. Scaling of MOS circuits : Scaling factor, limitations, scaling of wires and interconnection, PLA and Finite state Machines. 7. Design Examples : Design of an ALU subsystems, carry look ahead address, parallel. Text Books: 1. Pucknell D. A. and Eshrachain K, “Basic VLSI Design System & Circuits”. (PHI), 1988. 2. Geiger, Rr, Allen P. E. Strader N. R., “VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital Circuit”, MGH1990 Reference Books: 1. Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design”, Pearson 2. SZE, “VLSI Technology”, TMH



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-508 WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction to mobile radio systems: Paging systems, cordless telephone system, Cellular telephone

systems- Cellular concept, frequency reuse, channel assignment strategies, Interference and system

capacity, trunking and grade of service, cell splitting, sectoring, microcell zone concept, HO strategies.

2. Mobile radio propagation: mechanism, free space path loss, log-distance path loss models, Okumara

model, Hata model, PCS model, Wideband PCS microcell model, indoor propagation models, Jake's

channel model, Multi path characteristics of radio waves, signal fading, Time dispersion, Doppler spread,

coherence time LCR, fading statistics, diversity techniques

3. Introduction to spread spectrum communication, multiple access techniques used in mobile

wireless communication: FDMA/TDMA/CDMA, Cellular CDMA, packet radio protocols, CSMA,

reservation protocols, capacity of cellular CDMA, soft HO

4. Wireless systems and standards: GSM standards, signaling and call control, mobility management,

location tracing, wireless data networking, packet error modeling on fading channels, Performance

analysis of link and transport layer protocols over wireless channels, mobile data networking (mobile IP),

wireless data services, IS-95, GPRS

Text Books:

1. T. S. Rappaport, “wireless Communications: Principles and practices”, PHI 1996.

2. William C. Y. Lee, “ Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, Analog and Digital Systems”, 2nd ed,

MGH-1995.

Reference Books:

1. Kaveh Pahlavan & Allen H. Levesque, “Wireless Information Networks”, Wiley series in

Telecommunications and signal processing.

2.Kamilo Feher: Wireless Digital communications, Modulation and Spread Spectrum Applications PHI

2001.



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-510 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction: Definition for Reliability, Need for reliability engineering, Causes of failures, catastrophic failures and degradation failures. Characteristic types of failures, useful life of components, Exponential case of chance failures, Reliability measures, Derivation for exponential distribution function, other kinds pf distributions, Binomial, Poisson uniform, Rayleigh, Weibull, Gamma distributions, Markov chains, failures data analysis. 2. Reliability in Systems: Reliability Block Diagrams, series systems, parallel systems, K-out of - M systems, Open and short circuit failures, standby systems. Reliability Analysis of Non-series Parallel system, Boolean Algebra Method, Cut-set approach, delta star method, logical signal relation method, Bayes Theorem Method. 3. Reliability Prediction: Objective of reliability Prediction, Classification, information sources for failure rate data, prediction methodologies, general requirement, role and limitations of reliability prediction. 4. Reliability Allocation: Subsystems reliability improvement, Apportionment for new units, criticality. 5. Redundancy Techniques for reliability: Forms of maintenance, measures of maintainability and availability, maintainability function, availability function, two unit parallel system with repair, Markov model for two unit systems, preventive maintenance, provisioning of spares. 6. Reliability Testing: Kinds of testing, component reliability measurements parametric methods, confidence limits, accelerate testing, equipment acceptance testing. 7. Economics of Reliability Engineering: Reliability cost, effect of reliability on cost. Reliability achievement cost models, reliability utility cost models, replacement policies. 8. Integrated performance measures for communication systems: Integration of reliability and capacity, Delay related reliability. Text Books: 1. KK Aggarwal, “Reliability Engineering”, Kluwer Academic Netherlands. 2. B Singh, “Quality Control and Reliability Analysis”, Khanna Publishers. Reference Books

1. KB Mishra: Reliability Prediction & Analysis: A Methodology oriented treatment ,Elseveir,Netherlands

2. Ebeling, “Introduction to Reliability & Maintainability”, TMH



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-512 SWITICHING SYSTEMS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs.

1. Introduction: Basic line circuits in telephony and telegraphy; long-haul communication circuits;

statistical bandwidth sharing, principles of traffic switching, & signaling: schemes, CCS7.

2. Reviewof Switching System: Strowger's and crossbar switches; switching system hierarchy, SPC

switching, basic call processing, Level l, 2 & 3 controls, interface controller, network control processor,

central processor, switching fabric-SDS, TDS, STS, TST, TTT, single stage and multi-stage switching

network, principles of large-scale, switch design.

3. Traffic Engineering and Tele-traffic Theory: Markov processes representing traffic. Calculation of

blocking probability, stationary probability measures for Ergodic Markov processes. Combinatorial

interpretation, calculation of blocking probability.

4. Switching Network Control and management: Data networks and protocols, ISDN. Message

handling systems/intelligent networks, multi service broadband switching fabrics- ATM., current trends

in digital switching systems.

Text Books:

1. Thiagarajan Viswanathan, “Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks”, PHI

2. Syed Riffat Ali, “Digital switching Systems, system reliability and analysis”, Tata MC Graw, 2002.

Reference Books:

1. Keshav S, “An Engineering Approach to Computer Network Networking”, Addison Wesley, 1998.

2. Martin, “Telecommunication & Computer 3e”, PHI



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-514 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction: Concept of Multimedia, Emerging Applications, Multimedia Systems and Appliances. Distributed Multimedia Systems, Synchronization, Orchestration and QOS Architecture standards. 2. Digital audio representation and processing: Audio in computer applications, its digital representation, transmission and digital processing, speech recognition and generation. 3. Digital video and image compression: Video compression techniques and standardization of algorithms, JPEG, MPEG, DVI technology. 4. Multimedia Information Systems: Workstation OS, New OS support, Real Time Mach, Multimedia system service architecture, Media Stream Protocol, service and window system, client control of continuous media, Hyper applications. Multimedia Information systems, File system support, Data Models. 5. Multimedia communication systems: Public Network services and N/W Protocols, Quick time Movie File (QMF), format, OMFI, MHEG, Format function Real time Interchange, Track Model and Object Model Teleconferencing systems, Shared Amlication Architectures, Embedded Distributed objects, Multimedia conferencing architecture, architecture of team workstation. 6. Multimedia and Internet: The internet, client server technology, Communication Protocols, Internet Addressing, WWW, HTML, and Web Authorizing, Web page browsers and development, bandwidth .and applications considerations, Design Considerations for Web pages, Accessing Content on internet Text Books: 1.John F. Koegel Bufod, “Multimedia Systems”, Addison Wesley, Edition. 2000 2.David Hillman, “Multimedia Technology and Application”, Galgotia Publication – Edition 1998. Reference Books: 1. Fred Halsall, “Multimedia Communications”, Pearson 2. Rao, Bojkovic & Milovanovic, “Multimedia Comm. System: Techniology , Std. & Network”, PHI




A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-516 STATISTICAL MODELS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs.

1. Random Variables: Probability Bay's rule, Distribution function, Discrete random vectors, different

distributions, jointly distributed random variables, order statistics, Distribution of sums, expectations,

moments, transform methods mean time to failure, Inequalities and limit theorems, Mixture distribution,

Conditional expectations, Imperfect fault coverage & reliability, Random Sums.

2. Stochastic Process: Classification Bernoulli process, Poisson process, Renewal Processes, available

analysis, Random incidence, Renewal model of program behavior.

3. Markov Chains: n-step transition probabilities, limiting distribution, Distribution of times between

state changes, Irreducible finite chains with a periodic states, The M/g/I, Queuing System Discrete

parameter, Birth Death Processes, Markov chains with absorbing states. Birth and death Processes, Non

Birth Death Processes.

4. Network of Queues: Open and close queuing networks, Non exponential service time distributions

and multiple job type, non-product form networks.

5. Correlation & Regression: Introduction, Least squares curve fitting. Coefficient of determination,

Confidence of intervals in linear regression, correlation analysis, Non-linear regression, Analysis of

variance.

TEXT BOOK:

1. K.S. Trivedi :Probability and Statistics, PHI. 3rd Edition.

2. Mood, “Introduction to Theory of Statistic”,TMH

ReferenceBooks:

1. Spiegel, “Statistic 3eSchaum outline series”, TMH

2. Hogg, “Introduction to Mathematical statistic”, Pearson

3. Walpole, “Probability and Statistic for Engineers & Scientist”, Pearson



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-518 VLSI LAB L T P Marks Credits - - 3 Exams : 50 2

Sessionals : 50 2 Totals :100 4 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. (A few experiments may be designed & included in this list depending upon

the infrastructure available in the institute) 1. Write a spice programme for CMOS inverter with following details: pmos L=.8um W=12.0um, nmos L=.8um W=2.4um, nmos (kp=60u

Vto=0.6v) pmos (kp=20u Vto=-0.8v) 2. Write a spice programme for CMOS nand gate with following details: Vdd=5volt, pmos L=.8um W=20um, nmos L=.8um W=8um, nmos

(kp=45u Vto=1.0v) pmos (kp=25u Vto=-1.2v) 3. Write a spice programme for CMOS nor gate with following details: Vdd=5volt, pmos L=.8um W=20um, nmos L=.8um W=8um, nmos

(kp=45u Vto=1.0v) pmos (kp=25u Vto=-1.2v)

4. Design a d- latch with clk time period =6ns using nand gates with following specifications: L=2U W=100U for n&p-mos, For n-mos Kn’=60U Vto =0.6V ) for p-mos Kp =20U Vto=-0.8V ) 5. Design a half adder using nand gates with following specifications: for n-mos: L=2U W=100U, for p-mos L=2U W=550U, For n-mos Kn’=60U Vto =0.6V ) for p-mos Kp =20U Vto=-0.8V )

6. Design a full adder using half adder designed above.

7. Design the layout for PMOS in layout editor. 8. Design the layout for NMOS in layout editor. 9. Design the layout for CMOS inverter with equal rise and fall time in

layout editor. 10. Design the layout for 2-Input and 3-Input NAND gate. 11. Design the layout for 2-Input and 3-Input NOR gate. 12. Design the layout for clocked S-R flip-flop.

Note: The Scheme of awarding the grades to a student in the course will be supplied by the

A-PDF Split DEMO


University to the examiner.

A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-520 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION LAB L T P Marks Credits - - 3 Exams: 50 2 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :100 4 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. (A few experiments may be designed & included in this list depending upon the infrastructure available

in the institute)

1. Study of optical devices.

2. Study of fiber optical detector.

3. Study of fiber optical transmitters

4. Determination of numerical aperture of optical fiber

5. Study of characteristics of LED.

6. Study of characteristics of LASER diode.

7. Setting a fiber optic analog link.

8. Setting a fiber optic digital link.

9. Study of modulation demodulation of light source by direct amplitude modulation techniques.

10. Forming a PC to PC communication link using optical fiber & RS 232.

11. Setting up a fiber optic voice link.

12. Study of modulation & Demodulation of light source by PPM technique.

13. Study of modulation & Demodulation of light source by PWM technique.

14. Study of Propagation loss & sending loss in optical fiber.


to the examiner.

MEEC-601 NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY LOGICS

A-PDF Split DEMO


L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction: Neural networks characteristics, History of development in neural networks principles,

Artificial neural net terminology, Model of a neuron, Topology.

2. Learning Methods & Neural network models: types of learning, Supervised, Unsupervised, Re-

inforcement learning. Knowledge, representation and acquisition. Basic Hop field model, Basic learning

laws, Unsupervised learning, Competitive learning, K-means clustering algorithm, Kohonen`s feature

maps.

3. Artificial Neural Networks: Radial basis function neural networks, Basic learning laws in RBF nets,

Recurrent back propagation. Introduction to counter propagation networks, CMAC network, and ART

networks.

4. Applications of neural nets: Applications such as pattern recognition, Pattern mapping,

Associative memories, speech and decision-making..

5. Fuzzy Logic: Basic concepts of fuzzy logic, Fuzzy vs. Crisp set, Linguistic variables, Membership

functions, Fuzzy sets & Operations of fuzzy sets, Fuzzy IF- THEN rules, Variable inference techniques,

De-Fuzzification, Basic fuzzy inference algorithm, Fuzzy system design, Antilock Breaking system

(ABS), Industrial applications.

Text Books:

1. B. Yegnanarayana, " Artificial Neural Networks”PHI

2. J.M. Zurada, “Introduction to artificial neural systems”, Jaico Pub.

3. ROSS J.T , “Fuzzy logic with engineering application”, TMH

Reference Books:

1. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks”, PHI

2. Ahmad M.Ibrahim, “Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics”, (PHI)

3. P.D. wasserman , “Neural computing theory & practice”, (ANZA PUB).



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-603 CDMA SYSTEMS

L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs.

1: Direct sequence and frequency hopped spread spectrum, spreading sequence and their correlation

functions, Acquisition and tracking of spread spectrum signals.

2: Error probability for DS-CDMA, on AWGN channels, DS-CDMA on frequency selective fading,

channels, Performance analysis of cellular CDMA.

3: Capacity estimation, Power control, effect of imperfect power control on DS CDMA performance, Soft

Handoffs.

4: Spreading /coding tradeoffs, multi-carrier CDMA, IS-95 CDMA system, third generation CDMA

systems, multi-user detection.

Text Books:

1. Andrew J. Viterbi, “CDMA Principles of spread spectrum communications”, Addison Wesley 1995.

2. J.S. Lee and L.E. Miller, “ CDMA system Engineering handbook”, Artech house 1998.

Reference Books:

1. Garg, “CDMA : 2000 : Cellular/ PCS system Implementation”, Pearson

2. Steve Lee, “Spread spectrum CDMA”, TMH



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-605 EMERGING NETWORK TECHNOLOGIES L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Foundations: virtual circuits, PVC, SVC, SPVC, connection oriented and connectionless systems,

variable bit rate and constant bit rate applications, flow control and connection management, addressing

and identification schemes, multiplexing methodologies, network interface.

2. System & topology: TI/lE I CARRIER systems, topology, X.25, layers, POUs, ISON- typical

topology, layers, and PDUs, SS7, FOOl, Frame relay, standards, topology, layers, OSI and ANSI layers.

frame relay protocol data unit Frame relay network to network interface.

3. Fast and switched Ethernet: generation of LANs, switched Ethernet, architecture, store and forward

and Cut through switches, virtual LAN, Fast Ethernet, 100BASET.

4. ATM standards & topology: ATM standards, topology, VPI and VCI Labels, ATM layers, ATM and

B-ISDN model, cells, ATM switching, AAL types, traffic management in ATM network, SONET/ SDH:

synchronous networks, standards, topology, automatic protection switching, multiplexing structure,

payloads and envelopes, payload pointers, Introduction to broad band signaling networks.

Text Books:

1. Uyless Black, “ Emerging Communication Technologies”, 2nd Ed, Prentice hall 1997.

2. Sumit Kasera and Pankaj Sethi, “ATM Networks, Concepts and Protocols”, TMGH 2001

Reference Books:

1. Behrouz Forouzan: Introduction to Data Communication and Networking, Tata Mc-Graw hill 1999.




MEEC-607 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2

A-PDF Split DEMO


Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. SDP 56002: Architecture, CPU, ALU, Program Controller, Address Generation Unit, Addressing

Modes, Interrupt, Priority register.

2. DSP 56002 Instruction Set: Instruction Formats Parallel move operating parallel move types,

instructions set, move arithmetic logic, bit manipulation, loop, programmed control instructions.

3. Applications: Designing and implementing FIR, IIR filters, implementing Fast Fourier. Transforms

with DSP 56002.

4. TMS - 320 Architecture, and Instruction Set.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Mohammed EL. Sharkawy: Digital Signal Processor Applications with Motorola's DSP 56002. PTR.

2. Venkat Ramani, “Digital Signal Processor :Theory, Programming & Applications”, TMH



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-609 IMAGE PROCESSING L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Introduction: Elements of Digital Image Processing Systems, Image Acquisition, Storage, Processing

Communication Display.

2. Digital Image Fundamentals: Visual Perception, simple image models, concept of uniform and

nonuniform sampling & quantization, Relationships between pixels-neighbors of pixel, connectivity

labeling of connected components. Relations, equivalence and Transitive closure, Distance measures,

Arithmetic/ Logic operation, Imaging Geometry Basic and perspective transformation stereo imaging.

3. Image Transforms: Discrete Fourier transform, 2-D Fourier Transforms and its properties. Fast

Fourier transform and its uses. Walsh, Hadamard Discrete cosine, Heir and slant transforms hostelling

their algorithms and computer implementations.

4. Image Enhancement: Spatial and frequency domain methods point processing, intensity

transformation, Histogram processing image substation and Averaging spatial filtering, LP, HP and

homo-morphic felling, generation of spatial marks, Color image processing.

5. Image Restoration: Degradation model, digitalization of circulate and block circulate metrics,

Algebraic approved invoice filtering, wiener filter, constrained least square restoration, Interactive

restoration in spatial domain geometric transformation.

6. Image Compression: Redundancy models, error free compression, Lossy compression, Image

compression standards.

7. Image Segmentation: Detection of Discontinuity, Edge detection, Boundary detection, Thresholding,

Regional oriented segmentation use of motion in segmentation.

8. Representation and Description: Image analysis, Pattern and their classes, Decision theoretical

methods, Structural methods, Interpretation.

Text Books: 1. Anil K Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, PHI Edition 1997. 2. Keenneth R Castleman, " Digital Image Processing”, Pearson Reference Books: 1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson 2. Chanda & Majumder, “Digital Image Processing & Analysis”, PHI



A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-611 COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS L T P Marks Credits 4 - - Exams: 100 4 Sessionals : 50 2 Total :150 6 Duration of Exam.:3 hrs. 1. Data communication: Introduction to data communication. Concept of analog and digital signals. Bandwidth. Transmission media. Wired and wireless connectivity. FDM, TDM and CDMA. Circuit and packet switching. Frame relay and ATM switching. ISDN. 2. Network architecture: Basics of OSI and TCP/IP reference models. Example architecture of other reference models. 3. Network protocols: Local area network protocols. IEEE standards for LAN. Fibre optic networks. Satellite networks. Data link layer design issues: its functions and protocols. 4 Internet Protocol: Internet protocol. Routing algorithms. Congestion control algorithms. IP addressing schemes. Internetworking and sub-netting. 5 Transport and application layer: Transport and application layer design issues. Connection management. Transport protocol on top of X.25. File transfer and access management. 6 cryptography: Traditional cryptography. The Data Encryption Standard. Key distribution problem. Public cryptography. Authentication and digital signatures. 7. Modelling and Analysis: Modelling and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks: Pure Birth and Birth-Death Process. Bernoulli Trials-Markov Chains. Poisson Process. Calculation of Delay-Little's Formula, Burke's Theorem. Queueing Models: M/M/1, M/M/1/N, M/M/S, M/M/S/N queues. Imbedded Markov Chains-M/G/1 queue. Network layout and reliability considerations.

Text Books

1. Stallings, “Data communication & Networking”, PHI

2. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, PHI

References Books:

1. Jeremiah F. Hayes: Modelling and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks, PHI 2. Forouzan, “Data communications and networking”, TMH

3. Godbole, “Data communications and network”, TMH

A-PDF Split DEMO




A-PDF Split DEMO


MEEC-613 SEMINAR L T P Marks Credit - - 2 Sessionals : 50 2 Total : 50 2

Every student will be required to present a seminar talk on a topic approved by the Deptt. except

on his/her dissertation. The committee constituted by the Head of the Deptt. will evaluate the presentation

and will award one of the grades out of A,A(-),B,B(-),C,C(-), D& F.

A Student who is awarded the ‘F’ grade will be required to repeat the seminar on the same topic.

MEEC-617 DISSERTATION (PHASE-I)

L T P Marks Credits

A-PDF Split DEMO


- - 4 Sessionals : 100 4 Total :100 4

Every student will carry out dissertation under the supervision of a Supervisor(s). The topic shall be

approved by a Committee constituted by the Head of the concerned Deptt.

Every student will be required to present two seminar talks, first at the beginning of the Dissertation

(Phase-I) to present the scope of the work and to finalize the topic, and second towards the end of the

semester, presenting the work carried out by him/her in the semester. The committee constituted will

screen both the presentations so as to award the sessional grades out of A, A(-), B, B(-), C, C(-), D & F.

A student scoring ‘F’ grade shall have to improve this grade before continuing his/her Dissertation in the

4th semester failing which he/she shall have to repeat the Dissertation (Phase-I) next time in the regular

3rd semester.

MEEC-602 DISSERTATION L T P Marks Credit - - 20 Sessionals : 150 6 Practical Exam : 600 24

A-PDF Split DEMO


Total : 750 30 Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs The Dissertation Phase-1 will be continued as dissertation in 4th Semester.

The award of sessional grades out of A, A (-), B, B(-),C, C(-), D & F will be done by an internal

Committee constituted by the Head of the Deptt. This assessment shall be based on presentation (s),

report, etc. before this committee. In case a student scores ‘F’ –grade in the sessional, failing which he/

she will not be allowed to submit the dissertation.

At the end of the semester, every student will be required to submit three bound copies of his/her

Master’s dissertation of the office of the concerned Department. Out of these, one copy will be kept for

department record & one copy shall be for the supervisor. A copy of the dissertation will be sent to the

external examiner by mail by the concerned department, after his/her appointment and intimation from

the university. Dissertation will be evaluated by a committee of examiners consisting of the Head of the

Department, dissertation supervisor(s) and one external examiner. There shall be no requirement of a

separate evaluation report on the Master Dissertation from the external examiner.

The external examiner shall be appointed by the University from a panel of examiners submitted by the

respective Head of Deptt., to the Chairman, Board of Studies. In case the external examiner so appointed

by the University does not turn up, the Director/ Principal of the concerned college, on the

recommendation of the concerned Head of the Deptt. Shall be authorized, on behalf of the University., to

appointed an external examiner from some other institution.

The student will defend his/her dissertation through presentation before this committee and the committee

will award one of the grades out of A, A(-), B, B(-), C, C(-), D & F. A Student scoring ‘F’ grade in the

exam shall have to resubmit his/her Dissertation after making all correction / improvements and this

dissertation shall be evaluated as above.

Note: The Scheme of awarding the Grades to the student in the course will be supplied by the University

to the examiner(s).

A-PDF Split DEMO


M.D.UNIVERSITY, ROHTAK (HARYANA) Scheme of Grading System (I to IV Semesters)

Master of Engg. (M.E.) Degree Course in Electronics & Communication.

The grade awarded to a student in any particular course will be based on his/ her performance in class work, attendance, seasonal tests, tutorial tests, home assignments, laboratory work, viva-voce examination, main examination, etc.

75. The letter grades that can be awarded & their equivalent grade point are listed below: -

Grade Grade Points Description of Performance

A 10 Outstanding A(-) 9 Excellent B 8 Very Good B(-) 7 Good C 6 Average C(-) 5 Below Average D 4 Marginal F 0 Very poor The Grade Point Average (GPA) for Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) or Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be calculated as follows: -

Σ (Number of Credits x Grade Points) GPA= -------------------------------------------- Σ (Number of Credits) Where Σ implies summation of the bracketed terms. A student who is awarded ‘F’ grade in a course shall be required to repeat this course & his/her GPA will be recomputed with the fresh grade point obtained. To convert the percentage of mark into the relative Grade Point, following guidelines may be followed: 1. All students pursuing a particular M.E. course in all the Engineering Colleges affiliated with the M.D. University, Rohtak will form a single group. The answer book of this group will be examined by the same examiner in a particular subject to maintain uniformity of awards. 2. As a Grading System is the relative one, the Grades will be so awarded that their distribution follows the Normal Distribution Curve. However, the ‘A’ grade may not be awarded in case the absolute marks scored are less than 90 %. 3. While awarding any of the above grades, fractional percentage equal to or more than 0.5% will be rounded off to 1.0 % while that less than 0.5% shall be treated as 0.0%. 4. In case a candidate with ‘F’ grade reappears & improves his/her grade in subsequent exam(s), He/she will be awarded the Grade one level lower than the Grade he/she had actually obtained. For example, if a student obtains B(-) grade in a course in the 2nd attempt as per the above guidelines, he/she will be finally awarded ‘C’ grade. Therefore, the Grade Point corresponding to ‘C’grade shall be applicable in the SGPA/CGPA calculation by the University. 5. If a students fails to attend the regular classes of a semester or he/she fails to appear the semester examination in any one or more subjects for any reasons, he/she shall be required to repeat that semester or course (s) next time in regular semester.

A-PDF Split DEMO


A-PDF Split DEMO
